wfU'r^' 


.^m 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/elementsofhebrewOOharprich 


Elements  OF  Hebrew 


BY 


AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD 


WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  Ph.  D. 

■! 

PuorBSSOB  OF  Semitic  Languages  IN  YAiiE   Univeusity;    PaiNCiPAii  of  thh 
Schools  of  the  American  Institute  of  Hebrew 


TWELFTH   EDITION,   WITH  INDEX. 


NEW  YORK : 
CHARLES   SCRIBNER'S   SONS. 

1890. 


Copyright  1886  by 

American  Publication  Society  of  Hebrew 

Chicago. 


m  MEMORIAM 


TO  THOSE 

WHO  HAVE  STUDIED  OR  WHO  SHALL  STUDY 

IN  THE  SCHOOLS  OF 

THE  INSTITUTE  OF  HEBREW 

THIS  VOLUME  IS 
RESPECTFULLY  DEDICATED 


926529' 


PREFACE  TO  THE  SIXTH  EDITION. 


The  first  edition  of  the  Elements  was  issued  in  July,  1881 ;  the  second, 
in  October,  1882 ;  the  third,  in  February,  1883 ;  the  fourth,  in  November, 
1883 ;  the  fifth,  in  November,  1884.  All  these  editions,  the  first  except- 
ed, were  printed  from  one  set  of  plates,  with  only  such  changes  and 
additions,  from  time  to  time,  as  the  use  of  the  same  plates  would  permit. 
The  peculiar  circumstances  of  publication  explained,  although  they  could 
not  excuse,  the  incomplete,  and  often  imperfect,  treatment  accorded  in 
these  editions  to  very  many  of  the  subjects.  While  the  present  edition 
lays  no  claim  to  completeness,  or  to  freedom  from  error,  it  will  certainly 
be  found  more  nearly  complete  and  perfect  than  preceding  editions. 
The  author  can  only  regret  that  regular  and  special  duties  of  a  most 
exacting  nature,  have  not  permitted  him  to  give  that  amount  of  time,  or 
that  attention  to  the  preparation  of  the  book,  which  justice  to  the  sub- 
ject, to  those  who  may  use  the  book,  and  to  himself,  demanded. 

The  present  edition,  which  contains  nearly  one  hundred  additional 
pages,  and  is  entirely  re-written,  differs  considerably  from  the  former 
editions,  and  radically  from  other  grammars  now  in  common  use.  Some 
of  the  distinguishing  features  of  the  ^ammar  deserve,  perhaps,  special 
mention : 

1)  For  the  purpose,  not  of  aiding  the  beginner  to  pronounce,  but  of 
teaching  the  exact  force  and  value  of  the  several  consonant-  and  vowel- 
sounds,  a  minute  system  of  transliteration  has  been  employed,  by  which 
the  attention  of  the  student  is  directed  from  the  very  beginning  to  the 
details  of  the  vowel-system.  Too  little,  by  far,  is  made  in  Hebrew  study, 
of  the  vowel-system,  without  a  correct  knowledge  of  which  all  effort  is 
merely  groping  in  darkness. 

2)  A  tolerably  exhaustive  treatment,  more  complete  perhaps  than  any 
that  has  yet  appeared  in  English,  is  given  of  the  various  vowel-sounds. 
Each  sound  is  treated  separately,  the  laws  which  regulate  its  occurrence 
and  the  grammatical  forms  in  which  it  appears  being  carefully  noted. 

3)  Certain  important  distinctions,  not  heretofore  generally  recognized 
by  American  teachers,  are  indicated  throughout  the  grammar ;  e.  g.,  (a) 


4  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW. 

the  tone-long  6  (-),  heightened  from  ^,  which  is  seen  in  Segholates,  in 
n"^  Imperfects  and  Participles,  and  elsewhere ;  (&)  the  naturally  long  e 
(^..)  contracted  from  ay,  which  occurs  in  plural  nouns  before  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  T|,n,and  in  certain  Imperfects  before  H^;  (c)  the  6 
obscured  from  a,  as  d'istinguished  from  the  o=aw. 

4)  Instead  of  adopting  a  new  Paradigm-word  for  each  class  of  weak 
verbs,  the  verb  ^m  is  retained,  with  such  variation  as  the  particular 
weak  verb  under  consideration  demanded;  e.  g.,  ^^2]^,  for  the  '£]  gut- 
tural verb.  tDDp,  for  the  ;;";;  verb,  '^Ip  for  the  y'V  ^erb.  There  can 
be  no  objection  to  this  method.  Many  grammarians  have  adopted  it  in 
the  treatment  of  noun-formation.  Experience  has  shown  that,  in  this 
way,  men  learn  the  verb  more  rapidly  and  more  thoroughly. 

5)  In  the  treatment  of  the  strong  verb,  the  student  is  referred,  in 
every  case,  to  the  primary  form  or  ground-form  from  which  the  form  in 
use  has  arisen  in  accordance  with  the  phonetic  laws  of  the  language. 
That  treatment  which  starts  with  stems  having  the  form  which  occurs  in 
the  Perf.  3  m.  sg.,  or  Impf.  3  m.  sg.,  is,  at  the  same  time,  unscientific  and 
unsatisfactory.  The  bugbear  of  Hebrew  grammar  is  the  weak  verb.  Nor 
will  it  be  otherwise  so  long  as  the  effort  is  made  to  explain  the  forms  of 
weak  verbs  from  those  of  the  strong  verb.  How  absurd,  for  example,  to 
derive  Qp^  from  a  form  like  7Dp* ;  but  how  simple  to  derive  it  from  a 
form  like  ^\ffQ\  the  ground-form  of  ^Dp*-  Together  with  the  form  in 
use,  the  student  should  learn  also  the  primary  form  from  which  the 
usual  form  is  derived.  This  method  will  furnish  a  knowledge  of  the 
language,  which  will  be  not  only  more  scientific,  but  also  more  lasting. 

6)  Particular  attention  is  given  to  the  subject  of  noun-formation,  and 
on  this  is  based  the  treatment  of  noun-inflection.  The  same  method 
which  would  teach  the  primary  forms  of  verbal  stems,  will  also  teach 
the  primary  forms  of  noun-stems. 

7)  That  fiction  of  Hebrew  grammarians,  the  connecting- vowel,  has 
been  practically  discarded.  The  Hebrew  has  no  connecting- vowels.  The 
vowels  incorrectly  called  connecting-vowels  are  the  relics  of  old  case- 
or  stem-endings.  These  case-  or  stem-endings,  summarily  disposed  of 
in  current  grammars  under  the  head  of  "  paragogic  "  vowels,  are  restored 
to  the  position  which  their  existence  and  occurrence  demand. 

But  it  is  asked,  What  has  a  beginner  to  do  with  all  this  ?  Why  should 
a  grammar  which  proposes  only  to  consider  the  "  elements"  of  the  lan- 
guage, take  up  these  subjects?  While  this  may  do  for  specialists,  of 
what  service  is  it  to  him  who  studies  Hebrew  only  for  exegetical  pur- 
poses ?    Our  reply  is  this :— 


PREFACE.  5 

1)  The  experiment  of  teaching  men  something  about  Hebrew  gram- 
mar, of  giving  them  only  a  superficial  knowledge,  has  been  tried  for  half 
a  century ;  and  it  has  failed.  Men  instructed  in  this  manner  take  no 
interest  in  the  study,  learn  little  or  nothing  of  the  language,  and  forget, 
almost  before  it  is  learned,  the  little  that  they  may  have  acquired.  If 
for  no  other  reason,  the  adoption  of  a  new  system  is  justified  by  the 
lamentable  failure  of  the  old  to  furnish  any  practical  results. 

2)  Those  who  take  up  the  study  of  Hebrew  are  men,  not  children.  Why 
should  they  not  learn,  as  they  proceed,  the  explanation  of  this  or  that 
fact?  Why  should  the  student  be  told  that  the  Infinitive  Construct 
(*7CDp)  is  formed  from  the  Absolute  fy'i^^Ty)  by  rejecting  the  pretonic 
qarne?  ?  Is  it  not  better  that  he  should  learn  at  once  that  the  o  of  the 
Construct  is  from  ii,  while  the  6  of  the  Absolute  is  from  a,  and  thus  be 
enabled  to  grasp  all  the  more  firmly  those  two  great  phonetic  laws  of  the 
language,  heightening  and  obscuration? 

3)  The  best  way,  always,  to  learn  a  thing  is  the  right  way,  even  if,  at 
first,  it  is  more  difficult.  If  there  is  a  difference  between  the  o  of  the 
Imperfect,  Imperative  and  Infinitive  Construct  on  the  one  hand,  and  the 
6  of  the  Infinitive  Absolute  and  Participles  on  the  other,  what  is  gained 
by  passing  over  it  in  silence  ? 

4)  In  order  to  learn  any  subject,  the  student  must  be  interested  in 
that  subject.  Is  he  not  more  likely  to  be  interested  in  an  accurate, 
scientific  treatment,  than  in  an  arbitrary,  superficial  treatment  ? 

The  treatment  adopted  in  the  Elements  is  an  inductive  one,  so  far 
as  it  was  possible  to  make  it  such.  In  the  discussion  of  each  subject 
there  are  first  given  sufficient  data,  either  in  the  way  of  words  taken  from 
the  text,  or  of  Paradigms,  to  form  a  basis  for  the  work.  The  words  cited 
are  from  the  early  chapters  of  Genesis,  with  which  the  student  is  sup- 
posed to  be  familiarizing  himself,  as  the  subjects  are  being  taken  up. 
Where  these  chapters  furnished  no  suitable  example,  a  word  is  taken 
from  some  other  book,  the  chapter  and  verse  being  cited  in  each  case. 
It  is  intended  that  the  student  shall  feel  in  all  his  work  that  he  is  deal- 
ing with  the  actual  facts  of  the  language,  and  not  with  hypothetical 
forms.  After  the  presentation  of  the  "facts,"  the  principles  taught  by 
these  facts  are  stated  as  concisely  as  possible.  While  the  book  is  an 
elementary  treatise,  and  for  this  reason,  does  not  aim  to  take  up  the 
exceptions  and  anomalies  of  the  language,  it  will  be  found  to  contain  a 
treatment  of  all  that  is  essential,  and  to  include  everything  of  import- 
ance which  can  be  classified.  In  the  treatment  of  the  strong  and  weak 
verbs,  a  list  is  given  under  each  class  of  the  more  important  verbs  be- 


0  PREFACE. 

longing  to  this  class.  This  list  may  be  used  as  an  exercise,  or  merely  for 
handy  reference. 

The  author  lays  no  claim  to  originality  so  far  as  concerns  the  material 
employed ;  there  is  indeed  little  room  for  originality  in  this  line.  In  the 
matter,  however,  of  arrangement,  and  of  statement,  he  confidently  be- 
lieves that  a  kind  of  help  is  here  afforded  the  student  which  can  not  be 
found  elsewhere. 

In  the  work  of  preparation,  the  best  and  latest  authorities  have  been 
freely  used.  Special  acknowledgement  is  due  the  grammars  of  Bickell, 
Gesenius  (Kautzsch)  and  Davidson ;  but  valuable  aid  has  been  received 
from  those  of  Green,  Nordheimer,  Kalisch,  Land,  Ewald,  Olshausen, 
Konig,  Stade,  and  Bottcher. 

For  his  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  the  manuscript  for  the  printer, 
and  for  many  valuable  suggestions,  the  author  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Fred- 
eric  J.  Gumey,  of  Morgan  Park.  He  desires  also  to  express  his  thanks  to 
Mr.  C.  E.  Crandall,  of  Milton,  Wis.,  for  aid  rendered  by  him  in  the  veri- 
fication of  references  and  in  the  revision  of  the  proof-sheets,  and  to  Rev. 
John  W.  Payne,  of  Morgan  Park,  111.,  for  the  skill  and  care  exhibited  in 
the  typographical  finish  and  accuracy  of  the  book.  He  is  under  obliga- 
tions, still  further,  to  Professors  C.  R.  Brown,  of  Newton  Centre,  S. 
Burnham,  of  Hamilton,  E.  L.  Cartis,  of  Chicago,  and  F.  B.  Denio,  of 
Bangor,  for  useful  suggestions  and  corrections. 

It  is  generally  conceded  that  in  America  we  are  on  the  eve  of  a  great 
revival  in  the  department  of  Semitic  study.  It  is  the  author's  hope  that 
this  volume  may  contribute  something  toward  this  greatly  needed  awak- 
ening. Trusting  that  the  new  edition  may  be  received  with  the  same 
favor  as  those  which  have  preceded  it,  and  that  its  shortcomings  will  be 
as  far  as  possible  overlooked,  he  places  the  book,  although  with  many 
misgivings,  in  the  hands  of  those  who  favor  the  Inductive  Method. 

Morgan  Park,  III.,  Sept.  1, 1885.  W.  R.  H. 


NOTE  TO  THE  EIGHTH  EDITION. 

This  edition  differs  from  the  sixth  and  seventh  chiefly  in  having  an 
index,  for  the  preparation  of  which  the  author  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Benson 
Sewall,  Bangor,  Me.    A  few  typographical  errors  have  been  corrected. 

For  the  kind  reception  which  the  book  has  received  at  the  hands  of  all 
who  have  used  it,  the  author  is  deeply  grateful. 

New  Haven,  Conn.,  July  1st,  1887.  W.  r,  h. 


TABLE   OF  CONTENTS, 


PAET  FIRST— ORTHOGRAPHY. 

Sec.  I.    THE  LETTERS.  Page 

1.  Alphabet 13 

2.  Remarks  on  the  Pronunciation  of  Letters 14 

3.  Remarks  on  the  Forms  of  Letters 14, 15 

4.  The  Classification  of  Letters 15 

IL    VOWELS. 

5.  The  Vowel-Sig-ns 16 

6.  The  Vowel-Letters 17 

7.  The  Classification  of  the  Vowel-Sounds 18 

8.  The  Names  of  the  Vowels 19 

9.  Simple  and  Compound  S«wa  19 

10.    Initial  and  Medial  S«wa 19,20 

n.    The  Syllable-Divider 20 

nL    OTHER  POINTS. 

12.  Daghea-Lene 21 

13.  Daghes-Forte 21 ,  23 

14.  Omission  of  Daghes-Forte 22 

15.  Kinds  of  Daghes-Forte 22,23 

16.  Mappiq  and  Raphe 23 

17.  Maqqeph 23 

18.  Methegh 24 

19.  Qm  and  Kethibh 24,25 

IV.    THE  ACCENTS. 

20.  The  Place  of  the  Accent 25 

21.  Shifting  of  the  Tone 26 

22.  The  Table  of  Accents 26,  27 

23.  Remarks  on  the  Table  of  Accents 27 

24.  The  Consecution  of  the  more  common  Accents 28,  29 

25.  A  Table  showing  the  Consecution  of  the  Accents 29,30 

V.    SYLLABLES. 

26.  Kinds  of  Syllables 81 

27.  Syllabication 31 

28.  Quantity  of  the  Vowel  in  Syllables 31,32 

VI.    EUPHONY  OF  VOWELS. 

29.  Short  Vowels 32,33 

30.  Naturally  Long  Vowels 33-36 

31.  Tone-Long  Vowels 37-o9 

32.  Tone-Short  Vowels 39-41 

33.  The  A-Class  Vowels 41 

34.  The  I-Class  Vowels «.  ^ 


tj  CONTENTS. 

Pa  ere 

Bee.  42 

35.   The U-Class Vowels "'* ^2-45 

3«.    Changes  of  Vowels ^ .....45,  46 

365.  Tables  of  Vowel-Changes [.M.il 

Tt.    New  Vowels 47 

38.  Pause 

Vn.    EUPHONY  OP  CONSONANTS. 

48 

39.  Assimilation 48,49 

40.  Rejection \q 

41.  Addition,  Transposition,  Commutation ^^^^ 

43.    The  Peculiarities  of  Gutturals ^^  ^ 

43.  The  Weakness  of  t<  and  H 52-5i 

44.  The  Weakness  of  1  and  ' 

PART  SECOND— ETYMOLOGY. 

VIII.    INSEPARABLE  PARTICLES. 

45.  The  Article ?^ 

46.  He  Interrogative ^ 

47.  The  Inseparable  Prepositions ^^ 

48.  The  Preposition  jD ^ 

49.  Waw  Conjunctive*. ^^ 

IX.    PRONOUNS. 
60.   The  Personal  Pronoun ^' ^1 

51.  Pronominal  Suffixes 61,62 

52.  The  Demonstrative  Pronoun 62,63 

63.  The  Relative  Pronoun 63 

64.  The  Interrogative  Pronoun 63,  64 

X.    THE  STRONG  VERB. 

55.  Roots 65 

56.  Classes  of  Verbs  65,66 

57.  Inflection 66,67 

58.  The  Simple  Verb-Stem  (Qal) 67 

59.  Intensive  Verb-Stems 68,69 

60.  Causative  Verb-Stems 69.  70 

61.  The  Ordinary  Passive-Stem 70 

62.  General  View  of  the  Verb-Stems 71 

6:3.  The  Qal  Perfect  (Active) 72,73 

64.  The  Qal  Perfect  (Stative) 73 

65.  The  Remaining  Perfects 74 

66.  The  Qal  Imperfect  (Active) 75,76 

67.  The  Qal  Imperfect  (Stative) •. 76 

68.  The  Remaining  Imperfects 77,  78 

69.  The  Imperatives 79 

70.  The  Infinitives 80,  81 

71.  The  Participles 81,82 

72.  Special  Forms  of  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative 82,  83 

73.  The  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive 83-85 

74.  The  Verb  with  Suffixes 85-89 

75.  General  View  of  the  Strong  Verb 89 

76.  The  Most  Common  Strong  Verbs 90 

XI.    THE  WEAK  VERB. 

77.  Weak  Verbs 91 

78.  Verbs  'JD  Guttural 92,93 

79.  The  Most  Common  'Q  Guttural  Verbs 93,94 

80.  Verbs';?  Guttural !..94[95 

8L  The  Most  Common ';?  Guttural  Verbs 95]  96 

82.  Verbs  6  Guttural ...."...".Oe^OT 


CONTENTS.  9 

Sec.  Page 

83.  The  Most  Common  n  Guttural  Verbs 98 

83ft.  Verbs  Containing- Two  Gutturals 98 

84.  Verbs  Pe  Nun  (|  "3) 98,  99 

85.  The  Most  Common  pi)  Verbs 100 

88.    Verbs  < Ayin  Doubled  {"J'y) .100-103 

87.  The  Most  Common  }J  "^  Verbs 103 

88.  Verbs  Pe'Aleph(N«£)) 104 

89.  The  X  "3  Verbs 104 

90.  Verbs  Pe  Waw  (V'3) 104-108 

91.  The  Most  Common  1  "3  Verbs 106, 107 

92.  Verbs  Pe  Yodh  ("  «3) 107, 108 

93.  The  Pe  Yodh ('"3 j  Verbs 108 

94.  Verbs 'Ayin  Waw  (V'J?) 108-112 

95.  The  Most  Common  Verbs 'Ayln  Waw  0";?) 112 

96.  Verbs 'Ayin  Yodh  r";?) 113 

97.  The'Ayin  YodhC";?)  Verbs 113 

98.  Verbs  Lamedh  'Aleph  ({<"S) 114,115 

99.  The  Most  Common  Verbs  Lamedh  "Aleph  (K"S) 115 

100.    Verbs  V'S  or  ^"^,  called  r\"h 116-118 

lOla.TheMostCommon  Verbs  Lamedh  He  (n"S)... 118,119 

1015.  Verbs  Lamedh  He  (n"S)  and,  at  the  same  time, '3  or  'j;  Guttural 119 

103.    Verbs  Doubly  Weak 119-121 

103.  Defective  and  Kindred  Verbs 131,123 

104.  A  Comparative  View  of  the  Strongr  and  Weak  Verbs. 122-124 

Xn.    NOUNS. 

105.  The  Inflection  of  Nouns 135 

106.  Nouns  with  One,  Originally  Short, Formative  Vowel 135-127 

107.  Nouns  with  Two,  Originally  Short,  Formative  Vowels 137, 138 

108.  Nouns  with  one  Short  and  one  Long  Formative  Vowel 128, 129 

109.  Nouns  with  one  Long  and  one  Shoi-t  Formative  Vowel 129 

110.  Nouns  with  the  Second  Radical  Reduplicated ..129,130 

111.  Nouns  with  the  Third  Radical  Reduplicated 131 

112.  Nouns  with  J<,  n  and  "•  Prefixed 131 

113.  Nouns  with  D  Prefixed 132,183 

114.  The  Signification  of  Nouns  with  D  Prefixed 133 

115.  Nouns  Formed  by  Prefixing  n 133, 134 

116.  Nouns  formed  by  means  of  Affixes 134 

117.  Nouns  Having  Four  or  Five  Radicals 134, 135 

118.  Compound  Nouns 135 

119.  Nouns  Formed  from  Other  Nouns 135 

120.  The  Formation  of  Noun-Stems 136 

121.  The  Formation  of  Cases 136-138 

123.    Affixes  for  Gender  and  Number 138-140 

123.  The  Absolute  and  Construct  States 140-142 

124.  The  Pronominal  Suffixes 142-144 

125.  Stem-Changes  in  the  Inflection  of  Nouns 144-147 

126.  Classification  of  Noun-Stems 147,148 

127.  Nouns  of  the  First  Class 148-150 

128.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Class 151, 152 

129.  Nouns  of  the  Third  Class 152,153 

130.  Nouns  of  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Classes 153,154 

13L    Feminine  Nouns 154-158 

132.  Irregular  Nouns 1^.  157 

133.  Numerals 158,159 

Xin.    SEPARATE  PARTICLES. 
184.    Adverbs 160 

135.  Prepositions 161 

136.  Conjunctions....  I 161,162 

137.  Interjections 1® 


CONTENTS. 

PAEADIGMS. 

Tage 

Paradiffm  A.— The  Personal  Pronoun  and  Pronominal  Suffixes 164, 165 

Paradigm  B.— The  Strong  Verb 166,167 

Paradigm  C— Strong  Verb  with  Suffixes 168. 163 

Paradigm  D.— Verb  Pe  ('£3)  Guttural 170 

Paradigm  E.— Verb  'Ayin  Guttural 171 

Paradigm  F.— Verb  Lamedh  cb)  Guttural 173 

Paradigm  G— Verb  Pe  Nun(|'iD) 173 

Paradigm  H.— Verb 'Ayin  Doubled  (_;;"_jr) 174.175 

Paradigm  J.— Verb  Pe 'Aleph  (H"i)) 176 

Paradigm   I.— Verbs  Pe  Yodh  (^"£3)  and  Pe  Waw  (V '3) 176, 177 

Paradigm  K.— Verb  'Ayin  Waw  (Vy)  and  'Ayin  Yodh  ("•";;) .  .178, 179 

Paradigm  L.— Verb  Lamedh  He  (n"S) 180, 181 

Paradigm  M.— Verb  Lamedh 'Aleph  (K"b) l&j 

mDEX. 

Of  Subjects 183-192 

Of  Hebrew  Words I9;J-200 


PART  FIRST-ORTHOGRAPHY. 


!•     Tlie    I^ettex-s. 

7.    Alphabet. 


o;„„      Equiv-    xTo»».«  Num 

Sign.        y^„.      Name.  vni.,f 


alent. 


Value. 


Sign. 


Equiv-     »T„_p  Num. 

alent.      ^>a^.e.       value. 


1 

N 

« 

'A-leph 

1 

12 

^ 

1 

La-mgdh 

30 

oy 

CiV'   ^    OdLcL 

2 

a 

bh,b 

Beth 

2 

13 

DD 

m 

Mem 

40 

3 

:i 

gh,  g 

Gl-mgl 

3 

14 

r^ 

n 

Mn 

50 

Cak^e 

J?ish 

4 

1 

dh,d 

Da-lgth 

4 

15 

D 

? 

Sa-mSkh 

60 

5 

n 

h 

He         . 

window 

5 

16 

y 

( 

'A-yfo 

70 

6 

1 

w 

Waw 

6 

17 

n^ 

pt,p 

Pe 

80 

hoo  Ic 

rnyxi^i 

7 

r 

z 

ZS-yYn 

7 

18 

r^ 

§ 

Ca-dhe 

90 

we<3^|3oW5 

8 

n 

h 

Heth 

■-'ev\ct. 

8 

19 

p 

q 

Q6pli 

100 

1 

K/iot 

9 

D 

t 

Teth 

9 

20 

n 

r 

he*.**- 

200 

10 

t 

y 

Y6dli 

10 

21 

tr  tr 

§,s 

&n,  Sin 

300 

11 

12 

kii,k 

KSph     ,     , 

20. 

22 

n 

th,  t 

Taw       , 

400 

balivil^U*-*) 

Vr^w\<- 

1.  The  Hebrew  language  has  twenty-two  letters ;  these  are  consonants 
and  are  written  from  right  to  left. 

2.  The  vowels  in  the  "names"  of  the  letters,  given  above,  are  sounded 
according  to  the  English  equivalents  given  in  I  5. 

3.  The  equivalent  of  each  sign  is  the  initial  letter  of  its  name. 


14  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  2,  3. 

2.    Remarks  on  the  Pronunciation  of  Letters. 

1.  riK  =  'eth  (l:l);i  pNH  =  lia-'a-re9  (1:1);   D^r1^{<  =  '^lo-lnm  (1:1); 

&nT}  =  tli'hom  (1:5). 
2/'?i^;>  'alV-i)V'-i^^  =  'e-rebh  (1:5);    ^''p'l  =  ra-qi(a)'  (1:6). 

a  9injjt.=^''^^-jiiaah;(i;^^^^^    rpn  =  ho-sekh  (1:2);   n^H*)?  = 

''  '•'  m'riie'-pheth'(l:2). 

4.  N-Jp  =  qa-ra'  (1:5);    ^5  =  ki  (1:4);    Ip?  =  bo-qer  (1:5). 

5.  DlD=t6bh  (1:4);  nnr)P=niit-ta-hath  (1:7);  fbj^n=haq-qa-ton  (1:16). 

6.  nWI?  =  b're'-sith  (1:1);    t^}^^_  =  way-ya-'as   (1:7);.    r)t?^"n  = 

ho-sekh  (1:2). 

7.  I^j;;  =  'e9  (1:11);    NVl^  =  *^-5«'  (l^^^);    ijjp^  =  yis-gor  (2:21). 

8.  nJ<1=w'eth  (1:1);  ^HlDJ  =  wa-bho-hti  (1:2);  rrni=w'ru(a)h  (1:2). 

1.  {<  (')  is  a  "soft  breathing,"  like  h  in  hour;  H  (b)  is  a  "rough 
breathing,"  like  h  in  /toi«. 

2.  V  (')  is  a  sound  peculiar  to  the  Semitic,  and  is  so  difficult  of 
utterance  that  no  attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.^ 

3.  n  (b)  is  a  deep  guttural,  pronounced  like  ch  in  the  German  Buck. 

4.  p  (q)  is  a  Z:-sound  (not  like  our  qu),  but  pronounced  lower  down  in 
the  throat  than  3  (k). 

5.  £0  (t)  is  pronounced  with  the  tip  of  the  tongue  touching  the  palate, 
while,  in  the  pronunciation  of  ^  (t),  the  tip  of  the  tongue  touches  the 
teeth.3 

6.  t^  (s)  is  pronounced  like  the  English  sh;  \^  (s)  is  an  ordinary 
s-sound. 

7.  y  (9)  is  a  sharp  s-sound,  but  the  traditional  <s-sound  may  well  be 
given  it  for  the  sake  of  distinction ;  D  (?)  is  not  to  be  distinguished  in 
sound  from  j^  (s). 

8.  ")  (w)  is  pronounced  like  w  in  water,  and  not  like  our  v. 

3.    Remarks  on  the  Forms  of  Letters. 

2.  ^5  (1:4) )  h'ri^^  (1:1) )    ^J$  (1:2) )     ^^C)    (1:2)'/  J^^ln  (1:12)  ) 
1];i?n  (1:2) )     O'gn  (1:2) )    ^3  (1:4) )  C^)^  (1:20)  ^       y^  (1:11)  \ 


1  The  chapter  and  verse  in  Genesis,  in  which  a  given  word  is  found,  are  thus 
Indicated;  1:1— meaning  chapter  1,  verse  1;  2:3— meaning  chapters,  verse  3,  etc. 

2  ^  had  originally  two  sounds:  (1)  that  of  a  sharp  guttural  (related  to  K,  as  H  to  H); 
(2)  that  of  a  vibrating  palatal  sound  (cf.  the  French  r). 

3  In  ordinary  practice,  0  and  p\  are  scarcely,  if  at  all,  to  be  distinguished. 


2  4.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


15 


3.  D^5?1")  (1:16);  r\n:i  (1:28),  »J9  (1:2);  Tj^n  (3:24);  tlH'^rj  (1:2), 
T]^n  (1:2) ;  ^np_  (1:3) ;  p3  (1:4),  ^^  (1:11) ;  l^lD  (1:4),  O'D  (1:2) ; 
nip:  (2:21),  DV  (1:5);  ^♦pn  (1:6),  KVIn  (1:12);  l^tfftl  (1:4), 
ag^j;  (1:11). 

1.  Words  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and  may  not  be  divided ;  when 
it  is  necessary  to  fill  out  a  line,  certain  letters  (^,7"],  ^,  CD,  i~l)  are 
extended. 

2.  Five  letters  O,  Q,  1  £),  V)  liave  two  forms  ;  the  second  (^,  D,  7,  ^>,  p 
is  used  at  the  end  of  words. 

3.  Certain  letters,  very  similar  in  form,  are  to  be  carefully  distinguished : 

D,  D;  :i,  :i;  n,  n,  y,  n,  n,  ri;  r  ♦;  r,  p  d,  d;  d,  d; 
;;^  V;  b^,  tr. 

4.    /■//£  Classification  of  Letters. 


Labials 3,    *),    0,    £] 

Dentals    ) 

or      [   r,  D,  V,  C^ 

Sibilants  ) 
Linguals...."!,  D,*?,  J^ri 

Palatals ;i,    ^    D,    p 

Gutturals... J<,  H,  H,  J/ 
(1  is  treated  as  a  guttural.) 


2. 


Medium);?,  a  ^J.^;). 


Stro 


ng..]    X  a 
<    n,  n 


D 


3. 


Serviles {i$ 

n,    rr,    1,    ^    D 


Radicals j| 

n,    r,   n,   d,   d 

y,     £3,     V,     p,     n 


The  letters  may  be  classified  according  to  (1)  their  organic  formation, 
(2)  their  strength,  (3)  their  function : 

1.  According  to  their  organic  formation : — (1)  Labials,  (2)  Dentals,  or 
Sibilants,  (3)  Linguals,  (4)  Palatals,  (5)  Gutturals. 

2.  According  to  their  strength  :—[l)  The  weak  letters  suffer  or  occasion 
many  changes  in  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words ;  (2)  the  medium 
suffer  or  occasion  a  few  changes ;  (3)  the  strong  suffer  or  occasion  no 
changes. 

Note. — In  ordinary  usage,  the  medium  are  classified  with  the  strong; 
1,  however,  is  more  frequently  classified  with  the  weah. 

3.  According  to  their  function  .—(1)  The  Serviles  are  used  as  prefixes 
and  suffixes  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  words ;  (2)  the  Eadicah 
»re  found  only  in  roots. 


IQ  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  ^» 

II.    "Vo^^-els. 

5.    The  Vowel-Signs.^ 

1.5,  Nn,  ^\  n,  K,  nn,  1;    trn,  d,  ^j^,  ot,  nn,  np 
2.  n'?^•/D^n,  ^'^.  ^k  *7n,  ^;i;   d:,  p^  ra,  pp,  d*?,  tr> 

3.  n,  0,  ^1,  r5'  p,  tf^';  n  W'  ^^'  ^*^-  ^i^'  ^^ 

4.  ?in,  n  ^r  V,  IV,  o,  n;     ^7?,  pi^  o^^   p:,  ^.^ 

5.  Din,  D1^  niN,  ■"^,  ""n,  '^tr-,       -"i^^  d^>  3t?'  ^J^ 

6.3,    \    |,    5,    ri,    P;        N|,     i?^;        I?.    D;        p.     T}, 

1.  —  (a  sign  resembling  t)  is  pronounced  as  a  m  father ;  —  (a  horizontal 
stroke),  like  a  in  hat? 

2.  *_  (a  point  below  the  line,  followed  by  *>)  is  pronounced  as  i  in 
machine;  -^  (i.  e.,  without  a  following  ^),  as  i  in  pin.^ 

3.  ♦__  or (two  points  below,  with  or  without  ^)  is  pronounced  as  ey  in 

they;  —  (three  points  in  a  cluster),  as  e  in  met. 

4.  )  {)  with  a  point  in  its  bosom)  is  pronounced  as  oo  in  tool;  —  (three 
points  arranged  in  an  oblique  line),  as  u  in  put.^ 

5.  1  or  —  (a  point  with  1,  or  above  a  letter)  is  pronounced  as  o  in  note; 
—  (that  is,  short  o),  as  o  in  not.^ 

6.  a.  —  (two  points  placed  vertically)  is  a  very  quickly  uttered  e-sound, 
as  in  helow,  when  the  word  is  pronounced  rapidly,  so  as  to  slur  over  the  e 
and  run  the  h  and  I  almost  (but  not  quite)  together ;  thus— h'low,  not  he- 
low,  nor  blow. 

h.  -=r  (a  combination  of  -=-  and  t")  is  pronounced  as  a  in  hat,  but 
much  more  hurriedly. 

c.  —  (a  combination  of  —  and  -r)  is  pronounced  as  e  in  met^  but 
much  more  hurriedly. 

d.  TT  (a  combination  of  ~  (8)  and  t)  is  pronounced  as  o  in  not, 
but  much  more  hurriedly. 


1  All  letters  In  Hebrew  are  consonants;  the  alphabet  contains  no  vowels.  To  supply 
the  lack  of  vowels  the  above  system  of  vowel-signs  was  introduced. 

a  Properly  the  sound  of  -^  is  precisely  the  same  as  that  of  "v,  except  that  it  is 
shorter.  The  difference  between  their  sounds  is  one  of  quantity,  not  of  quality.  In 
practice,  however,  it  is  well  even  to  exaggerate  the  difference,  in  order  that  they  may 
clearly  be  distinguished. 

»  Sometimes  __  is  written  where  ^__  was  intended,  and  __,  where  ^  was  intendbd; 
in  such  cases  __  is  pronounced  as  "•__  (i  in  machine),  and  __  as  Uoo  in  fool). 

4  It  is  certainly  strange  that  the  same  sign  was  used  to  represent  long  a  and  short 
0.  They  can  easily  be  distinguished,  however,  by  the  application  of  the  laws  of  the 
syllable  (S  28.). 


§  6.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  17 

6.    The  Vowel-Letters. 

Before  the  introduction^  of  vowel-signs  [1 5.),  certain  feeble  consonants, 
N,  n?  V  ^,  were  sometimes  used  to  indicate  the  vowel-sounds,  and  hence 
were  called  vowel-letters : — 

1.  DKp2  =  qam;    nn^n   =  ha-ytha  (1:2);    n^H  =  hay-ya  (1:20). 

2.  ^nn  =  tho-hu  (1:2) ;  rVD  =  ru(a)h  (1:2) ;  VH  =  ha-yil  (1:15) ;  nij<  = 

'or  (1:3) ;  ^ICO  =  t6bh  (1:4) ;  DV  =  y6m  (1:5). 

3.  U'^rh^  =  '*16-him  (1:1);  n^CTNn  =  re'-sith  (1:1);   ^^'>^\^  =  I'W-ll 

(1:13) ;  ^J£3  =  p'ne  (1:2) ;  UtT  =  §'ne  (1:16) ;  p^  =  ben  (1:4). 

4.  n\T  =  yfli-ye(l:29);  mpD  =  miq-w^  (1:10) ;  H^HN  = '5-h°16  (12:8). 

1.  The  guttural,  or  a-sound,  was  indicated,  when  medial,  by  the  guttural 
J"{ ;  when  final,  by  the  guttural  H. 

Note  1. — Medial  a  (a  or  a)  was  indicated  rarely  ;  final  a  was  generally, 
though  not  uniformly,  indicated.^ 

Note  2. — The  letter  J^,  when  the  final  letter  of  a  root,  does  not  belong 
here  ;  since,  in  this  case,  it  is  not  a  vowel-letter,  but  has  merely  lost  its 
consonantal  character. 

2.  The  labial  sounds,  u  and  6,  were  indicated  by  the  labial  \ 

Note. — Medial  A  and  6  were  generally  indicated ;  final  u  and  6  were 
always  indicated. 

3.  The  palatal  sounds,  i  and  e,  were  indicated  by  the  palatal  *. 

Note. — Medial  i  and  e  were  generally  indicated ;  final  i  and  e  were 
always  indicated. 

4.  The  sounds  e  (2  81.  2),  e  and  6,  when  final,  were  frequently  indicated 
by  the  breathing  H- 

Note  1.— Only  long  vowels  were  thus  indicated,  and,  with  but  few 
exceptions,  besides  a,  only  the  naturally  long  [l  30.  1-6)  vowels. 

Note  2. — Vowels  indicated  thus  are  said  to  be  written  fully ;  when 
not  thus  indicated,  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively. 

Note  3. — Briefly  stated,  the  use  of  the  vowel-letters  may  thus  be  put : 

The  vowels  i  and  e,  medial  and  final,  are  represented  by V 

The  vowels  u  and  6,  medial  and  final,  are  represented  by \ 

Final  vowels,  except  i  and  u,  are  represented  by ?!• 

Note  4. — In  the  later  books  of  the  Old  Testament  the  full  writing  is 
more  common  than  in  the  earlier  books,  the  tone-long  vowels  {I  31.)  being 
often  thus  represented. 


1  These  signs  were  introduced  between  the  sixth  and  eighth  centuries  A.  D. 

s  Hos.  10 :  U.  3  Cf .  ^S  p  (3 :  10) ;  n^DK  r3 :  U). 


18  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

7.    The  Classification  of  the  Vowel-Sounds. 


in. 


Class. 

Short. 

Naturally  Long. 

Tone-Long. 

Tone-Short 

Pure. 

Deflected 

Pure. 

Diphthong-al 

a  —6  — 

A-Class. 

^-- 

a- 

'  T"  or  *^T 

I-Class. 

i   -r- 

e  — 

i  V 

e  ^^ 

e  -^ 

'  —  or  •— 

U-Class. 

ii  — 

0  -r 

u    ) 

61 

0  ~ 

'  —  or  "^ 

The  vowel-sounds  may  be  classified  according  to  (1)  their  organic 
formation,  (2)  their  quantity,  (3)  their  nature,  (4)  their  value  : — 
1.  Classified  according  to  their  organic  formation,  they  are  ; 

a.  Gutturals,  or  A-class,  including  the  a-vowels  and  those  derived 
from  them. 

h.  Palatals,  or  I-class,  including  the  i- vowels  and  those  derived  from 
them. 

c.  Labials,  or  U-class,  including  the  i^-vowels  and  those  derived  from 
them. 


w-class. 
-    -(6) 
1 1  or   *^ 


2.  Classified  according  to  their  quantity,  they  are ; 

a-class.  i-class. 

a.  Short,  -=-  ~^    ~ 

h.  Long,  _  ( Je])  *^,  t_^  or  ^ 

c.  Half,  T  —  T    ~  -T        -^ 

Note.— The  vowels  — and  —  are  sometimes  called  doubtful;  because, 
not  infrequently,  they  are  a  defective  writing  of  a  long  vowel. 

3.  Classified  according  to  their  origin  or  nature,  they  are ; 
a.  Pure S;  i;  ^. 

h.  Deflected g        from        t;    o  from  ii. 

c.  Attenuated i   from   a ; 


d.  Tone- Long 
(heightened) 


r  ■  U  f  r 


from  S;    _ 


om  a-    ^        ^^^^       ^5    ^  from  u. 


c.   iV^aW^i/ZongrK,        ,     .      {{=i+i  or  y);    ■M=u-hu  or  w). 
(contracted)      P^     «-t-«^'     e  {=  a+i  or  y) ;    6  {=a-\-u  or  w). 

f.    Tone- Short  )  .       j  a    .       j  . 

(volatilized) f and  ^  •  and  •;  •  and  \ 

4.  Classified  according  to  their  value  in  inflection,  they  are  : 

a.  Changeable— Yiz.,  (1)  all  short  vowels  not  followed  by  a  consonant 
in  the  same  syllable  ;  (2)  tone-long ;  (3)  tone-short. 

b.  Unchangeable— Yiz.,  (1)  short  vowels  followed  by  a  consonant  in 
the  same  syllable  ;  (2)  naturally  long. 


8.— 10.1  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

8.    The  Names  of  the  Vowels. 


19 


The  following  table  presents  the  arrangement  of  the  vowel-sounds  ac- 
cording to  their  quantity  (§  7. 2.),  and  at  the  same  time  gives  the  technical 
name  of  each  sound. 


Class. 

Long. 

Short. 

Half. 

A-Class. 

a,  a 

QamS9 
S'gh61 

— 

a 

Pathah 

— 

Simple  S'wa 
Hateph-Pathah 

I-Class. 

— 

i 

e,e 

Hireq 
Cer^ 

— 

i 
e 

Hireq 
S'gh61 

— 

Simple  S'wa 
Hateph-S'ghol 

U-Class. 

^ 

6,0 

Siireq 
Holem 

~T^ 

ii 
6 

Qlrt)bil5 
Qameg-Hatuph 

t: 

Simple  S'wa 
Hateph-Qame§ 

9.    Simple  and  Compound  S^wa. 

1.  1  originally  1 ;  ^  originally  5;  J/^^  (1:15),  but  j;^^  (1:6). 

2.  T^'J<  (1:7); -ari?;. (2:24);  DNi*?^  (1:1);  Dnj;^!^  (1:14);  nHp^^  (2:23). 

1.  Simple  S'wa  (— )  represents  the  so-called  "tone-short"  or  "half- 
vowel,"  which  in  every  case  may  be  traced  back  to  an  earlier /wZ?  vowel. 
(For  transliteration  and  pronunciation  see  I  6.  6.  a.) 

2.  Compound  S'wa  (^,  — ,  it)  is  a  more  audible  sound  than  simple  S'wa 
(?  5.  6.  h.  c.  d.),  and  is  found,  instead  of  simple  S'wa,  chiefly  under  gut- 
turals. 

70.    Initial  and  Medial  hwA. 

1.  nT'J^13  (1-1) ;  D'nii  (i:2) ;  nn^-n  (i:2) ;  '^ts-^'.  (1:20). 

2.  ^^-^-|  =  wa-rhi  (1:3) ;  ;;^p-n-5=  W-r'qi(a)'  (1:15) ;  ^iN-'p-p  =  mi-l-'u 

(1:28);  il^-l-^  =  bi-dh'gh^th  (1:28);    ':j5-^-5  =  wa-y'khal    (2:2); 
Tn-'^r]}  =  '8-bh'dhah  (2:15). 

T  ^T 

3.  -ar-i^-l=ya-"'z5bh(2:24);  nf7-p-^=lu-q''ta  (2:23);  n^'I?"!  =  ya-'^le 

(2:6). 


2Q  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [5  H* 

1.  The  simple  S'wa,  standing  under  a  letter  which  belongs  exclusively 
to  the  following  syllable,  is  called  initial. 

2.  The  simple  S'wa,  standing  under  a  letter  which  wavers  between  the 
preceding  and  following  syllables,  appearing  to  close  the  former,  yet 
opening  the  latter,  is  called  medial. 

3.  The  compound  S'wa  when  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  is  also  to  be 
treated  as  a  medial  S'wa. 

Remark.— The  medial  §'wa  will  be  found  always  to  follow  a  short 
vowel  (cf.  I  26.  4.). 

7  7.    The  Syllable-Divider. 

1.  J<npn  =  way-ylq-rS  (1:5);    '^nn;^  =  way-yabh-del  (1:7);    *7n55  = 

mabh-dil  (1:6). 

2.  a.  IpVi  (1:4) ;  tjUl?  (1:6) ;  rj^hn  (2:14). 

5.  n?<  =  'att;  ;nn^=na-thatt;  ft'pDp  =  qa-talt. 

Remark.-n^t^"j<'15  (1:1) ;  pjl  (1:4) ;  Dl'iO  (1:4);  Dl*  (1:5);  D^ti^'N^  (2:10). 

The  simple  S'wa  (— ),  aside  from  its  use  to  indicate  a  half-vowel  (§  9.), 
serves  also  as  a  syllable-divider,  i.  e.,  to  separate  a  syllable,  and  some- 
times a  word  from  that  which  follows  it.  When  thus  used  it  is  not  pro- 
nounced.   It  occurs  thus  : — 

1.  Under  all  consonants  standing  in  the  middle  of  a  word  without  a 
vowel  or  a  half-vowel. 

2.  Under  a  final  letter,  when  that  letter 
a.  Is  Kaph ;  or 

h.  Is  a  consonant  containing  Daghes-f orte,  or  preceded  by  another  ^ 
consonant  with  S'wa. 

Remark. — The  weak  letters  }i(,  T\,  \  *  when  quiescent,  or  used  as 
vowel-letters  [I  6.),  do  not,  of  course,  receive  the  syllable-divider  S*wa. 

Note  1. — S'wa  under  an  initial  consonant,  whether  of  a  word  or  of  a 
syllable,  is  always  a  half-vowel,  and  vocal. 

Note  2. — S'wa  under  a  final  consonant,  whether  of  a  word  or  of  a 
syllable,  is  always  a  syllable-divider,  and  silent. 


U  12,  13.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  21 

m.    Otlier  Points. 

12,      DAGHES'LENE. 

1.  n^trNi5(i:i);  Nn;i{i:i);  ^rn^l(l:2);  irr5i(i:2);  r]in5(i:6); 

n$    XV..    (1-11);     'i^'"^}}.  (1:2);     no   n  (1:29);     ij|p^  (2:21); 
'^n??  (1:6). 

2.  n^n3  =  bi-dh'ghath(l:28);  nn5;^'?  =  l''o-bli'dliah  (2:15). 

3.  D'?}f3  \b^V5  (1:27) ;  Nnn  nap^l  (1:27) ;  DV?  '3  (2:17)  J  il^^?  ^"1 

(1:28);  rCDHIirjin  (3:3). 

1.  The  letters  D,  J|,  1,  D>  £)»  H,  tave  two  sounds.  Their  original  hard 
or  unaspirated  sound  (6,  g^  d,  k,  jp,  t)  is  indicated  by  a  point  called 
Daghes-lene,  which  they  receive  whenever  they  do  not  immediately  fol- 
low a  vowel-sound. 

Note. — When  aspirated  they  are  pronounced:  ^  =  bh,  asi;;n  = 
dh,  as  th  in  this;  £)  =  ph,  as  /  in  fat;  H  =  ^^}  as  th  in  <Am;  j|  {=gh) 
and  ^  (=  M)  are  not  in  ordinary  practice  distinguished  from  }[=  g) 
and  3  (=  k). 

2.  Since  an  aspirate  without  Daghes-lene  must  immediately  follow  a 
vowel-sound,  a  preceding  §'wa,  in  such  case,  must  be  vocal  and  a  half- 
vowel. 

3.  When  by  a  disjunctive  accent  (§  23.  2.  a.)  an  aspirate  is  cut  off 
from  whatever  may  precede  it,  as  at  the  beginning  of  a  chapter,  verse 
or  section  of  a  verse,  the  aspirate  does  not  immediately  follow  a  vowel 
and  hence  takes  Daghes-lene. 

J3.    Daghes-Forte. 

1.  D*Qtrn=ha§-§a-ma-yim  (1:1);    D^!Drr  =  ham-ma-ylfm  (1:7) ;   ^:r!J^'^ 

•J-T-  '-i TT 

=  hay-yab-ba-sa  (1:9) ;  n^KPH  =  liam-m''6-r6th  (1:16). 

2.  rrin  =  haw-wa  (3:20);    nHnO  =  mit-ta-hath  (1:7);    nDr73n  =  hab- 

T  -  -  J-   •  T   ••    :    - 

b'he-ma  (1:25) ;  nT}j^  =  had-da-'ath  (2:17). 

1.  The  doubling  of  a  letter  is  indicated  by  a  point  in  its  bosom,  called 
Daghes-forte.  Consonants  may  be  doubled,  however,  only  when  they 
immediately  follow  a  full  vowel. 

2.  The  point  in  Waw  and  in  the  aspirates  is  always  Daghes-forte,  if 
preceded  by  a  vowel. 


22  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [22  14,  15. 

Note  1.— Daghes-forte  in  an  aspirate  serves  also  as  Daghes-lene, 
doubling  the  hard^  not  the  soft^  sound  of  the  aspirate. 

Note  2.— A  syllable  whose  final  consonant  is  represented  by  DagheS- 
forte  is  called  sharpened  {§  26,  3). 

Note  3.— A  doubled  letter  is  regularly  preceded  by  a  short  vowel ; 
this  is  generally  a  pure  [I  29.  1-3)  vowel,  seldom  a  deflected  {§  29.  4,  5) 
vowel. 

U.    Omission  of  Daghes-Forte. 

1.  by\  (2: 2) /or  ^yV,  1Vp_  (2: 16) /or  ^VpJ  DK /or  ^X  (2:24). 

2.  ^nn{l:3)/or^n;n;  in|rr  a :  24) /or  m^n;  rrrrj^l?  (2: 23) /or  nnf;)'?- 

3.  nixn  (1 :4)  for  n1^^rr ;  T]^nn  d  :4)/or  r|^'nn ;  ipnn  (2 :  14) /or 


1.  Daghes-forte  is  always  omitted  from  a  final  vowelless  consonant, 
there  being  nothing  in  this  case  to  support  the  doubling.^ 

2.  It  is  often  omitted  from  medial  consonants  which  have  only  a 
half -vowel  (S'wa)  to  support  them.  (But  an  aspirate  may  not  thus  lose 
Daghes-forte.) 

3.  It  is  always  omitted  from  the  gutturals,  K,  H,  H,  )}  and  ^. 

Note  1. — When  Daghes-forte  is  omitted  from  a  guttural  and  no 
compensation  made  for  the  loss  by  the  heightening  (§  36.  2)  of  the  preced- 
ing vowel,  the  Daghes  is  said  to  be  implied  or  understood. 

Note  2. — Daghes  may  be  thus  implied  in  H?  ?!  and  p,  but  not  in 
{<  and  n. 

Note  3. — The  syllable  preceding  a  consonant  in  which  Daghes-forte 
is  thus  implied  is  always  a  half -open  syllable  (2  26.  4). 

15.    Kinds  of  Daghes-Forte. 

1.  nnriD  (i:7)/ornnn-?D;  ^ip*  (i:9)/orm:i^  ^r\r\^  a :  29) /or 

-  J-    •  -  J-      I    •  It-  I  t  :  •  •  J-  T 

^n^ny,  mr2  (3:22)  for  i:-|i5-fD;  nj5!  (2 :2i) /or  r\pi\' 

2.  C^"lp^  (2:3);  t?y,  (2:1);  "r^r^r^fZ  (3:8);  JlNDD  (4 : 7) ;  nlil?  (4 :  21). 

3.  nS-rr^);  (1:12);  I'^-ntj^i^^^  (2:18);  nm-nflp^'^  (2:23). 

4.  |5'7n(17:17);  ir^yn    (Ex.   2:3);    tr'-lpD  (Ex.  15 :  17). 

5.  I^in  (Judg.5:7);  ^r^m  (Job  29:21);  ?im^  (Isa.33:12). 

6.  n'^K  (2:4);   HD'?  (4:6);   Hiin  (6:2);   [nDHl 

••  J"  T  JT  TJ"  T  J" 

I  The  only  exceptions  to  this  statement  are  PN  fhou  (f .),  and  J^r\J  «7iom  (f .)  didst  give. 


§1  16,  17.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  23 

1.  When  the  doubling  represents  the  combination  of  two  similar,  or 
the  assimilation  of  two  dissimilar  consonants,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called 
compensative. 

2.  When  the  doubling  is  characteristic  of  a  grammatical  form,  the 
Daghes-forte  is  called  characteristic. 

3.  When  by  its  use  the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  joined  to  the  final 
vowel  of  a  preceding  word,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called  conjunctive. 

4.  When  it  is  inserted  in  a  consonant  with  S'wa,  which  is  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel,  to  make  the  S'wa  audible,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called 
sejiarative. 

5.  AVhen  the  doubling  strengthens  or  emphasizes  the  final  tone-syllable 
of  a  section  or  verse,  the  Daghes-forte  is  called  emphatic. 

6.  When  the  doubling,  in  the  case  of  liquids,  gives  greater  firmness  to 
the  preceding  vowel,  the  Daghes-forte  is  caWed  firmative. 

16.    MappIq  and  Raphe. 

1.  T\y>dl  (1:24);   T\'^:l:fl  (2:15);   TTSt^^'l  (2:15);   HST^N'?  (3:6); 

T":  t:^:  t:t:  t*: 

nDj;(3:6);   H^t  (3:15). 
.2.0^^'?    (1:6);    r\T}^    (1:26);     r^r\p^    (2:23);    JD^'prTDI    (4:4); 

1.  Mappiq  (p^£)D  extender)  is  a  point  placed  in  final  (*7,  when  this 
letter  is  used  as  a  consonant,  and  not  as  a  vowel-letter. 

Note.— Mappiq  is  written  in  MSS.  also  in  ^^^  1  and  *>. 

2.  Raphe  (nfi")  ^^^0  is  a  horizontal  stroke  placed  over  a  letter,  to  call 

■.•     T 

particular  attention  to  the  ahsence  of  Daghes  or  Mappiq. 

17.    Maqqeph. 

i.'i^-b:^  (1-2);  n1^5-^T  (1-3);  ^*^J;-^T,?_(^•^^'  'n-ir]t  d^n)- 

2.  niNn-n5^(l:4);    C^$:-^3(l:21);    T]5-'?^pM3:16) ;    nn|D-Djr"l 

(2:13). 

1.  Maqqeph  (flpD  hinder)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  placed  between  two 
words,  to  indicate  that  they  are  to  be  pronounced  together  and  accented 
as  if  they  formed  but  a  single  word. 

2.  If  the  former  of  two  words,  joined  by  Maqqeph,should  contain  a  long 
vowel  in  a  closed  syllable  (§  26.  2),  such  a  vowel  must  be  shortened,  or 
receive  Methegh  [I  18.  4). 

1 A  Mappiq  in  K  is  found  in  printed  texts  in  Gen.  43: 36;  Lev.  23: 17. 


24  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  18,  19. 

18.    Methegh. 

1.  •^iK-^nn  (1:3);  irp-^n  (1:7);    n^^np  (1:9);    DODl^n  (1:16); 
D^J/^ni^rr  (18:29). 

2.  ^n^na:2)';  ))n^{i:2i);  nn'?in(2:4);  DNi;3n:3(2:4);  ?i'75Kn 

T  :  |T  :  |T  :        I  t     .  |t        .  .  i 

(3:1). 

3.  HDnKH  (1:25) ;  n'^.}-  (1-26)  i  nltTIT';?  (2:3);  nnp'^  (2 :23) ;  ^t^^]^^ 

(3:7). 

4.  nn|n-D^'^  (2:13) ;  l^n-f  J;^.  (3:2) ;  lIH-^lp?  (3:3) ;  HTO-np  (4:12). 

5.  n'ni  (1: 29) ;  VH;  (2 :  25) ;  Dn1^7^  (4 : 8) ;  HW  (17:18) ;  n^m  (20 : 7). 

6.  NV-'I  (4:16) ;  l'?  i;:}^'^)  (24:9);  0^5^  HnQ  (28:2). 

|-V"-  ^    |- JT    ■  -  T  -:  |T-IV    - 

Methegh  (JIHO  hridU)  is  a  perpendicular  line  placed  on  the  left  side  of 
'.■  -I'." 
a  vowel-point,  to  indicate  that  the  syllable  to  which  it  belongs  has  a 

secondary  accent.^    The  following  are  its  chief  uses: 

1.  On  the  second  syllable  before  the  tone,  but  generally  on  the  third,  if 
the  second  is  closed  (§  26.  2.). 

2.  With  a  long  vowel  followed  by  a  vocal  S'wa  pretonic. 

3.  With  all  vowels  before  compound  S'wa. 

4.  With  a  long  vowel  in  a  closed  syllable,  before  Maqqeph. 

5.  With  the  first  syllable  of  all  forms  of  ^^*^  ^nd  TVT^  in  which  the  H 

V  T  T  T  T 

and  n  have  Simple  (i.  e.,  silent)  S'wa. 

6.  With  an  unaccented  ^^  in  a  final  syllable  ;  and  to  insure  the  distinct 
enunciation  of  a  vowel  which  otherwise  might  be  neglected. 

19,      QeRl  AND  KeTHIBH, 

1.  '?N^^nD(4:18);  ^^^(8:17);  01^^^(24:33);  nTV(27:3);  1:11(30:11). 

2-  '^iV^^TO        NVM       nm'^  ■         T^     n:i  iS3 

T*:  ••:-  --  -T  TT 

3.  "^N^^no        NVin        D^^:i         rr-j^v        n^? 

4.  N\'l  for  Kin ;  '>p^_  for  r]p\  \  ^7^%  for  nln:! 

1.  K'thibh  d^riD  written)  is  a  term  applied  to  a  word  as  it  is  written 
in  the  text,  as  contrasted  with  the  marginal  reading  suggested  by  the 
Massorites. 

2.  Q'ri  (np  read)  is  a  term  applied  to  the  marginal  reading  substituted 
by  the  Massorites  for  the  textual  reading  (K'thibh). 

1  Munah  (j)  is  sometimes  substituted  for  Methegh. 


2  20.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  25 

3.  In  such  cases  the  vowel-points  given  with  the  K'thibh  (the  reading 
in  the  text)  are  intended  to  be  pronounced  with  the  consonants  given  in 
the  Q'ri  (the  marginal  reading) ;  and  if  the  K'thibh  is  pronounced,  other 
vowels,  as  determined  by  the  nature  of  the  grammatical  form,  must  be 
used. 

4.  Some  words  are  always  read  otherwise  than  as  they  are  written ; 
these  receive  the  pointing  of  the  Q'ri,  while  the  marginal  reading  is 
omitted. 


IV.    Tlie  Accents. 

20.    The  Place  of  the  Accent.^ 

1.  n^^^'N")  (1:1);  Nn;i  (1:1);  U'm  (1:1);  pNH  (1:1);  TjC^'n  (1:2). 

2.  r\'m^  (1:1);   DipD  (1:9);   U'W  (1:1);   D^D  (1:6);   rWlTS  (1:9). 

3.  n^tr"Nn  (1:1) ;  N^D  (1:1) ;  '7^^^  (1:6) ;  N^  (2:23) ;  Tl'^nnD  (3:8). 

J^^pn  (1:6) ;  -inj<  (1:5) ;     N^jp^  (1:5) ;  ^5?<p  (2:9) ;   tVmrS  (3:18). 

4.  pN  (1:10);    T]^"n  (1:2);    J<^';i  (1:11);    pg^'  (1:20);   f-fj;.  (2:8). 

t\n  (1:2);   Dn^  (1:5);    ^^j;,  (1:11);    tr'^j  (1:20);    fDi^  (2:12). 

1.  The  accent  or  tone  may  rest  on  the  ultima,  in  which  case  the  word  is 
called  Milra  ;  or  on  the  penult,  in  which  case  the  word  is  called  Mil'el ; 
but  never  on  the  antepenult. 

2.  So  far  as  the  syllabication  of  a  word  is  concerned,  a  closed  syllable 
with  a  long  vowel,  or  an  open  syllable  with  a  short  vowel,  must  be 
accented  (§  28.  1.  2). 

3.  Uninflected  words,  and  words  receiving  in  inflection  no  endings,  are 
accented  on  the  ultima. 

4.  Nouns  of  the  class  called  Segholates,  which  are  really  monosyllabic 
(H06,),are  accented  on  the  penult,  and  form  the  only  exception  to  the 
principle  just  stated. 

Note  1. — The  place  of  the  accent  in  inflected  words,  involving  append- 
ages, must  be  studied  in  connection  with  the  subject  of  verbal  and 
nominal  inflection. 

Note  2. — The  term  "accent"  is  used  of  the  sign  marking  the  syllable 
which  receives  the  stress  of  voice ;  the  term  "tone"  is  used  of  the  stress 
of  voice. 


1  The  place  of  the  accent  Is  Indicated  In  this  grammar  by  the  use  of  the  accent -r*. 
Words  which  are  not  thus  indicated  are  to  be  accented  on  the  ultima. 


26  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  21,  22. 

21,    Shifting  of  the  Tone, 

1.  n"?'^^  N^j?,  (1-5)5  n?  n^j;  (i:ii);  017^  '?5^^i?  (3:i9). 

2.  Oij<(3:10);  rrnX(3:ll);  »:Dij^{4:9);  nn^^  (4:11). 

■      (    T  T  rST  "If  '    "T 

3.  IDii;;)  (1:3);  r]-inn  (1=22);  ^)(^^)  (2:7);  Dp^^  (4:8). 

4.  n'?DX1  (3:18);  ^il^^m  (Ex.  3:20);  ^DNVirn,  ^n'^VHI  (Ex.  6:6). 

1.  The  tone  is  often  shifted  from  the  ultima  to  the  penult  of  a  word 
which  is  followed  closely  by  a  monosyllable,  or  by  a  dissyllable  accented 
upon  the  penult. 

2.  The  tone  is  sometimes  shifted  in  the  case  of  words  standing  at  the 
end  of  a  clause  or  section,  i.  e.,  in  pause  (§  38.). 

3.  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Imperfect  causes  shifting  of  the  tone 
from  the  ultima  to  the  penult  when  the  latter  is  an  open  syllable  (§  73.). 

4.  Waw  Consecutive  with  the  Perfect  often  causes  shifting  of  the  tone 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultima  (?  73.). 


22.    The  Table  of  Accents. 
i.  disjunctives. 

Class  I.— Emperors. 


1.  :p*i^psmiiq j< 

2.  mn^'Athnah }< 


3.  Kn^ip  S'gholta X 

4.  n'?!^'^^"  Salgeleth ^ 


Class  II.— Kings. 


5.  pop  ^pj  Zaqeph  q^ton ^} 

6.  ^m  ^pl  Zaqeph  gadh61 . . .  .^ 


7.  ;;»5n  R'bhi(a)' }< 


Class  m.— Dakes. 


8.  NtO^'9  Pasta ....^ 

9.  n^n^Y'thibh s^ 

10.  NnOpTiphha ^^ 

Class  IV.— Counts. 


11.  n^anT'bhir K 

■J      :  .) 

12.  KpnrZarqa g 


13.  tr").;!Oere§ ^ 

14.  U^hy>  G'rasaylm '^ 

15.  I  np^-j'?  L'gharmehi \)^ 


1  Made  up  of  Munah  and  Pesiq  (i). 


16.  nr|)Pazer }^ 

_         QP  op 

17.  rrit)  ^;)np  Qame  Phara K 

18.  Thr\)  m/'hrs  T-iisa 

Gh'dhola A 


2  23.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  27 

2.   CONJUNCTIVES. 
Class  v.— Servants. 

19.  NDnO^^r^a K     24.  T]9n5  Mahp^kh J< 

20.  ^^^^•]i3^  KD^D  Merka 

"   k'phula ^^ 

21.  miDMiinah ^J 

22.  {<iniT)arga ^ 

ST    :    -  s 

23.  i^inp  Qadhma ^ 


25.  n^Dp  j<t:^>^n  T-iisa 

T  -  I :  T      •     :  q 

Q'tanna J^ 

26.  lDV-f5  m*.  Y^rah  ben 
yomo ^{ 

27.  J^'^-'^D  M' Vrlai K 

T  :  -   :  ^ 


28.    Remarks  on  the  Table  of  Accents. 

1.  The  "Accents  "  were  designed  to  have  a  threefold  use  : — 

a.  To  serve  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantillation  of  the  Law  and  the 
Prophets  in  the  synagogue  ; 

6.  To  indicate  the  tone-syllable  (i.  e.,  the  syllable  which  is  to  be  ac- 
cented) of  every  word ; 

c.  To  show  the  relation  sustained  by  each  word  to  the  other  words 
in  a  clause  or  sentence. 

2.  Every  accent  is  used  as  a  sign  of  interpunction  (2  23.  1.  c),  to  sepa- 
rate or  join  the  several  words  of  a  sentence  : 

a.  Disjunctives  (those  numbered  1-18  in  the  Table)  mark  a  separa- 
tion. 

h.  Conjunctives  (those  numbered  19-27  in  the  Table)  mark  a  con- 
nection. 

3.  The  Disjunctives  vary  in  strength  or  power,  and  are  accordingly 
divided  into  four  ranks :  Emperors,  Kings,  Dukes,  Counts. 

4.  Those  accents  numbered  9  and  18  are  prc-positive,  i.  e.,  written 
only  on  the  first  letter  of  a  word,  wherever  the  tone-syllable  of  that  word 
may  be. 

5.  Those  accents  numbered  3,  8, 12,  25  are  pos^positive,  i.  e.,  written 
only  on  the  last  letter  of  a  word,  wherever  the  tone-syllable  of  that  word 
may  be. 

6.  The  post-positive  accents  are  repeated  whenever  their  word  is  ac- 
cented on  the  Penult,  or  has  Pathal^-furtive  (§  42.  2.  d)  under  the  last 
letter. 

7.  SYlMq  may  be  distinguished  from  M^thegh  (§  18.),  Pasta  from  Qadh- 
ma,  and  Y'thibh  from  Mahpakh  by  their  position. 


1  Used  for  Methegh  with  words  which  have  Sllluq  or  'Athnah. 


a 


D'^rt- 


28  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  24. 

24.    The  Consecution  of  the  more  common  Accents. 

Oen.l:!. 

Gen.  1:2. 

D^ri'^N Gen.  1:1. 

D^prr D'lnri Gen.l:2. 

P-- i^^lTl^ i^PV (^en.l:7. 

n^n-^;r rr^'5?'] b^ri'??? Gen.i:28. 

1.  Every  verse  (Pasuq)  is  separated  from  the  verse  following  by  the 
sign  ♦,  called  Soph  Pa§uq  {end  of  the  verse) ;  while  the  last  word  of  every 
verse  has  on  its  tone-syllable  the  accent  —,  called  ^illuq,  which,  in  form, 
islikeM^thegh(U8.). 

Note.— Since  Silluq  always  stands  on  the  last  tone-syllable  of  a  verse, 
while  M^thegh  never  stands  on  a  tone-syllable,  they  are  easily  distin- 
guished. 

2.  If  the  verse  contain  two  primary  sections,  Silluq  marks  the  end  of 
the^rs^,  while  the  end  of  the  second  is  indicated  by  "a",  'Athnah. 

Note  1. — In  the  study  of  the  accentuation  of  a  verse  one  must  begin 
with  Silluq,  i.  e.,  at  the  end  of  the  verse. 

Note  2. — These  accents  have  only  relative  power.  The  pauses  marked 
are  logical  pauses. 

3.  If  the  verse  contain  three  primary  sections,  Silluq  marks  the  end  of 
the  first ;  'Athnah,  the  end  of  the  second ;  while  the  end  of  the  third  is 
indicated  by  -^,  called  S'gholta. 

Note. — For  an  explanation  of  the  repetition  of  -^,  see  §  23.  6. 

4.  tD^pr? n''ri'7i< omn ^rih'i Gen.i:2. 

•  |T  -  •        v:  rt    :  T 

:D^p'? *7n!}D D^^rr D^H'7N Gen.i:6. 

•  fr  T  •  :    -  -rtT  -  •        v: 

5.  a.  rr^^^n ^n:iri7 own Gen.  114 

h.  nt:;yn •^h^^ D^ri^K  nDN^'i Gen.i:9. 

<St    t  TV  •        v:  V  ~ 

6.  ly'^v^n Dwn D\rl^5;if....n\p^Nn3 Gen.i:i. 

:  nmn n'lNn a'ito-^D  ni^n-nK Gen.  ia. 

. . .  .D^ri^N. .  "On^-  •  .Gen.  1:28 n^^f. . .  .^mrr-  •  -Gen.  3:14. 


4.  When  a  primary  section  is  large  enough  to  be  divided,  or  to  contain 
a  secondary  section,  the  end  of  this  secondary  section,  whether  it  stand  in 
the  primary  section  ruled  by  Silluq  or  'Athnah,  is  most  frequently  marked 
by  — ,  called  Zaqeph  qaton. 


2  25.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


29 


5.  a.  In  secondary  sections  containing  but  a  single  word,  where  Zaqeph 
qaton  would  have  been  expected,  Zaqeph  gadhol,  -^,  is  generally  found 
instead. 

h.  A  secondary  section  of  less  importance  than  that  which  is  indicated 
by  Zaqeph  qaton  is  marked  by  -^,  called  E,'bhi(a)'. 

6.  The  pause  required  by  the  rhythm  before  Silluq  and  'Athnah  is 
marked  by  a  disjunctive  —,  called  Tiphha ;  that  before  S'gholta,  by  -^, 
called  Zarqa. 

Note. — For  the  consecution  of  the  remaining  disjunctives  see  the 
Table  of  Consecution  of  Accents  (^  25.). 

'^' : Xl^T} nj^V •  •  -(1=1)5 : D'^n ^p.r^;?- •  -(1:2); : r^g^'rir?  jnv •  •  (i:4). 
8.  D^n'?'5<iXn3....(i:i);  D'inn^:i«3-^;;....(i:2);  n^»'7Knp....(i:5). 

rt-        v:        JTT  rt     :     J-  :         '^-  t  :rtT  t|jt 

9.  n^r  i7^;j  '?•  •  •  -(3:14);  i^n-n'li73  ^^^r  •  •  -(3:3). 

7.  The  Conjunctive  accent  which  always  accompanies  Silluq  is  —, 
called  Merka. 

8.  The  Conjunctive  accent  which  always  accompanies  'Athnah  is  -j-, 
called  Munah. 

9.  The  Conjunctive  accent  which  always  accompanies  S'gholta  is  like- 
wise Munah. 

25.    A  Table  showing  the  Consecution  of  the  Accents. 


-\ 


_3 /    ji 

J      J      J  I  J      J     J 

or  "S  or 

JP i       QP 

J        J        J  V  V        J        J 

_3 f    ±_ 

J     J      J  I  J      J      J 

or  •{  or 

_P /     ^ 

J         J         J  V  V         J         J 

_9 f     J! 

J       J       J  I  J       -I       J 

or  "A  or 

_P \     OP 

J        J        J  \  V        J        J 

9 [    ^ 

J      J      J  I  J      J      J 

or  "{  or 

P                  /     ^ 

9  /-     JL 

J"    J     J  I  J     J      J 

p                       I     OP 


80  ELEMENTS  OP  HEBREW 


[g  25. 


REMARKS  ON  THE  TABLE. 

1.  The  Consecution  of  Silluq  and  'Athnah,  with  the  exception  of  the 
first  conjunctive,  is  the  same. 

2.  The  third  disjunctive  preceding  Silluq  and  'Athnah,  the  second  pre- 
ceding S'gholta  and  Zaqeph  qatOn,  and  the  first  preceding  R'bhi(a)'  is 
Geres,  after  which  the  consecution  is  the  same  for  all. 

3.  This  G^res  may  be  entirely  omitted,  in  which  case  the  servant  of  the 
preceding  disjunctive  will  be  present  and  will  assume  the  functions  of 
G^re§. 

4  After  Qadhma  the  consecution  may  proceed  either  with  T'lisa  Q'tan- 
na  (and  its  Munah's)  or,  if  there  is  a  slight  emphasis,  with  the  disjunctive 
T'lisa  Gh'dhola  (and  its  Munah's). 

5.  Words  standing  between  the  T'lisa  Q'tanna  or  the  T'lisa  Gh'dhola 
and  the  beginning  of  the  section,  will  receive  Munah  if  they  are  closely 
related,  but  Pazer  if  there  is  a  great  emphasis.  Words  standing  between 
Pazer  and  the  beginning  of  the  verse  will  receive  Munah. 

Note. — Instead  of  Munah,  L'gharmeh  (i.  e.,  Munah  with  P'siq  (I  tt)) 
is  substituted  if  there  is  a  slight  emphasis  on  the  word. 

6.  Instead  of  Pazer,  preceded  by  Munah,  there  may  be  substituted 
Qarne  Phara,  which  is  always  preceded  by  Yerah  ben  yomo.  Other 
words  will  have  Munah. 

Note  1. — This  table  exhibits  in  general  the  features  of  the  prose 
system.  There  are,  however,  many  exceptions.  The  poetic  system  is 
entirely  different. 

Note  2.  — A  few  accents,  occurring  but  seldom,  are  omitted  from  the 
Table. 

Note  3. — This  very  brief  treatment  of  the  accent  aims  only  to  intro- 
duce the  student  to  a  subject,  which  demands  much  careful  study  and 
investigation  for  its  mastery. 


U  26.-28.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  81 

V.    Sj'Uables. 

26.    Kinds  of  Syllables. 

1.  N")-5  (1:1) ;  in-h  (1:2) ;  in-h-l  (1:2) ;  ^}$  (1:2) ;  ^*^»  (1:3). 

2.  '7n-?5  (1:6) ;  ^2  (1:4) ;  ^'ID  (1:4) ;  jrn-fD  (1:11) ;  ^i^/tt?  (1:18). 

3.  Drt:-t:^n(l:l);  D^-Dn(l:6);  1VpMl:9);  IlK-DH  (1:16). 

4.  ^T-l(l:3);  Tjt;;^!!-?  (1:4);  ^^p^^ (1:14);  l^'p-p  (1:22);  r\'V^-^_ (1:26). 

1.  Syllables  which  end  in  a  vowel-sound  are  called  open. 

2.  Syllables  which  end  in  a  consonant  are  called  closed. 

3.  A  closed  syllable  whose  final  consonant  is  doubled  is  called  sharpened. 

4.  What  seems  to  be  an  unaccented  open  syllable,  with  a  short  vowel, 
is  of  frequent  occurrence  ;  it  may  for  convenience  be  called  half-open. 

Note. — The  half-open  syllable  is  always  followed  by  a  consonant  with 
a  medial  S'wa  (?  10.  2),  or  with  Daghes-forte  implied  (§  14.  3.  N.  1). 

27.    Syllabication. 

1.  m'f;^''^'T\  (1:21) ;  irT-aV-rT-D-l  (4:4) ;  J/^pH  (1:20) ;  "^^'j^  (1:7). 

2.  rr\-p\  (1:20) ;  H^^-Nn?  (1:1) ;  D^T'?kN^  (1:1)  i  P?"*!  (1:4). 

3.  ntr'^1  (9:21) ;  T\'  (1:22)  for  'TS''  \  T\}f  (1:5)  for  'T\V. 

1.  A  word  contains  as  many  syllables  as  it  has  vowels ;  but  Pathah- 
furtive  (?  42.  2.  d)  and  the  S'was  (half-vowels)  are  not  sufficiently  vocalic 
to  form  syllables. 

2.  Syllables  must  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  only  exception  being  the 
prefixed  conjunction  ?) ;  they  may  begin  with  two  consonants,  the  first 
always  having  under  it  a  vocal  S'wa.^ 

3.  Syllables  may  end  in  two  consonants,  but  only  when  these  are  strong. 
The  harshness  resulting  from  this  combination  is  generally  avoided  by 
the  insertion  of  a  vowel  [I  37.  2  and  N.). 

28.    Quantity  of  the  Vowel  in  Syllables. 

1.  TlN-n  (1:4) ;  '^y-D  (1:7) ;  n^tr-Nn^  (1:1) ;  D^-D  (1:6) ;  D^'Dt^  (1:1). 

2.  ^t;;^-m(i:2);  np-^d-S);  '^n-^.^d^e);  m(i:i);  "l^Oii-^l 

3.  D^D-ti^'n  (1:1) ;  r^W^^l  (2:22) ;  IDN  (2:24) ;  DD^.  (4:15). 

■  J-     T     -  -IT     •    :  -I     •  IrST', 

4.  \7-l(l:3);  Tj^'n-H  (1:4);  ;^;p.-)-3  (1:14) ;  1^J'?-p  (1:22). 

1  There  is  a  single  exception  to  this  remark,  viz.,  ^r\^  (Gen.  4:19)  in  which  the  S«wa 
Is  silent. 


32  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  29. 

1.  The  vowel  of  an  open  syllable  must  be  long,  unless  it  has  the  tone  ; 
when  it  has  the  tone,  it  may  he  short. 

2.  The  vowel  of  a  closed  syllable  must  be  short,  unless  it  has  the  tone ; 
when  it  has  the  tone,  it  may  he  long. 

3.  The  vowel  of  the  sharpened  syllable  is  short,  unless  it  has  the  tone ; 
it  is  pure,  i.  e.,  a,  i,  ii,  and  not  deflected,  i.  e.,  e  or  o. 

4  The  vowel  of  the  half-open  syllable  is  always  short  (§  26.  4). 


TT.     Euplionj-   of"  Vowels.i 

29.    Short  Vowels, 

1.  a.  "^^y  (1:4) ;  T^^y  (1:9) ;  D^D^  (1:10) ;  H^'H  (1:20) ;  ^^HtD  (1:11). 

J"  :  -  JT   T  -  J-  -IT  -  "^    J-:   - 

6.  rm  (1:25) ;  DHI  (2:12) ;  Jj  (2:8) ;  ^^"D  (1:7) ;  t]^  (3:1). 

c.  mtr*(2:3);  ^^7(2:22);  pD^(2:24);  HD*?  (3:23) ;  TOyM2:9). 

J-  T  l-i-T  I     -I-    T  I  J-  •,  -I-    :  - 

d.  DJ;B  (2:23);    ^T}.  (2:9);    f^Nt  (2:5);    V^JW'    ''^^^'^  ^^''^^^' 
nD^Dtr*(15:5);   rrn^:n  (24:32). 

T  :j-   T  T  :  - 

«•  rr^J^;(l:26);   1^1^'^  (2:5);   rr^;^M2:6) :   *?:DJS^p  (2:9). 

2.  a.  rr:in  (1:29) ;  rrtr"X  (2:23) ;  IDK  (2:24) ;  MDj;  (3:6) ;  Int^^N  (2:24). 

_i"  •  -IT      •  J     •  JT     •  J     : 

&.  J<n-pMl:5);  ^^'-^'7(1:18);  n^tDpH  (2:5);  I'^Dpl ;  inp?)^  (3:5). 

3.  a.  ^'p5^1(2:l);  D^^Tj;  (3:7) ;  nj5>(3:23);  Djp^.(4:24);  [nj^H]. 

1.  The  pure  short  a,  from  which  come  all  a-class  vowels,  is  found 
a.  In  unaccented  closed,  or  sharpened  syllables  ;  but  also 

h.  In  the  accented  closed  syllable  of  nouns  in  the  construct  state, 
and  a  few  monosyllabic  nouns  and  particles. 

c.  In  the  accented  closed  syllable  of  many  verbal  forms. 

d.  In  the  accented  open  syllable  (1)  of  guttural  and  ">")}  Segholates 
(§  106.  2.  a.,  d) ;  (2)  before  the  sufl&x  ♦^j  and  (3)  sometimes  before  the 
accusative  ending  H • 

T 

e.  In  a  half-open  syllable  with  M^thegh  (2  18. 3)  before  a  compound 
S'wa. 

2.  The  pure  short  X  from  which  come  all  i-class  vowels,  is  found 

a.  In  unaccented  closed^,  and  especially  sharpened,  syllables ;  but 


iThis  treatment  Is  not  intended  to  be  exhaustive;  It  will  be  found  practically 
complete,  however,  so  far  as  general  principles  are  concerned. 

2  Short  i  stands  also  in  an  accented  open  syllable,  in  a  few  apocopated  forms,  e.  g., 

yy  (1:23),  |2;  (2:23). 


2  30.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  83 

h.  That  1  (— )  which  comes  by  attenuation  or  thinning  (§  36. 4)  from  an 
original  ^  must  be  distinguished  from  an  original  i,  although  it  is  sub- 
ject to  the  same  rules  as  the  latter. 

3.  The  pure  short  ii,  from  which  come  all  ?*-class  vowels,  is  found 
a.  Almost  exclusively  in  unaccented  sharpened  syllables. 

4.  a.  -rS^  (1:4) ;  r\^y^  urn  ■  am  (2:8) ;  tr'njin  0:24) ;  n'^ni  (4:1). 
6.  r[^'n  (1:2);  Dtj^j;  (1:11) ;  ^^^{2:18);  ::-)Ml:22) ;  p;.l(2'':22). 

c.  nDH^.  (2:9) ;  frDjr;.] ;  ["^m^j;  i-ort?^^'.^) ;  [':''t?j;rT]. 

5.  a.  -^3(1:21);  ri'7?K'(l:29) ; 'hlinD  (3:21);  n5rn'(6:15);  [^DpH]. 
6.  -'73(1:21);    nn5J^(2:15);    hVdC^' (2:15);  '"^DN  (3:11);    -^1^ 

T  T.T  t;t  t~:  t^:|" 

(2:24). 

4.  The  short  c-sound  —  (S),  deflected  from  and  equally  current  with 
the  pure  i-sound,  is  found : 

a.  In  unaccented  closed  syllables,  as  a  shortening  of  ^^  (e). 

b.  In  unaccented  closed  syllables,  as  a  helping  vowel  in  all  forms  of 
a  Segholate  character  (§  106,). 

c.  In  unaccented  closed  or  half-open  syllables,  depressed  from  -^  (i) 
before  gutturals. 

Note  1. — The  e  which  comes  by  heightening  from  a,  represented  in 
transliteration  by  6,  is  really  a  long  vowel  (§  31,). 

Note  2.— The  e  of  DillSt  and  fHK,  DT)  and  ff^,  and  D5  and  p  is  a 
blunting  of  an  original  «-sound  (§  60.  3./). 

Note  3. — There  is  also  to  be  noticed  the  character  of  the  —  which 
appears  in  certain  particles,  e.  g.,  T£),  *)g^Nj  etc.,  which  perhaps  belong 
under  §31.  2. 

5.  The  short  o-sound  —  (o),  deflected  from  and  more  common  than  — (ii) 
and  sustaining  to  —  and  —  (o)  the  same  relation  that  is  sustained  by 
-  (e)  to  -r-  (i)  and  -^  (e),  is  found 

a.  As  a  blunting  of  the  original  —  (ii)  in  unaccented  closed  and  half- 
open  syllables. 

h.  As  a  shortening  of  -^  (o)  in  unaccented  closed  syllables. 

80.    Naturally  Long  Vowels. 

1.  a.  ;;3^=;r^  (4:14)  =  nr;n»;2^  =  n^"  (4:25)  =  sath;  e';?],^  = '7j^  =  qM]. 
h,  Di^=gLnabh,i  Jf)^  =  mattan;2  ;^n5=k'thabh;3  3np  =  q'rabh.4 
c.  D^ri'^X  (1:1)  =  '*lohim  for  '*lahim ;  ^DN^  (1:3)  =  yo'mer/or  ya'mer; 
^']^  (l:16)=gadh61/or  gadhal ;  ^"2^  (2:16)  =  'akh61/or  'akhal. 

T  T 

iBx.  22:1,  6,  7.  2  Gen.  34:12;  2  K§rs.  11.18.  s  Esth.  4:8.  *  2  Sam.  17:11. 


34  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  L?  30. 

DIpD  =  D^pD  =  D*pD  (9:9) ;  D^^n  =  U^'m  (6:16). 

t.  p;^^  =  yamin;i  -|^C)n  =  liasidh  ;2  (l^^O  =  niasi(a)h.3 

It  •     t  ■       t 

^.  n^trji;  (3:13)  for  rs''^^  (n^^:;) ;  wv  (3:i7)  /^^  ^n^iv  (^P'5V)- 

e.  TDpn  (2:5);  Dt:^"5^M3:21);   T^H  (3:11);  i^^ti^H  (3:13);  ^H^H 
(1:18). 

3.  a.  y\pr\=y\\i;T\=y\t^n  (3:i9);  D.ip!=Dip!=Dipv^ 
&.  Dip=Dip;«  inn=inri(i:2);  in3=?iri5(i:2). 
c.  -ip)n = ipin  ;^  [D5pn = apim ;  oiprr = Dpirr-^^ 

d.  -)nK(3:14);  01^^(3:1);  nni3n(4:23);  an:D  (3:24);  {^131(12:5). 

T  ^T  T        -  : 

Naturally  long  vowels  have  arisen  either  (1)  from  contraction  of  two 
vowels,  or  a  vowel  and  semivowel  (i.  e.,  y  or  w),  or  (2)  as  the  characteris- 
tic of  a  nominal  form,  or  (3)  in  compensation.  The  lengthening  which 
took  place  as  characteristic  of  a  nominal  form  or  in  compensation  belongs 
exclusively  to  the  primitive  Semitic  ;  i.  e.,  such  lengthenings,  found  in  the 
Hebrew,  were  made  before  the  Assyrian,  Arabic,  Hebrew  and  other 
Semitic  languages  became  separate  tongues. 

1.  Naturally  long  a(— ,  seldom  J< ),  comparatively  rare,  is  found  : — 

a.  In  V'P  and  ^"p  forms  in  which,  1  or  ^  having  been  dropped,  two 

a-sounds  have  come  together  and  have  been  contracted  (?  94.  1.  c). 

h.  In  certain  nominal  forms,  in  which  it  is  characteristic  (§§  108, 
109.). 

c.  Naturally  long  a,  in  the  great  majority  of  instances,  was  obscured 
to  6  (§  30.  6). 

2.  Naturally  long  i  (^_,  sometimes ),  is  found : — 

a.  As  the  contraction  of  iy  [1 90. 2.  h)  and  sometimes  of  yi  (§  94, 1.  &), 
h.  In  certain  nominal  forms  in  which  it  is  characteristic  [I  108.). 

c.  In  certain  nominal  forms  in  which  it  is  compensative  [1 109.). 

d.  As  a  thinning  of  e,  in  H"'?  forms,  before  consonant-additions 
(§  100.  3.  h). 

e.  In  Hiph'il  forms,  in  which  e  would  naturally  have  been  expected ; 
this  i  is  entirely  anomalous  (§  60.  1.  h.  (1) ). 

3.  Naturally  long  u  (?),  sometimes  ~)  is  found :— 


1  Gen.  13:9.       2Ps.30:5.       51  Sam.  2:10.        ■»  Gen.  19:28.       6  Hos.  9:6,  C5f.  Isa.  34:13. 
•  Josh.  13:3;  Isa.  23:3;  Jer.  2:18.      :  Ex.  21:19.     a  Qen.  13:17.     »  Ezra  3:11.     lo  Ex.  40:17. 


2  30.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  85 

a.  As  the  contraction  of  wu^  in  V'^  forms  [l  94.  1.  a). 
h.  As  the  contraction  of  uw^  in  V'j;  forms,  and  whenever  the  combi- 
nation uw  would  be  final. 

c.  As  the  contraction  of  uw  in  V'f)  HSph'al  forms  (§  90.  3.  c) ;  and 
in  V'J^  and  )f")}  Hoph  al  forms,  which  seem  to  follow  the  analogy  of  V'£3 
forms. 

d.  In  certain  nominal  forms,  including  the  Qal  passive  participle,  in 
which  it  is  original  and  characteristic  {I  108.). 

4.  a.  p5  (1 :4)  =  ben /romp^;  Jl^^i  =  beth /rom  fl^^ ;  0^4^)?.  (3:6). 

h.  y\yn  (4:7)  =  tetibh /rom  ^^tD^n  ;  rrp^m  (21:7) /rom  Hp^^M. 

•       ••  •   :  -  )t  J-      •  It  J-:   - 

c.  ripZ  (^-14)  =  '"se/rom  »b^j^;    nipP  (1:10)  =  mlfqwe /rom  ^pp. 

cz.  ^TDHV^om^n^DH;  ^Ti w»-om  ^n^iif;  n^Knn^[cf.^m^;(3:ii)]. 

*-"■■■  •  :  -    •  •.  J-  •  •  ;-  •         T      ••     :  T     '  ... 

e.  ^;)9(l:2)  =  p'ne/rom»^5;  ^j^*  (1:16);  ^;)^;;  (3:7);  ^D*l  (4:10). 

T"  t:-|t"  It:-  t"  t:- 

5.  a.  r\mvT\)^  nrDDn;^  rr:i^3Dn;i«  nr'^ynj^i  nr^^^iDn^^^ 

T   J  .•  *=-:  |-  t  j-.-  :     •  t  jv    •.    :  t   r:  •     :  t  jv  : 

6.  ?|^;n  (3:14) ;  I^^^S^t  (3:19) ;  ?|0Q  (4:6) ;  [.TDID]- 

4.  Naturally  long  e  (written  * ,  yet  sometimes and  H )  comes  from 

the  contraction  of  ay  or  ai,  and  is  found : — 

a.  In  the  inflection  of  »"^  Segholates  (?  106.  2.  ^). 
i.  In  the  Hiph'il  forms  of  verbs  originally  ^"^  (§  92.  2). 
c.  In  the  Imperative  (2  m.  sg.)  of  verbs  T^'^  [1 100.  1.  /);  and  in 
the  construct  state  of  nouns  ending  in  H—  (e)  (§  124.  2). 

c?.  In  n  "'^  perfects  before  consonant  additions  [I  100.  3.  a). 

e.  In  the  plural  construct  ending  of  masc.  nouns,  ♦ (§  124.  4). 

/.  In  the  penult  of  a  few  nominal  formations  (§  114.). 

Note. — The  e  of  <^  very  frequently  passes  over  into  i,  especially  in 
active  perfects. 

5.  Besides  e,  there  is  another  naturally  long  e-sound,  which  likewise 

arises  out  of  ay.    It  is  written  ♦ and  may,  for  the  sake  of  distinction, 

be  transliterated  by  an  italicized  c.    It  is  found  :— 

a.  In  n"'?  Imperfects  and  Imv's  before  the  fem.  plur.  termination 
pf^  [I  100.  3.  c) ;  and,  after  the  analogy  of  these  forms,  also  as  a  separ- 
ating vowel  in  similar  y')f  and  }}"}f  forms. 

h.  In  the  forms  of  plural  nouns  before  the  pronominal  suffixes  ^ 
andrr(U24.  3.c). 

T 

1  Gen.  12:15.        2  Ex.  3:10.        3Dt.  3:21.        4Dt.  4:35.       »1  Sam.  15:9.       6  Gen.  49:24. 
:lsa.26:7.       sDt.  1:44.       9  Ruth  1:9.       ioGea.37:7.       ul  Sam.  3:11.       i2Zech.l3:7. 


36  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  K  30, 

6.  a.  *7bi<  (2:16)  =  'akhSl   for   'akMl ;    J^^"^  (2:10)  =  y69e,  for  y^ge; 

T 

jjfJ2'-|(l:26)=r6mes  /or  rames;  D3lD(2:13)  =  s6bliebli  /or  sabhebli. 
I,  *115X»  (1:3)  =y6'mer /or  ya'mer;  ['7')p^=  yiqqol /or  yiqqal  =  -qawal]. 

c.  D/n^t<(l:l)=''loliim;  ^H  (6:9) ;  D'?'W(3:22);  DI'?^' (26:31). 

d.  r|$'1j;Ml:20)  =  y''6pheph;  ?ltJ^'^3r^M2:25)=yithb6sasu. 

e.  ^nbpri  (6:18) ;  ^Tj^m^ci^q  (28:i5) ;  ^nbo  ;i  n'lj'p.^ 

7.  a.  D"V  (1:5)  =  y6m /or  pVj  r|1n  (l:6)  =  tli6kh/rom  T];)!!. 

&.  flpn  (4:2)  =  t6sepli  =  tawseph;  'XV^Ti  (5:4) ;  n^'1^  =  1^)11. 

c.  niV'plii  (2:4) /or  nn'7Tn ;  ti^id  (1:14) /or  nj^p* 

c^.  1^^D^(i:ll)>rWDV;  13(1:11);  1^1(1^11);  rf?:]^  (12:8). 

6.  Naturally  long  6,  for  the  most  part  written  defectively,  is  in  many 
cases  only  the  obscuring  of  a  naturally  long  a  [I  30.  1).  This  is  the 
case : — 

a.  In  the  forms  of  the  Infinitive  Absolute  (§  70.  1.  h),  and  in  the 
Qal  Active  Participle  [l  71.  1.  a). 

b.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  J^"^  (?  88.  1),  and  in  the  Niph'al 

ofverbsrT(^^*-l-^-(2)). 

c.  In  a  large  number  of  nominal  formations  (?§  108,  109.). 

d.  In  so-called  Polel  (or  Po'el),  and  Hithpolel  (or  Hithpo'el)  forms. 

e.  In  the  separating  vowel  used  before  consonant  terminations  in 
the  Perfects  of  verbs  j;"j;  and  V'^^  [U  86.  4,  94.  4). 

7.  There  is,  however,  a  second  naturally  long  6,  which  is  the  result  of 
the  contraction  of  au  or  aw.    This  is  found : — 

a.  In  a  large  number  of  V'J^  Segholates  (§  106.  2.  d). 

b.  In  the  Hiph'il  of  verbs  originally  V'5  (?  *»>0.  3.  6);  also  inNiph. 

c.  In  many  \'Q  nominal  formations  {H  H^j  116.). 

d.  In  the  contraction  of  ahu  =  o  (seldom  written  H)* 

Note  1. — Naturally  long  vowels  are  usually  written  fully  (§  6.4.  N.  2 ), 
and  are  thus  distinguished  from  tone-long  vowels.  There  are  many  cases, 
however,  in  which  the  distinction  can  be  determined  only  from  a  knowl- 
edge of  the  grammatical  form  in  which  the  vowel  stands. 

Note  2. — Naturally  long  vowels  are  unchangeable.  The  exceptions 
to  this  rule  are  so  few  as  scarcely  to  deserve  notice. 


1 1  Sam.  23:23.       2  Nahum  1:14. 


2  31,]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  87 

81.    ToNE'LoNG  Vowels. 

1.  a.  DIJ^  (1:26) ;  ^t]^  (1:5) ;  Dnt  (2:11) ;  n^p5<  (3:11) ;  TOl^*  (2:5). 

JT  T  TV  T  T  T    :  Tr    T  ^T    :    • 

h.  r\)n  whence  r|ln  (1:6);   my  (1:9);   HDH?  (1:26);   HJIl  (1:28) 
[cf.  n-'n];    J<n:n  (1:1);   ^np  (1:10);    Nnp^  (1:5);   npt^^Tr  (2:6); 

JTT  -it|t  jt|:  •  Jjt:      • 

n^rr  (2:io). 

JT  T 

c  Xn-;j  (l:l)/or  ^^3 ;  n'lK-n  (l:4)/or  n'INrr;  i^_'i?-")  (l:6)/or ;;^pn. 
D^D-t^'  (l:l)>'  D^D-tr ;  Dp-D  (l:9)/or  DpD;  D*J-tr  (1:14) /or 

•-1-        T  -J-         -  l-J         T  I         -  J-       T 

D^;iC^" ;  niN-D  (M6)  /or  n'IND ;  '^'l-^  (1:16) /or  ^l^  ;   ftOp  (1:16) 
rbp;    nJinpDn  (3:7);    ^np^  (2:23);    ?)rrbl  (1:2);    D^D'?  (1:6); 

I  |-  T      :    |j-T      •  J")t  •  JT  •  |T    T 

y\\r;rs  (3:i9). 

J        T 

d.  r\b;^^  (3:11) ;  tV'^);  (3:14) ;   'nt^n:^  (3:12) ;  in^n^!^  (3:11) ;  nOlJi 

T     :    Tt     T  T       J-     ^T  T  J-    T  )      J*         •    •  T  J  ■.•  T 

'n:ir]'P^t-\  (3:7) ;  n'?^^  (1:5) ;  r^±)i  (13:14);  H^^  (13:14) ;  nD^Dty 

T     :    I J-T       •  T  :rtT  T  J    T  TJT  T    :  J-    T 

(15:5). 

2.  a.  r^±;^^r\  (3:i7)/or  n-:i-^5Nn;  ^^si^'ji  (3:i5) /or  ^*l-^-t^?lC^n. 

6.^*1^.(1:5);    J^^"l(l:ll);   iTlj.  (1:11);   n^mp  (1:2);   tt^m'Q 
(1:16);  njj^;;(l:ll);  ntj^i;p_(l:26);   iTr7!(l:29);  rrn^(2:5);  n| 

(cf.  4:11) ;  m^npn  ;2j{<}f  p  ;3  ^rJ^^g^r^  ;\f  j<*ip  ;2  ^rjSiDj;^;?  (3:i7); 

^%"N  (3:17) ;  iTj^^Q  (4:11) ;  H?  (5:1)  =  ze  ;  HO  (4:10). 
c  f;j;5(9:13,14,16);  Dn;jl;i  (19:25,29) ;  nrri:?(l:5);  Vn?<(9:22). 

A  short  vowel  (~,  ~^,  ~),  when  it  would  stand  in  close  proximity  to 
the  tone,  becomes  long,  a  becoming  a  or  e,  i  becoming  e,  ii  becoming  o. 
These  vowels  are  called,  from  their  origin,  <onc-long ;  and  the  change  is 
called  heightening  [l  36.  2).  The  a-class  has  two  tone-long  vowels  ;  the 
2-class  and  w-class  have  each  one. 

1.  Tone-long  a,  instead  of  an  original  a,  is  found : — 
a.  In  a  closed  <onc-syllable, 

(1)  in  the  absolute  state  of  nouns ; 

(2)  in  pause  [l  38.  1,  2). 
h.  In  an  open  <owe-syllable, 

(1)  in  a  few  V'J^  Segholates  (§  106.  2.  d) ; 

(2)  in  the  more  recent  feminine  ending  jl (from  ath)(^  122.2.5) ; 

(3)  in  i^"^  and  H"'?  verbal  forms  [U  98.  1, 100.  1.  a). 


Ruth  1 :3.       3  Ruth  1 :20.       a  Ruth  1 :9. 


38  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [I  31. 

c.  In  an  open  preton e-syllshle ;  always,  except  as  indicated  in  2  32. 2. 

d.  In  an  open  posttone-syWahle, 

(1)  in  the  case  of  the  pronominal  ending  ^,  and  frequently  the 
suffixes  n  and  ^, 

(2)  in  the  feminine  plural  termination  r^X  and  the  old  accusative 
ending,  H—  {directive)  (g  121.  3.  h). 

2.  Tone-long  ^,  instead  of  an  original  a,  is  found  :— 

a.  In  a  closed  ^one-syllable  :  in  the  demonstrative  syllable  j__.i 

b.  In  an  open  ^one-syllable, 

(1)  in  a-class  Segholates  (§  106.  1)  and  Segholate  formations  ; 

(2)  in  many  H"'?  verbal  and  nominal  forms  (^  100.  l.h); 

(3)  in  ^"^  Impf's  and  Imv's  before  the  ending  H-^l^  98.  3.  c). 

(4)  in  pausal  forms  arising  out  of  —  (which  was  originally  — ). 

(5)  in  the  pronouns  Ht  (§  52.  1.  a)  and  HD  itlD)  (?  54.  2.  d). 

c.  In  an  open  pretone-  (or  antepretone-)  syllable,  before  a  guttural, 
with  — ,  in  which  Daghes-forte  is  implied, 

(1)  in  the  case  of  the  Article  and  He  Interrogative  (§H5. 4,  46. 3); 

(2)  in  nominal  forms. 

Note. — A  careful  distinction  must  be  made  between  the  heightened  e 
coming  from  a,  and  the  deflected  e,  coming  from  i ;  the  former  is  long, 
the  latter,  short.  — 

3.  a.  [p;  trn^;  ^yV,  tTDh  (1:26);  ri^h  (2:14);  ^20  (2:11);  W 

(1:17);   nT\  (4:12);   \T\    (4:42);2   }<V*   (4:16);    "^m  (4:16);    ^^^ 

(20:15);   t^^p^  (2:3);  '^'^y_  (1:4);   f5tf^>  (3:24);   }<;jni^^  (3:8); 

'^r^r)'0  (3:8);  1)5^19:4);  ^ij^r  (3:15) ;  ^D  (15:1);  ^^^{Vl-M); 

tb;^  (15:16) ;  *^)}  (2:16);  D^"  (2:11) ;  m  (1:1) ;  fD  (1:7) ;  J?  (4:25); 

rp(4:3). 
fc.  D^^  (1:11);  irj;.(2:18);  ^SD  (5:1);  nyM6:5);   f^j;.  (2:8). 
c.  ^i/D  (1:7);   f-!j;D  (2:10);   HJ^np  (1:9);   N^nNt  (3:10);  j-J^nj 

(4:14);  n?::n::j  (1:24);  nnp:!  (1:27);  n^nnn  (2:21);  :}:i^  (Dt. 

28:28);  ^^C^'  (1:8);  K^^^  (4:16);  nj^^^l  (4:16) /or  ^1^'^  VT  (4:17) 

/^^  VJ.: 

4.  a.  ^i:^p  (1:18) ;  iOt?^'  (3:24) ;  ^hp  (4:26) ;  mt^*'  (2:2) ;  i^D*  (2:21); 

^n^bp  (32:11);  ^n'pbj  (30:8);  t^^  (25:30);  pbj/i^  '^b  (1:30). 
1  Cf .  the  -  in  '^T\.       2  2  Kgs.       s  Lev.  13 :3. 


I  32.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  89 

h.  J)rtn  (1:2);   irin  (1:2);   ^[m  (1:2);   ^p^  (1:5);   UT\\^  (2:12). 
c.  ^tJ^'i -l^  =  go-r'su  ;    Tji^D^  =  ^j.^ho-rakh ;   tji^^.^ 

3.  Tone-long  -^,  instead  of  short  -^  or  — ,  is  found : — 

a.  In  a  closed  ^o/ic-syllable ;  always,  except  in  a  few  monosyllabic 
particles.    Worthy  of  notice  is  its  occurrence, 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Perfect  of  many  stative  verbs  (§  64.  2),  and  in  the 
Qal  Active  Participle  (?  71.  1.  a); 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  and  Imperative  of  ?ri^,  (§  84.  2.  K  3), 
and  of  verbs  originally  V'5  [I  90.  2.  a) ; 

(3)  in  Niph'al,  Pi'el,  Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  forms  in  which  the  1l, 
whence  e  comes,  was  originally  a  {II  59.  1.  6,  60.  1.  h) ; 

(4)  in  many  monosyllabic  and  dissyllabic  nominal  formations. 

h.  In  an  open  iowe-syllable ;  for  the  most  part  in  i-class  Segholates 
(2  106.  1.  h). 

c.  In  an  open  pretone  (or  ante-pretone)  syllable,  always  instead  of  i,  as 

(1)  when  a  Daghes-forte  is  rejected  from  a  guttural(§  42.  1.  a) ; 

(2)  in  nominal  formations ; 

(3)  in  the  preformative  of  the  Qal  Impf.  of  V'5  verbs  (§  90.  2.  a). 

4.  Tone-long  -^  (o),  instead  of  — ,  is  found  : — 

a.  In  a  closed  ^one-syllable.    Worthy  of  notice  is  its  occurrence, 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Infinitive  Construct,  Imperative,  and   Imperfect 
(§66.  K  2); 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Perfect  of  a  few  stative  verbs  (§  64.  3) ; 

(3)  in  a  few  nominal  forms  (§  107.  1.  c). 

b.  In  an  open  <o«e-syllable,  in  i*-class  Segholates ; 

c.  In  an  open  prc^owe-syllable,  always  instead  of  — . 

IJote  1.— Tone-long  vowels  are  correctly  written  defectively ,  in  the 
later  language  the  incorrect /wZ?  writing  is  frequent. 

Note  2. — The  tone-long  vowel,  arising  from  the  rejection  of  Daghes- 
forte  from  a  following  guttural,  is  unchangeable. 

82.    Tone-Short  Vowels. 

1.  a.  D^yi-J  (1:16)  from  ^-\'y ;  h^J^O  (1:16)  from  nlN'^  ;  "'iY^l/rom 

n 

h.  an''^'};^  for  Dn^c^-;;;  arj^i^i-ii^  for  opiyril- 
c.  ijn-n  (4:25) /or  Ijin-H;  r\'ri7i^'}' for  ri^n'^N-Ji. 

J    T     -:  J-      T  I    J-        -      :  I      •    :  T 

1  Ex.  12:39.      2  Num.  22:6.      s  2  Sam.  7:29.     4  Ruth  1:8.     6  Ruth  2:16.     6  Ruth  3:13. 


40  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  32. 

2.  a.  nrS'Ti  (1:2)  for  r}^':^'.   rrW^'  (1:20)  for  ll^htT^;   H'PO  (3:16) 

T  :  |T  JT  -  T  :  :    •  -J  •  -I 

for  n'^n ;  ninj  (3:i2)  /or  nm^. 

J T      :   |T  JT     -    T 

5.  j;»p-|  (1:20) /rom  i^^pH ;   ^^9  (1:2);  ^^j^'  (1:16)  ^D*]!  (4:10). 
.   c.  D^pi;^Y  (4:10) /rom  pJ;;^^;  ^J^i^  (3:5) /rom  J/i^ 
^.  ^'?5^?  (2:17);    D5'?^^^  (3:5);    rj'pp  (3:10);   iTj^h-l  (3:14);   ^)}-)]^ 
(3:15). 
Remark.— 3  originally  5 ;  ^  orig.  'p  ;  5  orig.  5  ;  *)  orig.  \ 

3.  a.  rrnm  (3:i7);  n^rf?^  d^i);  1^■^?  d-*^);  ^7?l^?  (2^6);  ^p^^i 
6.  nnp'^(2:23)/ornrTp'?;  ^'?3tr';2  ^nv^Ntii;'  »i")JJ?5-' 
c.  :r]ri'?'?p  (27:13);  r\'\yiy  D'?3iD;6  onniip.^ 

c?.  nnn  (2:12);  '^H^D^PI  d^lS);  Hpt^'^  (27:26);  'TSp')^ 

A  short  vowel,  or  a  tone-long  vowel,  becomes  a  half -vowel  when  it 
would  stand  in  an  open  syllable  at  a  distance  from  the  tone.  This  half- 
vowel  is  either  simple  or  compound  S*wa.  It  is  called,  from  its  origin, 
tone-short;  and  the  change  is  called  volatilization  (^  36.  3).  The  tone- 
short  vowels  are  found : — 

1.  In  what  would  be  the  a w^eprc^owe-sy liable, 
a.  In  the  inflection  of  nouns  (?  36.  3.  h). 

h.  Before  the  grave  termination  in  the  inflection  of  verbs  [l  63.  R.4). 
c.  In  many  verbal  forms  to  which  a  pronominal  suffix  is  attached. 

2.  In  what  would  be  the  pre^one-syllable, 

a.  In  the  inflection  of  verbs,  before  r7_,  )  and  '* (§  36.  3.  a). 

T 

h.  In  the  formation  of  the  construct  state  of  nouns  (sg.  and  pi.). 

c.  In  the  nominal  inflection  of  participial  forms. 

d.  Before  the  suffixes  T],  DD  ^^^  J?'  when  attached  to  nouns  and  to 
certain  verbal  forms. 

Remark. —  In  many  particles  which  originally  had  — ,  there  is 
found  — ,  but  this  before  the  tone  often  becomes  —  [II  47.  5,  49.  4). 

3.  The  simple  S'wa  (§  9.  1)  may  represent  the  tone-short  vowel-sound 
of  any  class.  But  the  compound  S'wa  (§  9.  2  )  has  three  distinct  forms, 
one  for  each  class,  and  is  found : — 

a.  Chiefly  under  gutturals  [I  42.  3).    But  sometimes  also, 
h.  Under  a  letter  which  is,  or  should  be,  doubled. 

1  Ruth  1:2.     2Zeeh.  4:12.     a  Judg.  16 :  16.      4  2Kg8.2:l.      eDeut.  33:2.      6Ex.37:a 
'P8.68:7.        8  Ps.  55:33. 


I  33,  34.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  41 

c.  Under  a  letter  which  is  followed  by  the  same  letter. 

d.  Under  a  letter  preceded  by  the  prefix  V 

Note  1. — The  terms  S'wa,  half-vowel,  tone-short  vowel  are  syn« 
onymous. 

Note  2. — The  tone-short  vowel  under  a  guttural  must  be  compound 
§*wa  ;  since  a  simple  S*wa  standing  under  a  guttural  is  always  a  syllable- 
divider. 

33.    The  A -Class  Vowels. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  statements  [11  29.-32.)  it  is  seen  that 
the  A-class  or  guttural  class  of  vowels  includes  : — 

1.  The  pure  short -^  (a),  from  which  are  derived  all  other  vowels  and 

half-vowels  of  this  class. 

2.  The  attenuated -^  (i),  arising  in  unaccented  closed,  and  especially 

sharpened,  syllables. 

3.  The  naturally  long  —  (a),  which  has  come  from  the  contraction  of 
a+a,  or,  in  primitive  Semitic,  from  compensative  lengthening,  or  from  a 
lengthening  characteristic  of  nominal  forms. 

4.  The  naturally  long  —  (6),  which  has  come  by  obscuration  from  a 
naturally  long  a. 

5.  The  tone-long "7"  (a),  which    has    arisen    from    an    original   a 

through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 

6.  The  tone-long "v"  (e),  which,  likewise,  comes  from  -=-  through 

the  influence  of  the  tone. 

7.  The  tone-short —  ('),  which  is  a  volatilization  of  -^  or  ^,  through 

the  influence  of  the  tone. 

8.  The  tone-short —  (*),  which  occurs  instead  of  —  according  to 

the  usage  mentioned  in  I  32.  3.  a.-d. 

34.    The  I -Class  Vowels. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  statements  [II  29.-32.)  it  is  seen 
that  the  I-class  or  palatal  class  of  vowels  includes  :— 

1.  The  pure  short -r- (i),  now  found  chiefly  in  unaccented  closed, 

and  especially  sharpened,  syllables,  and  from  which  are  derived  all  other 
vowels  and  half-vowels  of  this  class. 

2.  The  deflected —  (e),  occurring  chiefly  as  a  shortening  of  —  (e), 

and  found  in  unaccented  closed  syllables. 

3.  The  naturally  long  *>_  (i),  from  iy  or  yi;  see  a,  §  33.  3. 

4.  The  naturally  long  ^_(e),  which  is  diphthongal  in  its  character, 
coming,  as  it  always  does,  from  the  contraction  of  ai  or  ay. 


42  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [g§  3o.  36, 

5.  The  naturally  long  ^_(e),  see  ?  30.  5. 

6.  The  tone-long —  (e),  which  has  come  from  an  original  — ,  or 

— ,  through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 

7.  The  tone-short —  {'),  cf.  ?  33.  7. 

8.  The  tone-short —  ('),  occurring  instead  of  —  chiefly  under  gut- 
turals. 

85.    The  U-Class  Vowels. 

In  accordance  with  the  foregoing  statements  (§§  29.-32.),  it  is  seen  that 
the  U-class  or  Labial  class  of  vowels  includes  : — 

1.  The  pure  short -\  (ii),  now  found  chiefly  in  sharpened  syllables, 

from  which  are  derived  all  other  vowels  and  half-vowels  of  this  class. 

2.  The  deflected ~  (6),  found  chiefly  in  unaccented  closed  sylla- 
bles, and  most  frequently  as  the  shortening  of  o. 

3.  The  naturally  long  ^  (u),  from  wu  and  uw;  and  see  a,  I  33.  3. 

4.  The  naturally  long  ")  (6),  which  is  diphthongal  in  its  character,  com- 
ing, as  it  always  does,  from  the  contraction  of  au  or  aw.  [On  the  6  ob- 
scured from  a,  see  I  33.  4]. 

5.  The  tone-long —  (o),  which  has  arisen  from  an  original  — ,  or 

from  —  (6),  through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 

6.  The  tone-short —  ('),  see  I  33.  7. 

7.  The  tone-short it  (°),  occurring  instead  of  —  chiefly  under  gut- 
turals. 

Note.— Those  cases  of  ~  which  have  come  from  u  (see  I  29.  4,  N.  2.) 
are  worthy  of  note. 

36.    Changes  of  Vowels, 

1.  a.  niXn-Hk^  (1:4) ;  irfiJl-'?^  (1:21) ;   t^^^':^*^]^^  (2:24) ;  !ltr'n  (4:16). 

T  V  VJ.  T  •  T-:|-  v-i"- 

^.  in-DJ<'?!:  (2:2) /rom  nD-j<':'D ;  1n-tr■^^  (2:24) /rom  rw^^ 

:        -    :  T  ^    .  .      .  V-I" 

c.  ;rn-r(l:ll)  hut  i;;nr  (1:11);  n^-D  (5:1)  Vhut  "n-iDD];  d7')i  hut 

-  jv  :-  V    J*  J     :     •  V    J-/ 

to-'7V(i:27). 

2.  a.  n\N5rr(l:15)/ornni^n;  i:|-nrr(4:25)/or1-nn;  ^'7N(4:10). 

^'  n??0  ^l'^^5  ^'IKrr  (1:4);  ;rpnn  (1:7);  n^nni  (1:9) ;  ir\y  (1:22). 

'      --T   1  T  J-     T  |T  V    T  I"  :  I   v-it: 

c.  ^^5  (1:1) ;  irV\  (1:5);  HKnp  (17:19);  ^nKllS  (6:7). 

T  T  T| .  T       JT  It  •        jt  t 

d.  D^0^(l:6);  DW'(1:17);  ra^:M2:5);  nnX  (3:11). 


2  36.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  ^LETHOD.  43 

3.  a.  p^"  hut  rr\^  (l:21h  ^'^m  (2:16)  hut  t^'^^fS  (3:1);  r^p\  (1:20); 

-i^n  hut  n'pp  (3:16);  :ihn!?'"nrr;!nnM4:8);  ^m"r!(4:i4). 
h.  D^^|)  ?>«^  ^;;5  (1:2) ;  :f:pi  hut  i^^pn  (i:20) ;  [dd'?  z>m^  nn*?] ;  ^nj 
t«i  D^':'!:!  (1:16);  nixD  hut  nhj^o  (i:i6);  nty:3  ?>^^«  ntr:^  (2:23). 

:  T  :  T     T  •  T     : 

In  the  formation  of  stems  and  the  inflection  of  words,  the  following 
vowel-changes  occur : — 

1.  Shortening  takes  place, 

a.  "When  an  accented  closed  syllable,  containing  a  tone-long  vowel, 
loses  its  tone. 

h.  When  an  unaccented  open  syllable,  containing  a  tone-long  vowel, 
becomes  closed. 

c.  When  the  accented  open  syllable  of  a  Segholate  becomes  unac- 
cented closed. 

Note. — Here  a  and  e  become  a ;  e  and  o  become  e  and  8  in  closed,  but 
1  and  ii  in  sharpened  syllables  (§  28.  2.  3). 

2.  Heightening^  takes  place, 

a.  When  an  unaccented  closed  syllable  becomes  open.^ 
h.  When  a  following  Daghes-forte  has  been  rejected  from  a  guttural 
(?  42.  1.  a). 

c.  When  a  following  weak  consonant  loses  its  consonantal  character 
and  becomes  quiescent. 

d.  When  a  short  vowel  comes  to  stand  in  pause  [I  38.  1.  2). 
Note. — Here  a  becomes  a  or  ^  ;  i  and  e,  e  ;  ii  and  o,  o. 

3.  Volatilization^  takes  place  : — 

a.  Of  an  ultimate  "^  (a),  "^  (e),  -^  (o),  when,  in  the  inflection  of 
verbs,  these  vowels  no  longer  stand  with  the  tone  ;  as  when  personal  ter- 
minations consisting  of  a  vowel,  or  pronominal  suffixes  connected  by  a 
vowel,  are  added. 

b.  Of  a  penultimate  t  (a)  and  -^  (e),  when,  in  inflection  of  nouns^ 
these  vowels  no  longer  stand  immediately  before  the  tone,  as  in  the  for- 


1  Heightening  is  a  mechanical  strengthening  of  a  vowel-sound  by  the  introduction 
of  a  foreign  element,  viz.,  an  a-sound ;  it  is  seen  in  the  German  Mann,  Maenner,  English 
man,  men.  One  may  also  compare  the  Latin  facio,  feci;  the  Greek  and  Latin  Trapd 
and  per,  j3paxv^  and  brevis;  and  the  Greek  Irpanov^  but  rpknu, 

a  Cf.  the  Latin  ablative  ending  a  for  at. 

8  Cf .  heaven,  pronounced  hev'n,  but  Anglo-Saxon  ?i€o/on,*  even,  pronounced  e»'n, 
but  Anglo-Saxon  e/en,  Old  Saxon  ehhan.  Also  the  initial  o  in  America,  when  the  word 
is  pronounced  hurriedly. 


44  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  36, 

mation  of  the  construct  state,  when  terminations  of  gender  and  number 
are  appended,  and  when  pronominal  suffixes  are  added. 

Note  1. — Herein  consists  the  great  difference  between  verbal  and 
nominal  inflection,  that  in  verbal,  the  ultimate  vowel,  in  nominal,  the 
penultimate  vowel  is  changed. 

Note  2. — In  some  verbal  forms,  the  vowel  of  whose  ultima  is  un- 
changeable, the  penultimate  vowel  is  volatilized. 

Note  3. — In  some  nominal  forms,  the  vowel  cf  whose  penultima  is 
unchangeable,  the  ultimate  vowel  is  volatilized. 

Note  4. — Only  short  or  tone-long  vowels  standing  in  an  open  syllable 
may  be  volatilized. 

4.  a.  nb^'^  (2:2)  originally  '{p^>;    ib^Dpl  originally  'p^];    "jn^H  hut 

'^n^n  (1-18). 

h.  [^tDp,  hut  ':?t?p|];  tr^p  hut  ti;^^\  (2:3);  jlS^  hut  ^fl^.^ 

c.  'r\'rrh'^\  D??*!  (9:5) /or  D3PT;  n5*i  (24:30) /or  na^, 

:    V  T    :    T  T    :     ..  -):    t  -  ):    •.. 

6.  a,  m  {with),  -rikV  (4:1);  r[r)N  (6:18) ;  apy  =  apl=  Dp.^  (4:15). 

7.  a.  ri^d?  (1:24)  for  n^ti? ;    1^  (4:12)  =  nadh  for  na-adh  for  nawadh. 

T     •    :  T  T     •    :  T 

h.  \nn  (1:6) /or  ^fin  =  wty-hiy ;  )r\n  (1:2) /or  Ifln  =  thohuw. 
c.  1*5  (1:4) /or  ||3  =  bay(i)n;  D'V  (1:5) /or  DV=yawm  ;  1^^0*7(1:11) 
for  ^nrp*?  5  13  (1:11) /or  )n^,  etc.,  etc. 

8.  a.  ^L)p  for  qa-tal  for  qa-ta-la  =  ^Dp;   cf.  ^^^W  for  qa-ta-la-m; 

^^p''^  for  yaq-tiil  for  yaq-tii-lu ;   cf.  ^^ItDp''^  for  yaq-t'le-ni ;  -e-ni 
here,  =  -i-ni  =  -u-ni.  DID  for  susii  [nom.),  or  susa  [ace),  or  susi  {gen.). 

h.  ^T  (1:3) /or  n^n^  t^iii{i-7)forr\'pi;u  nimi:4) /or  n^^nn 

4.  Attenuation^  of  —  (a)  to  -^  [fj  has  taken  place, 

a.  In  closed  syllables  containing  preformatives :  as  in  the  Qal  Im- 
perfect, the  Niph'al  and  Hiph'il  Perfects. 

h.  In  sharpened  syllables :  as  in  the  Pfel  Perfect,  and  various  nom- 
inal formations. 


1  Ex.  2:1.       a  Ruth  2:8.        8Ps.2:7.       ^Ps.  1:2. 

6  Cf.  sang,  sing;  tango,  attingo;  daKrvT^g  and  digUua;  facUU,  difflcUU, 


?  366.] 


BY  AN  IISrDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


45 


c.  In  closed  and  half-open  syllables  which  have  lost  the  tone,  es- 
pecially in  the  construct  plural  of  nouns  and  before  grave  sufl&xes. 

5.  Deflection^  of  -r-  (i)  to  e,  and  of  —  (ii)  to  o  often  takes  place, 
a.  When  they  would  stand  in  an  unaccented  closed  syllable. 

h.  When  they  would  stand  before  a  guttural  in  a  closed  or  half -open 
syllable. 

6.  Sharpening  of  —  (e)  and  of  —  (o)  to  their  original  -r-  (i)  and  —  (u) 
takes  place, 

a.  Especially  when  they  would  stand  in  a  sharpened  syllable. 

7.  Lengthening  (or  contraction)  takes  place, 

a.  When  two  similar  vowels,  generally  by  the  dropping  of  a  consonant, 
come  together. 

h.  When  a  vowel  and  a  semi-vowel  come  together;  then  i-]-y  —  \j 
u-\-w  =  u. 

c.  When  a  or  a  is  followed  by  i  or  y,  or  by  ii  or  w ;  then  a-\-{  or  y 
=  e,  a-\-u  or  to  =  6. 

8.  Loss  of  a  vowel  takes  place,  in  the  case  of 

a.  The  original  final  short  vowel  in  all  nominal  and  verbal  forms. 

h.  Certain  final  vowels  in  apocopated  forms  (§  100,  5). 

Note. — In  the  original  Semitic  all  forms,  except  the  Imv.  and  the 
Perf.  3  f.  sg.,  ended  in  a  vowel;  but  in  Hebrew  all  these  final  vowels,  when 
short,  have  fallen  away,  except  when  protected  by  a  sufl&x,  in  which  case 
they  still  exist  under  the  incorrect  name  of  connecting  vowel. 


36b.    Tables  of  Vowel-Changes. 

The  following  tables  will  present  to  the  eye  the  various  possible  vowel- 
changes  : — 

TABLE  I . 

I ;1 5^ i i^-i  or  i-\-y  or  y-H =  i 

■ay. .  .a-\-y =  ay 

^e  (i) .  a+i  or  a-\-y =  e  (!) 

^c a-\-y =  c 

0 a-\-a =  o 

-A —  ^  , 

.a a-\-a =  a 

iw . .  .a-\-w =  aw 

. .  a-\-u  or  a-\-u) =  6 

U '■ tJ- ii u-\-u  or  u-\-w  or  to+w =  il 

1  Cf.   mihi  and  moM;  ZmZZms  and  poip6Q\  nummua  and  v6hoq. 


46 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  37. 

TABLE  II. 

g        original  i  deflected  to ^ 

J         original  i  retained  as 'i 

original  i  heightened  to e 

original  i  volatilized  to ' 

e         original  i  volatilized  to ' 

»         attenuated  i  volatilized  to * 

original  a  attenuated  to  i  which 

then  is  treated  like  an  original \ 

original  a  retained  as a 

original  a  heightened  to a 

original  a  heightened  to ^ 

original  a  volatilized  to * 

original  a  volatilized  to * 

original  u  deflected  to 5 

original  u  retained  as u 

original  u  heightened  to o 

original  u  volatilized  to * 

original  u  volatilized  to ° 


87.    New  Vowels. 
1.  rpn-5(i:i4);  nhko-'pd-is);  ™t5(1:26);  ?i:niDT5  (1-26). 

2.  a.  a^j;.(l:5);  Nt^^'^d:!!);  ^rnj.d:!!);  ^,^5(1:5);  DJ/B  (2:23). 

h.  n^nnp  (1:2) /or  p^mp;  n'7;?^*pp(i:i6)/orii'7^"pp, 

c.  t^i^^l  (l:7)/or  tj^i^-^l;  ^^  (1-22) /or  5^^  \y  (2:22)  for  p\ 

3.  ')ry.>'i,M4:8)/or^nn:T^  iriim^forrii^!^::^^} 

Under  certain  circumstances  a  new  vowel  may  be  said  to  arise.  This 
takes  place, 

1.  At  the  beginning  of  a  t(?orc?  when,  in  inflection  or  composition,  two 
S'was  would  come  together.  The  new  vowel  is  generally  -r  (i),  but  if 
either  S'wa  is  a  compound  one,  the  new  vowel  must  correspond  to  it. 

Note  1.  —As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  insertion  of  a  new  vowel  is  only 
apparent,  since  in  these  cases  we  have  merely  the  retention  of  an  original 
vowel,  perhaps  attenuated  or  deflected. 


2  Ex.  11:8. 


2  38.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  47 

Note  2.— The  syllable,  thus  formed,  is  usually  a  half-open  syllable 
(?  26.  4). 

2.  At  the  end  of  a  word,'^  when  two  S'was  would  come  together.  The 
new  vowel  in  this  case  is  generally  --  (e),  but  before  or  under  a  guttural 
it  is  ^^.    The  most  common  instances  of  this  are, 

a.  The  large  class  of  nouns  called  Segholates  (§  106.). 

b.  A  class  of  feminine  formations  resembling  Segholates. 

c.  Certain  apocopated  verbal  forms  (?  100.  5). 

Note. — The  concurrence  of  two  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end 
of  a  word  is  admissible,  but  only  when  the  second  is  a  strong  consonant 
(pj  to)  or  an  aspirate.^ 

3.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  when  a  compound  S'wa  comes  to  stand  before 
a  simple  S'wa.  The  former  is,  in  every  case,  changed  to  its  corresponding 
short  vowel. 

38.    Pause, 

1.  ?ltr^'3nM2:25);  in|l5M7:ll) ;  ^j'll^^j;!  (3:17) ;  iTJ^^'jjJ  (3:17). 

2.  a'f2n  (1:2);  nb'b  (1:5);  DrtDtr'  (1:8);  n^pK  (3:11);  TOr  (2:5); 

■  |r   -  T  :rtT  •  |T  T  T    :  Tt  T  rtT  :    • 

ynr  (1:29)  for  ^^^f.  (= J^nt) ;  ^:}n  (4:2)  for  ^5r7  (=  ^5n). 

3.  nr)i<  (3:11)  for  riDi^ ;  *Di?^  (3:10)  for  ^^'^i^, 

4.  n^Dn  (2:17) ;  hut  nfy)  (11:28) ;  and  n!pn  (5:5,  8,  11, 14, 17,  etc.). 

The  pause  at  the  end  of  a  verse  or  clause,  indicated  by  the  more  power- 
ful accents  (?  23.  3),  causes  certain  changes : — 

1.  A  half -vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  vowel,  and  this,  if  short,  is 
heightened  and  accented. 

Note. — The  half- vowel  standing  before  the  suffix  ^,  which  is  from 
-^,  becomes  6  (^  31.  2). 

2.  A  short  vowel  is  heightened  to  its  corresponding  tone-long.  The  — 
which  in  Segholates  has  already  been  heightened  to  6,  in  pause  becomes  ^r. 

3.  The  tone  is  frequently  shifted  from  the  ultima  to  the  penult. 

4.  The  tone  which,  in  apocopated  forms,  has  been  drawn  to  the  penult 
is  restored  to  the  ultima. 


1  Cf .  Peter  =  Petr  from  Petrus;  bibU  (German,  Bibel)  =  Mbl  from  Wblio. 
*Ct.fact,tacU 


48  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  39,  40, 

VXl.    Ehiplionj^    of  Oonsonants. 

89.    Assimilation. 

1.  nmO  (1:7) /or  nnn-fP;   -^30  (2:2) /or -'^D-fp  ;   D1J5P  (2:8). 
]n\  (1:17) /or  fn^* ;  hg!  (2:7) /or  HD^^  I  ^^D^  (2:8) /or  ;;D^\ 

2.  'is'ipvorn^'inp;  nnt^n(35:2);  m?!t  (2:21) /or  p-inN» 

3.  np*  (2:15) /or  Hp'?^ ;  HjP?  (18:4) ;  p'li^^.^  (28:18) /or  pi,^|\ 
Remark.-^n^5t^';3  p^H-fP  (2:6) ;  ^npnM6:7) ;  ^Qp*^ 

Assimilation  of  the  final  consonant  of  a  closed  syllable  to  the  initial 
consonant  of  the  following  syllable  takes  place  : — 

1.  In  the  case  of  the  weak  ^,  of  the  preposition  ?p  (§  48.  1),  and  of  the 
first  radical  of  verbs  J"i3  (§  84.  2). 

2.  In  the  case  of  Jl  oi  Jin  (?  ^^*  5.  h)  and  rarely  of  1, 

3.  In  the  case  of  ^  inflp^  to  take  (§  84.  2.  R.  2)  and  ♦  in  a  few  ^"£3 
verbs  (§  90.  4). 

Remark. — The  letter  ^  is  9io^  assimilated  when  it  stands  (1)  in  an 
accented  syllable,  or  (2)  before  a  guttural  (except  H)?  or  (3)  after  the 
preposition  ^, 

Note. — Assimilation  is  indicated  by  a  Daghes-forte  in  the  following 
consonant,  which,  however,  is  rejected  from  final  consonants  (§  14.  1). 

40.    Reject/on, 

1.  a.  nnCJ)  (4:12) ;  nHp]'?)  (4:11) ;  ''^p)  (19:9) ;  m^O)  (4:7). 
h.  n5'7.(^)  (11:31) ;  ny_y)  (2:9) ;  ^IJ^)  (20:7) ;  n^b^)  (4:2). 

c.  i:nM42:ll)/or^:mK;  ^Dl^^  i>ro6a6Zy /or  ^3KD» 

2.  niN^  (1:5) /or  niNH^  ;  S^?^  (1:7) /or  ^'I5r7^ ;  ?1^5^  (2:1). 

3.  ^r\)m  (42:20)  &it«  pHID;;!  (3:3) ;  (D)*;!$  (1:2) ;  tllH  (2:10) /or  ^^*^. 

The  consonants  most  liable  to  rejection  are  the  breathings  }<  and  ,*!, 
the  liquids  ^  and  X  and  the  vowel-letters  1  and  \  These  are  often  re- 
jected : — 

1.  From  the  beginning  of  a  word  when  there  is  no  vowel  beneath  to 
sustain  them : 

a.  In  the  case  of  j  of  verbs  p^D  (2  84.  1)  and  of  ^  in  (Ip^  in  the 
Qal  Imv.  and  Infinitive  Construct. 

1  Num.  7:89.       a  In  Baer  and  Delitzsch's  Genesis,  pr..       »  Ex.  35:8.      *  Num.  14:3. 
•  Ex.  3:3.  ' 


§§41,  42.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  49 

h.  In  the  case  of  1  or  ^  of  verbs  V'fi  in  the  same  forms. 
c.  In  a  few  isolated  cases. 

2.  From  the  middle  of  a  word  when  preceded  only  by  a  S'wa. 

3.  From  the  end  of  a  word,  by  ordinary  attrition,  as  in  the  case  of  Q 
and  I  of  the  plural  endings  D^__  and  p  ;  and  of  a  final  *>  in  verbs  jl"'? 
{1 100.). 

Note  1. — On  the  rejection  of  J^  and  |7,  see  also  I  43, 
Note  2, — On  the  rejection  of  *)  and  ♦,  see  also  §  44. 

41,    Addition,  Transposition,  Commutation, 

h.  DNn3n(2:4);  -n^Hnn  (6:9). 

T     :|T    •  |v  -     :     • 

h.  -y^l  {2:8)  for  nVJ  ;  O'^^^^Vor  Dip ;  ^itrjj^i/o/-  lltTIJ. 

1.  The  addition  of  a  letter  sometimes  takes  place  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  to  avoid  harshness  in  pronunciation,  as  in  the  case  of 

a.  }>(,  called  prosthetic,  when  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns. 
h.  n?  called  prosthetic,  when  used  as  a  prefix  in  the  formation  of 
Niph'al  and  Hithpa'el  stems. 

2.  The  transposition  of  letters,  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  province 
of  the  lexicon,  occurs  in  the  grammar  only  in  the  case  of  ^  of  the  Hith- 
pa'el  of  verbs  when  it  would  stand  before  a  sibilant. 

3.  The  commutation  of  letters,  of  frequent  occurrence  in  the  province 
of  the  lexicon,  occurs  in  the  grammar  in  the  case  of 

a.  n  and  tO  in  the  Hithpa'el  stem. 

h.  )  and  ^  in  V'5,  VT  ^"^  H"'?  forms  (see  i  44.  1.  a—e). 

42.    The  Peculiarities  of  Gutturals, 

1-  «•  y:p^\}  (1-7);  nD>Ntrr  (1:25);  Ci)i;n  (1:22);  n^y^]  (1:9). 

h.  n$rn9(l:2);  N*^nn(2:12);  H^Hp  (1:21);  r[t?^'nrT  (1:4);  [^i^Ql 
2.  a.  N7_1(l:4);  n'7l^M2:6);  1^1^^(2:5);  nt?irMl:26);  'yj;H2:2i). 

h.  n5M2:7);  j;^!  (2:8);  TO V!  (2^9);  ;;iM4:25);  [TOpL 

1  Ex.  6:6.       2jer.  33:21.       s  Lev.  2:2.       <  Gen.  14:13.       cDeut.  23:19.      6Mio.6:16. 
»  Gen.  23:5.       8Gen.4t:16.  9  Josh.  9:12.  lo  Ruth  4:7.  u  Ex.  3:16. 


60  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  42. 

c.  -TDIl^  (2:9);  p]!lM41:56);  by^T}}  TDJ^H  (47:21). 

d.  nn  (1:2);  ;;»pn  (1:6);  ^TntD  (1:11);  ^t^J  (1:29);  J/^p^  (1:15). 
3.  a.  rr'^i^g^'V^om  sa  ala  ;  D^H'^N  (l:l)/^om 'ilah  ;  ^^nVrom  holi. 

&.  iaj;(2:5);  n1triM2:4);  iD?<  (1:22);  ni^:7  (2:18);  cf.  H^'l.)  (12:2). 
nt?^;^Ml:26);  n'?If;_(2:6);  H^J^kV  (2:18);  tj'pjL^S  ;^  t'^^^?]- 
Rcmarks.-nbsrM2:2)  6w«  -n^*  (2:24);    n^m  (2:9);    ^n^T  /or 

:    •  T^:|-  T    :   v  j--    ;  -|- 

imin^  (4:8);  n^ojt^n^  and  n-iDyn«  ^^^^^  nno;^ni. 


1 
:|-  :* 


The  gutturals,  in  the  order  of  their  strength  beginning  with  the  weakest, 
are  J»{,  *n,  J/,  H,  H-    They  have  the  following  peculiarities  : — 

1.  They  refuse  to  be  doubled  (i.  e.,  to  receive  Daghes-forte).    But  here 
a  distinction  must  be  made  between 

a.  5<  and  ^,  which  entirely  reject  the  doubling,  and  require  the 
heightening  of  the  preceding  vowel  [I  36,  2.  h) ;  and 

h.  ^,  n,  and  fl,  of  which  ^  sometimes,  H  and  H  nearly  always,re- 
ceive  a  so-called  Daghes-forte  implied^  and  allow  a  preceding  vowel  to 
remain  short  in  a  half-open  syllable  [I  26.  4). 

Note  1.— On  the  heightening  to  e  of  a  when  standing  before  a  gut- 
tural, with  —  (a)  or  tt  ("),  in  which  Daghes-forte  is  implied,  see  I  31.  2.c 

2.  They  take,  particularly  before  them,  the  guttural  or  a-vowels  ;  hence 
a.  The  vowel  -^  (a)  is  chosen  instead  of  -^  (i)  or  —  (e),  especially 

when  a  was  the  original  vowel. 

h.  The  vowel  —  (a)  is  chosen  instead  of  —  (e)  or  -^  (o),  especially 
when  a  was  a  collateral  form. 

c.  The  vowel  —  (e),  arising  by  depression  from  an  attenuated  —  (i), 
is  often  chosen  instead  of  —  (a),  for  the  sake  of  dissimilarity. 

d.  The  vowel  ^=-  steals  in  between  a  heterogeneous  long  vowel  and  a 
final  guttural  as  an  aid  in  pronunciation.  This—  is  called  Pathah-Zwrfive; 
it  is  a  mere  transition-sound  and  does  not  make  a  syllable.  It  disappears 
when  the  guttural  ceases  to  be  final. 

Note  1.— The  letter  *1  (1)  does  not  receive  Daghes-forte,  and  (2)  often 
shows  a  preference  for  — ,  and  is  consequently  classed  with  the  gutturals. 

Note  2.— A  final  J<  is  not  a  consonant,  nor  is  final  Hi  unless  it  con- 
tain Mappiq  (§  16.  1). 

3.  They  have  a  decided  preference  for  compound  S'wa.    Hence  there 
is  found  under  gutturals 

iDt.  23:23.       2  Ex.  3:23.       sDt.  28:61.      4  Ruth  3:13.       s  Num.  5:18,  30.       6p8.31:9. 
^Num.3:6;8:13. 


2  43.]  BY  AN  INDUCTlVli  ME-KIIOD.  51 

a.  A  compound  S'wa,  rather  than  a  simple  S'wa,  in  the  place  of  an 
original  vowel ;  and  in  this  case  the  compound  S*wa  of  the  class  to  which 
the  original  vowel  belonged,  is  used, 

h.  An  inserted  compound  S'wa  for  facilitating  the  pronunciation ;  and 
here  (1)  an  initial  guttural  takes  "=r,  except  in  the  case  of  }<,  and  of  H 
and  n  in  the  verbs  ^^*^  and  ^Vf^^>  which  prefer  — . 

T  T  ^       T   T 

(2)  a  medial  guttural  takes  that  S'wa  which  corresponds  to  the  pre- 
ceding vowel. 

Remark  1. — Thus  where  in  strong  forms  there  is  found  a  closed 
syllable,  in  guttural  forms,  there  is  often  found  a  half -open  syllable. 

Remark  2. — Under  the  strong  gutturals,  especially  H,  the  use  of 
the  compound  §'wa  for  the  facilitation  of  pronunciation  is  not  so  usual. 

Remark  3. — When  a  compound  S'wa  comes  to  stand  before  a  simple 
§*wa,  the  former  is  always  changed  to  a  vowel  (§  37.  3). 

Remark  4. — The  combination  -^jr  often  becomes  "F",  when  re- 
moved to  a  distance  from  the  tone. 


43.    The  Weakness  of  K  and  n,  f 

1.  a.  }<n!l  (1:1);  Nnp  (1:5);  ^np*  (1:5);  NVD  (2:20);  {<ylri  (1:24^ 

TT  t|t  t|:    •  T    T 

h.  D'mi.   (1:1)  for   n^CJ^'^n;  D*t:\Xn  (2:10) /or  D^t^N^;  Di^^p? 
(15:10) /or  riNnp^;  iON'?  {1:22)  for -\f2^^  •   D^n'?ND  (3:5) /or 

wri^t^^ ;  ^m]  (1:3) /or  noj<;.. 

Remark8.-i<Tl  (1:4);    NpH;!   '^DK  (3:12) /or  '7^K^?;  fl^ITT /or 

2.  a.  nlJ^*?  (1:5) /or  nlNH^;  ^t?^'!!*?  (1:5) /or  r]^'!^  ;  Dl''3  (1:18). 
h.  ^"ly  (l:7)/or  '^'1511^ ;  ^^in  (1:9) /or  n^^nHri. 

c.  1^0*?  (l:ll)/or  )r\yti7  ;  13  (1:11)/^^  ^5  ;  1m  (2:3) /or  ^inHN* 

The  letters  K  and  H,  being  exceedingly  weak,  not  only  occasion  change, 
but  likewise  suffer  change  : 

1.  }<  loses  its  consonantal  power  and  is  said  to  quiesce  or  to  he  silent : 
a.  Always,  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  a  word ;  here  belong  all 
forms  of  a  ^"^  character. 

h.  Often,  when  it  stands  in  the  middle  of  a  word  ;  as, 

(1)  when  a  preceding  vowelless  consonant  steals  its  vowel ; 

(2)  when  a  preceding  short  vowel  absorbs  its  compound  §'wa. 


1  Deut.  15 :9.       a  Deut.  11 :12. 


62  EI^EMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [|  44, 

Remark  1. — A  final  J^,  preceded  by  a  simple  S'wa  is  termed  otiant. 
Remark  2. — A  quiescent  J«{  is  frequently  elided  from  the  middle  of 
a  word. 

2.  n  almost  never  loses  its  power  at  the  end  of  a  word.  It  is  always 
distinguished  from  the  vowel-letter  H  by  the  presence  of  a  Mappiq 
[1 16.  1).    But  on  account  of  its  weakness  it  is  often  entirely  lost : 

a.  In  the  case  of  the  article  after  an  inseparable  preposition  (H7.4). 

h.  In  Niph'al,  Hiph'il,  Hoph'al  and  Hithpa'el  verbal  forms  after  a 
preformative  of  gender  or  person. 

c.  From  between  two  vowels,  which  then  contract. 

Note. — The  Jl  of  n"*?  verbs  and  nouns  [I  100.)  is  aZtoa^/s  a  vowel- 
letter  and  has  no  connection  with  the  H  here  considered. 

4-4.    The  Weakness  of  ^  and  \ 

1.  a.  -t'?^  (4:23) /or  1^1  (cf.  1^*1  11:30) ;    aC^>  \in  "^W"*  (4:16)]  for  ^t^V 

V-JV  V-IV  T  T  -     T  V  J"  -    T 

h.  D.^'pi ;  ri^'.ry^^  ^^^  ^f.  j;iinn  (45:i). 

d  \^^\  (2:21) /or  J^'V  ;  ^^^^  (2:7) /or  nVV. 

e.  i^^nrr  (4:4)  for  j^^^H  /or  N^5r7;  n^Nr?  (1:17)  for  ii^rT, 

2.  a.  ^T},  (3:22) /or  J/l*)^ ;  ^^  (8:16) /or  J<5f)  ;  ^V!  (4:16) /or  KJfV. 

^'  flD^  (41:32)  =  nakhon  =  nakhan  =  nakhan  for  nakh-wan  =  V\^^* 
DIpD  (1 :9)  =  maq 6m  =  maqam  =  maqam /or  maqwam  =  Q^PO* 

c.  n^  (4:25)  =  sath /or  sa-yath :  1-3  (4:14)  =  nadh /or  nawadh. 

T  T 

^^y  (2:1)  =  y^khiiim /or  ykhiill-wii ;  ^"0  (1:9) /or  ?)*)')p\ 

•.  :  It-  :)|t- 

d.  ^^n  (2:10)  =  haya /or  hayawa;  n^j;M2:6)  =  ya*n6 /or  ya'lawii. 
nptf^'n  (2:6)  =  hisqa /or  hasqawa  j  rT!i7?  (1:29)  =  yihye /or  yahyawii. 

The  semi-vowels,  or  vowel-consonants,  ^  and  *,  occasion  a  very  large 
number  of  changes  : — 

1.  Commutation  o/*)  into  ^  takes  place^ 

a.  Almost  always  at  the  beginning  of  a  word,  the  exceptions  being 
very  few. 

h.  Frequently  in  the  Pi'el  of  V'J^  verbs,  and  generally  in  V'fl  verbs 
after  r)il  of  the  Hithpa'el. 


1  Ruth  4:7.       2  Num.  1:18       3  Ex.  3:16.       4Deut.  8:13. 


I  44.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  68 

c.  Whenever  it  is  retained  as  the  third  radical  in  verbs  H"'?,  both 
when  final  and  when  medial  (§  100.  3). 

d.  When  it  would  follow  i  in  a  closed  syllable,  as  in  the  Qal  Imper- 
fect of  verbs  V'£)  which  have  a  »"£)  treatment  (§  90.  2.  h). 

e.  When  it  would  be  followed  by  i  in  a  closed  syllable  as  in  Hiph'il 
forms  of  verbs  yy  (94.  1.  b). 

Note. — Commutation  of  ^  into  ^  is  of  rare  occurrence. 
2.  Elision  takes  place^ 

a.  Of  an  initial  1  when  supported  only  by  §*wa,  as  in  certain  V'f) 
Inf's  Construct  and  Imv's  (3  90.  2.  a) ;  and  also  when  in  the  Qal  Impf. 
the  \  following  i,  does  not  go  over  to  ^  according  to  §  44.  1.  d. 

6.  Of  a  medial ")  and  ^,  whenever,  following  a  consonant,  they  precede 
the  vowel  a  [l  94.  1.  c.  (2) ) ;  in  this  case  the  a  becomes  in  compensation 
a,  and  this,  6 ;  as  in  the  V'J^  and  ^''^  Niph'al  and  nominal  forms. 

c.  Of  a  medial  1  and  ^,  whenever  they  stand  between  two  vowels,  or 
between  a  half-vowel  and  a  vowel. 

d.  Of  a  final  ")  and  ^  in  verbs  called  r7"7,  the  original  vowel  fol- 
lowing them  having  been  previously  lost ;  in  this  case  the  vowel  preced- 
ing, nearly  always  a,  is  heightened  to  a  in  Perfects,  to  ^  in  Imperfects 
and  Participles  (see  for  details,  ?  100.  1-3). 

3.  a.  r[1n  (l:6)/or  Tjin;  P3(l:4)/or]^3;  n^3  (12:15) /or  n^!). 

^'i):  (41:21);  J^VlH  (1:11)  for  ^i^]r\ ;  y^^'Pi  (4:7)/or  i^plil. 
^WV.}^  '^  ^'^^  (3:14) /or  hay-yay-ka  ;  ^^^^  (3:19). 
h.  n'^J^  (6:14)  =  '"'se /or  ^b^J^;  0£)  (1:2)  =  p'ne /or  ^^$. 

c.  npinVor  -Ipin ;  I^"^:  (2:21) /or  f^|^  =  f^V;  ^V^^  (2:7) /or  ^^^^^ 
Dip  (13:17) /or  p^p.' 

d.  niL^'n  (3:19) /or  tas-wiibh;  Dipf  =  Dip!  =  D.lp!* 
D^^ri  (6:16) /or  tas-yim  ;  D^D  (9:9)  =  D^pD  =  DIpD* 

4.  a.  \>y\  (1:4);  IN^PDI  (1:22);  HIpD'pi  (1:10);  HDp^l  (1:27). 

h.  t\n  (1:2) /or  ^'nn  ;*  inn?rMi8':2)/or  irTp^'^  (nirfn?''!). 
c.  vn;fw¥/or  in^n-;  vsn*  (2:7) /or  1n|5^{;  v:|)(4:5). 

5.  a.  1^^  '(4:26) ;  Vl^  (4:1) ;  -l"?^  (4:18) ;  ^^^^  (2:8) ;  Hp^  (1:9). 

-  \  ^       -T  -T  |TT  It  • 

6.  ^itJ^J^  ;^  ^IJI  ;'^  see  also  the  cases  under  4.  c,  above. 
c.  n'71M4:18);  HIH  (3:20) ;  "Tst^t^^^ 

■•  T  T  -  •    :-  T 

iDeut.  1:44.       2  Ezra  3:11.       s  Ex.  21:19. 

*  It  may  be  said  that  in  this  case  a  helping  v  is  inserted  (§  30.  3.  h), 

6  Deut.  1 :  17.       6  Ex.  3 :16.       ''  Deut.  4:7.       » Job  3 :26. 


64  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  44. 

3.  Contraction  takes  place ^ 

a.  Of  1  or  ^  with  a  preceding  a,  when  a  consonant  follows,  as 

(1)  in  yy  and  ^''^  Segholates  [I  106.  2.  cZ); 

(2)  in  the  V'£)  Mph'^1  and  Hiph'il  [I  90. 3.  h\  and  the  ♦"^  Hiph'il 
(?92.  2); 

(3)  before  H^  in  T\"^  Imperfects  and  Imv's,  and  before  JTT  and  |1 
in  plural  of  nouns  [I  30.  5) ;  here  ay  gives  ♦__  (e). 

6.  Of  ■)  or  ♦  with  a  preceding  a,  when  a  consonant  does  ?2o^  follow,  as 

(1)  in  the  Imperative  of  verbs  t^"^  (§  100.  1./); 

(2)  in  the  Construct  plural  ending  ">_.{=  ay)  [l  124.  4). 

c.  Of  1  or  ♦  with  a  preceding  u  or  i  respectively,  when  a  consonant 
follows,  as 

(1)  in  the  V'^  HSpVal  {I  90.  3.  c),  and  by  analogy  the  yy  and 
)}^y  Hoph'ais; 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  ^"t)  (§  92.  1),  and  of  those  verbs 
V'£3  whose  1  becomes  ^  (§  90.  2.  6); 

(3)  in  the  Qal  Inf.  const,  and  Imv.  of  verbs  V'^^  [I  94.  1.  a.  (1)) 
and  "»")}  (§  96.  1). 

d.  Of  *)  or  ^  with  a  following  u  or  i  respectively,  when  a  consonant 
foUowS;  as 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  ^y  [I  94.  1.  a.  (1)); 

(2)  in  the  Qal  Imperfect  of  verbs  ^''^  [l  96.  1)  and  in  the  Hiphll 
ofverbsV'p{§94.  1.  i). 

4.  Vocalization  of  *\  to  *]  takes  place, 

a.  At  the  beginning  of  a  word  in  the  case  of  the  conjunction  ^  (?  49. 2). 

b.  At  the  end  of  a  word,  whenever  1  would  be  preceded  by  a  con- 
sonant, as 

(1)  in  the  case  of  ^"^  (or  V'^)  Segholates  (?  106.  2.  e); 

(2)  in  certain  apocopated  verbal  forms.    But 

c.  The  reverse  takes  place,  viz.,  change  of  ^  to  X  especially  in  the 
case  of  the  suffix  'IH,  when  it  is  attached 

(1)  to  verbal  forms  ending  in  a  vowel,  and 

(2)  to  the  plural  ending  used  before  suffixes,  viz.,  ♦._,  of  which, 
however,  the  ^  is  lost  (being  only  orthographically  retained), 
and  the  a  heightened  to  a  (?  124.). 

5.  The  consonantal  force  of  *]  or  ^  is  retained, 

a.  When  as  radicals  they  stand  at  the  beginning  of  syllables. 
h.  When  a  heterogeneous  vowel,  except  a,  precedes. 
c.  When  they  would  receive  Daghes-forte  (i  90.  3.  a),  and  in  a  few 
exceptional  cases. 


PART  SECOND-ETYMOLOGY. 


ViXX.    Iiisepai*al>le    Particles. 

45.    The  Article. 

1.  D^^ti^n  (1:1) ;  D^Drr  (1:2) ;  ni^yn  (1:9) ;  DVn  (1:14) ;  rr^^^n  (1:14). 

-•T  "It-  tt  -  T:rtT- 

2.  Tjmn  (1:4) ;  H^p  (1:21) ;  D^np  (2:9);  Ninjl  (2:12);  tj'php  (2:14). 

3.  pNH  (1:1) ;  nlNn  (1:4) ;  JTp^n  (1:7) ;  ^^l;^.!  (1:22) ;  j^J^p  (1:29). 

4.  jinp;!  prnn;2  Dnnp;^  P^npj'  pi^p;'  [W>' 
Remark  i.-ni^^Dnv^r  m^^DH ;  n^H'n'M  rriN\"r» 

:-:-  :-:-  tj:-  tj:- 

Remark  2.-pN*n  (1:1) /or  pNp ;  Itin^for  "intl ;  DJ/H^Vo^  DJ^p. 
Remark  S.-^'IN^  (1:5) /or  n'lJ^^p+'p ;  r^t^ffp  (1:5) /or  T]trpn+'7. 

The  Article  was  originally  *^n,  but  the  ^  is  always  assimilated  (§  39.) ; 
hence, 

1.  The  usual  form  of  the  Article  is  PT  with  a  Daghes-forte  in  the 
following  letter -i^ 

2.  Before  the  strong  gutturals  H  and  H  which  may  be  doubled 

by  implication  {§  42.  1.  i),  it  is H 

3.  Before  the  weak  gutturals  }^  and  1,  and  generally  before  J7, 
which  cannot  be  doubled  (§  42.  1.  a),  -^  is  heightened  to  -7" H 

4.  Before  H,  and  before  an  unaccented  H?  J^,  the  -^  is  heightened 

to  —  (^)  (§  31.  2.  c),  for  the  sake  of  dissimilarity |7 

Remark  1. — The  Daghes-forte  of  the  Article  may  of  course  be  omit- 
ted from  vowelless  consonants  (§  14.  2). 

Remark  2.— The  words  for  earth,  mountain,  people  irregularly  change 
their  vowel  after  the  Article. 

Remark  3.— The  H  of  tbe  Article  is  elided  after  the  prepositions  3, 
3,  ^  (§  43.  2.  a),  and  the  vowel  is  given  to  the  preposition. 

ilKgs.  8:65.         2  Num.  13:18.         3  Gen.  7:19.         <1  Sam.  4:14.         5  1  Sam.  25:24. 
e  Ex.  13:23.       7  Ex.  1:19.  8  Ex.  1:22.  9  Ex.  3:12.  10  Gen.  14:16. 


58  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  46,  47. 

46.    He  Interrogative. 

1.  (?)  rh^i}- . .  •f;?n-fpr|  (3:ii);  (?)  d:ij<  'm  notr'rr  (4:9). 

2.  (?)  ^'^>N-nj<  rjnnp  o:L^_9n  (30:i5);  (?)  nt^>^  rp  ^n^npi  T]^j<p»^ 

3.  noNnj2  nr\'nn\'  (?)  n'^v  n:it!^'  hn?  p'pn  (i7:i7). 

-TV  T    :  |T     V  "   T'  TT  T  t    .     . 

In  direct,  and  likewise  indirect,  interrogation,  a  particle  is  used  called 
He  Interrogative : — 

1.  It  is  usually  written  with  Hateph  Pathah il 

2.  Before  vowelless  consonants,  and  gutturals,  it  is  written H 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  — ,  it  is  written  (§  31.  2.  c) H 

while  rarely,  especially  with  letters  which  have  simple  S'wa,  it  is 

written  with  Daghes-forte  separative  (§  15.  4) •»! 

Note.— The  syllable  formed,  when  the  pointing  is  — ,  is  the  half -open 
syllable,  and  the  following  S'wa  is  always  vocal  (§  26.  4). 

47.    The  Inseparable  Prepositions. 

1.  n^tr^n?  (1:1);  T]in5  (i:6);  i:i^q^  (1:11);  yi^n'?  (1:14);  rim^ 

(1:14). 

2.  r.'p^3  (1-14) ;  nhlNP^  (1:15) ;  ^^trp"?  (1:18) ;  ^^niDl?  (1:26). 

3.  nltri?;';?  (2:3) ;  -\^^^_  (2:5) ;  i^N^/or  iO;<^  (1:22) ;  nm*' 

4.  n'lN^  (1:5) ;  Tj^'?'  (1:5) ;  J^p^J?  d  :7) ;  tl^^"^  (1:10) ;  Di''3  (1:18). 

5.  D^p*?  (1:6);  D?'?  (1^29);  ni?!^  (3:22);  nflp!?  (4:11). 
Remark  l.-^^IJ^*?  (18:30,  32) ;  D^il^i^D  (3:5) ;  D^H'^N'?  (17:7, 8). 
Remark  2.— Hin^^  (4:3) /or  ^^""IJ^^  ;  j^roper  wjn^w^'  HIH^^* 

T        -  T  -  V  :  -  : 

Three  prepositions,  5?  5?  *?>  ^^^  always  prefixed  to  the  words  which 
they  govern.  Their  vowel  was,  originally,—;  but  now,  they  are  found 
written : — 

1.  Ordinarily,  with  simple  §'wa T 

2.  Before  consonants  having  simple  S'wa,  with  -r-  (§  37.  1) ~^ 

3.  Before  gutturals  having  compound  S'wa,  with  the  correspond- 
ing short  vowel  (§37.1) -^^  — ^  —  ((5) 

4.  Before  the  Article,  with  the  vowel  of  the  Article, -^  or  ~r  (a) 

5.  Before  a  tone-syllable,  sometimes  with  tone-long "  (a) 

1  Ex.  2:7.       2  Job  34:31.       3  Joel  1:2.       <  Ex.  11:8, 


U  48,  49.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  69 

Remark  1.— The  ^^  of  ^^■'^^^  Lord  and  D^i*7N  GrOD  loses  its  conso- 
nantal force  after  the  prepositions  (§  43.  1.  b). 

Remark  2.— The  word  ^^'^^  which  is  written  HlH^  Jehovah,  i.  e., 
with  the  vowels  of  ^^1N,  rather  than  Hin^  as  it  should  be  written,  ap- 
pears with  the  preposition  as  nln^'?  (cf.  ^j"?N^). 

Note  1. — The  original  -^  of  the  prepositions  is  usually  volatilized 
(?  36.  3.  a)  to—,  or  heightened  (^  36.  2.  a)  to  ^  (a);  it  is  retained  before 
gutturals  with  -^,  but  assimilated  to  —  before  tt",  and  to  t  (6)  before  fr. 

Note  2. — For  prepositions  with  pronominal  suffixes,  see  §  51.  3,  4. 

48,    The  Preposition  fp. 

1.  n^rr-f?  (2:6);  mn^^for  ntin^p  (1:7);  Dlj^P  (2:8) /or  D-JjTp. 

2.  pnp  (6:14);  '^j;^  (1:7) /or  ':)j;-|q  ;  t^'^ND  (2:23) /or  tr>K-p. 

The  preposition  |p  /row,  really  the  construct  state  of  the  noun  |pi 
part,  is  written  separately,  chiefly  before  the  Article ;  elsewhere  it  is 
prefixed,  and  appears  : — 

1.  Usually  with  its  ^  assimilated  (2  39. 1) -p 

2.  Before  H,  rarely  with  Daghes-forte  implied  [I  42.  \.h) P 

but  before  other  gutturals,  with^-  heightened  (2  36.  2.  &) 5? 

Note. — On  the  reduplication  of  |p  before  pronominal  suffixes,  see 
2  51.  5. 

49.    Waw  Conjunctive. 

1.  mi  (1:1);  pXm(l:2);T]t?'n'?l(l:5);  D^J^V^'^^^'  DWV2:4). 

2.  pi  (1:4);  IN^^DI  (1:22);  r]1;;51  (1:26);  mpp'?1  (1:10);  HDp^l  (1:27). 
3-  rrb^Ji;i_(24:12);  .T.rr).  (12:2) /or  n!np  O^fWf^  ^^N;}-(6:17). 

4.  t\y\  (1:2);  t^Dni  (1:24);  ^^1  (2:9);  1^1  (4:12). 

J    T  V  J-.T  ^      TT  TT 

The  conjunction  and,  originally  \  is  now  found  written : — 

1.  Ordinarily  with  simple  S'wa  (2  32.  2.  K.) 1 

2.  Before  ^,  0,  D  (?  44.  4.  a),  and  vowelless  consonants 1 

3.  Before  gutturals  having  compound  S'wa,  with  the  correspond- 
ing short  vowel  (?  37.  1) ~  "T,  ~  (8) 

4.  Before  a  tone-syllable,  sometimes  with  tone-long  (2  81. 1.  c). . .  —  (a) 
Note  1.-")  with  ^n^  gives  ^T'!  (1:6). 

Note  2.— bn  0,  the  strengthened  form  of  \  which  is  called  Waw 
Consecutive  and  is  used  with  the  Imperfect,  see  §  73. 


1  C£.  -|5  from  p.       a  Deut.  4:6, 16,  23, 26. 


IX.    Fronouns. 

50.    The  Personal  Pronoun, 

1.  The  following  are  the  forms  of  the  Personal  Pronoun : — 

m        NH  ^^^y  (in-)  on,  rrDii 

She       ^5^n  They  (f.)    jn,  mn 

T     -  V     - 

J-      |T         •  -:  :  J--:  :j- 

2.  The  following  are  pausal  forms: — 

•  rt  T  -rST  T  AT  T   -  :  rtT  -: 

3.  The  following  remarks  on  the  forms  of  the  Pronouns  are  to  be 
noted : — 

a-  N^n  she  is  written  i^)^  in  the  Pentateuch,  except  eleven  times. 
&•  tlDi^  ihou  (m.)  is  written  five  times  defectively  nj^t 

c.  ty^  thou  (f.)  was  originally  ''TS'^  or  V^^  5  seven  times  K'thibh 
has  ^ilJ^?  which  would  be  pronounced  atti. 

d.  *>^'^  /(c.)  is  more  common  than  the  longer  form  ^O^J^t 

c.  7^y^^  they  (f .)  is  more  common  than  TpT,  the  latter  occurring  only 
with  prefixes. 

/.  Dp5<  ye  (m.)  is  for  an  original  DlflK  (see  §  29.  4.  N.  2). 

g.  W^  ye  (f.),  for  pn^{,  occurs  but  once,^  ^^^i!^^?)  ^^^  ^^ur  times.2 

^-  l^n^J^  ^6  is  the  usual  form,  l^fl^  occurring  but  six  times  ,3  and  a 
form  ^^Ji^  but  once.* 

Note  1. — The  H which  appears  in  several  of  the  forms  was  prob- 
ably originally  demonstrative,  but  has  lost  its  force. 

Note  2. — The  following  comparative  table  of  the  Personal  Pronouns 
in  the  more  important  Semitic  languages  will  be  of  interest : 

1  Ezek.  34:31.       2  Gen.  31:6;  Ezek.  13:11,  20;  34:17. 

3  Gen.  42:11;  Ex.  16:7,8;  Num.  32:32;  2  Sam.  17:12;  Lam.  3:42. 

4jer.  42:6(K«thibh). 


2  51.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


61 


Arabic. 

Assyrian. 

Aramaic. 

Hebrew. 

huw^ 

§d 

Nirr 

Nin 

hiya 

§i 

N\^ 

j^^rr 

anta 
anti 

atta 
atti 

1         riNtorp^K 

ana 

anaku 

^i^ 

^5^f< 

hum 

Silnu 

piv,  pQn 

Drr,  HOT 

hunna 

sina 

m 

I'^'  ?^ID 

antum 

attuna 

pn^N 

Dm 

antunna 

attina 

r^^^ 

\m,  rt^m 

nahnu 

anini 

K^m^^ 

^^mN,  i^m 

51.    Pronominal  Suffixes. 
tabular  view. 


Separate  Forms. 


2.  3.  4.  5. 

WUh  m.    With  3  and  S.  WUh  2.  With  p. 

J     T  J-.-     • 

•       J      T  •  JV    • 

Plural. 

Dm    Dr7?,D;i  Drrs^Drito?        ddd 
—        m    — —         l?9 

JT -IT  -I      T -I'- 

When  a  pronoun  is  to  be  governed  by  a  verb,  a  noun  or  a  preposition, 
a  shortened  form  must  be  used : — 

1.  The  "  separate  forms,"  given  above,  are  the  fragments  of  the  pro- 
nouns which  are  thus  used.  They  are  attached  directly  to  nominal  and 
verbal  forms  ending  in  a  vowel,  but  a  so-called  connecting-vowel  is  em- 
ployed with  forms  ending  in  a  consonant.  This  connecting-vowel  is 
strictly  a  part  of  the  stem  or  verbal  form  to  which  the  suffix  is  attached. 


3  m. 

^"r 

3f. 

n 

2  m. 

^ 

2f. 

T 

Ic. 

V  or  ^^ 

3  m. 

Drr  or  D 

3f. 

rc-r 

2  m. 

D3 

2f. 

15 

Ic. 

1J 

62  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  62, 

a.  In  the  second  person,  sing,  and  plur.,  the  palatal  or  ^-sound,  is 
substituted  for  the  lingual  or  ^sound. 

h.  The  suffixes  DD?  P?  DH  ^^^  \T]  ^l^^ys  receive  the  accent  and 
are  termed  grave;  all  others  are  light. 

c.  ^_  is  used  with  nouns  ;  ^j  with  verbs. 

d.  on  and  JH  are  used  with  plural  nouns ;  D  and  f  are  used  with 
verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

Note. — On  the  union  of  verbs  with  suffixes,  see  §  74. ;  on  the  union 
of  nouns  with  suffixes,  see  II 124,  125. 

2.  When  for  any  reason  it  is  impossible,  or  undesirable,  to  attach  the 
suffix  directly  to  a  governing  verb,  it  may  be  written  in  connection  with 
JlKj  the  sign  of  the  definite  accusative,  which,  however,  except  before 
D^,  assumes  the  form  ilj<  or  HIK  ('6th). 

Note. — The  original  '6th  (=  'uth)  was  confused  with  'oth  which,  short- 
ened to  'iith,  gave  rise  to  'eth,  as  DIDN  became  DriNj  etc.  [I  29.  4.  N.  2). 

3.  The  prepositions  ^  and  ^  restore  and  heighten  their  original  -^ 
before  the  suffixes  (except  *> and  ^) ;   this  vowel  (a) 

a.  Contracts  with  ')T\  and  forms  (ahu  =)  "j  (6) ;  with  |7  and  forms 
(aha  =)  n (ah) ;  but  elsewhere, 

T 

h.  Appears  either  before  or  under  the  tone. 

Note.— While  either  Q^  or  DH^  may  be  used,  only  tlTh  is  found. 

T  V     T  •.■     T 

4.  Between  the  preposition  3  and  the  suffixes,  there  is  generally  found 
an  inserted  syllable  iO-  This  syllable,  found  in  poetry  also  after 
3  and  ^,  is  a  form  of  the  pronoun  HD  what. 

T 

5.  The  preposition  VQ  is  reduplicated  before  most  of  the  suffixes ;  in 
some  cases, 

a.  The  final  ^  is  assimilated  :  rjQD  for  ^^DD  ;  ^JDD  for  ^^^DD ; 
^ItDD  [from  us)  for  ^l^^QD* 

jV   •  :jv    • 

h.  The  consonant  of  the  suffix  is  assimilated  backwards  and  repre- 
sented in  ^  :  ?l^^^p  [from  Mm)  for  ^H^DD  ;  rr|DD/or  HJDD. 

Note  1.— Tiie  —  in  ?|^j5p,  etc.,  is  deflected  ^rom  —  ^29^  4). 

Note  2.— Several  variant  forms,  besides  those  given,  are  found,  es- 
pecially in  poetry. 

52.    The  Demonstrative  Pronoun. 

1.    nr  (^r)  tUs  (m.)  nt^r  this  (D  rh^  (^{<)  these  (m.  or  f.) 

on  or  'nt^in  those  (m.) 


2.  i^')'nthat[m.)  l^^TMhatit)         .  ^^      ^       ,^  ^ 

/  in  or  njH  those  (f .) 

t  ,  ,  ^  I    ••  TJ" 

3.  nnil  yonder  (m.)         T^TJ  yonder  (f.)  t^pT  yonder  (c.) 


U  53,  64.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  63 

1.  a.  nt  =  ze,  heightened  from  za  (ace). 

b.  )\  is  poetic,  and  used  more  frequently  like  a  relative ;  it  is  really 
a  sort  of  nominative  to  nt, 

c.  n^^t  =  zoth,  for  zath  (§  30.  6),  i.  e.,  i^t  with  feminine  ending  H* 

d.  tiVVt  has  Daghes-forte  ^rma^ire;  '^X  occurs  only  eight  times,  and 
then  always  in  the  Pentateuch  and  with  the  article. 

2.  The  personal  pronouns  of  the  third  person  are  used  as  remote  de- 
monstratives. 

3.  The  forms  translated  yonder  are  stronger  than  the  usual  remote 
demonstratives,  but  very  rare, — the  first  occurring  twice,^  the  second, 
once,2  the  third,  seven  times.^ 

Note.— '^J'}  is  closely  related  to  ^tl  the  article,  which  was  originally 
a  demonstrative. 

53.    The  Relative  Pronoun. 

!•  *lti^N  who,  which,  that 

2.  'tj^,  sometimes  •tJ'*» 

1.  The  more  frequent  relative  is  properly  a  noun  in  the  construct  state 
meaning  place : — 

a.  It  does  not  vary  for  gender  or  number. 

b.  It  is  frequently  merely  a  sign  of  relation. 

2.  -tj^,  or  '\^  is  in  no  way  connected  with  *)^^?,  but  is  a  distinct 
pronoun.    It  is  found 

a.  Exclusively  in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  frequently  in  Eccle- 
siastes. 

b.  Occasionally  in  other  books,  as  Judges,  2  Kings,  1  Chronicles,  Job, 
and  the  later  Psalms. 

54.    The  Interrogative  Pronoun. 

1.  ^0  whof    no  what? 

T 

2.  a.  Nnp:'-rrD  (2:19) ;  nNmD  (3:13) ;  ^^-^9  (Ex.  3:13). 

h.  *n^<D^-^D  (31:36);  j^in-nD;*  ^^^n-^!D.5 

T     -  ~  ■  ~ 

c.  n^i^-nDi^  nn^H'^  hd;^  aUo  mn  no  (21:29). 

VJ-'  T  V        •         :  T  TJ"  T 

d.  n^tr;;-rro  (4:io);  ^nNton-no  (20:9);  ^^-in-nD.^ 

T    -I-     rV  V  ■         JT    T  V  "  T 


1  Gen.  24:65;  37:19.       2  Ezek.  36:35.  3  Judg.  6:20;  1  Sam.  14:1;  17:26;  2  Kgrs.  4:26; 

23:17;   Dan.  8:16;  Zech.  2:8.  4  Num.  16:11.  6  Num.  13:18.  •Zecli.l;fl. 

iJudg.9:48.  8P8.39:5. 


64  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  54, 

1.  ^J2  refers  to  persons;  JlD,  to  things. 

2.  HD  is  variously  pointed,  according  to  the  character  of  the  conso- 

T 

nant  which  follows: — 

a.  Before  consonants  which  can  be  doubled,  it  is jl5 

h.  Before  strong  gutturals  (H  and  (1),  it  is flD 

c.  Before  weak  gutturals  (N,  *1,  y),  it  is HD 

<?.  Before  gutturals  with  — ,  it  is  (^  31.  2.  c) HD 

Note  1.— The  Daghes-forte  following  HD  is  compensative  (§15.1), 

arising  from  the  assimilation  of  H  which  was  a  consonant. 

Note  2. — The  forms  tlD  and  HD  are  sometimes  found  before  other 

T 

letters  than  gutturals. 

Note  3. — In  the  majority  of  cases  HD  is  connected  with  the  follow- 

T 

ing  word  by  Maqqeph,  and  with  Jlt  often  forms  a  single  word,  HtD* 

Note  4. — By  means  of  ^J<  [where  ?)  prefixed  to  the  demonstrative  Ht 

or  riNt>  another  interrogative  is  formed.^ 

Note  5. — Reference  should  also  be  made  to  the  expression  ^JhQ 

OD?J^.  equivalent  to  a  certain  one,  which  is  used  as  an  indefinite  pronoun.^ 

iCf.Jer.5:7;  Eccle8.U:6;  IKgs.  13:12.         a  Cf.  Ruth  4:1;  ZKgB.6:S. 


X.    The    Strong    Verb. 

55.    Roots. 

1.  102  (1:1) ;  ^'^50  (1:6)  from  ^1D;  Ip^^tyO  (3:8)  from  ^^1, 
nntr'  (2:3) ;  n^p^H  (2:5)  /rom  ^CDD ;  n^flpSn  (3:7)  /rom  flp^. 

2.  ^^1^  (1:1)  Ae  crea^e^;  TSl^  (2:3)  Ae  res^er?;  Hp'?  (2:22)  he  took. 

T  T  ~     T  l~    T 

n'^n  (3:8)  Ac  walked;  yf2^  (3:17)  Ae  Acartf;  mQ  (3:7)  he  opened. 

3.  niO  (3:4)  to  die,  DO  Ac  died;  D^C^  (2:8)  <opw«,  Dt^  he  put. 

"  .  ■  T 

All  words  are  derived  from  so-called  roots ;  concerning  these  it  may  be 
noted : — 

1.  While  there  are  a  very  few  roots  of  four  letters,  the  body  of  Hebrew 
roots  consist  of  only  three  letters,  called  radicals. 

2.  The  root  is  generally  pronounced  with  the  vowels  of  the  third  person 
singular  masculine  of  the  Perfect  tense  (§  57.  3.  N.  1),  this  being  the 
simplest  of  all  verbal  forms. 

3.  Those  roots,  however,  whose  second  radical  is  ^  or  ^,  are  pronounced 
with  the  vowel  of  the  Infinitive,  because  the  ^  or  *  does  not  appear  in  the 
third  person  singular  masculine  of  the  Perfect  tense. 

Note  1. — The  root  is  not  in  itself  a  word ;  it  exists  solely  in  the  mind 
of  the  philologist.    i(l2  is  a  root,  but  the  word  is  K*l^. 

Note  2. — Many  of  the  roots  now  appearing  to  be  triliteral,  are  really 
biliterals ;  their  triliteral  forms  being  artificial. 

Note  3. — For  many  words  there  has  as  yet  been  found  no  root. 

56.    Classes  of  Verbs. 

1.  m^*  (2:3) ;  pi*!  (2:24) ;  ^tTD  (1:18) ;  bl^l  (1:4) ;  tTlp  (2:3). 

-    T  I       -       T  T  -T  -|T 

2.  a.  arj;  (2:24) ;  n*!  (4:8) ;  Cp^^  (1:2) ;  y%  (1:11)  5  rht^  (3:22). 
h.  jn^  (1:17) ;  ny;}  (3:11) ;  ^T}  (3:22) ;  220  (2:11) ;  '^^fl  (4:26). 
c.  nV^  (2:7) ;  ^<^r  (2:10) ;  Hit:  (3:4) ;  ^^3  (1:1) ;  tll^y  (1:11). 

-T  TT  TT  T        T 


66  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§67. 

The  vowels  employed  in  the  inflection  of  words,  vary  somewhat  with 
the  character  of  the  consonants  composing  the  root,  strong  consonants 
occasioning  no  change,  weak  consonants  occasioning  considerable  change 
(§  4.  2).    A  root  is  therefore  classified  as 

1.  Strong,  when  it  contains  no  consonant  which  will  in  any  way  affect 
the  vowels  usually  employed  in  a  given  inflection. 

2.  Weak  (2  77.  1-3),  when  it  contains  one  or  more  consonants  which 
will  affect  the  vowels  usually  employed  ;  as 

a.  Gutturals  which  (1)  reject  Daghes-forte,  (2)  prefer  the  a-class 
vowels,  (3)  take  compound  instead  of  simple  S'wa  (§  42.  1-3). 

b.  Letters  which  may  be  assimilated,  as  J ;  or  may  be  contracted,  as 
when  the  same  letter  occurs  twice  in  succession. 

c.  Letters  which  are  so  weak  as  to  be  liable  to  rejection,  as  }«{,  H,  1,  V 

57.    Inflection. 

1.  a.  N-jn  {1:1)  from  ^n^  ;  N^p  (1:5) /rom  J<1p  ;  bl^^  (1:4) /rom  ^ID* 

b.  tr'^lp  (2:3) /rom  trip  ;  rTp*?  (3:23) /rom  Hp'? ;  i"?"!  (4:26)/rom-l'7^ 

c.  np5^  (3:5)  from  np£3 ;  y\?t?il  (2:5)  from  ^tOD ;  ^mH  (4:26) 
from  ^^n* 

2.  m^'!  (2:2)  he  will  rest;    ^HlfD?^"  (3:10)  I  heard;    ^T)!!^  (1:21)  they 
swarmed;  til^i^  (3:18)  thou  hast  eaten;  n^UDSH  (3:7)  they  will  be 

T     :   |T    T  T    :  l-TT      • 

opened. 

3.  ^nJl")n^  (4:8)  he  will  kill  him;  H^'^DNfl  (3:17)  thou  shalt  eat  U. 

•■    :-|-  T-IV-:        I 

The  inflection  of  a  verb  includes  three  things  : — 

1.  The  formation  of  verb-stems,  of  which  there  are, 

a.  The  simple  verb-stem,  generally  identical  with  the  root. 

b.  Verb-stems  formed  by  doubling  one  of  the  radicals,  generally  the 
middle  one. 

c.  Verb-stems  formed  by  the  use  of  prefixes. 

2.  The  addition  to  the  verb-stem  of  affixes  and  prefixes  for  the  indica- 
tion of  tense  or  mood,  person,  number,  gender. 

3.  The  various  changes  of  the  verbal  forms,  which  take  place  when 
pronominal  suffixes  are  attached  as  objects. 

Note  1.— The  Hebrew  verb  has  for  each  stem  (1)  a  Perfect  tense, 
which  indicates  finished  or  completed  action,  (2)  an  Imperfect,  which  in- 
dicates unfinished  action,  (3)  an  Imperative  (except  in  Passive  stems),  (4) 
two  Infinitives,  and  (5)  a  Participle. 


2  58.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  67 

Note  2.— The  Perfect  and  Imperfect,  which  may  be  called  tenses, 
are  inflected  to  distinguish  number,  person,  and  gender. 

Note  3.— The  Imperative  is  used  only  in  the  second  person,  masculine 
and  feminine,  singular  and  plural. 

58.     The  Simple  Verb-Stem  (Qal). 

1.  m-C^'  (2:3) ;  pj"^  (2:24) ;  KVp  (1:5) ;  ^y^  (1:1) ;  Hp"'?  (3:22). 

2.  a.  ay^  (2:24) ;  J^^t  (1:11) ;  jn^  (1:17) ;  H'^ST'  (3:22) ;  'r^LTO  (1:18). 

-J        T  J    T  I  J-  T  J-    T  J-      T 

h.  \i;y  ;i  p2  (18:12) ;  IDD^  (12:10) ;  K'?Q  i*  iTS'^  (19:30). 
c.  '^bf  (32:26);  fOp^  (32:11);  ^btT'^  (43:14) ;  C:?'l3M/or  fiTi:?)  niN^o 
(/or  ilN)  (44:3). 

T 

The  simple  verb-stem  has  three  consonants, — those  of  the  root.    It  is 
pronounced  with  two  vowels : — 

1.  The  penultimate  vowel  is  —  (a),  heightened  before  the  tone,  from  an 
original  "^. 

2.  The  ultimate  vowel  varies : 

a.  In  the  great  majority  of  verbs,  it  is  the  a-class  ~,  which  remains 
short  even  under  the  tone  [I  29.  1.  c). 

h.  In  about  fifty  verbs,  it  is  the  i-class  -^  (e)  heightened  under  the 
tone  from  -•". 

c.  In  about  ten  verbs,  it  is  the  w-class  ^-  (o),  heightened  under  the 
tone  from  — 

Note  1. — The  simple  verb-stem  is  called  Qal  ('^H,  light). 

Note  2.— Qal  stems  with  -^,  technically  called  Middle  A,  are  for  the 
most  part  active;  Qal  stems  with  -^  or  ^  called  Middle  E  or  Middle  0, 
are  generally  stative. 

Note  3.— Stative  verbs  are  those  "  which  express  (1)  a  bodily  or  phys- 
ical state,  as  to  be  great,  deep,  old;  (2)  an  affection  of  the  mind  or  act  of 
the  senses  (except  sight),  as  to  mourn,  rejoice,  hate,  hear;  (3)  actions  in- 
transitive or  actions  in  which  the  reflex  influence  of  the  action  upon  the 
subject  is  very  prominent,  as  to  die,  approach,  wear,  hew  wood^ 

Note  4. — The  model  or  paradigm-verb  generally  used  is  ^*\Qlp  qatal 
he  killed. 

Note  5. — The  original  Qal  stems  were  qatala,  qatila,  qatiila,  but  the 

final  vowel  is  always  lost,  except  before  pronominal  suffixes,  where  it  is 

retained,  but  incorrectly  denominated  a  connecting  vowel  (?  36.  8.  N.). 

1  to  be  dry  (Josh.  9:5).  2  to  be  old.         ^to  be  Jieavy.  *  to  be  full  (Josh.  3:15). 

i^tobe  afraid,         6  to  be  able.     '    itobe  small.  Ho  be  bereaved.        9  to  be  ashamed 

(Judg.  3 :25).  10  to  shine. 


68  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [|  69. 

59.    Intensive  Verb-Stems. 

I.  a.     [^^p];  'I'ly}  -10^2  trip;3  ^Qtp4 

h.    top];  'I'ly?  D3?;«  ngtr*;^  ^31.8 

^'dl  learn,    l^'?  ^e«cA;    Clp  ^e  AoZ^,     ti^'lp  sanctify, 
h.     ^^)^  dust,  ^£)j;  <Arow7  dust;    ^"W  root,    \l^^\lf  uproot. 

3.  top];  np'7(3:23);       -t'?.M4:26)  ;         aj^;^  DJ^^^ 

4.  '^On  (2:2)  [Pi'el]  and  he  finished;    ^^y\  (2:1)  [Pii'al]  and  they  were 
W^  [Qal]  he  tooh;  T\p7  (3:23)  [Pii'al]  he  was  taken.  [finished. 

From  the  original  simple  verb-stem  [I  68.)  ^tjp,  there  are  formed,  by 
the  doubling  of  the  second  radical,  two  intensive  stems,  an  active  and  a 
passive : — 

1.  The  Intensive  active  stem  is,  primarily ^^P 

a.  The  penultimate  vowel,  however,  is  attenuated,  in  a  sharp- 
ened syllable,  in  the  Perfect,  to  —  (§  36.  4) ^t3p 

h.  The  ultimate  vowel  is  very  frequently  heightened  through 
—  to  ^  (e)  [I  36.  2),  and  the  form  then  is ^^T) 

Remark. — There  are  a  few  cases  of  an  ultimate  ~  (e)  heightened 
directly  from  -^. 

2.  This  stem,  called  the  Pi'el  [b^Q),  is  used 

a.  To  express  (1)  intensity,  (2)  repetition,  (3)  a  causative  idea  ;  and 
h.  To  form  denominatives,  some  of  which  contain  2i  privative  idea. 
Note. — The  word  Pi'el,  from  being  the  form  of  the  intensive  active 

stem  of  the  old  Jewish  paradigm-word  ^^Q  to  do,  has  come  to  be  the 

technical  name  of  that  stem. 

3.  The  Intensive  passive  stem  is *7t3p 

the  vowel  of  the  penult  being  the  dull,  heavy  sound  —  (ii). 

4.  This  stem,  called  Pii'al  ^}l^),  is  used 

a.  As  the  passive  of  the  Pf  el ;  and  sometimes 
h.  As  the  passive  of  the  Qal. 

Note.— The  name  ^}IQ  is  derived,  like  ^^B^  from  the  old  Jewish 
paradigm-word  7j^£D» 

iJosh.4:U.  2l8a.  14:32.  s  Num.  6:11.  4  Eccles.  12:9.  6l8a.49:31. 

6  Gen.  49:11.  7  Ex.  9:25.  s  Gen.  12:4,  9  Ex.  22:6.  lo  Lev.  15:17. 


2  60.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  69 

5.  a.  [^epnn] ;         "H'pnrin  (6:9) ;       i<3rTr)»  (3:8) ;       y^^jy,  (6:6). 

h.  '^mp^''  fo^  ^W^Tw  nnripnvor  nnpr^n;  \r\mrffor 
for  DDnrin* 

6.  a.  O'pP  deliver,   ^'QTyn  escape;  l^'^p   sanctify,  ^^'IpTSTl  sanctify 

ones  self. 
^'  tli^'l  see,  |liV^^)^l  ^ook  upon  one  another ;    nHQ  open,  nnSnil 
open  for  one's  self;  nt^  forget,  115^^11  ^e  forgotten. 

5.  There  is  also  an  Intensive  reflexive  stem ^DpHn 

which  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  Intensive  active,  with  the  addition  of  the 
prefixed  syllable  nn : 

a.  Here,  as  in  the  PX'el,  the  ultimate  vowel  -^  is  often  heightened 
through  -^  to  ^^;  but  the  penultimate  -^  always  remains. 

b.  The  n  of  the  prefix  is  always  transposed,  when  it  would  stand 
before  Di  t^  or  jj^  (§  41.  2) ;  it  is  changed  to  JO  and  transposed  before  ^^ 
(§  41.  3.  a) ;  it  is  assimilated  before  f,  0  or  r\  (^  ^9.  2). 

6.  This  stem,  called  Hithpa  el  (cf.  Notes  under  2  and  4  above) 
a.  Is  primarily  reflexive ;  but 

h.  Has  sometimes  (1)  a  reciprocal  force,  (2)  the  force  of  the  Greek 
Indirect  Middle,  and  (3)  the  force  of  a  passive. 

60,    Causative  Verb-Stems. 

1.  a.  [*7^C?jpn]n^£?qn  (2:5);  TJjn  (3:11);  hut  ':5n3n  (1:18);  ^^5^n  (3:6). 
h.  TOVn  (3:18);  ^{^)'2'7\  (3:21);  hut  '7l,y_  (1:4);  ]'3p\  (3:24). 

2.  *1^pDn  (2:5)  Ae  caused  to  rain;  ^♦'l^D  (1:1^)  ^^  cawse  ^o  divide. 
^*^'y^\[l'A)  and  he  caused  to  divide;  J^HtD  (1:11)  causing  to  seed. 

3.  [*7DprT];         DD^rj;^         H'^^'CT;'         niii7=-!ii^Cr. 
L'^Dpr?];  0^50;^^^  n'^PO^''       ^p5n;^2      ^WO'"' 

4.  3D^n^  /ie  i(?a5  caused  to  lie  down  =  he  was  prostrated. 
"ibDtl^^  he  was  caused  to  he  king;  "l^H^J  ***  ^^*  made  known. 


1  Cf.  Mic.  6:16.  a  Cf.  1  Sam.  23:19.  s  Cf.  Gen.  44:16.  ^Cf.  Job  5:4. 

BCf.  Lev.  14:7.  6  Cf.  Ps.  18:26.  lEzek.  32:33.  8  Dan.  8:11.  «  Ruth  2:1L 

10  Cf.  1  Sam.  25:16.  n  Dan.  9:1.  12  Lev.  5:23.  is  Cf.  Jer.  8:21. 


70  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  61, 

By  the  prefixing  of  a  syllable  (jl  or  tl)  two  causative  verb-stems  are 
formed : 

1.  The  Causative  active  stem  is '^^PD 

a.  The  penultimate  -^  is  retained  everywhere,  as  in  the  Pi'el,  except 

in  the  Perfect,  where  it  is  attenuated  to  —  (^  36.  4) .'^DprT 

6.  The  ultimate  -^,  as  in  the  Pi'el,  is  also  attenuated  to  -^,  but  this 

vowel  (i),  being  under  the  tone, 

(1)  in  some  forms  is  anomalously  lengthened  to  i  (?  30. 2.  e)  ^^ppH 
<     (2)  in  other  forms  is  regularly  heightened  to  e  (?  36.  2). .  .'^tOpn 

2.  This  stem,  called  Hiph'il  i^^^^^tl)  fi'oni  the  form  assumed  by  it  in 
the  Perfect  of  the  verb  ^^Q  is,  in  signification,  causative  of  the  simple 
verb-stem  (2  58.). 

3.  The  Causative  passive  stem  is ^tDpV} 

but  the  —  is  in  most  cases  deflected  to  —  (o)  (?  36.  5.  a),  being  retained 
chiefly  when  it  would  stand  in  a  sharpened  syllable. 

4.  This  stem,  called  Hoph'al  {^y^tl)  from  the  form  assumed  by  it  in 
the  past  tense  of  the  verb  ^)^Q,  is  for  the  most  part  passive  of  the  Hiph'il 
U60.  2J. 


61.    The  Ordinary  Passive-Stem. 

1.  fr^jp^];  n5P;i      •      n35^;2  ir*lp^;3  nDtf'l'^ 

2.  a.  ^t2^}  to  watch  one^s  self;  ^MD^  to  liide  one's  self;  '^J^tj^jl  to  ash  for 

ones  self;  tO§^"J|  to  go  to  law  with  one  another;  T^^U  (=  W1^).  to 
consult  together, 
h.  *13P  to  he  remembered;   t^*lp^  to  he  hallowed;  ^Jp^  '^  ^^  huried. 

1.  Another  reflexive-stem,  though  more  commonly  used  as  a  passive,  is 

formed  by  the  prefixing  of  the  syllable  ^,  giving '^tOp^ 

but  here,  as  in  the  Pfel  Perfect  (§  59.  1.  a),  and  the  Hiphll  Perfect 
[I  60.  1.  a),  the  penultimate  —  is  attenuated  {?  36.  4)  to—,  giving  ^Dp<?- 

Note.— Outside  of  the  Perfect  and  Participle  a  different  form  of  this 
stem  is  used,  see  §  68.  1.  a. 

2.  This  stem,  called  Niph'al  from  the  form  assumed  by  it  in  the  Perfect 
of  the  verb  '^J^B,  is  in  signification, 

a.  Primarily  reflexive^  like  the  Hithpa'el,  and  sometimes  reciprocal; 
h.  More  frequently  2i  passive  of  the  simple  verb-stem  (Qal). 


1  Cf.  Num.  10:9.       2  2  Sam.  6:20.       8lsa.5:16.       4  3  Sam.  20:10. 


§  62.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

62.    General  I/iew  of  the  Verb-Stems. 

TABLE. 


71 


Original 
Form. 


Form  appearing 
in  the  Perfect. 


Name. 


Force. 


Characteristics. 


1.       '?Dp 

3.  ^D|? 

4.  ^t3j^ 

5.  ^Djpn 

6.  "i^pr^ 

7.  '^iDpinrr 


*?u)p 

(^Dpr?) 
Vopnn 


Qal 

Pi'el 
Pii'al 
Hiph'il 

Hoph'al 


Simple  Root 
meaning 

C  Reflexive, 
<  Reciprocal, 
(  Passive 

S  Intensive 
\  Active 

S  Intensive 
(  Passive 

Causative 
Active 

Causative 
Passive 


C  Reflexive, 
Hithpa'el    j  Reciprocal 


None 


Daghes-forte 
in  2d  radical 

Daghes-forte 

and  ~-r 


n  (H) 


rr  (rr) 


T)T\  and 
Daghes-forte 


REMARKS. 

1.  An  original  penultimate  ~  is  attenuated  to"^,  in  Niph'al,  Pi'el,  and 
Hiph'il. 

2.  An  original  ultimate  "-  is  heightened  through  —  to  — ,  in  some  Pi'el, 
Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  forms. 

3.  An  original  ultimate  —  is  anomalously  lengthened  through  —  to  ^_, 
in  some  Hiph'il  forms. 

4.  An  original  penultimate  —  is  deflected  to  —  (o)  in  the  Hoph'al. 

NOTES.i 

1.  Only  six  verbs  out  of  about  fourteen  hundred  have  all  these  stems:-- 

rp?>  n"?!  n^n,  vx^  n^:,  nps. 

2.'^379  verbs  are  found  in  Qal  only  ;  40  in  Niph'al  only ;  68  in  Pi'el  only; 
11  in  Pii'al  only ;  58  in  Hiph'il  only  ;  6  in  Hoph'al  only  ;  19  in  Hithpa  el 
only. 

3.  In  all,  1090  verbs  have  a  Qal  stem ;  433,  a  Niph'al  stem  ;  405,  a  Pi'el 
stem  ;  188,  a  Pii'al  stem  ;  503,  a  Hiph'il  stem  ;  104,  a  Hoph'al  stem ;  177, 
a  Hithpa  el  stem. 

I  Young's  Introducticm  to  Hebrew,  pp.  16, 17. 


72  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  63. 

63.    The  Qal  Perfect  (Active). 
tabular  view. 

1.  He  hilled  *7DD         the  simple  verb-stem  (§  58.). 

2.  She  hilled  '^'?Pi?.    ^  '^^p  ^'*^  '^-  (o"gi°ally  n^),  the 

usual  feminine  sign. 

3.  Thou  (m.)  hilledst       til''CiD    ~  '^tOp  with  jl,  a  fragment  of  the  pro- 

T    :  j-)t  -|t  t 

noun  ninJ^  thou  (m.). 

T     - 

4.  Thou  it)  hilledst        fl'^COD    =  ^tOD  with  ^,  a  fragment  of  the  pro- 

:    :    -It  -  |t  : 

noun  |n5^  thou  (f,). 

5.  //aYZec?  ^D^W    =  '^Dp  with  ^fl  (for  O),  a  fragment 

•    :  j-|t  -/t 

of  oiN  /. 

•  |T 

6.  They  hilled  ^^^\?r    ^  '^^l?  ^^^^  ^   (earlier  p),  the  usual 

plural  sign  with  verbs. 

7.  Ye{m.)  hilled  OtiltQp    =  ^Dp  with  DHj  a  fragment  of  the 

pronoun  Di^^?  2/^  (m-)- 

8.  Ye  (f.)  7a7?edf  |f)'?^j7    =  ^^^ij  ^^^h    fjl,  a  fragment  of   the 

pronoun  JH^jJ  ye  (f.). 

9.  Fe  /a7?ec^  )i7W    =  '^DD  with  ?| j,    a   fragment    of    the 

:-.-)t  -|t 

pronoun  I^H^K  ^e- 
REMARKS. 

1.  [n-^5?p];n-'?>N^  (3:18);  '>jr}':;p_t^' moy,  r)^^!^  (i:2i);  ninn  m2). 

2.  [n'^Pp^,  n'ppp,  fri'?pp];rri7n  (1:2);  i^lpre  (18:15);  fnj^-}^  (31:6). 

3.  rr-in:i  =  nn-nn  =  ti^nn  (3:i2);  rynt:^' = ii^-n^' = i^^n^'  (i:2i). 

T-T  T-T  t:|t  -t  -t  :|t 

4.  [Dri^Pj?'  lO*?^)?^'  °Ci!5*f  ==  Qf)i^5t?^'  (42:22);  fni/T  =  fn;;-!* 

(31:6). 

1.  The  pronominal  fragments  used  in  the  inflection  of  the  Perfect  are 
always  a/-fixed  to  the  stem. 

2.  The  inflection  of  the  verb  exhibits  distinctions  for  number,  person 
and  gender.  Special  forms  for  the  feminine  occur  in  the  2d  and  3d  person 
sing.,  and  in  the  2d  person  plur. 


2  64.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


73 


3.  The  vowel-terminations  PT {=she)  and  )  {—they)  draw  the  preced- 
ing consonant  away  from  the  ultimate  vowel  (a)  of  the  stem  ;  the  change 
of  the  vowel  to  S'wa  necessarily  follows  [I  36.  3). 

4.  The  grave  terminations  Dfl  (=  y^  (m.))  and  |]^  {=  ye  (f.))  draw  the 
tone  from  the  ultimate  syllable  of  the  stem  ;  the  tone-long  —  under  the 
first  radical,  no  longer  near  the  tone,  is  changed  to  §*wa  (?  36.  3.  N.  2). 

64.     The  Qal  Perfect  (Stative). 

[For  the  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


3  m.  Bff. 


3  f .  Bg. 


3  c.  pi. 


3  m.  pi. 


1  c.  pi. 


Middle  A 

'?^p 

n'jt?)?. 

i'^'?i?. 

^it>^> 

1J'?gp 

Middle  E 

■^fPp 

r^m 

"^"^m 

Dri'7t?p 

^J'?^P 

Middle  0 

■^bp 

^^\^. 

^'?'?i?. 

D^'?^)? 

ijy^p 

1.  p5^(2:24);  ?)r)j?^' (1:21);   DpJfD^*  (42:22);  »nj;p^' (3:10). 

2.  fpr  (18:12) ;    ^nip.ni8:13) ;    na^' (12:10);    HnM '(18:20); 

'^\^y  ;2  nrrK  (37:3)'  lut  ^yn^  (27I9) ;  laniSt  (44:2cl 

3.  "iy  [32:26)  '^'jy  ;3  ^r)iy  (30:8) ;  ^Jl^Dp  (32:11) ;  ^rH^^  (43:14). 

T  AT  •    :  J  T  •    :    j\r  •     :  u    r 

1.  Verbs  with  —  under  the  second  radical  of  the  Qal  stem  [I  58.  2.  a 
and  Note  2)  are  inflected  in  the  manner  described  in  the  preceding  sec- 
tion (§  63.). 

2.  Verbs  with  -^  (heightened  from  — )*  under  the  second  radical  (§  58, 
2.  6  and  Note  2),  do  not  differ  from  those  with  —  in  the  inflection  of  the 
Perfect,  except  that  the  -^  appears 

a.  In  the  Perfect  3  masc.  sing.,  and 

h.  When  restored  in  pause  (§  38.  1),  or  before  the  tone. 

3.  Verbs  with  -^  (heightened  from  —)^  under  the  second  radical  [I  58. 

2.  c,  and  Note  2)  retain  the  o  whenever  the  tone  would  rest  upon  it,  and 

in  pause. 

ijudg.  20:34.       2Joell:13.       3  Ex.  8:14. 

4  The  following  are  Middle  E  verbs;  those  with  +  have  e  only  in  pause,  or  when 
pretonic:-3n«t,      D3N,     D*^«t,      py3,    "13^,    ^71:+,     ^T\^,    j*^^,       |pj,     ^7111+, 

ypn+,  f]jn+,  '*^pn+,   ysn,   nan  {Umh),  3vn,    "inD,  k?d,   ^y  (pe  di-y),  ^^\ 
KT,  n53+!  ni5^3/  K^^S+Z  «"??+.    ^3 J,    d;;;,   djj;,   f]:j;,   dvj^+,    nSyt,   kdv, 

2^1^+.  '^Pp+'^'^R''''  ^^O"*"'  '^^^■''»  P^^'  ^-^^■*''  ^^^'  ^-5^*  '^'5^'  '*^^'    "^** 
np  for  niD. 

6  The /oUowing  are  the  Middle  0  verbs:  niK,    12^13,    3"|D],  "ir,    h'D\,  ^p'^    jb|5. 


74  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [g  65. 

65.    The  Remaining  Perfects, 

[For  the  full  inflection  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR  VIEW  OF  IMPORTANT   FORMS. 


3  m.  sg-. 

3  f.  8gr.              3  c.  pi.                 2  m.  pi. 

1  c.  pi. 

Niph'al 

^^P; 

n^^iDp!!    ^'?pp;i     Dn'?L)p^ 

^^'ppp^ 

Pu'al 

^Dp 

n^^p     i7^>\)     on'^Dp 

^^v.pp 

Hoph'al 

'^^ipo 

n'^tppn    ^'?c?prr    oti?tDpn 

'»^'?5?prT 

Pi'el 

^P'^ 

n'pLpp     i7:9p     orii^p 

^-ii'pt^P 

Hithpa'el 

"^^^i^n^} 

n^cppnn  t^^pnn  Dn'?ppnrr  i^^tjpnn 

mph'il 

'7^£?prT 

n^^Dpn   ^^^Dprr  on^^prr 

^^'F^ipn 

1.  a.  ^f2t^y,^  n'lripy,^  ^npp!!  (3:5);  Drinpp^"^^  ^r)T]y 

h.  n^M4:26).  nn^.^  (24:15); '  n'pj  (6:1);'  Dr)!^^ ;«  W^^V"^    • 

c.  -!pbn;«  m5n;^  iD^urni^^  np^^t^^'n-i^"  W5trn-^' 

2.  a.  n|l(41:2);  ^5^.  (39:19);  ^5^  (45:15);  DniS*!/^' 

h.  -i^>ipinn;i*  ^^ipnri'^'  ar}\^lp_r^rl^^'  ^n^i^nn^'^ 

c.  n^jin(3:ii);  rrTJini^^  n^iin;^^  oniJin (45:i3);  niJirr (i2:i8). 

T  J-    •  J-    •  jv     :  -  •  T      : J-  • 

Of  the  remaining  Perfects,  it  will  be  noticed  that 

1.  Three  follow  entirely  the  inflection  of  the  Qal  Perfect,  viz., 
a.  The  Niph'al  {^^p^  from  ^tQp^,  I  61.  1). 

6.  The  Piial  [^^'p,  VsO.  3). 

c.  The  Hoph'al  {^tpT},  also  sometimes  bW^^^  ?  ^O-  3). 

2.  Three  present  slight  variations  from  the  inflection  of  the  Qal,  viz., 
a.  The  Pi'el  (^COp  and  '^Dp,  from  ^^p_,  §  59.  1),  in  which  the 

original  —  of  the  ultima  is  always  restored  before  terminations  begin- 
ning with  a  consonant. 

6.  The  Hithpa'el  (^Dp/in  and  ^^pnri,  I  59.  5),  in  which,  also, 
original  a  is  restored,  but  the  ultimate  a  is  sometimes  attenuated  to  1 

c.  The  Hiph'il  (ys^p'H,  anomalous  for  '7t?pn,  Aom  '^DpH,  ^  60. 1), 
in  which, 

(1)  before  the  vowel-terminations  H and  ?|,  the  anomalous  i  is 

retained  and  accented;  while 

(2)  before  terminations  beginning  with  a  consonant,  the  original 

^=-  is  everywhere  restored. 

lOrSiSp.      2  2  Sam.  20:10.      sNum.  5:13.      4Deut.  3:4.      6  Mai.  3:13.  eJer.  22:26. 

7jer.20:14.        s  Lev.  5:23.        a  Joel  1:9.         loJer.  22:28.        ulsa.  14:19.  i2Jer.  8:21. 

IS  Ex.  12:32.  "Isa.  30:29.  is  Num.  11:18.  "Lev.  11:44.  nEzek.  38:23. 
18  1  Sam.  25:19.          is  2  Sam.  19:9. 


S  66.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  76 

66,    The  Qal  Imperfect  (Active), 
tabular  view. 

1.  He  will  hill  ^£0p^     =  ^\^p  with  ^  [for  ^),  originally  a  pro- 

nominal root  of  the  3d  person. 

2.  She  will  Jcill  ^^p^    ~  '^bp  with  f)  {for  ]^),  the  usual  sign 

of  the  feminine,  here  prefixed. 

3.  Thou  (m.)  wilt  kill    ^^COpIl     =  VtOp  with  j^  [for  j^),  a  pronom.  root 

of  2d  pers.,  of.  Unj^  ihou  (m.). 

T     - 

4.  Thou  (f.)  wilt  kill    ♦^ppri    =  ^bp  with  pi  (see  above),  and  ♦_,  (of. 

^^^^T  «^ie)  used  as  a  sign  of  fern., 
cf.  ^riK^  thou  (f.). 

5.  I  shall  kill  ^tOpK    ==  '^tOp  with  }^  {for  }^),  a  pronominal 

fragment,  cf.  ^^^^{  /. 

6.  They  (ra.)  wi7?  MZ     ^*7t?p!    =  ^bp  with  ^  (see  above),  and  ?|,  the 

usual  plur.  ending  of  verbs. 

7.  They  (f .)  wi7Z  A;i7Z  H-D'pbpfl    =  'l^Dp  with  ^  (see  above)  and  H-^,  per- 

haps a  frag,  of  H^n  they  (f.). 

TJ" 

8.  Fe  (m.)  will  kill       i7^ptl    =  ^£0p  with  ^  (see  above),  and  \  the 

usual  plur.  ending  of  verbs. 

9.  Ye  {t)  will  kill     tliitD7)D    = '^bp  with  ri  (see  above)  and  niper- 

haps  a  frag,  of  H^njjt  ye  (f.). 
10.  We  shall  kill  ^W^    =  VDP  with  j)  {for  ^),  a  pronominal 

root,  cf.  )^n^  we. 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  pronominal  roots  and  fragments  employed  in  the  inflection  of 
the  Imperfect  are  not  so  clearly  recognized  as  in  the  Perfect ;  they  are 

a.  Pre-fixes:         ^,     p,      f1,      ft      N;      \      11,      tl,      fl,      j 

in  all  of  which— is  attenuated  to  — ,  which  under  }<  is  deflected  to  —  (e). 

6.  4/"-fixes:        —     —      —     V'     —  5     ^'    '"^^'       ^'    ^i^    " 

2.  The  original  stem  of  the  Imperfect  is  ^pD  (qtul,  not  q'tiil),  whence 
comes  '^bp  through  the  influence  of  the  tone. 


1 ' j^K  is  found  in  K«thibh  seven  times  for  PH  thou  (f .) 


76  ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  67, 

3.  The  vowel-terminations  ^ (seldom  V__)  and  )  (seldom  p)  draw  the 

preceding  consonant  away  from  the  ultimate  vowel,  which  then  necessa- 
rily passes  into  S'wa  (?  36.  3.  a). 

4.  The  termination  JlJ  (seldom  f)  does  not  receive  the  tone. 

67.    The  Qal  Imperfect  (Stative). 

[For  full  Inflection,  see  Paradigm  B.] 
TABULAR  VIEW   OF   IMPORTANT    FORMS. 

3  m.  sg.  2f.  sg.  3m.pl.  3f.pl. 

impf.witho        ^Dp^        ^'^pjpn        ^*?t?)P»        ^t!^\>^ 

impf.witha       ^D|p^       ^^c?pn       ^^pjp^       •^^'?^i?r^ 
impf.  withe        '^^'p\       ^*7p[pn       I'^c?!^       n^Vtopn 

1.  h:itf^>  (2:2);    ijjp^^  (2:21);   '!\T\}^\  (1:20);  n?^'  ('^•7);  ^SJ)!  (7:18). 

2.  D5^>  (30:15)  /rom  :i5^*;  '^^l^^  (21:8)  from  '7^^;  n^J^.  (7:18); 
"l^m  (27:45);  TOV?  (2:5);  J;D!  (2:8);  Vht^\  (3:22);  ?|;^^n  (3:3); 
i;;ptr^  (3:8). 

3.  fn^  (1:17);  \T\T)  (3:6);  Tj^H  (3:14) /or  rj'?');! ;  NV?  (4:16)  /or  ^^V)^ 

1.  Verbs  Middle  A,  with  some  exceptions,  have  in  the  Imperfect  the 
form  ^\2ip\  [orig.  yaq-tiil),  the  inflection  of  which  is  given  in  ?  66. 

2.  Verbs  Middle  E  and  verbs  Middle  0,  with  some  verbs  Middle  A,  have 
in  the  Imperfect  a  stem  with  a  instead  of  0 ;  this  a  is  treated  like  the  0. 

Remark.— The  Imperfect  stem  ^^T),  instead  of  ^\^p,  is  used  also 
in  verbs,  whether  active  or  stative,  which  have  a  guttural  for  the  second 
or  third  radical. 

3.  Some  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  \  and  the  verb  TJl^  to  give,  have 
for  the  Imperfect  stem  the  form  '^tDp,  i.  e.,  e  instead  of  6  or  a.  No  strong 
verb  has  this  stem. 

Note  1.— There  were  three  Perfect  stems,  '^Dp,  '^tOp,  and  ^*Dp  ; 
and  so  there  are  three  Imperfect  stems,  ^'Op'*,  ^^p^  ^^^  ^^ P^  *^®  ^  ^^ 
each  case  being  original,  while  the  e  and  o  have  come  from  i  and  u  respect- 
ively. 

Note  2.— It  will  be  seen  later  that  the  stem-vowel  of  the  Imperative 
varies  with  that  of  the  Imperfect. 


f68.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  77 

68.    The  Remaining  Imperfects. 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradig-m  B.] 
TABULAR   VIEW   OF   IMPORTANT    FORMS. 


3  m.  sgr. 

2  f .  sg. 

1  c.  eg. 

3  f .  pi. 

"^m 

^y^^t 

r^pp:p^T)  1'?^) 

Pfel              ^Dp^ 

♦■ptDpn 

'^tppJ^ 

T]p\^\>r\  (^p) 

Hithpa'el   ^tDpn* 

♦■pcppi-in 

'^tDpn^:? 

n^'pDpnn  ('^D) 

Pii'al              ^^p> 

''?£?pri 

'^'topN! 

n^^t^pn 

roph'al       *:JDp^ 

'"pppri 

"^m 

nt>WT\ 

Kiph'il       yppM'^tOp!) 

'■p'Ppri 

ypp{< 

^tl^\>^ 

10 


1.  -tn£D*  (2:10);  N^p^  (2:23);  n^Hp^n  (3:7);  nnD5<  (4:14);  I'^V  (4:18) 
Dnri  (6:6);  nV^WT)  (6:11);  N'?^;!  (6:11);  ^DD^  (8:2);  N':?^^  (8:2). 

2.  tr"lp|  (2:3);  H^t^Vor  n^^'|  (8:7);  ^T]\  (8:15);  ngn^  (31:24). 

3.  ^'2nr}\  (3:8);  ayj;^^^  (6:6);  ^'p'pnnri  •}  ^cop^n^'  n:?|)nti^ri.3 

5.  (l^PVn  (3:18);   t^'5'7M3:21);   ?|T^!  (26:32);  ])nn^r);^  ^H'^tf^P 
^*15!(1:4);  f3l?^>(3:24);  Ng^*-]^  (1:11);  l^n  (24:28);  rj'p^'n  (21:15). 

1.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Niph'al  Imperfect  [orig.,  Mnqatal)  differs  from 
that  of  the  Niph'Sl  Perfect  [orig.,  naqtal)  in  two  particulars  :— 

(1)  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel,  and  consequently 

(2)  the  characteristic  prefix  na  is  strengthened  to  jri,  of  which 
the  n  is  elided  after  a  preformative,  while  the  ^  is  assimilated 
and  represented  by  Daghes-forte  in  the  first  radical. 

Note.— The  vowel  of  the  ultima,  generally  — ,  is  frequently  — ;  cf. 
the  interchange  of  these  vowels  in  the  Pi'el,  and  Hithp^'el. 

h.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Niph  al  Imperfect,  there  is  to  be  noted, 

(1)  the  pausal  form  with  -^  instead  of  -^; 

(2)  the  use  of  either  —  or  —  before  n<3  ; 

(3)  the  occurrence  of  —  sometimes  instead  of  —  under  the  pref.  K. 

2.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Pi'el  Imperfect  is  identical  with  that  of  the  cor- 
responding Perfect,  except  that  the  original  penultimate  —  is  now  restored. 

iJer.49:4.       aJudg.UiS.        s  Lam.  4:1.       4lsa.27:9.       6lsa.27:12.       6  Ps.  88:12. 
1  Lev.  6:15.       «Ezek.  16:5.       9Deut.4:16.       lo  Ex.  12:15. 


78  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBIIETV  [g  68. 

6.  In  the  inflection  of  tlie  Pi'el  Imperfect,  there  is  to  be  noted, 

(1)  the  use  of  S'wa  under  the  preformatives,  (compound  S'wa 
under  the  guttural  {<) ; 

(2)  the  use  of  either  -^  or  -^  (prevailingly  the  former)  before  Hj, 

3.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Hithpa'el  Imperfect  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
corresponding  Perfect,  the  H  being  elided  after  a  preformative. 

h.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Hithpa'el  Imperfect,  there  is  likewise  to 
be  noted  the  use  of  either  ^^  or  -^  (prevailingly  the  former)  before  H^, 

T 

4.  The  stem  and  inflection  of  the  Pii'al  and  Iloph'al  present  no  peculi- 
arities. 

5.  a.  The  stem  of  the  Hiph'il  Imperfect  is  identical  with  that  of  the 
corresponding  Perfect,  except  that  the  original  penultimate  -=-  is  now 
restored. 

h.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Hiph'il  Imperfect,  there  is  to  be  noted, 

(1)  the  second  form  7pp*i  used  as  a  Jussive  [I  72.  2),  and  with 
Waw  Consecutive  (§  73.  3.  a.  (2) ),  the  —  of  which  is  regularly 
heightened  from  -^\ 

(2)  the  retention  and  accentuation  of  the  stem-vowel  ^ before 

vowel-additions  * ,  ^  ; 

(3)  the  occurrence  of  -^,  rather  than  ^__,  before  H^, 
Note  1. — The  following  table  will  be  found  serviceable  : 

1.  Name  of  stem,  Qal,  Niph.,  Pi.,  Pii.,  Hiph.,  Hoph.,  Hithpa. 

2.  Preformative  with  vowel,     t         ♦  t        ♦         t  *  il* 

3.  First  radical  with  vowel,    'p       ^        'p      T)       \)  p  p 

Note  2. — The  various  elements  used  as  preformatives  and  afforma- 

tives  appear  from  the  following  table,  the  asterisks  representing  radicals  : 

3  m.           He  will                ***♦  They  will            ?)***♦ 

3  f.              She  will               ***fl  They  will        r\T**r\ 

2  m.            Thou  wilt            ***n  Ye  will               Y**^ 

2  f.             Thou  wilt           ♦***n  Ye  will            T^T^T\ 

1  c.            /  shall                 ***\^  We  shall             ^***j 


69.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE   METHOD. 


79 


69.    The  Imperatives. 
tabular  view. 


Impf.       Imv.  2  m.  sg.      Imv.  3  f .  sg.      Imv.  3  m.  pi.       Imv.  3  f .  pi. 


Qal  with  o  ^Op^  '^bjP 

Qal  with  a  '^tOp^  '?Dp 

Niph'al  ^Dp*.  ^Dpn 

Hiph'ii  '^^pp^  ^tppn 


^'?Dprr 


i'?pp 
^'^tpp    ■ 

'I'^pp 
^^*t?pn     ^':'*pprT 


Hithps'ei   '7^p_r}^^    '7:Dp_nri   ^yt^pnrr   ^'?ppi7rT 


n^^Dp 

T  :  J-  )t    • 

n^'pc^p 
n:i'?Dpnrr 

T  :  J-)-    :     • 


1.  a.  nb[^  (8:1),  nbr;i      ah5^'  :ih5;^       a5*f!  (30:i5),  D3^> 
6.  rj^'ptf^y  ri'?:?^!,^  rpi^ri'^'  D*55?^"r),«  ddj?'!  (20:8),  D3t?^'n.« 
c.  n9*fn(24:6),  n5^"n;^«  tj^'p^V  tj^ptj^'ni^  jn^nri;' inninn.^^ 

2.  a.  1^^9(1:22);  (n)t^'55  (1:28);  f;;9^7or  H^J^Dt?^' (4:23). 

h.  rp'^nj  iD^Jptj^n  (37:22),  ^D^'^tf^'H  1^^  ^•^'pn,^^  nyt;/pn^' 

1.  The  s^em  of  the  Imperative  is  the  same  in  every  case  as  that  of  the 
Imperfect ;  it  will  be  noted,  however,  that 

a.  The  Qal  has  two  forms,  one  (active)  with  o,  and  one  (stative)  with  a. 

h.  The  Hiph'il  has  a  form  corresponding  to  the  Jussive  Imperfect  in 
e  (§  72.  2),  rather  than  to  the  usual  Imperfect,  which  has  i. 

c.  The  initial  tl  which  was  always  elided  after  a  preformative  in  the 
Impf.,     appears  in  the  Niph'al,  Hiph'il,  and  Hithpa  el. 

Note. — The  pure  passives  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  have  no  Imperative. 

2.  In  the  inflection  of  the  Imperatives,  it  will  be  seen  that 

a.  Before  vowel-additions,  the  vowel  of  the  stem  becomes  —  (except 
in  the  Hiph'il);  and  the  short  i  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Qal  f.  sg., 
and  m.  pi.,  stands  in  a  half-open  syllable,  the  transliteration  being  qi-t*lij 
qi-t'lu. 

b.  The  Hiph'il  Imv.  has  e  as  its  stem-vowel  in  the  m.  sg.,  and/,  pi, 
but  i  in  the/,  sg.  and  m.  pi. 

Note  1.— The  Imperative  has  no  preformative s,  and  its  afformatives- 
are  those  of  the  Imperfect. 

Note  2.— On  the  Imperative  with  n_  (cohortative)  see  2  72.  3. 


iDeut.9:7.  2  Ex.  24:4.  s  Ex.  17:14.  4  3  Sam.  13:5.  6l8a.2:20.  6  Ex.  7:10. 
1  Ex.  7:9.  8judg.9:33.  8  Ex. 8:16.  lo  Judg.  13:13.  uDeut.  7:3.  12 1  Sam.  18:23. 
i3jer.7:29.       "Job  33:31.       i5P8.6:3. 


80  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [g  70, 

70.    The  Infinitives. 
tabular  view. 

Qal.        Niph'al.         Pi'el.      Pu'al.        Hithpa'el.      Hiph'il.    Hoph'al. 

*7bjp      "^Dj^rr      ^Dp    frDp]    ^Dpnn    b'\D\)r^    ^Dpn 

1.  '7DN(2:16);  nlD^'j^  iDti^  fh|rT;^  i^b?;)  (31:30);  '?Ntf^';i  ;4  iD!  1^ 
iilp;«nil4  (40:15);  DD^'H;^  ^'l?D;"l^rT' (/or  n^^H);  (I'ppniio 
[cf.  ^3*1^1]. 

2.  *7b^'p  (1:18);  iD^'  (3:24);   iOf  (9:16);    5i.^  :}5^  (34:7);   PD'^TjP 

ng'i  (17:22);  tr'p^;^^  '^n??  d^is);  n55i>>'* 

Each  stem  has  two  Infinitives,  called  Absolute  and  Construct ;  but  no 
example  is  found  of  a  Pu  al  Infinitive  Construct,  or  of  a  Hithpa'el  Infin- 
itive Absolute : — 

1.  The  Infinitive  Absolute  has 

a.  In  the  penult  the  vowel  of  the  stem ;  the  ~^,  which  appeared  in 
the  Pi'el  and  Hiph'il  Perfects  being  here  restored  to  ^,  as  in  the  Imper- 
fect and  Imperative. 

h.  In  the  ultima  everywhere  a  long  vowel,  viz., 

(1)  6  (=a)  in  the  Qal,  Niph'al,  Pi'el,  and  Pu'al,  the  a  being  length- 
ened from  an  original  a  (?  30,  6.  a), 

(2)  e  in  the  Hiph'il  and  Hoph'al. 

Remark  1.  —The  Niph'al  Infinitive  Absolute  has  two  forms,  one 
frbpj)  based  on  the  form  of  the  stem  appearing  in  the  Perfect ;  the 
other  ('^bpr?)?  based  on  the  form  of  the  stem  appearing  in  the  Imperfect 
and  Imperative. 

Remark  2.— The  Pf el  Infinitive  Absolute  is  often  found  with  e  in 
the  ultima  instead  of  6. 

Remark  3, — The  6  in  the  Inf.  Abs.,  arising  always  from  a,  is  seldom 
written  fully. 

2.  The  Infinitive  Construct  has,  in  every  case,  the  form  of  the  stem  to 
which  the  preformatives  and  afformatives  of  the  Imperfect  are  added. 

iDeut.5:12.  sDeut.7:18.  8jer.32:4.  4 1  Sam.  20:6.  sps.  118:18.  sPs.  40:2. 
tl  Sam.  17:16,  8lsa.56:3.  9Kuth2:ll.  ioEzek.l6:4.  n  Ex.  4:14.  i2Num.l5:3L 
M 1  Sam.  10:2.      h  Nah.  3:15. 


2  71.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  81 

Remark. — Stative  verbs,  which  have  a  in  the  Imperfect  and  Imper- 
ative, have,  nevertheless,  o  in  the  Infinitive  Construct.  The  cases  of  an 
Infinitive  Construct  with  ^  are  very  few. 

Note  1. — The  ultimate  vowel  of  the  various  Infinitives  Construct  is 
changeable,  while  that  of  the  Infinitives  Absolute  is  unchangeable. 

Note  2. — Only  to  the  Infinitives  Construct  may  prepositions  be  pre- 
fixed, or  suffixes  added. 

71.    The  Participles. 
tabular  view. 

Qal  Active.  QSl  Stative.  Qal  Passive.  Niph'al. 

^top  *7ep  ':'iop  ^7^^^ 

PTel.  Pu'al.         IRph'il.  HSph'al.        Hithp^el. 

impf.        *?c?p^      b^>\      '^^cpp!        *7Dpj     •  b^^^rs' 

Part.  ^t3pP         ^DpP        '7'^^\>^'  *?OpD  b^'p:}'^ 


1.  a.  tTD'n  (1:26);  NV^  (2:10);  DDD  (2:11);  t]^!!  (2:14);  nlj;  (4:2). 
6.  pr  (18:11);  1DD(13:2);  D^tT' (33:18);  N'?0;^  nDVorJllD. 

|)-.T  '  ••    T  ••    T  ••    T  ••  ••  T 

c.  nm(3:14);  r]n?  (9:26);  ^^2  ;^  J<np  ;*  ^00*^ 

2.  nQn:i  Uor  IDmi  (2:9);  -\'W^  ;«  J^VD^  (47:14);  in^)^  ;7  Nnp^« 

T    :   V  T    :   •  T  :     •  t    :   •  t  :   •  t|: 

3.  n5-TD(27:6);  t^pD?  (37:16);  tT'lpP;^  ^^0^0(3:8);  '^n^O  (1:6); 
r\VPO  (6:13);  n^D99  (7:4);  l^'^PO; 


10 


1.  The  Qal  stem  has  two  participles ;  the  remaining  stems,  one  each  :— 
a.  The  Qal  active  is  b\^'p  (sometimes  *7Dlp)  =  qotel  for  qatil ;  the 
6  being  obscured  from  an  original  a,  the  e  heightened  from  i. 

h.  The  Qal  stative  participle  has  the  form  of  the  Perfect  3  m.  sg., 
*!?0D  (=  qatel) ;  its  use,  however,  is  not  so  uniform  as  is  that  of  the 
QSl  active. 

c.  What  is  called  the  Qal  passive,  viz.,  ^?)£3p  (=  qatul  for  qatul)  is 
the  only  remnant  of  a  lost  passive  stem  ;  the  u  is  unchangeable,  but  the 
a,  heightened  from  a,  is  changeable. 


iJer.  5:27.      2  Gen.  20:3.      sDeut.  28:61.      4 1  Sam.  9:13.      6  Lev.  22:22.     6lBa.61:l 
?Judg.4:ll.     sisa.  43:7.       sEzek.  48:11       io2Sam.20:a. 


82  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  72. 

2.  The  Niph'al  Participle  is  the  same  as  the  Niph'al  Perfect,  with  the 
vowel  of  the  ultima  heightened. 

3.  The  remaining  Participles  are  made  by  prefixing  f2  to  that  form  of 
their  respective  stems  which  is  used  in  the  Imperfect : — 

a.  This  0  has  T  under  it  in  the  Pi'el  and  Pii'al,  while  in  the  other 
stems  it  takes  the  place  of  the  initial  H  of  t^e  stem. 

b.  The  ultimate  vowel,  if  not  long  in  the  stem,  is  heightened  under 
the  tone,  the  participle  being  a  nominal  form. 

Note. — The  ^  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronominal  root  HD  what. 


72.    Special  Forms  of  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative, 

1.  nntlK  (18:21)  /  will  go  down;  tiyiH^  (27:41)  /  will  kill;  H'^'I^X 
(12:2)  I  will  make  great;  tl121i^^  Iwill{=  must)  speak;  H^^'^j  (11:3) 

T  :     — :  T  :    :    • 

Let  us  make  brick;  H^^lt^^  (11:3)  Let  its  bum;  tlHl^l  (31:44)  Let  us 

T     :  :     •  T    :  :    • 

make  (a  covenant). 

2.  ^n»  (1:3)  [cf.  n^n!  (1:29)]  Let  there  be;  T)^  (1:22)  [from  Tl^y)  Let 
multiply;  t^iir\'^i<  (22:12)  [from  n\yy_p}  Bo  not  do;  NC^'in  (1:11) 
[cf.  N^tJ^'iri]  Let  her  cause  to  spring  forth;  ^^^1^  (1:24)  Let  her  cause 
to  go  forth. 

3.  rrOV-  Think;  T^V'y^T^  (21:23)  Swear  thou;  tX^U^  Oh  save;  ntT^Jin 

t:t  ^   :  \t      •  t:-  tj"- 

(27:25)  Bring  near;  nD^t^DH*  Attend;  n^^tJ^H^  Give  ear. 

T  J-    J:    -  TJ-  -:  |- 

Kemark.-K:i    ^"rn    (26:28);     ir?^    N^'^N    (18:30);     N^Tl'?    (27:9); 

T  •       :  -J"  T  -  T         I  V 

K:i-nN^yiN  (19:8). 

T  T 

Some  special  forms  of  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative  deserve  notice  : — 

1.  The  Cohortative  Imperfect :  — 

a.  This  Imperfect  is  characterized  by  the  ending  Jl ,  before  which 

a  preceding  vowel,  unless  unchangeable,  becomes  S'wa.    It  is  found  only 
in  the  first  person  singular  and  plural. 

b.  Its  special  signification  is  that  of  desire^  determination^  and,  in 
the  plural,  exhortation. 

2.  The  Jussive  Imperfect : — 

a.  This  Imperfect  is  characterized,  wherever  possible,  by  a  short- 
ened form  of  the  verb.    It  is  found  in  strong  verbs  only  in  the  Hiph'il 


13  Sam.  14:15.       sNeh.  5:19.       »Ps.  6:5.       4P8. 5:3.       6Ps.5:2. 


I  73.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  83 

(viz.,  with  —  instead  of  ^__);  but  in  all  stems  of  verbs  r]"^  (?  100.)  and 
V'j;  il  94.). 

h.  Its  special  signification  is  tbat  of  wish,  command;  with  a  negative, 
dissuasion,  prohibition. 

3.  The  Cohortative  Imperative;  this,  like  the  Cohortative  Imperfect, 
is  characterized  by  the  ending  jl— ,  and  is  often  more  emphatic  than  the 
ordinary  form.    Hiph.  Imv.  changes  —  to  ^ before  H • 

T 

Remark. — The  modal  idea  in  each  of  these  forms  is  intensified  or 
enlivened  by  the  particle  t<{^,  which  is  frequently  found  in  connection 

T 

with  them. 

Note. — It  is  to  be  remembered  that  verbal  forms,  not  shortened  or 
lengthened  as  above,  may  convey  the  ideas  there  indicated. 


78.    The  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  Waw  Consecutive. 

1.  a ^nn•  •  •'lDii'^  o). .  .rrn^n  r^i^rt)  (2). .  .Nn:n  n'm'i^  d-.i) 

•    :-  V       J-  T  :  IT     I     Vjt  t  :  t  t  •  ••  : 

\nn . . . .  xnpn  (8) . . . .  ^'^p_. . . .  '7^511. . . .  trj;;i  (7) . . . .  n^^n  (6) . . . 
n'f2n  mpD'?v.--Nnp^*i  (lo)....^^n....nDN^•)  {9)....^nn.... 

•J-  -  -J:    •    :  t|:   •-  •  :-  v      J"  •  :- 

h.  vm D'mti  rp*^^  ^h^?D  ^n*  CD^ri^N  noj^nidM 

T   :  'J-   T    -     ^-   }•     :  '  :  •   :  •        v:  j- 

....nhiND'?  vrrv...rim^ 

:    •  T    :  : 

:D'pi;^'?  ^m  '^dni  D^-^nn  fi?p  d^  rrp'?'i  n^  n'pt??'!  fs  (3:22) 

2.a.  nDJ<n    (1:3);     K^p^   (1:5);    "^ly)   (1:4);    N^lni   (1:12). 

V  J-  t|:  •-  ••  :  ..  _ 

^nn  (1:3);  ry)y\  (1:22);  ^5^5  (2:2);  ^50^1  (3:10);  ^^^^^^  (3:12). 
&.  Vrn  (1:14);   np^l  (3:22);   ^^DN^I  (3:22);   »m  (3:22). 
3.  a.  ^nn  (1:3);  Xn^  (1:4);   t^^in  (1:7);  ^^^n  (1:7);  NJfini  (1:12). 
nDN^     (1:3);       n^'^n     ^1-22);       nm     (2:7);       Dp^l     (4:8). 

V  J-  I  vjt:-  V  J--  |tjt- 

inp')     (1:5);      |nn    (1:17);      N^^^     (1:21);     m?^n    (2:2). 

Remark.-tr'^^^'V  6i^^  Omb^A  (3:21);  m^l  /or  m^,  but  ?)nm3  (2:15). 

J.iWgNII  (3:13);    n9p5<1  (3:16);  ^nr?^j^"1  (3:20);  ^n^Dni  (3:20); 

'^nn:i')   (3:21);    ^n'^N;!*!   (6:6);    ^nNVlni    (6:6);    ^n'^VHI    (6:6). 


1  These  cases  are  cited  from  Exodus. 


84  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  73. 

The  use  of  the  Perfect  and  Imperfect  with  the  so-called  Waw 
Consecutive^  is  one  of  the  most  marked  peculiarities  of  the  language. 
Only  what  relates  to  the  forms  of  the  conjunction,  and  to  the  verbal 
forms  to  which  the  conjunction  is  joined,  will  here  be  noticed.  The 
explanation  of  the  construction  belongs  to  the  Syntax. 

1.  The  facts  in  the  case,  briefly  stated,  are  as  follows : — 

a.  In  continued  narrations  of  the  past,  the  first  verb  is  in  the  Perfect, 
while  those  that  follow,  unless  they  are  separated  from  the  conjunction  hy 
intervening  words,  are  in  the  Imperfect  and  connected  with  the  preceding 
Perfect  by  means  of  Wdw  Consecutive. 

JJote. — In  poetry,  the  verb  may  be  in  the  Imperfect  even  when 
separated  from  its  conjunction  by  intervening  words. 

h.  In  the  narration  of  actions  which  are  to  occur  in  the  future,  or 
which  can  only  be  conditionally  realized,  or  which  are  indefinite  so  far  as 
their  character  or  occurrence  is  concerned,  the  first  verb  is  in  the  Imper- 
fect (or  Participle,  or  Imperative),  while  those  that  follow,  unless  they  are 
separated  from  the  conjunction  hy  intervening  words,  are  in  the  Perfect 
and  connected  with  the  preceding  verb  by  means  of  Wdw  Consecutive. 

2.  The  form  of  the  conjunction,  however,  is  not  the  same  in  both  cases : — 
a.  With  the  Imperfect^  the  conjunction  is  a  strengthened  form  of  *),2 

regularly  written  0  ;  but 

(1)  the  Daghes-forte  may  be  omitted  from  a  consonant  which  has 
only  S'wa  under  it  [I  14.  2),  and 

(2)  before  5<,  in  the  first  person,  the  Daghes-forte  being  omitted, 
the  preceding  -^  becomes  — . 

6.  With  the  Perfect,  the  conjunction  is  the  same  as  the  ordinary 
Waw  Conjunctive,  with  its  various  pointings  (§  49.). 

3.  With  reference  to  the  verbal  form  employed, 
a.  In  the  case  of  the  Imperfect,  there  is  used, 

(1)  in  the  first  person,  a  lengthened  form  exactly  similar  to  that  of 
the  Cohortative  [I  72.  1)3— a  usage  which  is  rare  and  late  ; 

(2)  in  the  second  and  third  persons,  an  apocopated  form  exactly 
similar  to  that  of  the  Jussive  [I  72.  2) ; 

(3)  a  form  marked  by  the  retrocession  of  the  accent,  and  the 


1  The  name  Waw  Consecutive  better  expresses  the  syntactical  force  than  Waw 
Converslve. 

2  Ewald  suggests  that  the  -  and  the  D.  f .  are  the  remains  of  TN  then. 

3Cf.  nnSl2^K1  (3Ji:6);   nDSn^l(4]:ll);   nnn33]  (43:U);   njrfxUNum.8:19):   aUio 
Ez.  7: 37— 9: 6,  in  which  there  are  seventeen  cases. 


S  74.]  BY  AN  IKDUCTIVE  METHOD.  r  85 

consequent  vowel-shortening ;  but  the  accent  does  not  recede, 
unless  the  syllable  on  which  it  will  rest  is  an  open  one ; 
(4)  the  ordinary  verbal  form  unchanged. 
Remark.— With  Waw  Consecutive  the  Hiph'il,  therefore,  has  e  in- 
stead of  i;  but  this  i  is  usually  restored,  though  written  defectively, 
before  suffixes. 

Note  1.— With  Waw  Consecutive,  verbs  tl"^  lose  the  final  ending 
rr^  (§  100.  5.  6),  and  verbs  V';;  and  ^'y  have,  in  the  Qal,  forms  with  6 
and  e  instead  of  u  and  i  (§  94.  2.  K  4). 

Note  2. — The  cause  of  the  retrocession  of  the  accent,  as  well  as  of 
the  choice  of  a  shorter  form,  is  found  in  the  fact  that  the  heavy  prefix  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word  demands  a  lightening  of  the  end  of  the  word. 

b.  In  the  case  of  the  Perfect,  the  usual  verbal  form  is  employed ;  but, 
whenever  possible,  this  form  is  marked  by  a  change  of  accent,  the  tone 
passing  from  the  penult  to  the  ultima. 

Note. — As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  cases  in  which  there  is  no  change  of 
tone  are  as  numerous  as  those  in  which  there  does  occur  change.  These 
cases  are  grouped  by  Driver^  as  follows  :  (1)  in  those  forms  of  the  Perfect 
(3  sg.,  2  f.  sg.,  3  c.  pi.,  2  m.  pi.,  2  f.  pi.)  which  are  already  Milra^;  (2)  when 
the  Perfect  is  immediately  followed  by  a  monosyllable,  or  dissyllable 
accented  on  the  penult;  (3)  when  the  Perfect  is  in  pause;  (4)  in  the  1  pi. 
of  all  conjugations,  and  in  3  f.  sg.  and  3  pi.  of  the  Hiph'il ;  (5)  in  the  Qal 
of  verbs  i^"^  and  H"'?  i  (6)  frequently  in  those  forms  of  }}'y  and  V'J/ 
Qals  and  Niph'als  which  end  in  ?|  and  H— • 

74.    The  Verb  with  Suffixes. 

1.  a,  E-n'pDjp  for  n^pp;;    ^"rn^^J<  (37:20);    ^l*?;???;'    '^T}^^^'? 

(31:28);  '')TD;2\  (40:14). 
h.  n'^^p  for  t^^^Y,    Ijinri   (4:25)  for  Ijl^n;    DNn?    (5:2)   for 
.   myi\    !r]1^D^  (50:17)  for  ^t^'Q^,    n\'p^'l  (33:13)  for  D1pO;i. 
Rema^ks.-1Dn^?    (44:20);     ^^IH?^*;^^   ^^n*fK  (30:13);     ^jlSDJ^;'^ 
?]j;^5^n  (50:6). 

1  Use  of  the  Tenses  in  Hebrew,  §  110. 

alsa.  63:5.  sps.  69:3.  <  Num.  20:14.  sJer.  15:10.  6judg.  11:35. 

»Ezek.l6:19.  8Zech.7:5.  9Num.30:5.  ioJer.2:33.  uNum.23:17. 


86  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [I  74. 

c.  ^'t^t^\>\\  D-^D£)trV  ^r^'ipy\•?  ^"br^a^  m-m 
[irr-':'£op];  D-Nn:n  (5:2);  ijinii  (3i:7) /or  in-inj);  D-:in:i;3 

tt):  tt:  t:  tt:  tt: 

?i5pj<;^  'ni?-^;'  ^rr'pt?^*;'  ^pnn^^  Jrj'p^j^^"  (32:i8). 

ninyOp,  nn'^'tOp];  see  above,  1.  a;  DntHN  ;^  Dn':?D^e.9 

:  -I-   T  J :  I   v-iT    T  / :  -jt  t    -:  -  jt  t    -: 

Eemark.-in"r    (4:25)  for   ^r^T\r^\    Vnj^n^  (18:19)  for  ^l^n^^T; 

^rTi':'*^V(>^  ^nn-!'?^  n;;-i^  (24:i6)/or  n;;nn  rrnrn?^^^^^  rTnr^^^. 

j-t:  :j-t:  'tt:  t^tt:  t-i-  t   -:  r    :j-  r   -: 

When  the  object  of  a  verb  is  a  pronoun,  it  is  often  expressed  by  the 
union  of  HK  and  the  pronominal  suffix.  More  often,  however,  the  pro- 
nominal suffix  is  joined  directly  to  the  verbal  form.  This  occasions 
certain  changes  of  termination  and  of  stem. 

1.  In  the  case  of  the  Perfect  with  suffixes,  it  is  to  be  noted, 

a.  In  reference  to  termination-changes,  that  the  older  endings  are  in 
many  cases  restored,  as 

(1)  the  older  ]!__,  for  the  later  |7 (3  sg.  fern.) ; 

(2)  the  older  ^fl,  for  the  later  t^  (2"sg.  fem.) ; 

(3)  the  older  ^T\  (=  Din),  for  the  later  UVS  (2  pi.  masc). 
Bemark. — ^  occurs  for  n  (2  m.  sg.),  often  before  ♦^t 

~  T 

h.  In  reference  to  stem-changes,  that,  in  the  Qal, 

(1)  the  tone-long  a  of  the  first  syllable,  being  no  longer  pretonic 
when  a  suffix  is  appended,  becomes  S'wa ;  while 

(2)  the  a  of  the  second  syllable,  which  has  been  volatilized  before 
personal  terminations  beginning  with  a  vowel,  is  restored,  and, 
in  the  open  syllable,  heightened. 

Remark  1. — The  ^^  of  verbs  Middle  E  appears  before  suffixes. 

Remark  2.— The  ultimate  —  of  the  Pi'el  and  Hithpa'el  becomes  — 
before  !^,  D^,  |5,  but  is  elsewhere  rejected ;  while  the  ultimate  i  of  the 
Hiph'il  suffers  no  change. 

c.  In  reference  to  the  union  of  termination  and  suffix,  that 

(1)  to  a  verbal  form  ending  in  a  vowel,  the  suffix  is  attached  directly; 

(2)  to  a  verbal  form  ending,  in  ordinary  usage,  with  a  consonant, 
the  suffix  is  attached  by  means  of  a  so-called  connecting- vowel 
which  is  generally  a,  but  before  !r|,  D5'  ^"^  P'  i^  S*wa. 

(3)  to  the  3  sg.  fem.  termination  H-^?  suffixes  forming  a  syllable 
are  attached  without  a  connecting-vowel ;   other  suffixes  have 


iDeut.25:l.        21  Chron.  13:3.        3  Josh.  10:19.        ■*  Deut.l5:16.        6Deut.l5:13. 
6  1  Sam.  20:23.      »Deut.  13:18.      sPs.  48:7.      9Hos.2:14.     10  Ruth  4:15.      nJer.  49:24. 


?  74.]  BY  AN  nSTDUCTIVE  METHOD.  87 

a  helping-vowel,  viz.,   e  (§  37.  2),  before  ^J,  but  a  before 

D   and   I ;   tlie   accent,  peculiarly,  is  in  every  case   on  the 

penult. 

Note  1.— This  a,  heightened  from  a,  as  well  as  the  —  volatilized  from 

S,  is  really  the  original  final  vowel  of  the  verbal  stem ;  ^^p  =  qa-ta-la, 

^t2^p  =  qa-ta-la-ni ;  )i7^p  =  qa-ta-l^-nu. 

Note  2. — Certain   contractions   are  quite  frequent :    (1)  ^jl—  to  "j ; 

(2)  )n'- to  v_;  (3)  inn-  to  ?in_;  (4)  rr_ to  n_;  (5)  rrn_ to  nn^. 

J"  ■  :    -l~  J-  T   JT  T  T      :    -I-  T   J- 

In  the  third  and  Jifth  of  these  cases,  the  H  is  assimilated  backward.    In 
the  fifth,  the  H  oi  the  contracted  form  is  merely  a  vowel-letter. 


.J..   T  |:    •  'J-     T  :    •  J"  T    :    •  •  j"  t    :       • 

[0>t?p^  !T*7^p^];  inn'?tf^"^  (3:23);  D'l?)'?^!  i'"  '^^???^?''^ 
[*^!7'Pp5  ;  D;?'?'?!  (3:21);  ?)n5'?tf^"^  (37:20);  DI^D^^K^^^ 
c.  U-n^JD^  ;i^  n'\f2^^:^n  ;^*  ^rrj^'^trn  i^^  see  examples  under  h. 

[li^iop^];  rrj)^DN*n  (3:i7);  ?iji5itrn  (3:i5);  ?):ic?-n-ij^  (9:5);  ?i:inDrn.i« 

3.  a.  [rp^\}];  ^'p??!!!  (2:17);  D^'P^JJSt  (3:5);  D51?^? ;''  ^^t  ^^^5 
(35:1). 

[H'^Dp];  niny  (2:15);  tiiM  (2:15);  DnQ5<;i«  ?):in::iV9 

T    :  Jt  t  :  ">  T  :    T  t  :    t  j"  :  't 

Remarks.-[!r|^tDp] ;  ^tf^p5'?;''  03131  i'^  Hisi  ;22  ^^i;r|p3'7.23 
h.  [»:)^Dp];  on:3r;24  ^jnotr';^^  Dn;::^^;^^  )r\ti^,^' 

•J"    :  |t  "J"  :  t  • -i"  :    t  "  :    t  j":^t 

[ni^pp];  ^:n?;;;2«  Ditron;^^  irr-:!3J^.^« 

ij  1 1  -  /  11//  M/  y  1  .'..-k   III    <  1.1 1  /  /  1//  /  1  ^..-»  /~i  1    <  1  t/'f^f^^.^^  •31  *lf^^^^?,>^^.32 


V:hm] ;  ^Jlj;DLr'  (23:11);  Ui;;Dty(23:8);  O^^^'H  i^^  ^nD^'^tTil. 

•J"  t1:  ■*j"t   :  •    •j  t   :  •  5^-     •   :      -  j-    •    :     - 


2.  In  the  case  of  the  Imperfect  with  suffixes,  it  is  to  be  noted, 

a.  In  reference  to  termination-changes,  that  H^  (2  and  3  pi.  fern. 
always  becomes  ), 

h.  In  reference  to  stem-changes,  that  before  suffixes, 


1  Cant.  1:6.  2  Job  19:15.  s  Jer.  2:19.  4 1  Sam.  24:16.  sps.  137:6.  6P8.42:7. 
Tl  Sam.  1:19.  s  Job  29:14.  sPs.  13:2.  loDeut.  5:28.  uPs.  57:10.  i2Deut.9:14. 
13  1  Sam.  23:11.  h  Ruth  2:15.  is  Ex.  1:22.  lePs.  8:5.  n  Jer.  23:38.  i8Ps.4&:ll. 
19  Ex.  14:5.  20  IK^.  18:10.  21  Ex.  12:31.  22  Ex.  19:9.  23  1  Sam.  27:1.  24  Judg.  16:28. 
«iPs.l6:l.  26Prov.  4:21.  27  Josh.  10:6.  28  Josh.  10:4.  29 1  Kgs. 20:18.  sol  Sam. 7:3. 
•IPs.  143:8.       82  Ex.  4:3. 


88      •  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  74. 

(1)  the  0  of  Qal  forms  ending  in  a  consonant  usually  becomes  — , 
but  8  before  %  DD'  J?  5 

(2)  the  a  of  Qal  forms  ending  in  a  consonant  is  retained  and 
heightened ; 

(3)  the  e  of  Pf  el  forms  ending  in  a  consonant  becomes  — ,  but  e 
before  iTT,  DDj  D  ;  while  the  i  of  Hiph'il  forms  remains. 

c.  In  reference  to  the  union  of  termination  and  suffix^  that 

(1)  to  verbal  forms  ending  in  a  vowel  the  suffix  is  attached 
directly;  while 

(2)  to  verbal  forms  ending  in  a  consonant,  the  suffix  is  attached 
by  means  of  a  connecting-vowel,  which  is  generally  e,  but  t" 
before  ^,  Q^'  f?  >  ^"^^  ^•>  I'^^^^y  ^^  before  H ; 

(3)  in  pausal  and  emphatic  forms,  suffixes  are  often  attached  to  a 
verbal  form  ending  in  an,  which  under  the  tone  becomes  en,  of 
which  the  J)  is  generally  assimilated. 

Note  1. — This  syllable,  ordinarily  treated  as  a  union-syllable  and 
called  Nun  Epenthetic  or  Demonstrative^  is  really  the  accusative  ending  of 
the  verbal  form  ;  while  e,  the  ordinary  connecting-vowel  heightened  from 
X  {which  is  for  ii),  is  the  nominative  ending. 

Note  2. — In  the  ending  ^^_  (3  m.  sg.)  and  HJl (3/.  sg.),  the  Daghes- 

T    V 

forte  in  ^  is  for  jl,  of  ^H  and  H  respectively,  which  has  been  assimilated 
backward. 
3.  In  the  case  of  Infs,  and  Imv's  with  suffixes^  it  is  to  be  noted  that, 
a.  The  Qal  Infinitive  (construct)  takes 

(1)  before  ^,  QJ,  p?  generally,  the  form  '^tOp  (o) ;  but 

(2)  before  other  suifixes  the  form  *^CODi  the  o,  in  both  cases, 

:  )t 

standing  in  a  half -open  syllable. 

(3)  as  connecting- vowels,  those  used  in  the  inflection  of  nouns. 
Remark  1.— The  Pi'el  Infinitive  shortens  —  to  —  before  Tl,  DD'  ??• 
Remark  2.— The  Infinitive  may  take  either  the  verbal  suffix,  ^^,  or  the 

nominal  suffix  ^__,  the  former  being  the  object,  the  latter,  the   subject 
of  the  Inf. 

6.  The  Qal  Imperative,  taking  the  connecting-vowel  of  the  Impf., 

(1)  in  the  2  m.  sg.,  follows  the  analogy  of  the  Infinitive ; 

(2)  in  the  2  m.  pi.,  suffers  no  change  ; 

(3)  in  the  2/  pi,  has  the  form  t?t^O  instead  of  tlHtDD* 

■  ]•  T  :  -I  |: 

Remark  1. — The  Imperative  in  ^  retains  and  lengthens  the  a,  as  does 
the  Imperfect. 

Remark  2.— In  the  Hiph'il,  the  form  ^"^tDpTl  is  used  instead  of '?t?Pil 
Note.— The  Participles,  before  suffixes,  are  treated  like  nouns. 


?  75.]  BY  AK  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

75,    General  View  of  the  Strong  Verb. 


89 


Mood  or 
Tense. 

1.           2. 

Qal.    Niph'^1. 

3.           4.             5. 

Pfel.    Pii'al.  mthp^el. 

6.            7. 
Hiph'il.  Hoph'al. 

Perfect 
(3  m.  sg.) 

^Dpi    '^LJp^ 

^t?p2  '^•^jp  *7??pjnrT3 

'^''topn 

"^m 

Imperfect 
(3  m.  sg.) 

Imperative 

'7bp!^  b^p\ 
^bp   *7DprT 

':'??pD 

^m 

Infinitive 
Absolute 

^bp   '^bp.T 

"ib^^J  '^bp    wanting 

'^toprr 

^??P0 

Infinitive 
Construct 

"1^:^^^   ^t?prr 

'^Dp  want'g  ^cgpnn 

'^'Ppn 

'^^PO 

Participle 
Active 

^bip 

*?C5pO          *7C3pnD 

*7^PpD 

Participle 
Passive 

^itop  ^Dp^ 

'^Dpp 

'^^p? 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  Qal  is  the  simple  verb-stem  (§  58.). 

2.  The  Niph'al  has  in  every  form  the  letter  ^ ;  this  letter,  however,  is 
assimilated  and  represented  by  Daghes-fortc  in  the  Imperfect,  Imperative, 
and  Infinitives  (§  61.). 

3.  The  Pi'el  has  everywhere  (1)  the  vowel  ^=-  under  the  first  radical  (ex- 
cept in  the  Perfect),  and  (2)  a  Daghes-forte  characteristic  in  the  second 
radical  (?  59.  1). 

4.  The  Pii'al  has  everywhere  (1)  the  vowel  ~  under  the  first  radical, 
and  (2)  a  Daghes-forte  characteristic  in  the  second  radical  (?  59.  3). 

5.  The  Hithpa'el  is  the  same  as  the  Pi'el  (except  in  the  Perfect)  with 
the  syllable  r\T\  prefixed  [I  59.  5). 

6.  The  Hlph'il  has  in  all  forms  (except  the  Perfect)  the  vowel—  under 
the  preformative  (§  60.  1). 

7.  The  Hoph'^l  has  in  all  forms  the  vowel  8  (or  ii)  under  the  preformor 
tive  [I  60.  3). 


1  Cf.  also  the  Middle  E  and  Middle  O  forms,  '7tDP,  VDj5. 

2  Cf .  also  the  form  with  original  --  in  the  ultima,  S^D. 

8  Cf.  also  the  form  with  original  ---  in  the  ultima,  ^^apnn. 

*  Cf .  also  the  forms  with  ---  and  -■-,  "7Dp\  ^t3p\ 

s  Cf .  also  the  form  used  as  a  Jussive,  and  with  Waw  Consecutive,  7Mp\ 

6  Cf.  also  the  form  which  is  based  on  the  Perfect  stem,  SbpJ. 

1  Cf.  also  the  form  with  -  ^^flp  which  is  frequently  substituted  for  Vl3p. 


90  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  76. 

76.    The  Most  Common  Strong  Verbs. 

[In  the  following-  list,  Q.*  designates  a  Qal  with  a  in  the  Imperfect  and  Imperative; 
Pi.*  designates  a  Pi'el  with  a  in  the  Perfect  3  m.  sg.] 

(1)  1^  (Q.)^  ^ea?  treacherously;  (2)  '^l^  (Ni.  Hi.)  Divide;  (3)  C^p^ 
(Pi.  Pii.)  ^Seek;  (4)  ^^'2  (Q.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.)  Boil;  (5)  '^-j^  (Q.*  Pi.  Pu.  Hi. 
Hithp.)  Be  great;  (6)  V|  (Q-  Ni.)  T^ear  away;  (7)  'r'aj  (Q-)  i>ea?  icell  or 
ill  with;  (8)  D^l  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pu.  Hithp.)  Steal;  (9)  pj-l  (Q.*  Pu.  Hi.  Ho.) 
Cleave  to;  (10)  \yi  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.2  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Speak;  \\l)  ^y]  (Q.  Ni.) 
Tread,  seek;  (12)  ^DJ  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Remember;  (13)  ^Dt  (Q.  Ni.  PI)  Sing; 
(14)  Ipr  (Q.*  Hi.)  Be  old;  (15)  [^^  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Secrete;  (16)  ^J^  (Q.* 
Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  heavy i  (17)  D5p  (Q-  Pi.  Pu.  Hothp.)  ^Wash; 
(18)  D'PD  (Ni.  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  ashamed;  (19)  "I^D  (Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.  Nithp.3) 
Cover;  (20)  "^^'^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.)  StumUe;  (21)  ^HS  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.) 
Write;   (22)  J^^D'^'^  (Q-*  Pu.  Hi.)  Put  on;    (23)  ^"2^  (Q.  Ni.  Hithp.)  Cop- 

-    T  -    T 

tiire;  (24)  lO^  (Q.*Pi.*Pii.)  Learn;  (25)  Dp'?  (Q.  Pi-  Pu.  Hithp.)  Gather; 
(26)  n:)D  (Q.'^Ni.  Hithp.)  >SeZZ;    (27)  0*7^  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Escape; 

-    r  -  T 

(28)  Tj'pD  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  king;  (29)  ^[£^'0  (Q-  Ni.  Pii.)  Prolong;  (30) 
'?^1?  (Q^  Hi.)  Rule;  (31)  ^^p  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.  m.)  Close;  (32)  rjDD  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.) 
Sustain;  (33)  I^D  (Q-  Ni.)  J[foMr?i;  (34)  ^^D  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Number; 
(35)nnp  (Q.*Ni.'^Pi.  Pu.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Conclal;  (36)  D^^S  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.) 
Escape;  (37)  lp|)  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pu.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.  Hothp.)  Visit;  (38)  t^WB 
(Q.*  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Strip  off;  (39)  p^V  (Q.*  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  right- 
eous; (40)  |5^  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Conceal;  (41)  n5p  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Bury;  (42) 
Dip  (Pi.  HiJ  Be  before;  (43)  tiHp  (Q.*Ni.  Pi.*Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  holy; 
(44)  '^Vp  (Q.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  wroth;  (45)  IZ^p  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.)  Bind, 
conspire]  (46)  p^  (Q.*  Hi.)  Crouch;  (47)  uS  (Q.*  Hi.  Hithp.)  Tremble; 
(48)  '^^n  (Q.  Pi.  Tiph'el)*  Tread,  spy;  (49)  ^D^  (Q.*  Hi.)  i?ic?e;  (50)  '?5^ 
(Q.  Pi.  Hi.)  ^e  wise;  (51)  "IDC^  (Q.  Ni.  Hithp.)  Hire;  (52)  ^D^f^'  (Q.  Ni. 
Pi.*  Hi.  Ho.)  Break  in  pieces;  (53)  nj^'  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Cease,  rest;  (54) 
tp^  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.)  Overflow;  (55)  '^b^'  (Q.*  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  bereaved;  (56) 
D3l^'(Hi.)  Rise  early;  (57)  Tj^^' (Hi.  Ho.)  Cast,send;  (58)  nW  (Ni.  Hi.) 
Destroy;  (59)  IDtJ^'  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hithp.)  Keep;  (60)  '?i3tr  (Q-*  Hi.)  Become 
Zow;;  (61)  tOptf^'  (Q.  Hi.)  ^e  gme^;  (62)  t^^JT}  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.)  Catch. 

1  Ordinarily  with  o  in  Impf.,  but  with  a,  Mai.  2:10. 

2  Generally  n2"l,  in  pause  1^1. 

3  The  Nithpa'el  is  a  rare  stem,  passive  of  Hithpa'eL 
<  The  Tiph'el  is  a  rare  stem. 


XI.    Tlie  W^eak  Verl>. 

n.    Weak  Verbs. 

1.  ar;;  (2:24);  TjDn  (3:24);  r|n5  (1:28);  f]ir)  (1:2);  H'pC^  (3:22);  ^2^' (3:8). 

2.  rn:i  (1:17);  ;;£0J  (2:8);  ^^^  (4:6);  DDD  (2:11);  ^^H  (3:22);  W(3:14). 

It  t  t  -t  — t  — t 

3.  1DK  (1:3);  '^rjN  (2:16);  nt:^>  (4:16) /or  "y^^  ;  n^^»  (2:8);  ^£0*  (4:7). 

~T  T  .-T  -T-T  "T 

^W[^-l^)\  nit:^' (3:19);  fl^D  (3:3);  0*^^(2:8);  i^n^l  (1:1);  Nnp(l:5); 
NyD(2:20);  n'?;^  (2:6)/or  1^;;;  HNn  (1:4) /or  INI ;  HJlD  (4:1)  /or 

TT  TT  ~TTT  "T  t|t 

Weak  verbs  (?  56. 2)  may  be  classified,  according  to  the  character  of  the 
weak  consonant  or  consonants  which  they  contain,  as, 

1.  Guttural;  these  are  called 

a.  Pe  ('£3)  Guttural,  when  the/rs«  radical  is  a  guttural  (§  78.). 

h.  'Ayin  ('J^)  Guttural,  when  the  second  radical  is  a  guttural  [l  SO.). 

c.  Lamedh  C'^)  Guttural,  when  the  third  radical  is  a  guttural  (§  82.). 

2.  Contracted;  these  are  called 

a.  Pe  Nun  [V'^),  when  the  first  radical  is  ^  (§  84.). 
h.  'Ayin  Doubled  (^"J^),  when  the  second  and  third  radicals  are 
alike  [I  8G.). 

3.  Quiescent;  these  are  called 

a.  Pe  'Aleph  (}»5"f3),  when  the  first  radical  is  }»{  and  is  quiescent 
(§  88.). 

h.  Pe  Waw  (V'£3),  when  the  first  radical  was  originally  1  {I  90.). 

c.  Pe  Yodh  (^"£3),  when  the  first  radical  was  originally  *  (§  92.). 

(^.  'Aym  Waw  or  'Ayin  Yodh  (V'J/  or  ^"J^),  when  the  second  radical 
is  1  or  ^  m  04,  9G.). 

e.  Lamedh  'Aleph  (J^"'?),  when  the  third  radical  is  K  (?  98.). 

/.  Lamedh  He  (n"*?)^  when  the  third  radical,  1  or  ♦,  is  supplanted 
by  the  vowel-letter  ,1  (?  100.). 

Note  1. — These  technical  terms  are  derived  from  the  verb  '^J^S. 
which  was  formerly  used  as  a  paradigm-word ;  £)  =  first,  ^  =  second^  ^ 
=  third. 

Note  2.— A  single  verb-stem  may,  of  course,  have  the  peculiarities 
of  two  or  even  three  classes. 


92  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  78, 

78.    Verbs  '5  Guttural. 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  D.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 

Qalwitho    Qalwitha 
in  Impf.       in  Impf.         ^iph  al.         Hiph'il.         Hoph'al. 


Perf. 

■7^:5? 

'?^:^ 

"^mi 

■^'pji^p 

"^^m 

Impf. 

"rbi^;. 

■'^i^.v 

'^m- 

'^'m^. 

">m:. 

TlDT. 

'7m 

■^^Jl^ 

•^tjj/p 

"^mp 

Inf.  abs. 

"TSm 

•710;; 

■^bj^P' 

'7mr\ 

'^m?:} 

Inf.  const. 

'?bi? 

'i^Z 

'?t?;ep 

■^'pj^j";! 

"^^m 

Part.  act. 

'?oy 

"^m 

■^'pj^p 

Part.  pass. 

■^itaj; 

"T^m 

'??:^^.. 

b^!^ 

1.  to:^.^];  ni^nip)  (i-s);  K3ii}st  (3:10);  ^5k;.(6:21);  t]5n;,2 

2.  a.  frDI^|];  n'?J^M2:6);  iDI^n  (4:12);  -Drj;^^_(2:24);  lt:^i;;_(3:7). 

h.  L'^Dj^^;.;  ^Di^;i;  ^^Dj^H];  ptn*. (41:56);  p§r7^;3  '?irri-);4  pnnn;'' 

n^5i^in  (47:21);  5w« -n>T  (1-29);  rr.^.f7^M31:32);  r]bH,^(29:22). 

3.  a.  nitri?;  (2:4);  i^l?^  (2:5);  !^|^^^^  (2:17);  nnn^t  (3:17);  UnpT  (4:25); 

nt?^;?  (6:14);  ^f2i^^  whence  i^^^  (1:22);  ^':)i^  (47:24);  f|bN»« 
6.  rrtrj;p.(l:26);  ntrj;|^^(2:18);  [':'D;i^n];  seea?soo6ove,2.a.i. 

c.  -iDm  (2:9);  ^^HH;^  nBn:);^  ijin^^  rrDtrn^  (i5:6). 

T    :   V  -  :     V  I  -    :  V  :   -         t  j  .•  :      :  - 

^-  'irr;!pnM4:8);  ^n5i;;_ (27:29);  n5I?;_  (37:28);  1D$iW 

^-  i^lPI^^''  ^^^  i?l5l^ni;^<^  ^Djst^.  (29:22)  twniDpKyi 

Verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities (§  42.  1-3):— 

1.  The  guttural  refuses  to  he  doubled;  hence  the  Daghes-forte,  repre- 
senting y  in  the  Niph'al  Impf.,  Imv.,  and  Infs,  is  rejected,  and  the 
preceding  -r-  heightened  to  -^  (even  before  H). 

2.  The  guttural  prefers  before  it  the  guttural  or  a-class  vowels;  hence 
a.  In  the  Qal  Impf.  with  o,  and  in  the  Qal  Impf.  of  verbs  tl"^ 

(§  100.),  the  original  a  of  the  preformative  is  restored ;  while 

1  The  form  ^b)li  is  also  common. 

2  Ex.  14: 5.       3  Ex.  7: 15.       <  Ruth  1:18.       sDt.  22:25.       «  Num.  21: 16.       » Lev.  8:7. 
«  Ex.  7:17.       9P8.31:9.       ioNum.3:6.       a  Ex.  4:29. 


I  79.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  93 

h.  In  the  Qal  Impf.  with  — ,  in  the  Niph'al  Perf.  and  Part.,  and  in 
the  Hiph'il  Perf.,  the  preformative  vowel  (i)  is  deflected,  under  the  influ- 
ence of  the  following  guttural,  to  e. 

Remark  1. — A  few  cases  occur  of  forms  like  '^tDJ^^  or  ^bJ^^ 

Remark  2.— The  ,*1  and  ft  of  tlTl  and  n^pT  do  not  affect  a  preceding 
Y,  which  stands  with  them  in  a  closed  syllable. 
3.  The  guttural  prefers  compound  to  simple  S'wa ; 

a.  When  the  first  radical  would  be  initial  and,  according  to  the 
inflection  of  the  strong  verb,  would  have  a  simple  S'wa  (half -vowel),  it 
takes  instead  -^,  or,  particularly  in  the  case  of  K,  — . 

h.  When  the  first  radical  would  be  medial,  and,  according  to  the 
inflection  of  the  strong  verb,  would  close  a  syllable  (i.  e.,  have  under  it  a 
syllable-divider),  it  receives,  in  order  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation,  an 
inserted  compound  S'wa,  which  always  corresponds  to  the  preceding 
vowel ;  thus,  —  ^■,  —  —,  —  —  (o). 

c.  Very  frequently,  however,  the  strong  gutturals  are  allowed  to  close 
a  syllable,  no  compound  S'wa  being  inserted. 

d.  When,  in  inflection,  a  compound  S'wa  would  come  to  stand  before 
a  simple  S'wa,  as  when  vowel-additions  are  made  to  a  word,  the  compound 
S'wa  is  changed  to  its  corresponding  short  vowel,  and  the  syllable  thus 
formed  is  half-open  (§  26,  4). 

e.  The  combination  —  ~  very  frequently  becomes  —  ^^,  when,  in 
inflection,  the  tone  is  removed  to  a  greater  distance. 

Note.— The  H  and  H  of  ^^'^  and  n^H  have  a  syllable-divider  (—), 

T    T  T  T 

according  to  c  (above),  when  medial  and  vowelless ;  but  a  half-vowel  (^), 
when  initial  and  without  a  full  vowel. 

79,    The  Most  Common  '£3  Guttural  J/erbsa 

[In  the  following  list  those  with  the  Qal  indicated  by  Q.  have  for  their  Imperfect 
a  form  like  '7b;;;;  Q-*  indicates  an  Imperfect  like  blD}^^J  Q.+,  like  VD;r;;.Q.**,  like 
Sp;^' ;  Q.++,  like  hhy^  or  Sbj^';  Hi.  indicates  a  Perfect  like  ^'Pi^H.  'but  Hi.*,  like 
^'t?i^n;  Ni..  a  Perfect  like  Sd^J,  hut  NI.*,  like  Sp^.^l 

(1)  b^^  (Q.*  Ht.  mthp.)  Mourn.  (2)  |^DN  (Q-*  P^-  HI  Htthp.)  Be  estab- 
lished. (3)  f]pN  (Q-tt  Nt.  H.  Pu.  Hithp.)  Gather,  (4)  ^DN  (Q-tt 
m.*  Pii.)  Bind.  (5)  Ut'^  (Q**  Ni.*  Hi.*)  Be  guilty,  destroy.  (6) 
rign  (Q-  Ni.*  Ho.  Hithp.)  Overturn;  (7)  IDfl  (Q.  "Pi-  (with  ult.  a) 
Pii.  'hi.*  Hithp.)  Join;  (8)  tT'Dr?  (Q-  Q  *  I^«  P^-)  ^^'^^'  ^ird;  (9)  ^T} 
(Qt.)    Gird;    (10)  *7in  (Q  **  Hi.) '  Cea^e;    (11)  prH  (Q.*  P^.  (with  ult.  a) 

iln  5101Z)  will  he  found  the  most  common  '3  guttural  verbs  which  are  also  n«7. 


04  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  80. 

m.  Hithp.)  Be  strong;  (12)  DDIl  (Q**  Pi.  Pii.  IK*  Hithp.)  Be 
wise;  (13)  Cptl  (Q.  Pi.  HI)  C/ian^e;  (14)  y^H  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  Draw 
out;  (15)  p'pn  (Q.  Ni.*  Pi.  Pu.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Distribute;  (16)  ^^DH  (Q-t) 
Fitij,  spare;  (17)  j^^H  (Q-t  Q.**)  Delight;  (18)  3^0  (Q-t  Ni.*  Pii.  Hi.) 
i>^>;  (19)  npn  (Q.t  Ni.*  Pi.)  >^earc^;  (20)  D^H  (Q-t  Ni.*Pi.  (withult.  a) 
Hithp.)  Think,  impute;  (21)  r^\^tl  (Q-t  Ni.*)  Withhold;  (22)  Diirr 
(Q.t  Ni.*  Pi.  Hi.*)  Seal;  (23)  l^j;  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.)  Serve;  (24) 
•^51^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  (with  ult.  a)  Hi.  Hithp.)  Pass  over;  (25)  ^^  (Q.  Ni. 
Fu.)  Abandon;  (26)  "It;;  (Q.  Q-t  Ni.  Hi.*)  Assist;  (27)  nOj;  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.^ 
Stand;  (28)  n^jj  (Q-t  Ni.*)  Restrain;  (29)  p^';;  (Q.  Pii.)  Oppress. 


50.    Verbs  y  Guttural 

[For  full  Inflection,  see  Paradigm  E.] 
TABULAR   VIEW. 

Qal.      Niph'al.  Pi'el  (1).  Pii'al  (1).  Pi'el  (2).  Pii'al  (2).  Hithpa'el. 

Perf.           *7Np     '?Np^     ^Np       biip 
Impf.          ^i<p^    ':)5<p>     %p^     ^JCp^ 
Imv.            ^Np     *7NprT    *7Kp 

Inf.  abs.  ^^^}p  ^^^p^^  ^Np 

Inf.  const.  ^Kp     '^Kprr    ^Kp 

"^^npr 
*?rTp 

'?np    "^Nprin 
'^npl    '7i<pn' 
"^^pn^ 

Part,  act    ^^p                   ^^tpp 

Part.  pass.  ^?l{<p    «7Kp^                   ^^^pf^ 

*?r7p? 

^npp 

1. «.  njiJ3;i  i^'?n;i.;2  D]:i^Kp;3  but  also  i7m\^  ii<y,'  fN^;^  ^inan 

(1:22);  t^'ni^l  (3:24);'  nt^'n;!  (4:14);  tj^g  (28:6);  Tji^V^ 

^'.  n^rrip  (i:2);  >ripni(6:f);  nn^(6:i7);  ?)Dn^/  fn';);^  nnfoni^o 
nn;;5i;ii  ^^iidj;^^'  i;?5V.''  onin^  (45:i3);  ini2\  me). 
2.  a. nn^^i* b^:^r\',^' ^:;y -^^bi^} ;^^ *?Jit5!^V« iiin (34:i9); orr^^^ 
^'.  ^Dq(jr";2o  ?i:)j;;ip;2i  ^onp_;22  ^p^^v;''  '3N|?^';'*  '^inp;^^  ^':'K^> 
c.  ^^^^■;27  i;,j^^.28  «:)K|t;29  nn^n  (6:11);  I'^y-,^^  nrro^  (i8:6). 

3.  ^41pj;3  ;12  jji^pi^j  .30  cf.  also  the  words  cited  under  2.  b, 

iDeut.  1:5.       a  Mai.  1:7.       a  Ex.  16:38.       4Ps.  109:10.  6  Lam.  2:7.      6  Num.  16:30. 

?  3  Sam.  7:29.     sisa.  40:1.     9Prov.30:13.     lo  Gen.  35:3.  n  Deut.  13:6.     12  Deut.  32:31. 

"IKgs.  U:10.      14  Gen.  13:11.      is  Ruth  4:4.      leEx.  3:3,  n  Ruth  4:6.      is  Deut.  4:32. 

19  Mai.  3:19.       20  Ex.  13:31.       ai  Gen.  45:17.       22lsa.  40:1.  23  Jer.  23:20.      24Nah.3:14. 

»l8a.47:3.      ae  Jer.  48:19.      87  Josh.  15:18.      aa  Ruth  4:4.  as  Lev.  35:30.     so  Ex.  16:16. 


i  81.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  95 

Verbs,  whose  second  radical  is  a  guttural,  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities (§  42.  1-3):— 

1.  TJie  guttural  refuses  to  he  doubled;  but 

a.  While  in  the  case  of  J^  (generally),  and  of  *1  (always),  the  preced- 
ing vowel  is  heightened  (a  to  a,  i  to  e,  ii  to  o), 

b.  In  the  case  of  the  stronger  gutturals,  viz.,  ]^  (prevailingly),  Jl  and 
(1  (almost  always),  the  preceding  vowel  is  retained  short  in  a  half -open 
syllable,  the  doubling  being  implied  (§  42.  1.  b). 

Note  1. — Heightening  of  ii  to  o  in  the  Pii'al  takes  place  frequently 
in  verbs  which  retain  the  i  or  a  of  the  Pi'el. 

Note  2.— In  a  few  verbs,  especially  those  with  J»J,  the  vowel  is  height- 
ened in  some  parts  of  the  inflection,  but  in  other  parts  retained. 

Note  3. — The  vowel  which  is  heightened  on  account  of  the  rejection 
of  Daghes-forte  is  unchangeable. 

2.  The  guttural  prefers  the  guttural  or  a-class  vowels;  this  is  seen 

a.  In  the  occurrence  of  a,  after  the  guttural,  in  the  Qal  Impf.  and 
Imv.,  rather  than  o,  even  in  Active  verbs ;  and  sometimes  in  the  Pi'el 
Perf.,  rather  than  e. 

b.  In  the  occurrence  of  a,  before  the  guttural,  in  the  Qal  Imv.  fern, 
sg.  and  masc.  plur. ;  this  a  arising  from  ~7~  is  in  a  half-open  syllable. 
But  it  is  to  be  noted  that 

c.  In  the  Qal  Inf.  const.,  the  usual  o  remains  unchanged;  and  like- 
wise the  ultimate  e  in  the  Niph'al  and  Pi'el  Imperfects. 

3.  The  guttural  prefers  compound  to  simple  §'wa ;  this  is  seen  in  the 
almost  universal  occurrence  of  ~  under  the  second  radical  instead  of  t 
(half -vowel). 

Note  1. — No  Yfel  Inf.  abs.  of  an  '^  guttural  verb  occurs  ;  there  is 
always  substituted  for  it  the  form  of  the  Inf.  const. 

Note  2. — As  a  matter  of  fact,  the  guttural  exerts  less  influence  on  a 
following  than  on  a  preceding  vowel. 

81.    The  Most  Common  y  Guttural  Verbs. 

[In  the  following  list  Q.*  indicates  an  Imperfect  like  bj^D"'.;   PI.*,   Pu.*  and 
Hithp.*  indicate  that  in  these  stems  Daghes-forte  Is  implied.] 

(1)  *7N|  (Q.  NY.  PI  Pii.  m.  Hithp.)  Redeem;  (2)  fND  (Pi-)  Refuse; 
(3)  "im  (Q.  Ni.  PI*  Hi.)  Ash;    (4)  '^r\'2  (Nl  Pi.*  Pu.  Hi.)  Confound; 

-      T  ~     T 

(5)  nntO  (Q.  Pi  *  Pu.  Hithp.*)  Be  dean;  (6)  "inO  (Q.  Nf-  Pi  *)  Hasten; 
(7)'7np  (Ni.  Hi.)   Congregate;  (8)  ira  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.*)   Choose;  (9)  in^ 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[?82. 


(NI  Pi*  Hi.)  Hide;  (10)  uril  (Q-  Ni.)  Fight;  (11)  IflB  (Q.  Pi*  Hi.) 
Tremble;  (12)  yTS  (Q.  Ni.  HI)  ^e  enlarged;  (13)  Dfl'1  (Pi  *  Pu-*)  Have 
mercy;  (14)  j^n-J  (Q.  Pu.*  Hithp.)  Wash;  (15)  pm/(Q.  Pi.*  Hi.)  Be 
far  off;  (16)  pH^  (Q.  PI*  Hi.)  Laugh;  (17)  tOH^'  (Q-  Ni.)  Kill; 
(18)  nW  (Ni.  Pi*  Hi.  Ho.)  Destroy;  (19)  ^^/^(Q.  Pi.*Pu.Hi.)  Con- 
mme;  (20)  DI?3  (Q-  Pi-*  Hi.)  Trovohe;  (21)  '^'^_^  (Q.)  i)o;  (22)  pj;^ 
(Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  ^Cry;  (23)  Tj^^  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hitlip.)  Bless;  (24)  ^^^ 
(Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Drive  out;  (25)  pnr  (Q.*Pii.)  Sprinlde;  (26)  fj^D  (Q.* 
NY.  Pu.)  Tear,  rend;  (27)  HID  (Q.*'Ni.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.)  Cut;  (28)  ^TSB  (Q. 
NI  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Separate,  divide;  (29)  p|)  (Q.*Ni.  Pii.  Hithp.) 
Break  forth;  (30)  t^^nS  (Q-*  Ni.  Pi.)  ^i^rea^  ow^;  (31)^]^^  (Q.*Ni.  Pi.) 
i?^/ne;  (32)  T\\>  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.*  Hi.)  Draw  near;  (33)  Cj^b^  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.) 
Bum;  (34)  pTS^^f  (Pi-)  Mini&ter. 


82.    Verbs  '^  Guttural. 


[Tor 

full  Inflection, 

see  Paradigm  F.l 

TABULAR  VIEW. 

Qal. 

Niph'^1. 

Pi'el. 

Hiphii. 

Hithpa'el. 

Perf. 

h^P 

HDp^ 

m\> 

n^^pn 

m'p.rs'n 

Impf. 

^^\>' 

niDp! 

m\>\ 

rr^Pp! 

rriDpn^ 

ImT. 

W\> 

HDprr 

m\> 

n^pn 

n^pnn 

Inf.  abs. 

nitop 

D^p^ 

DI9p 

D??pD 

Inf.  const. 

h£Op 

n^pn 

m\> 

rr^pprr 

HDpnrr 

Part. 

act. 

W\> 

Dt?pO 

n^Ppo 

DDpnp 

Part. 

pass. 

mtop 

fiDp:) 

1.  a.  npV^  (2:5);  \^B\  (2:7);  );^^  (2:8);   rT'7?^>  (3:22);  h'p^^ 

&.  y-jV   (41:31);    ;r5^>  (31:53);    \^p^r^\^    Vh^ \^    m\  (12:17); 
rh^;\  (8:7);    n^ti^'i*  n^'?^'  [M.]  (8:10);   HDV!  (2:9);   ;;3tf^!  (50: 

25);  j;^irr;5  j;-iirr;«  mi^^;^  i;*!J5nn  (45:i); 

J5i.«c/::  j;ir  (1:29);   j;iM3:5);   njrp;^  J[;5ntf^'P;^  «^^  fl^P^i^^ 

nn§;^i  n5^n;i2  ^^gt^/njia  rr'pprr.i* 

iEx.4:4.  2lSam.4:19.  3Ex.9:7.  4  Ex.  4:23.  6jer.31:7.  eProv.  9:9. 
T  Dan.  11: 40.  8lKgs.3:3.  91  Sam.  21: 15.  ioDeut.22:7.  iilsa.58:6.  i2lsa.7:ll. 
u  Ex.  13 :  19.  M  Ezek.  16 : 4. 


{  82.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  97 

c.  i;ntj2  (1:11);  n^r2'4r)  msy,  ^y^  ninsj^  nhsi^    tf?'^-,^ 
ni7m;'  nh^"?;^  nm'^f  l?T.;'  J^?^^'  ilp:i;''  rhi^^k^"- 

[See  also  the  cases  cited  above,  in  fourth  and  fifth  lines  under  h.] 

d.  r):;y;P  r}n\p;}^  t^np_i^'}'  r}:;'^^n-}'  nn^pn-^^ 

2.  n:inp«Dn  0:7);  ^nirOtr'  (3:10);  ^D^y  (4:9);  nHp"?  (3:19). 

^n|?^V'  '^n^ti^';!^  ^rt^ti^"?;''  'qn^^"^  (26:29). 

Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  a  guttural  exhibit,  according  to  §  42.  1-3, 
the  following  peculiarities : — 

1.  TJie  guttural  prefers  the  guttural  or  a-class  vowels;  this  is  seen 
a.  In  the  occurrence  of  S,  before  the  guttural,  in  the  Qal  Impf.  and 

Imv.  (where  a  was  a  collateral  form),  rather  than  o,  even  in  active  verbs. 

h.  In  the  restoration  of  e  to  the  original  stem-vowel  a  (§62.  K  2) 

in  all  Niph.,  Pi.,  Hiph.,  and  Hithp.  forms  except  Inf's  abs.,  and  Participles. 

c.  In  the  insertion  of  a  Path^h-f^rtive  (§  42.  2.  d)  before  a  final  gut- 
tural when  the  latter  is  preceded 

(1)  by  a  naturally  long  vowel,  ^ ,  ),  or  i,  or 

(2)  by  a  vowel  essential  to  the  form,  as  o  in  the  Q^l  Inf.  construct ; 

(3)  by  the  tone-long  e,  which  is  retained  in  pause  and  also  in  the 
Inf  s  abs.  and  Part's,  because  they  are  really  nominal  forms. 

d.  In  the  insertion  of  a  helping-vowel,  viz.,  Pathah,  under  the  gut- 
tural, in  the  2/  sg.  of  the  various  Perfects. 

2.  The  guttural  prefers  compound  to  simple  S'wa ;  but  this  prefer- 
ence is  indicated  only  before  pronominal  suffixes ;  the  simple  S'wa  (syl- 
lable-divider) being  retained  under  the  third  radical  wherever  in  ordinary 
inflection  the  strong  verb  would  have  it. 

Note  1. — The  Niph'al  Inf.  abs.  is  HfDp^  following  the  analogy  of 
the  Perfect  stem,  rather  than  that  of  the  Imperfect  (§  70.  1.  R.  1). 

Note  2. — The  Pi'el  Inf.  abs.  and  Inf.  const,  are  the  same  (cf.  the  '^ 
guttural  verb  §  80.  3.  N.  1),  except  that  the  former,  being  treated  as  a 
noun,  retains  the  ~^  and  takes  Pathah-furtive. 

Note  3. — Verbs  with  jl  (i-  e.,  H  with  Mappiq)  as  their  third  radical 
are  ''^  guttural,  and  are  carefully  to  be  distinguished  from  verbs  with  the 
vowel-letter  H  (§  100.).20 

IPs.  97:11.  2  Num.  19:15.  sDeut.  15:8.  <  Num.  22:37.  6Esth.3:13. 

•  Isa.  45:1.  7  Ps.  106:5.  sDeut.  21:4.  slSam.  1:13.  iojob28:10.  nEx.5:2. 
12  1  Kgs.  2: 15.  13  Ezek.  22: 12;  cf.  1  Kgs.  14:3.  u  Isa.  17: 10;  cf.  Jer.  13:25. 

15  Ezek.  27:33.  w  Ezek.  16:4.  n  Jer.  28:15.  is  1  Sam.  21:3.  i9  Deut.  15:18. 

20  The  following  is  a  list  of  these  verbs:  nnj  he  high;  r\D3  long  for;  HHO  (in 
Hithpalpel)  delay;  njj  shine;  HDJ^  be  astonished. 


98  '    ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?§  83,  84. 

83.    The  Most  Common  '^  Guttural  Verbs. 

(1)  HD^  (Q.  Hi.)  Be  Ugh;  (2)  HtOln  (Q-  Hi.)  Trust;  (3)  VCT^  (Q.  Ht.) 
Flee;  {^)  T^'^l  (Q-  Pi.)  Sacrifice;  (5)  H^'D  (Q-  Ni.)  ^nom^;  (6)  rb^  (Q- 
Ni.)  i^or^ii;e/(7)  niB  (Q.  Hi.)  Flourish;  ^(8)  n^}  (Q-  ^-  I^i-  P^-)  ^^«2/; 
(9)  n'?^'  (Q.  Ni.  Yi.  Pii.  Hi.)  /^enrf;  (10)  flO^  (Q-  Pi-  Hi.)  7?eioice;  (11) 
)!h'2  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hitlip.)  Swallow;  (12)  ;;p3  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho. 
Hithp.)  Cleave;  (13)  ^TJJD  (Ni.  Hi.)  Be  humbled;  (14)  J/HD  (Q.  Hi.)  i?e7ic/ 
<Ae  hnee;  (15)  ^^JO  (Q-  Ni.)  Withhold;  (16)  ;;4£)  (Q.  Hi.)  Meet,  touch;  (17) 
j;^'|)  (Q.  Ni.)  Transgress;  (18)  ^^^j^  (Q.  ^i.)  Rend;  (19)  ^T^'^  (Q.  Hi.) 
Be  wicked;  (20)  ;;3b^  (Q.  Pi.  Hi.)  Satisfy;  (21)  ;?5»^'  (Q.Ni.  Hi.)  Swear; 
(22)  ;;J5^'  (Q.  Ni.  Pi^'m.)  Hear;  (23)  mT\  (Q.  Ni.)  ^^riA^e,  &?om). 

88b.    Verbs  Containing  Two  Gutturals. 

[In  the  verbs  '£)  guttural  of  the  following  list,  Q.  indicates  a  Qal  Impf .  like  SdJ^"'  ; 

Q.*  like  bp;^;.;  Q.++,  like  h^D;;;;..]  "^ 

(1)  T\^  (Q.tt  Pi.  Hi.)  i^ie  in  ambush;  (2)  Tj'IK  (Q-*  Hi.)  Prolong;  (3) 
:inrr  (Q.  M.  Pii.)  mU;  (4)  D")n  (Q-  Q-tt  Ni.  PD  ^rmA;  down;  (5)  3*111 
(Q.*  Ni.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  dried  up;  (6)  n^n  (Q-*  Hi.)  Tremble;  (7)  0^11 
(Hi.  Ho.)  Devote,  destroy;  (8)  r]nil  (Q-*  Ni.  Pi.)  Reproach;  (9)  trnPT  (Q. 
Ni.  Pi.)  Cut,  engrave;  (10)  ^^T^  (Q.""  Hi.  Hitlip.)  Be  silent;  (11)  3*11^  (Q. 
Hithp.)  G^ive  security,  pledge;  (12)  Tl");^  (Q.  Hi.)  Arrange;  (13)  tTJ/n  (Q. 
Ni.  Hi.)  Shake;  (14)  J^nj  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.  HI)  Sow. 

84.     Verbs  Pe  Nun  Q"^). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  G.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 

Q.  Impf.  w.  o.  Q.  Impf.  w.  a.        Niph'al.  Hiph'il.         Hoph'al. 

Perf.  ^D^  ^D^  "^m  "^^'W  "^^tDn 

Impf.  *7b^  ^D^  ^^T  '^^D*  *7D* 


ImT. 

*7D^ 

•^D 

^tpin 

'^ton 

Inf.  abs. 

T 

T 

*?b:irr 

'^'^D 

Inf.  const. 

■^bJ 

n'?£? 

'^Diin 

*7^Dr? 

Part.  act. 

'?DJ 

*?ipi 

^^DD 

*7C2)rr 


Part.  pass.       *71£0^  ^1t3^  *?tO^  ^DD 


i  84.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  99 

1.  «.  nm ;'  niy  ;2  nj^tO  f  ha  d.  ^_01^  (;;d!);  iiy^  (20:6). 

h  tr'J;^  iCr'Jj  (45:4);  H^t?^*  (27:26);  ':f^ -^  yy 

2.  a.  HB^  (2:7);  j;^^  (2:8);  ?i;rj!n  (3:3);  ^HDm  (6:7);  D^Dli;^  (18:2). 

:   •  •     :  J-   •  •   T  • 

h.  T-in(3:ll);  N^ti^H  (3:13);  ^5^(2:21);  D|?M4:15);  ^^.^22:20). 
Remark  l.-Uhy, '}'  )f2t^}'  -^^  ^i<^'^  ',''  n^^  '^'  ct  ^tr^Jn^^^ 
Remark  2.-np^  (2:22);   H^^  (2:15);   tip  (6:21);   Hp'?  ;19  nnp_(4:ll). 
Remark  S.-^riH^  (1:29);  fH^  (1:17);  -fjT)  (14:21);  pH^  (41:43);  nn  (4:12). 

Verbs  whose  first  radical  is  ^  exhibit  the  following  peculiarities : — 

1.  The  loss  of  ^  takes  place  (§  40.  1)  when  initial  and  with  only  a  half- 
vowel  to  sustain  it, 

a.  Generally  in  the  Qal  Inf.  const,  of  verbs  whose  stem-vowel  in  the 
Impf .  and  Imv.  is  a ;  in  this  case  the  fern,  ending  H  is  taken  on  and  the 
form  becomes  a  Segholate. 

b.  In  the  Qal  Imv.  of  verbs  which  have  a  in  the  Imperfect. 

Rem. — The  Qal  Infinitive  and  Imperative  of  verbs  with  o  in  the  Im- 
perfect do  not  often  lose  the  initial  ^. 

2.  The  assimilation  of  ^  takes  place  (§  39.  1)  when,  having  under  it  a 
syllable-divider,  it  closes  a  preformative  syllable, 

a.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect,  and  Niph'al  Perfect  and  Part. 

6.  Throughout  the  Hiph'il  and  Hoph  al. 

Note  1. — The  original  preformative  vowel  ii  appears  in  the  Hoph  al, 
on  account  of  the  sharpened  syllable  (2  36.  6.  a). 

Note  2.— Care  must  be  taken  not  to  confuse  with  verbs  V'Q,  (1)  those 
verbs  V'£3  which  assimilate  ^  (§  90.  4);  (2)  those  J/"J^  forms  which  have 
a  Daghes-forte  (§  86.  2.  R.  1);  and  (3)  the  V';;  Niph'al  Impf.  which  also 
has  Daghes-forte. 

Remark  1.— The  ^  remains  ww-assimilated  in  verbs  '^  guttural,  and 
in  a  few  isolated  instances  besides. 

Remark  2.— The  verb  Hp'?  taJce  treats  ^  like  ^  in  the  Qal  and 
Iloph'al,  but  in  the  Nlfph'al  (np7<5^  *^®  *?  ^^  retained. 

Remark  3.— The  verb  fjlj  is  peculiar  (1)  in  its  Inf.  const,  fljl  (= 

rin  =  P^ri),  which  has  as  its  stem-vowel  i,  (2)  in  the  appearance  of  the 

same  vowel  i  heightened  to  e,  in  the  Imv.  (|ri)  and  Impf.  (fp?),  and  (3)  in 

the  assimilation  of  the  third  radical  in  inflection. 

1  Ex.  34:30.           2  2  Sam.  14:10.           sEccles.  3:3.  4  Num.  4:5.  6  2  Sam.  1:15. 

B  Ex.  3:5.         7  Ps.  144:5.         8lsa.34:4.        9Deut.23:23.  lo  2  Sam.  3:34.  uPs.  34:14. 

J2Ps.  68:7.       13HOS.  10:8.       HJsa.  5:29.       X6jer.  23:31.  w  Lev.  20:10.  "Jer.  61:44. 
w  Isa.  68 :3.       is  Deut.  31 :26. 


100 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


85,  86. 


85.  The  Most  Common  f"£3  1/erbs. 

[In  the  following  list  Q.  designates  those  Qal-stems  which  have  for  the  Impf., 
Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  the  forms  hh\  VdJ.  hb2l  Q*,  those  stems  which  have  hl2\ 
ht2,  rht2 ;  Q.+,  those  stems  which  have  ht3\  ^12,  SbJ ;  Q.+t,  those  stems  which  have 
HtDy  or  h'py.,  i.  e.,  an  unassimilated  J.  More  or  less  variation  as  to  the  form  of  the 
Qal  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  will  be  found  in  these  verbs.  It  is  also  to  be  noted 
that  in  some  only  the  Impf.  occurs;  in  others,  the  Impf.  and  Imv.;  in  others,  only 
the  Impf.  and  Inf.  const.] 

(1)  t]iV^(Q.ttPi.)  Commit  adultery;  (2)  |^^J^(Q.ttPl.Hl.Hlthp.)Z>esp^se,• 
(3)  t03:  (Pi-  Hlf.^  Look;  (4)  b2^  (Q.  Pi.)  WitLr;  (5)  TJl^  (Hi.  Ho.)  Make 
known;  (6)  J/j^  (Q.t  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.)  Touch;  (7)  t]^:  (Q.  Ni.  Hithp.)  Smite; 
(8)  ti^'Jj  (Q.*  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Approach;  (9)  Hl^  (Q-t  Ni.  Pii.  Hi..  Ho.) 
Drive;  m  ^1^  (Q-)  Vow,  (11)  JIH^  (Q.tt  Pi.)  W;  (12) '^m  (Q.tt  Pi. 
Hi.  Ho.  mth^.)  Inherit;  (13)  "jj^^  (Q.t  Ni.)  Plant;  (14)  t^\Q^  (Q.  Ni.  Pii.) 
Spread  out;  (15)  l?^  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Know;  (16)  r]p^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi. 
Ho.)  Pour  out;  (17)  J^p^  (Q-t  Ni.  Hi.)  Depart;  (18)  %i  (Q.  Hi.  Hithp. 
Pii.)  Fall;  (19)  y^^  (Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Stand;  (20)  TO^  (Ni.  Pi.)  Be 
preeminent;  (21)  ^'^^  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Snatch,  deliver;  (22)  ^%^ 
(Q.)  Ohserve,  watch;  ^23)  ^p^  (Q-  Ni.)  Define;  (24)  Dp^  (Q-  M.  Pi.  Ho! 
Hithp.)  Avenge;  (25)  :ib^^  (Hi.)  i?mcA;  (26)  r[^'^  (Q.  Q*Pi.  Hi.)Xe7i^; 
(27)  p^"^  (Q.t  Pi.  Hi.)  Kiss;  (28)  fnp  (Q.^  Ni.  Ho.)  Give;  (29)  ^n^  (Q.  Ni. 
Pi.  Pii.  Ho.)  Break  down;  (30)  pjl^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.)  Draw  out. 

86.  Verbs  'Ayin  Doubled  i^'yi 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  H.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Qal 
Uncontr.    i 

[3ontr. 

Niph'al 
Uncontr.       Contr. 

Hiph'ii 

Uncontr.       Contr. 

Perf. 

totop 

Dp 

(DtDp^) 

^p^. 

(ODpn) 

topn 

Impf. 

{^Dbip"^) 

Dp^orCOp.^2  (j^^jp^) 

top! 

(tDDp!) 

^p: 

Imy. 

(tobp) 

top 

(co^pn) 

Dprr 

(toe)pn) 

^P'7 

Inf.  abs. 

D'IDp 

(Dbpn) 

Dpn 

(toDpn) 

^PO 

Inf.  const. 

id^l?) 

^■p 

(toDpri) 

Dpn 

(DDpn) 

^P'7 

Part.  act. 

Wip 

(tocppp) 

DpQ 

Part.  pass. 

DItOp 

co^p^) 

^p^ 

Hoph'aliPf.  DDpn^ 

=tDpirr;  Impf.  tDtopt= 

tOpV;Part.DDpp= 

DpiD. 

1  Impf.  |J^\  Imv.  tri.  Inf.  const.  JIJI.       2  Or,  in  Statlve  Verbs,  DfV. 


i  86.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  101 

1.  ^n  (3:22)/or  ^^H;  ^Dl^for  il^p* ;  i'^  (6:l)/or  ^^1 ;  nDP/orD^C?:; 

DDnv^^'  omn ;  '^mn  (4:26) /or  'r^'^n.-r, 

-      T*  -    •  -   T    •  T      •  -      • 

h.  ^nrr  {6:i),  not  ^^nn ;  r^pn^  ?io«  n*pn ;  ^p*/,  not  '7^p\ 

2.  a.  DD^i/^OSD^  iNJ^(12:3);  DDJi  l^  ^DJ  i^    '^hn  (9:20) ;  tJ^'Q^io 

T  :     -  T  -  T  T    T  VJT-  •  •  T 

V''  '7^^<;ll  '7nn;i2  xni^^  '?prr;i*  p-iiV^ 

J-T  ••     T  ••     T  ••     T  )••    T  )  -T 

6.  •^rrn  (6:i)/or  '^'pr^n ;  '^np  -^^  2m  •^'^  :;y  (2i:i2).i8 
c.  *:5mn  (4:26)/or'7'7rTn;  ^nirr;^^  niDrii^o  riDiD.^i 

Remark  i.-Dn!;22  2b\P  i\^'f'  Oh'f'  Dbt^;^'  ^1^'  "2^^  UTS^'P 

Remark  2.-DD:  r^  rr:3D:i  ;33  ?ib:!  ;3^  jj'^i  j  ;35  nm  ;3«  njim.^ 

••  T  T-i-  T  -IT  JT  -•  ::-•• 

Remark  S.-^DH  •?^  n^DH  (17:14);  ^^in  ;3^  I^^ID  ;l^:^D!5l7.fi 
Remark  ^.-^'^^  (H^^);   |jrT  (33:5);   Jj^'j^^  (2G'.3);"  h%f?. ,  cf,  a^o  >r^ 
(31:19);  a!}^^43  ?|^t:)-)n  ;44  DDSTH.^^       '"''  '■"''.^'  i'  '.' i'-l  i'-i  i/ 


Verbs  whose  second  and  third  radicals  are  identical  tend  to  unite 
these  radicals  in  a  double  consonant.  This  contraction  of  the  two  radi- 
cals into  one  takes  place  in  all  forms  except  those  which  already  contain 
a  double  radical^^  and  those  forms  of  the  Qal  which  have  a  naturally  long 
vowel.*'^    The  following  peculiarities  result  from  the  contraction : — 

1.  The  stem-vowel,  which,  after  contraction,  stands  with  the  first  radical 
instead  of  the  second,  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  corresponding  form  of 
the  strong  verb  ;  except  that 

a.  In  the  Niph'al  Impf .  and  Imv.,  a  is  found  rather  than  e  ;  and 
h.  In  the  Hiph'il  Perf.,  Impf.,  Inf.  const,  and  Part.,  e,  heightened 
from  i,  is  found  instead  of  i,  anomalously  lengthened  from  i  [l  30.  2.  e). 
Note.— Stative  verbs  have  a  in  the  Qal  Imperfect. 


ilKgs.  7:15.       2  Num.  34:4.       3Ps.68:3.      4  Lev.  11:7.      sJer.  33:23.  6lsa.52:ll. 

7  2Kgs.  16:18.            8  1  Sam.  6:5.            »  2  Sam.  32:27.           lo  Ex.  10:21.  iiDeut.2:36. 

i.iT)eut.  2:24.      13  2  Sam.  5:23.      i4  Jon.  1:5.       is  Ex.  30:36.      lejer.  25:29.  nJer.21:4. 

18  Cf.  also  Sp«  (16:5);  UT\l  (Deut.  19:6);  nn;:  (Isa.  7:8).        is  Isa.  44:20.  20  Jer.  33:21. 

21 1  Kgs.  10 :18!           22  Ps.  30: 13.           23  1  Sam.  5:8.           24  Gen.  24 : 26.  25  Gen.  47:15. 

26  Deut.  9:21.      27  Job  18:16.      28  Ex.  13:18.      29  3  Kgs.  22:4.      so  Ex.  23:21.  si  Deut.  1:44. 

82  1  Sam.  15:9.     ssEzek.  26:2.     34  Amos  3:11.     35  isa.  34:3.     se  Mai.  2:5.  sTjer,  22:23. 

88  Ruth  1:20.  39  Ex.  5:23.  40  Isa.  9:16.  41  Deut.  1:28.  42  Ex.  15:10.  «  Job  11:12. 
44  Ps.  32:11.       45Mic.  6:13. 

46  That  is  in  Pi'el,  Pu'al  and  Hithpa'el. 

41  Qal  Inf.  abs.  and  Participles. 


102  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  86. 

2.  The  preformative  vowel,  which  after  contraction  stands  in  an  open 
syllable  before  the  tone,  is  heightened.    Here 

a.  The  original  a,  heightened  to  a,  appears  in  the  Qal  Impf.  with  o, 
the  Niph'al  Perf.  and  Part.,  and  the  Hiph'il  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf's. 

h.  The  attenuated  i,  heightened  to  e,  appears  in  the  Hiph'il  Perf., 
the  Hiph'il  Part,  (after  the  analogy  of  the  Perfect),  and,  for  the  sake  of 
dissimilarity,  in  the  Qal  Impf.  with  a. 

c.  The  original  ii,  lengthened  after  the  analogy  of  verbs  V'£3  {§  90. 
3.  c)  to  u,  appears  throughout  the  Hoph'al. 

Remark  1.— The  Aramaic  form  of  the  Qal  Impf.,  made  by  doubling 
the  first  radical,  in  compensation  for  the  loss  of  the  third  radical,  is  quite 
common.  There  is  also  an  Aramaic  Hiph'il  of  similar  character,  though 
occurring  more  rarely. 

Remark  2.— Beside  the  stem  with  a,  the  Niph'al  has  rarely  stems 
with  e  and  o,  after  the  analogy  of  Qal  Statives ;  and  there  are  some  forms 
wiih  Ihe  preToriii^tiy^  lU'etained. 

JHemark  3.— The  or-igAnal  stem-vowel  a  frequently  occurs  in  the 
'."HapJii'ii;-  e^eifl  \v,iih  .liqii-giitturals. 

Remark  4.— Uncontracted  forms,  especially  of  the  Qal  Perfect, 
occur  in  pause  or  for  emphasis. 

3.  ?|Dtr>  (8:1);  ?)^p  (8:8);  XXTS  (18:20);  ^ll^DJl  (19:4);   Th\^r^■}  'brV-? 

-IT  |j  T  At  j-  t  t-i"  ••  J"  T 

•  J"    T  •      -I  -1  J      T 

4.  "^rybi^  ^n?D;«  nbD;9  ^i^p4;''  Tmi;T\:}^  mpq^^^  rrr^gpri 

(37:7);  Hll^^nm  (41:54);  n:l»^^^n♦l3 

T  jv  •     :  -  T  J-.-  •     : 

3.  Before  vowel-terminations  (^ ,  ?|,  ♦_)  the  Daghes-forte,  which  could 

not  stand  in  a  final  consonant,  is  now  inserted,  while  the  preceding  vowel 
is  retained,  contrary  to  the  analogy  of  the  strong  verb,  and  accented. 

4.  Before  consonant-terminations  a  separating-vowel  is  inserted  to  pre- 
serve the  preceding  Daghes-forte.  This  vowel  is  *)  (=  o  for  a)  in  Perfects, 
and  ♦_  (after  the  analogy  of  the  ♦_  [e  =a+y)  of  verbs  r\"b  ^  100. 3.c)  in 
Imperfects.    The  separating-vowel  is  accented,  except  before  Df)  and  ?ri» 

Remark  1. — When,  in  inflection,  the  tone  passes  away  from  the 
stem-syllable,  (1)  the  tone-long  stem-vowels  o  and  e  are  shortened  to  ii 
and  1  [I  36.  1.  a) ;  (2)  the  tone-long  preformative  vowels  are  volatilized 
(2  36.  3). 

iJudg.  20:40.  2lsa.l3:10.  3  Cant.  6:5.  4lsa.23:16.  6  Josh.  10:18. 

eJosh.8:2.       7josh.5:9.       8lSam.22:23.       9Ex.40:3.       io2  Sam. 6:22.       iiJobl6:7. 
13  iKgs.  18:37.        is  1  Sam.  3:11. 


2  87.]  BY  AK  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  103 

5.  a.  ^^n;  tfir^\  'ii!'p_T\\  t>^T}\'^  nD5^;2  'i^'py 
h.  ?i5r'?^'[p;*  ^nppn;^  "ilyo'f  PP^?''  ^v5fhnM25:22);  "iim.^ 
cSpSp'"    ^nSjjSii'''  ^VOVri;^^  ^T^Vy^  ^31?!?^'' 

:  AT    :    -     :     • 

5.  a.  The  regular  Intensive  stems,  Pi'el,  Pii'al  and  Hithpa'el,  are  found 
quite  frequently ;  but  more  often  there  are  substituted  for  them, 

6.  The  Po'el,  Po'al,  and  Hithpo'el,  of  which  the  "j  (=  6  =  a)  is  a 
lengthening  in  compensation  for  the  omitted  doubling  ;  or 

c.  The  Pilpel  (no  Piilpal  occurs),  and  Hithpalpel,  formed  by  the 
reduplication  of  the  contracted  biliteral  stem. 

87.    The  Most  Common  )J'y  Verbs. 

[In  the  following  list,  Q.  designates  those  stems  which,  in  the  Qal  Imperfect,  have 
the  form  Dp';  Q.*,  those  which  have  the  form  Dp';  Q.+,  thoie  which  have  the  form 
DpV     Ni.*  designates  a  Niph'al  Perfect  like  Dp  J.] 

(1)  *7^:3  (Q.  Hithp6.)  Confound;   (2)  S'^Jj  (Q.  Ni*  P5'al,  Hi.  Hithp6. 

-  T  -    T 

Pilpel,  Hithpal.)  Roll;  (3)  DO"!  (Q  *  Ni.  Po'el,  Hi.)  Be  dumb,  amazed; 
(4)  TVO  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Po'el,  Hithp6.)  Measure;  (5)  in^  (Q.*P6'al,Hi.H6.i5 
HithpS.")  Wander;  (6)  DDD  (Q.  Q.*  Ni.  Pi.  P6'el,  Hlie^Ho.)  Surround;  (7) 
T]5D  (Q.  Hi.  H5.17)  Cover^, protect;  (8)  ^^Q  (Pi.  Hithp.)  Pray;  (9)  nn|) 
(Q.  P6'el,  Pil.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp6.)  Break;  (10)  ^^^  (Q.f  Pii.  Hi.)  DistresJ; 
(11)  nnp  (Q.*)  Bow  the  head;  (12)  ^^^  (Q.f  Ni.is  Pi.  PI  Hi.  Pilpel, 
Hithpalp.)  Be  light;  (13)  ^"^(Q.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi-^^  Hithpo.)  Sing,  cry  aloud; 
(14)  Tltr'  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  PI  H8.)  Destroy;  (15)  Of^t^  (Q-  Q-*  Q-t  Ni.  P6'el, 

-  T  ■■    T 

Hi.20  Ho.21  Hithpo.)  ^e  astonished,  laid  waste. 

(16)  nn5<  (Q.  Ni.22  Pi.  Ho.)  Curse;  (17)  ^^n  (Q-  Pi-  Pu-  Hithp.  P6'el, 
Hithp8.  HI)  Praise;  (18)  jljll  (Q.)  ^a^ce;  (19)  '?'pn  (Q.  Pi.  P6'el,  Pii. 
P6'al)  Pierce;  (20)  ^^H  (Ni^Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  H8.  Hithp6.)  i^w/ane,  tegrm; 
(21)  prr  (Q.  Ni.23  P6'el,  Ho.  Hithp.)  Be  gracious;  (22)  nntl  (Q.f  Pi-  Hi.) 
^e  dismayed;  (23)  ^5*1  (Q-  Pu.)  Be  many;  (24)  ^^J/H  (Q.f  Hi.  Hithpo.) 
Be  evil. 


1  Gen.  20:7.        2lsa.l:6.        3l8a.65:30.         ^Ex.SrT.  bPs.  131:2.        6Ps.S0:6. 

7  Gen.  49:10.      sisa.  63:5.      sEccl.  10:10.      lojer.  51:35.  nlsa.  29:4.      i2Jer.51:58, 
13 3  Sam.  6:14.       h  Gen.  43:10. 

15  njn.      16  dd;  and  3d:.      "  ^dh.      is  7pJ.  19  pj'^n.      20  dk^;  or  Du^:- 


?.04  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [U  8^,-90. 

88.    Verbs  Pe  'Aleph  (N"^). 

1.  "19^^1(1:3);  ^;DKn(2:16);  '?p^^:l  (3:2);  n^^enl(3:2);  ^5^^  (3:12). 

2.  ^pJ^n(2:16),to'7pKn  (3:6);  '?pKy(3:2),te^pN>  (3:6);  19^^1:3). 
Remark.-q':)OK  (2:17);  iDN':^  (l:22)=iDN^;  '7Di<'^  (6:21);  nDJ<>  (10:9). 

I  :   T   -:  ••  -."Iv  ••  T|"  ••    T|" 

Of  the  verbs  having  ^}  for  their  first  radical,  there  are  six  (see  I  89.) 
which  show  certain  peculiarities  in  the  Qal  Imperfect : — 

1.  The  first  radical  X  loses  its  consonantal  character,  and  the  vowel  of 
the  preformative,  orig.  a,  is  6  (obscured  from  a,  which  came  from  ^r^).^ 

Note.  —This  ^ij  is  retained  orthographically,  except  in  the  first  sing., 
where  it  is  dropped  after  the  preformative  i<  (=  /). 

2.  The  Imperfect  stem-vowel  is  e   (from  i)   in  pause ;  but  elsewhere 
generally  a ;  when  the  accent  recedes,  it  is  e. 

Remark. — Outside  of-  the  Qal  Imperfect,  these  verbs  are  treated  as 
verbs  '£3  guttural  (§  78.). 

Note. — A  few  verbs  are  treated  sometimes  as  ^"^,  sometimes  as  '£3 
guttural. 

89.    The  N"i3  Verbs. 

(1)  I5i?  (Q-  P^-(^)  Hi.)  n3K\,  15}^^]  Perish;  (2)  niJK  (Q.)  [rT^K^]  Be 
willing;  (3)  tllK  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.)  [rllN^  also  ^'m^  Seize,  liold;  (4)  '73^J 

(Q. M. Pi.  Pii.  m.)  ['7^^j^  '73K^]  Eat;  (5)  *^D^J  (Q. m.  hi  mthp.) hdkI 

^m\  nDK-^1]  Say;   (6)  n^^^  (Q.  Ni.)  [n£3N^]  Bake, 


PO 

•       VERBS  PE  WAW  (T^) 

, 

[For  full  inflection, 

,  see  Paradigm  I.] 

TABULAR  VIEW. 

Q.Impf.w.e. 

Q.Impf.w.a. 

Nlph'al. 

Hlph'il. 

Hijph'ai. 

Perf. 

"l^"^ 

^to^ 

'7D1J 

'7'airr 

■^iDirr 

Impf. 

■^t?'. 

^D^* 

•jtPJ' 

"T^y 

•^oi' 

IniT. 

•^D 

'^D^ 

'7\y\T\ 

■^tpirt 

Inf.  abs. 

T 

^to^ 

■^o'lrr 

Inf.  const. 

V  -JV 

'i^\ 

■7^1111 

'T'P'in 

Part.  act. 

■?£?■' 

^t?> 

■j'Dto 

Part.  pass. 

T 

T 

•td^j 

■PDIO 

1  Cf.  Sv«^1  for  SVX^I  (Num.  11: 25). 


^  00.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  105 

1.  J;T  (4:1)  for  ;;nV,   -iy^  (4:18)  for  ^\,  ^\  (4:26). 

2.  «.  NV*  (4:16)  =  ye-9e'/orN^;V;   DtT"*  (4:16);   -!*:in  (4:1). 

Dt^'n  (24:55);  n'pp  (3:16);  I'pNI  (18:13);  J;T(4:17);  1;^T(3:7). 
NV  (8:16);  T]"?  (12:1);  ^f)  (20:15);  ;r'l  (20:7);  ill^  (4:2);  Hji;;!  (3:22). 
?>.  Jjr>^  (2:21);  f^>N;i  ?)N7;;2  t^'^^  (21:10);  pi<7i1.3 
Remark  l.-n-l*?  (4:2);  ^5^^^;^  HPl  (3:22);  n;/!;^   mV 

i^7;7tr'a^5;8  iD^'?;^  n^5^  (8:7);  fi'pbyo 

Remark  2.-rfD^;ii  nDtT"  (27:19);  rn")  (45:9) ;  nnn  (11:3). 

T    :  T  :  T   :  t  jt 

Remark  3.-n5j?  (11:31);  T]'?  (26:16);  r|^j)_(12:4);  Tj'pn  (3:15). 

3.  a.  -!':5V  (4:18);  ^HV  (32:25);  ^^^T\  (45:11);  nOlHi^^  ^l,^-,^  (21:5). 

••  T-  "  T-  -T   •  ;1T  •  ••  T  •     : 

h.  yy\l  -P  i7)}  (21:3);  T^^H  (11:27);  H^Vin  (5:4);  l^V  (5:3). 

c.  nnirr  (39:i);  rr^^ain  ;i*  '^nv.^^ 
4.  i^^v!'"'  I^¥!;''  pr  (28:18);  mri;i«  n^i^ni^^  ^n^vn.^o 

Verbs  whose  first  radical  was  originally  1  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities : — 

1.  The  original  ^  passes  over  into  ^  (§  44.  1.  a)  whenever  it  would  be 
initial,  as  in  the  Qal  Perf.,  the  Pi'el  and  Pii'al ;  and  frequently  also  after 
the  prefix  nfl  (§  44.  1.  b). 

2.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect,  Imperative  and  Infinitive  construct,  two  treat- 
ments exist,  according  as  the  radical  *j  (or  *)  is  rejected  or  retained  : 

a.  In  those  verbs  which  reject  the  radical  \ 

(1)  the  Imperfect  has  for  its  stem-vowel  e  (heightened  from  i),  or 
(before  gutturals)  a,  while  the  i  of  the  preformative,  now 
standing  in  an  open  syllable,  is  heightened  to  e  ; 

(2)  the  Imperative  has  the  same  vowel  as  the  Imperfect ; 

(3)  the  Infinitive  construct,  taking  on  the  feminine  ending  H  (cf. 
verbs  V'^,  I  84. 1.  a),  assumes  the  form  of  an  a-class  Segholate 
noun  rt>p  [for  n'pD,  ?  106.  1.  a). 

h.  In  those  verbs  which  retain  the  radical  \  the  Imperfect  has  for  its 
stem-vowel  a,  while  the  \  changed  to  ♦,  unites  with  the  vowel  (i)  of  the 
pref c  rmative  and  gives  i. 


I  Ps.  13:4,        2  Gen.  20:8.        s  Deut.  1:29.        *  Lev.  20:24.        s  Ex.  2:4.  «  Isa.  37:3. 

T  Josh.  22:25.       s  Isa.  27:11.       9  Isa.  51:16.       lo  Deut.  9:28.       n  Num.  22:6.  12  Ps.  2:10. 

"Ex.  2:14.  HPs.  45:16.  is  Isa.  18:7.        16  Isa.  58:5.         it  Isa.  14:11.  is  Isa.  9:17. 
19  J  er.  11:16.       20  Josh.  8:8. 


106  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBRET*^  [§  91. 

Note.— Only  three  verbs^  retain  ")  (^)  in  the  Imperative^  and  these  are 
verbs  which  have  lost  their  third  radical. 

Remark  1.— The  Infinitive  construct  has  most  frequently  the  form 
j-|^^  (=  l^'ptO),  before  sufiixes  ptl^  ;  several  cases,  however,  occur  of 
the  iForm  Vh^ ;  the  form  ^b^  is  found  a  few  times,  while  that  of 
n^b^  occurs  seldom. 

Remark  2.— Seemingly  for  compensation,  the  Imperative  often  as- 
sumes the  cohortative  ending  H (^  72.  3). 

J  T 

Remark  3.— The  verb  T[  7^  tJoalh  has  forms  in  Qal  for  the  Impf .,  Imv. 
and  Inf.  const.;  the  forms  of  the  Perfect,  Inf.  abs.  and  Participle  are 
taken  from  T|'?n» 

3.  The  first  radical  (1),  when  medial,  remains  ;  but 

a.  It  appears  as  a  consonant  only  when  it  would  be  doubled,  as  in 
the  Niph'al  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const.  (?  44.  5.  c). 

h.  It  unites  with  the  preformative  vowel  a,  and  forms  1  (a+w  =  6), 
in  the  Niph'al  Perfect  and  Participle,  and  throughout  the  Hiph'il  {I  44. 
3.  a). 

c.  It  unites  with  the  preformative  vowel  ii,  and  forms  ^  throughout 
the  Hoph'al  (§  44.  3.  c). 

Note. — The  form  '^^V  (from  ^"y  he  able)  is  regarded  by  some  as  a 
regular  Hoph'al  Impf.;  by  others,  as  an  anomalous  Qal  Impf. 

4.  In  a  few  verbs  V'£3,  the  ^  (=  *))  is  assimilated,  just  as  ^  of  verbs  V'Q 
(§  84.)  was  assimilated. 

91.    The  Most  Common  V'^  Verbs. 

[In  the  following  list,  Q,  designates  those  stems  described  in  §  90.  2.  a;  Q.*,  those 
described  in  §  90.  2.  b;  Q.t,  those  described  in  §  90.  4.] 

(1)  trn*^  (Q.*2  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  dry;  (2)  J/^^  (Q.*  Pi.  Hi.)  Lalor,  he  weary; 

(3)  TW  (Q.*^  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Cast,  give  thanks;  (4)  V"]^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  P6.  Pu. 

TT  ^       -T 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Know;  (5)  ^H^  (Q.*)  Give;  (6)  nil^  (Q-  Pi.)  Join;  (7)  '^H* 

-  T  -  T  ~  T 

(Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  Wait;  (8)  r\y  (Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Reprove  Judge ;  (9)  ^y 

-  T  T 

(Q.*5  [Ho.])  Be  ahle;  (10)  ^^^^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Bring  fortli, 
(11)  T]'?^«  (Q.  Hi.)  TTai/i;;  (12)  ID^  (Q.*  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Ho.)  Found;  (13)  ^p- 

1  riT,  «T,  HT;  cf.  also  the  pausal  form  n*^T  (Deut.  33:23). 

2  Inf.  const,  "^y    T^V.y}  no  Imv.  s  No^Qal  Impf.;  Imv.  pi.  n\ 

4  Only  in  Imv.,  DH,  r\ir\,  OH,  ^^H.  s  inf.  const.  nSi); ;  Impf.  ^DV  §  90.  3.  N. 

6  Cf ,  IjSn,  which  is  found  in^Q.,  Ni.,  Pi.,  Hithp. 


?92.] 


BY  AN  IKDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


107 


(Q.i  m.  m.)  Add;  (14)  -)p^  (Q.t2  M.  Pi.  H13  Nithp.)  C/iasfe;  (15)  Ij;;^ 
jQ  *  Nl.  Hi.  Ho.)  Appoint,  assemble;  (16)  tjj;^^  (Q.*)  ^e  weary;  (17)  W» 
(Q.*  Ni.  Hithp.)  Give  counsel;  (18)  n^)^  (Q-*  Pi.  Hithp.)  Be  beautiful;  (19) 
XVJ  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.)  Go  forth;  (20)  Jj^  (Hi.*  Ho.4)  Set,  place;  (21)  ;r^J  (Hi.* 
Ho.4)  Spread  down;  (22)  p^f*  (Q.  Q.fs  Hi.*  Ho.)  Pow  oi^^;    (23)  ^V*  (Q.* 

It  -t 

Q.t  Ni.  Pii.  Ho.)  i^orm;  (24)  n^^  (Q-t^  ^i.  Hi.*)  Kindle;  (25)  |^p^  (Q.*6) 
^w;a/^e;  (26)  ^p^^  (Q.  Q*  Hi.)  Be  precious;  (27)  t^'p^  (Q.i  Ni.  Ho.)  Bind, 
lay  snares;   (28)  ^^  (Q.*  Ni.  Pi.)  ^e  afraid;   (29)  -jn*  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.)  Go 

"T  -T 

<?OM;n;  (30)  tiy  (Q.*^  Ni.  Hi.)  Cast,  instruct;  (31)  tJ^I^  (Q  *8  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.) 

TT  -T 

Seize,  possess;  (32)  ^C^'j  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.)  Sit,  dwell;  (33)  ft^'^  (Q.*  Ni. 
Pi.)  Sleep;  (34)  ;;^>  (Ni.  Hi.)  Deliver;  (35)  njl^  (Ni.  Hi.)  Be  left  over. 


92,     VERBS  Pi  YODH  (^"£3). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  I.l 

TABULAR  VIEW. 

Qal 

Niph'al 

Hiph'ii 

Hoph'al 

Perf. 

Impf. 

Imy. 

Inf.  abs. 
« 
Inf.  const. 

Part. 

No 
fonns 
occur. 

No 
forms 

*7t?' 

1.  DL)^M12:13);  fp^^l  (9:24)/or  j^p^^ ;  ^1^^7(^4:18);  ^p^^Jl.^ 

2.  n^20\1  (12:16);    m^^n    (21:7);    nDtO\n;i«  D^tO^D   (4:7);  pm  ;^^ 

•       ••  JT  J-     ••  T   :  -I-     ••  •       ••  J     •      •• 

D^tO^K  (32:13);  »D^tOn;i2   HD^COW  (32:10);  aD^1  (32:13);  a^tD^'^'?;^3 

.        J.      ..  ^       J.  ..      .  ....  ; 


1  Only  in  Perf, 

4  With  "•  assimilated. 

1 1mv.  rr^;,, 

10  Jer.  1:13. 
isJer.  4:22. 


2Cf.  D"IDK.  »Ho8.7:12. 

6  Imv.  py  and  pT ;  Inf.  const.  npY.  e  Only  in  Impf. 

8lmv.  t:/-j;  Inf.  const.  riK^n.         ''  9lsa.66:ll. 

11  Ex.  2:7.  '  ^'^  Isa.  23:16. 

14  1  Sam.  16:17.  is  Ex.  2:7. 


108 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[U  93,  94. 


Verbs  whose  first  radical  was  originally  ^  exhibit  the  following  pecul- 
iarities : — 

1.  In  the  Qal  Imperfect  the  radical  ^  unites  with  the  vowel  of  the  pre- 
formative  (i)  and  gives  i  (§30.  2.  a).  No  forms  of  an  Imperative  or  of 
Infinitives  occur. 

2.  In  the  Hiph'il  the  radical  ^  unites  with  the  vowel  of  the  pref  ormative 
(a)  and  gives  e  (§  30.  4.  b). 

Note.— No  Niph'al  or  HSph'al  forms  occur. 


93.    The  Pi  Yodh  (^"£3)  Verbs. 

(1)  DD^  (Q.  Hi.)  Be  good;  (2)  '^'p^  (Hi.)  Bewail;  (3)  fD^  (Hi.)i  Go  to  the 
right;  (4)  pj^  (Q.  HI.)  Such;  (5)  TO^^  (Q.)  Awahe;  (6)  1t^"^^  (Q.  H.  Pu.  Hi.) 
Be  straight, 

94.    Verbs  'Ayin  Waw  [yy). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  K.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Qal 

Niph'al 

Hiphll 

HSph'al 

Perf. 

'^l^   ^P 

Vipj 

■^'prr 

':'\i'\r^ 

Impf. 

'^ip: 

■^ip* 

'''p: 

•^pv 

Imy. 

^1p 

■^'iprr 

■^PO 

Inf.  abs. 

^•1p 

■^V'"^ 

■^po 

Inf.  const. 

^v 

■^ipri 

■^'P'-? 

■^pin 

Part.  act. 

^p 

"^po 

Part.  pass. 

^1p 

•^-ipj 

■^P^Q 

1.  a.  niD;  (38:11);  C^ItT^^  (3:15);  '2WT\  (3:19);  JlID^  (42:2);  '\2f\  (8:3). 
Dip  (13:17) /or  pip ;  ^[^  (31:3);  ^U  (26:3);  niD  (19:2). 

D^in  (42:28) = n^'in  /or  ait^^n;  pin  ;2  Dpm  ;^  n?i%* 
6.  K^5n  (4:4) /or  i<^5n=Ninn;  n^pn;5  n^c^n  (i4:i6);  D^pn;« 

^^^r?;^  n\Sn  (l:17)/or  7^n  =  ni^n  ;    Dpn^  ;«    D^p^5  (17:21); 
n^tr>  (50:15)  for  nitr>  ;  n^t^'fl  (24:6) ;  DpH  i^  D^pr)  (9:9). 

1  A  denominative  from  rp^"*  n'g/it  Tiand.       sisa.  30:33.     3  Ex.  40:17.     •<  Num.  15:36. 
•  Judg.  16:30.      6  Josh.  4:9.       i'Lev.U:12.       s  Num.  7:1.       9Deut.22:4. 


{  94.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  109 

c.  N3(6:13);    ^D^  for  ^ID;    ^^  (18:33)  /or  ^15^*;    '1^''  for  ^m-, 

T  T  -TT  -TT  TT 

tr\f   for  J^'nj;    DIO!^  /orDlQ^;^1;:DM17:12);  ':)lJ3n  (34:15, 

17:10);  pDH;^    fn^  (41:33);  JOJ  (41:32);  D^;ilD^« 

Dtrn  (24:8);  ^^^4:3) /or  ^^1a^  Dl^n  (50:15);  Dpn  (38:8). 

••        T  "T  ••   :    -  ••       T  |-    T 

Verbs,  whose  second  radical  is  \  present  the  following  peculiarities  : — 
1.  The  second  radical  1  never  appears  as  a  consonant,  but 

a.  Unites  with  a  preceding  or  following  (original)  ii  and  forms  ^ : 

(1)  in  the  Qal  Impf.  ^T^"^  =  ^X^^'^X  Imv.,  and  Inf.  const,  ('^'jp  = 
^1p)  (§  30.  3.  a);  '        ''  '' 

(2)  throughout  the  Hoph'al ,  the  1  having  first  been  transposed 
{I  30.  3.  c). 

6.  Is  changed  to  ♦,  and  unites  with  a  homogeneous  i,  forming  i 
(2  44.  1.  e),  in  the  Hiphll  Perf.,  Impf.,  Inf.  const,  and  Part. 

c.  Is  rejected  whenever  it  would  stand  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel,  as 

(1)  with  a  or  a,  in  the  Qal  Perf.  and  Part.,  where  the  contraction 
of  a-\-a  gives  a  [\  44.  2.  c).    So  also  in  the  Qal  Inf.  abs.  with 

6(=a). 

(2)  with  a  in  the  Niph.  Perf.  and  Part.,  where  the  a  is  lengthened 
in  compensation  to  a,  and  this  obscured  to  6  {\  44.  2.  h)\  so 
also  in  Niph.  Impf.,  Inf.  const,  and  Imv.,  where,  1  being  lost, 
a-\-a  =  a  (§  44.  2.  c). 

(3)  with  e,  in  the  Hiphll  Jussive  Impf.,  Imperative,  and  Infinitive 
absolute. 

Note.— The  form  of  the  Qal  active  Participle  of  V'^  verbs  is  ^^"^ 
(qatal),  not  '7Dp  (§  107.  1). 

2.  a.  ym-T\  (3:19)  for  y\yT\  \   ^TT)^  for  t^Y^l}  ',   flD'^  (41:32)/or 
J)-?:  ;'n3-^  (4:3)  for  l^yy ;  "^^^'h  (50:15)  for  DITD* 
h.  NO-n  (4:4^  for  ^Y^H  \  n^P"<T  /<^^  ^T^'H  ?    D*p"9  ^9:9)  for 

DVpP  ;  \^'S2''!^  for  t^y5!  (=  yibh-was  =  yibhas  =  ye-bhos). 
c.  DC^-in(42:28)/orDt^in/orni^'n;  fDlHi^^  TOV^^^ 
R.  1.  no  (42:38) /or  ntO;  HnD  (35:18)';  ^HD  (19:19) /or  ^nflD  5  TO 
(20:3). 

R.2.cfi3i2/ortr''!3;  n'1K(44:3);  D'ltD;!^  h^T'I?;^*  W'^'^''  D'?i^'12''' 

R.  3.  NnM32:9) /or  }<55^  \:;Sy}'^  for  ^^y',  {'])0'\'2^^for{W)?* 

1  Ex.  3:4.  2jer.30:18.  3lsa.25:10.  <P8.31:8.  5Ezek.38:7.  6Deut.l:13. 
ilsa.  25:10.  sjudg.  16:30.  9lsa.29:22.  lojsa.  30:33.  n  Num.  15:35.  12  .Ter.  48:39. 
i»Deut.5:30.       Hjer.l5:9.     i6jer.9:18.     le  Ezek.  82:30.    nisa.  29:22.      is  Ezek.  36:32. 


110  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  94. 

R.  *.  D*lp^l    [DOT,  Dp-^1  (4:8);  n^t:^2   nb-n  (5:5);  nm  (11:28). 
R.  5. '^to;)  (17:26; 34:22);  n'i;;;);3    n^^in;^   ^nm!l(2:15)5 
R.  6.  ;;j^^  (6:17);  ^r\}^)P;'    lljP^  (1:9);  HJ^!  (29:34);  tD^.' 

2.  The  vowel  of  the  preformative  which,  after  the  change  has  taken 
place  in  the  stem,  stands  in  an  open  syllable  before  the  tone,  is  generally 
heightened  (?  36.  2.  a).    Here 

a.  Tone-long  a,  heightened  from  an  original  a,  appears  in  the  Qal 
Impf .  (active),  in  the  Niph.  Perf.  and  Part.,  and  in  the  Hiph.  Impf.,  Imv., 
and  Infinitives. 

b.  Tone-long  e,  heightened  from  an  attenuated  1,  appears  in  the  Hiph. 
Perf.,  and  (after  the  analogy  of  the  Perf.)  in  the  Hiph.  Part.;  likewise, 
for  the  sake  of  dissimilarity,  in  a  few  Qal  Imperfects  with  a  (cf.  R.  3 
below). 

c.  Naturally  long  u,  from  the  contraction  of  ii  with  the  (transposed) 
second  radical,  appears  throughout  the  Hoph'al. 

Note.— The  Qal  Inf.  const,  (e.  g.  ^)p)  being  the  simplest  form  which 
contains  all  the  radicals,  is  used  as  the  root-form,  instead  of  the  Perfect 
('^p)  in  which  the  second  radical  does  not  appear. 

Remark  1. — Middle  E  'Ayin  Waw  verbs  have  e  in  the  Perf.  and 
Part.;  but  in  the  inflection  of  the  Perf.,  a  appears  in  the  stem  before  con- 
sonant terminations. 

Remark  2.— Middle  0  'Aym  Waw  verbs  have  6  in  the  Perf.  and 
Part.;  this  6,  which  comes  from  a-ftt  (cf.  ^)'^  =  ba(w)us  =  bos),  is  re- 
tained throughout  the  inflection  of  the  Perf. 

Remark  3. — While  the  Qal  Impf.,  Imv.,  and  Inf.  const,  usually  have 
ii  for  their  stem-vowel,  there  are  a  few  cases  in  which  a  occurs ;  but  this 
a,  upon  the  rejection  of  *)  (see  above  1.  c.  (2)),  is  lengthened  to  a  =  6. 

Remark  4. — The  Qal  Impf.  has  regularly  the  form  ^)p^;  but  in  the 
Jussive  the  form  '7p^  (which,  under  the  tone,  becomes  7p^)  is  employed. 
With  Waw  Consecutive  the  same  form  (^p^)  is  employed,  which  gives 
in  pause  ^h%  out  of  pause  ^p^)  {—  way-ya-qol). 

Remark  5. — Araraaicized  forms  (i.  e.,  forms  with  a  Daghes-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  and  a  short  vowel  under  the  preformative)  occur  in  the 
NYph'al  and  Hiphll. 

Remark  6. — Some  verbs  with  *)  as  the  middle  radical,  especially 
those  which  are  also  Tl"^  (§  100.),  treat  the  *)  as  a  strong  consonant. 


1  Ex.  21:19.  2  Gen.  38:11.         3Zech.2:17.        <  Judg.  3:1  (of.  H^JH,  Josh.  23:4). 

«  Cf.  U'y  (Deut.  3:20).       «  Ps.  80:3.        t  Deut.  12:20. 


^M.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  HI 

3.  ^JC?n6:4);  1^:3(7:9);  ^TO  (7:22);  ?iaj^M8:3);   HDg^i  l^fjDMlOilS); 
W:\^  i7b'  (34:24);  ^Hr^r)^^ 

J    T  J      •  J        • 

^  a.  nn"ijj  (21:23);  npH;^  TO^''  Hopj^  ^n5t?;«   onnp;^ 
^nJiiD^ ;« ^njii^j  ;9  Dnbp^;i«  'hmn  (6:i8);  »nbnn  (i4:22).' 

T   J.  .  T  -I.-  :  T   -I.-  :  T  :    -1      T  t  :  j-    t 

3.  Before  vowel-terminations  (H—,  ),  *_),  the  preceding  stem-vowel  is 
retained  and  accented,  where  in  the  strong  verb  it  is  volatilized  (§  63, 
R,  3)  except  in  Hoph'al. 

4.  Be/ore  consonant-terminations, 

a.  The  Qal  Perfect  shortens  a  to  a;i6  while  the  Niph'al  and  Hiphll 
Perfects  take  a  separating  vowel  (1)  which  is  accented  except  before  Dil 
and  fjl. 

Remark.— When  this  inserted  "j,  in  the  Niph'al,  is  accented,  the  6  of 
the  stem  is,  for  the  sake  of  euphony,  changed  to  u. 

b.  The  Qal  Imperfect  generally  takes  a  separating  vowel  e  (^ ), 

which  is  accented ;  no  example  occurs  of  a  Niph'al  form  with  the  ter- 
mination n^  ;  the  Hiph'il  follows  the  analogy  of  the  strong  verb  and  has 
the  stem- vowel  e. 

Remark. — When  in  inflection  the  tone  passes  away  from  the  stem- 
syllable,  the  tone-long  vowels  of  the  preformative  (a  and  e)  are  volatilized 
(§  36.  3). 

Remark  l.-DNp;!^  DNV,i«  prip^l  (3:3);  IDC^'J  (8:3);  Dp;^^  Hp.^o 

Remark  2.-)}y;{;r^  {44'^Sy,  ^ni^prf'''  Tlk^^?D'''  n^prT;^^  W^J/p.^* 

Remark  S.-nbpm;^^  nbim;^^   nNDH  (20:9);  ^nKDni  (27:12). 

T       ll"  -:|-  T        |"-:l-  T      J-  ••  -I-         ••  I"  : 

Remark  1.— The  a  of  the  Qal  act.  Part,  is  rarely  written  with  ^}; 
while  the  u  of  the  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  is  frequently  written  with  —. 

Remark  2.— Instead  of  —  under  the  initial  H  of  the  Hiphll,  there 
frequently  occurs  tt,  in  the  first  and  second  persons,  and  before  suf- 
fixes in  the  third ;  a  full  vowel,  ■^,  is  also  found  in  a  few  cases  before 
a  guttural. 

Remark  3.— Instead  of  the  usual  stem-vowel  i  in  the  Hiph'il,  there 

occur  several  instances  of  e  ;  while  the  cases  of  e  in  the  stem  without  a 

following  separating  vowel  (6)  are  quite  numerous. 

1  Ex.  4:7.  2lsa.  42;17.  s  Ex.  16:7.  4  Jon.  4:10.  6  3  Sam.  12:31.  sZech.  1:16. 
7  Mai.  2:8.  sJsa.  50:5.  9P8.38:9.  w  Ezek.  20:43.  iilsa.  54:10.  i»l8a.60:8. 
13  Ezek.  16:65.  "  1  Sam.  7:14.  is  Job  20:10.  is  This  shortening  took  place  in  tho 
original  Semitic,  and  does  not  come  under  the  laws  of  vowel-change  in  Hebrew. 
17  Hos.  10:14.  isJudg.  4:21.  i9  Josh.  7:10.  20 Deut.  33:50.  21  Ps.  139:18.  22  Ezek. 27:26. 
a3  2Chr.  15:16.       24Deut.4:a6.       26  Ex.  26:30.       2«  Num.  31:28. 


112  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  t?  95, 

&.  PD;«    ^$'ir  (1:20);  l^'j^'SiT  (2:24);  ^:ipto;^  i?'?!?'*^^'* 

c.  ^r)*??^?"]  (45:11);  '75'75M47:12);  ^p^pj  ;9  l'??^^  ;io '^n'pni;!^,!! 

5.  a.  The  regular  Intensive  active  stem  (Pi'el)  is  found;  forms  of  the 
others  do  not  occur.    In  the  place  of  the  regular  stems  are  found, 

b.  The  Polel,  Polal  and  Hithpolel,  of  which  the  6  (=  a)  is  a  length- 
ening in  compensation  for  the  omitted  doubling ;  or 

c.  The  Pilpel,  Polpal,  and  Hithpalpel,  formed  by  reduplicating  the 
contracted  stem. 

95,    The  Most  Common  'AyIn  Waw  [yy)  Verbs. 

[In  the  following  list  Q.  designates  an  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  with  u;  Q.*,  an 
Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  with  o  =  a.^ 

(1)  nix  (Q.*^2  Ni.  Hi.)  Shine;  (2)  ^<i:D  (Q.*  Hi.  Ho.)  Enter;  (3)  n3  (Q.) 

Despise;   (4)  J^l^}  (Q.*i2  P61el,  Hi.is  Hithpo.)  Be  ashamed;   (5)  "1?)j|  (Q. 

mthp6.)  Sojourn;  (6)  JH  (Q.  Ni.  HI)  Judge;  (7)  C^'^  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.) 

T'Ares^;  (8)  lit  (Q.)  -F^om?;  (9)  lit  (Q-  Hi.)  ^oi7;  (10)  ^l^in  (Q-  P^lel,  P61al, 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Be  in  pain,  bring  forth;^^  (11)  ^'ICO  (Q.  Hi.i^)  Be  good; 

(12)  ^13  (Q.  Hi.  Pilpel,  Polpal)  Contain;  (13)  pD  (Q.  Ni.  P61el,  P81al, 

Hithp6.  Hi.  Ho.)  Prepare,  establish;   (14)  p'?  (Q.  P61el,  Hi.  Hithpo.) 

Scorn;  (15)  JJlD  (Q.  Ni.  Polel,  Hithp6.)  ifeZ^;  (16)  tDID  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Hithp6.) 

Be  moved;  (17)  ^1D  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Circumcise;  (18)  tTIO  (Q.  Hi.)  Z>cpar^- 

(19)  niO  (Q.^^  Polel,  Hi.  Ho.)  Die;  (20)  fl^jj  (Q.  Hi.i7  Ho.iS)  Rest;  (21)  D1^ 

(Q.  Hi.)  Flee;  (22)  ^^1^  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Move,  nod;  (23)  :]1^  (Q.  Polel,  Hi.  Ho.) 

Shake,  sift;  (24)  ^^0  (Q.  Ni.)  Turn  bach;  (25)  ^ID  (Q-  Hi.  Ho.  Polel) 

Turn  aside;  (26)  'X\)}  (Q.  Pi.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Testify;  (27)  f]iy  (Q.  Polel, 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithp6.)  Fly;  (28)  nij^  (Q.  Ni.  P61el, Pi. Pilpel,  Hi.  Hithpal.  Hithpo.) 

Awake;  (29)  pC)  (Q.  Ni.  P61el,  Pilpel,  Hi.)  Scatter;  (30)  D1^  (Q.)  i^«s«; 

(31)  nilf  (Q.  Hi.)  Press,  teste^e;  (32)  Dip  (Q-  Pi.  Polel,  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp8.) 

Rise,  stand;  (33)  UT\  (Q-  Polel,  Polal,  Hi.  Ho.)  Be  high;  (34)  )JT\  (Pu- 

Hi.  Hithp6.)  Shout;  (35)  pn  (Q.  Polel,  Hi.)  i^wn;  (36)  ^ItT  (Q.  Polel, 

P61al,  Hi.  H6.)  Turn, 

iEsth.9:31.  »E8th.9:27.  »P8. 119:106.  ^Ps.  119:28.  « Ruth  4:7. 

«P8.9:8.        IPs. 37:23.        8  Job  15:7.         9Jer.20:9.        lol  Kgs.  20:27.        nEsth.4:4. 
u  Perf .  with  o.  is  Perf.   K^'3'in.       "  Cf.  §  97.  (4).       is  a^pn,  cf.  D^D'H  from  3ip;. 

M  Pert.  riD,  Part.  flD.      "  H^^h  or  n^3n.      "  HJIH  or  n3n. 


U  96,  97.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  113 

96.    Verbs  'AyTn  Yodh  (^"^T). 

1.  vy-}  iyn^;2  rr:i^3;3  r:n;*  ^^ii^^  ^'?^ji;«  pM49:i6);  vh^-n'^'ii 

I       •    T  J-    T  T     J-  P       •  •  T  J*  I  -T  I       •   T  I      •     T 

(24:23);  D^tT^  (30:42);  Jl^t^^'N  (3:15);  cf.  DC^^-^I  (2:8);  HtT''''^  (30:40). 

•      T  •        T  VJT-  VJT- 

2.  i:in;«  w?;^n\:in.io 

Verbs  with  ^  for  their  second  radical  differ  but  slightly  from  verbs  with 
*)  [I  94.).    There  may  be  noted  two  things  : — 

1.  The  Qal  Imperfect,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,  have  i  instead  of  u  for  their 
stem-vowel.    This  arises  from  yi  or  iy :  V^y  =  Vy*',  ^5  ~  I!?* 

2.  There  are  a  few  forms  with  i  retained  in  the  inflection  of  the  Qal 
Perfect. 

Note  1. — By  some  these  verbs  are  regarded  as  but  remnants  of 
Hiph'il  forms. 

Note  2.— The  Niph'al,  Hiph'il  and  HSph'al  are  precisely  like  those 
of  verbs  'Aytn  Waw. 

97.    THE  'AyYn  Yodh  (♦"];)  Verbs, 

[The  following  list  contains  the  verbs  generally  classrfled  as  ^'y.  Outside  of 
the  Qal  their  forms  are  those  of  verbs  vy.  Q-*  designates  those  forms  which  have 
also  Vy  forms  in  Qal.] 

(1)  P5  (Q.  Nt.  m.  P61el,  mthp6.)  Perceive;  (2)  *7^^  (Q.*)  Exult;  (3)  f^*! 

(Q.*  Ni.)  Judge;  (4)  ^"^n  (Q.*  Polel,  Polal,  IK.  Ho.  Hithpo.)  Be  in  pain, 

he  strong,  wait;^^  (5)  ^^7  (Q.*  mthp6.)  Lodge;  (6)  ^>p  (Q  *)  D^I^'^t^  C^) 

^n  (Q.*  Ht.)  Strive;  (8)  TV'p  (Q.*  Polel)  Speah,  meditate;  (9)  D^t?^  (Q  * 

m.  HS.)  Put;  (10)  tr^b^  (Q •*)  Rejoice;  (11)  yt^}  (Q  *  P^lel,  Ho.)  Sing; 

(12)  n^e^'  (Q.  H8.)  Put. 

IPs.  19:13.         2P8.28:5.         «Ps.5:2.  4Prov.23:l.         6Ps.21:2.         6P8.2:11. 

7  Ex.  23:18.       «Jer.  16:16.       »  Dan.  9:2.       lo  Job  33:13.       u  Cf .  §  96.  (10). 


114 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

98.    Verbs  Lamedh  'Aleph  (^"^). 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigm  M.l 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


[2  98. 


Qal. 

Niph'al. 

Pi'el. 

Hiph'ii. 

Hithpa'el. 

Perf. 

^^\> 

^^^)?^ 

Nt?p 

N^toprr 

NiDpr^n 

Impf. 

^W- 

^^\>\ 

J<^P1 

N^tppl 

NDpil* 

ImT. 

NDfp 

J<??l?rr 

Nt?p 

Ntoprr 

NDpinn 

Tnf    a 

lbs. 

Nitop 

Kbp4 

f^t3p 

^^^)?^r 

Inf.  const. 

Nbp 

NDijrr 

Nt?p 

N^ppn 

^^t?pn^ 

Part. 

act. 

J<5?p 

NtppO 

N^PpD 

N^pOO 

Part. 

pass. 

}<^D|3 

^^\>> 

1.  Nn:3(l:l)/orN"):3;  Nnp(l:5);  ^^^0(2:20);  NnpMl:5);  t^1p^;i 

T  T  -  T  t|t  t  t  t|:  •  t|:   • 

^^ip2  for  K*1p  ;  Ntrin  (1:11) ;  NV^  (2:10) ;  K^j^^  (2:23). 

2.  a.  IN'70  (1:28);  ^IN'?^^  (25:24);  r\^y^  (2:22);  ^:Nnp\3 

:     •  :     :   •  t  jv  •  :-  •  j-    t):  • 

2>.  ^J<^^;'  'n^i^P^'  W!''  '^N^yvi;^  D5N;n5n'?.^ 

3.  a.  rS'^'yn  (17:19);    ^riK^in  (6:7);    ♦riNVD  (18:3);    ?)JJ^1^D  (26:32); 

TJT'T  -JXT  'JTT  JTT 

T    : 

h.  n^^^D;^  ^nN'?D;i«^n}«nM3i:3i);  DnNn^iinN:ib^;i2tnNnpj;^3 

T         -I"    T  •  J"     T  •  J-T  V  ••:  T        J"  T  •  J"):     ■ 

nXDH;!^  nNDD;i5  HNn^i^^  nKlD^.^^ 

T         J"      •  ••      •  T  J"  "  T         J"     :    - 

c.  n:j^npn(2/pz.);i«  rTjj<ip]i(3/.p?.);i9  rNnp;2o  n:iN^Dn.2i 

T      -JvJ :     •  T      J-.J :     •  tI      jv)  :  t     j  .•  -    : 

Remark  l.-HK^  (24:11) /or  nN^;;  JlJ^t:^  (36:7)  or  nKlT  (4:7) /or  nNC^. 

.._,..  ..  ...  ..J.. 

Remark  2.-^22 /or  i:k:3;  Dn:^^;^^  ^r\m\'''  rr:j^n.25 

-IT  T  •.•■•:-  •   -!••     T  TJV       • 

Remark  3.-?i:^0tD:;  26  ntrj;^^  nO^;28/o^  j^^DV;  r\^y\P 


iDeut.  38:10. 

2l8a.58:12. 

8P8.89:27. 

4  Deut.  1:31. 

5lKg8.18:12. 

6Deut.4:37. 

7  1  Sam.  2:29. 

8judg.l4:13. 

9  Job  36:17. 

10  Jer.  6:11. 

n  Deut.  5:5. 

12P8.  5:©. 

i3Esth.4:ll. 

HEX.  29:36. 

isEzek.  5:11. 

16  Josh.  17:15. 

17  1  Sam.  19:2. 

18  Ruth  1:20,  21. 

19  Ruth  4:17. 

»  Ruth  1:20. 

21  Ex.  2:16. 

22  1  Sara.  25:8. 

23  Josh.  2:16. 

24  Judg.  4:19. 

t5  Ruth  1:14. 

26  Job  18:3. 

27  Ps.  32:1. 

28  Ruth  2:9. 

29  Ps.  89:11. 

§  99.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  116 

Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  ^  exhibit  the  following  peculiarities : — 

1.  Final  ^  always  quiesces  [I  43,  1);  this  does  not  affect  any  preceding 
vowel  except  a,  which,  in  an  open  syllable,  then  becomes  a,  as  in  the  Qal 
Perf.,  Impf.  and  Tmv.;  and  in  the  Niph.,  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  Perfects. 

Note. — The  Qal  Impf.  and  Imv.  have  a  for  their  stem-vowel,  after  the 
analogy  of  verbs  '^  guttural  (§  82.  1.  a). 

2.  Medial  ^  is  treated  as  a  consonant  (guttural), 

a.  Before  all  vowel-additions. 

b.  Before  the  S'wa  which  precedes  the  sufl&xes  ^,  D^'  J5* 

3.  Medial  i^  quiesces  (i.  e.,  loses  its  consonantal  character)  before  all 
consonant-additions,  the  preceding  vowel  becoming 

a.  1^,  heightened  from  a,  in  the  Qal  Perfect  (active). 
h.  -^,  heightened  from  i,  in  the  Qal  Perfect  (stative),  and  in  the 
remaining  Perfects. 

c.  —  (e),  heightened  from  a,  in  the  Imperfects  and  Imperatives. 
Kemark  1. — In  addition  to  instances  indicated  under  3  (above),  J^ 

shows  a  tendency  to  become  silent  in  many  isolated  cases. 

Remark  2.— J»t,  losing  its  consonantal  character,  is  frequently  dropped. 

Remark  3. — There  are  numerous  examples  of  verbs  i^"^  with  the 
inflection  of  verbs  t^"^  (^  100.),  there  being  an  evident  confusion,  in 
many  cases,  of  the  one  class  with  the  other. 

99.    The  Most  Common  Lamedh  'Aleph  [^"b)  Verbs. 

(1)  Nn^  (Q.  Nl.  R.  [Hi.])  Create;  (2)  K^n  (M.  Pii.  BK.  H5.  Hithp.) 
Hide;  (3)'NDn  (Q.  H.  m.  Hithp.)  Svn;  (4)  NOD  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hithp. 

T      T  ■'' 

Hothp.)  Be  unclean;  (5)  ^^  (Q.  Hi.  Ho.)  Go  forth;  (6)  ia>^  (Q.  M  Pi.) 
Be  afraid;  (7)  N'??  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.)  Restrain;  (8)  ^?^D  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  PiL 
Hithp.)  Be  full;  (9)  ^^9  (Q-  N^- !«.)  Find;  (10)  m^  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.  Hithp.) 
Lift  up;  (11)  Xn^  (Ni.  Hithp.)  Prophesy;  (12)  J<^|)  (Ni.  Pi.  Hi.  Hithp.) 
Be  wonderful;  (13)  ND^  ^^'^  ^^  thirsty;  (14)  J^^j^  (Pi.  Hi.)  Be  jealous; 
(15)  N^D  (Q.  Ni.  Pu.)  Call;  (16)  iOr)  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  Meet;  (17)  N|)n  (Q-  Ni. 
Pi.  Hithp.)  Heal;  (18)  NeJtT  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.)  Hate. 


116 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

100.    Verbs  V'^  or  ^"^,  called  rr"^. 

[For  full  inflection,  see  Paradigrm  L.] 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


[UOO. 


Qal. 

Niph'al. 

R'el. 

Pii'al. 

Hiph'il. 

Hithpa'el. 

Perf. 

^W 

n^i?-? 

n?p 

TOP 

ntoprr 

rrDpnn 

Impf. 

^W- 

^W- 

n^p^ 

r^^\>\ 

n^pl 

nt?pr^^ 

Imy. 

nop 

rrtopn 

ntop 

nippn 

ntDpnn 

Inf.  abs. 

litop 

ntOjP^ 

rlDp 

riDp 

ntopn 

Inf.  const. 

nitof? 

nitopr? 

n'iDp 

ntep 

niDpn 

ntepnn 

Part.  act. 

n5?p 

n£?pp 

ntppD 

rr^pi?9 

Part.  pass. 

nop 

n^jP^ 

rrt?pp 

1.  a.  ,Tn  (2:10);  mW'H  (2:6);  n'^D  (18:33);  HJlD^  i^  n'?:^.^ 

TT  )t;-  t-  t;-  t:t 

h.  iTnMl:29);  rr'7ifM2:6);  H'^^JSt  (24:45);  n^SJ^  (30:3);  H^n^ 

c.  ni?^r(i-ii);  n;;n(4:2);  rr'???;'  n^o;^  n^tmb  (24:2i). 
^.  ilD:n;«  ^^^  (18:18);  n'7:i:i;7  mp;^  n3nrr(i5:i);  n^n.^ 

T  T  :  •  I  -  ••     :  -  ••  - 

e.  rmvj'^'.'^y,  niKn(2:i9);  n'inn;i«  nvnr[(6:i9);  ni^prrrirr*" 
/.  njrj?(6:i4);  ri^;}}^^'^  iTDp  j''  '^'^^  i''  ^fDH  ;^^  rrKnp»'« 

Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  1  are  very  few,  the  *)  in  nearly  every  case 
having  passed  over  into  ^.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  *  present  the  fol- 
lowing peculiarities : — 

1.  When  the  third  radical  (*)  would  be  final,  it  is  everywhere  rejected 
except  in  the  Qal  passive  Participle.  Its  place  is  generally  supplied  by 
the  vowel-letter  H,  and  hence  these  verbs  are  commonly  termed  Jl"^. 
Upon  the  rejection  of  the  ♦,  the  following  vowel-changes  take  place  : — 

a.  a,  heightened  from  a  (§  36.  2),  appears  as  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  in  all  Perfects. 

h.  e,  heightened  from  a  (§  36.  2),  appears  as  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  in  all  Imjyerfects, 

c.  e,  heightened  from  a  (§  36.  2),  appears  as  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  in  all  Participles,  except  the  Qal  passive. 

ilKgs.  6:7.  zEsth.  3:6.  3  Ex.  21:20.  4  Job  9:33.  6  Ex.  3:11.  el  Sam.  1:10, 
n  Sam.  2:27.  sPs.  40:3.  sDeut.  13:16.  lo  Hag.  1:2.  n  3  Sam.  13:3.  i2Mic.  6:3. 
M  Josh.  9:20.       "Ps.  59:U.       i5Ezek.6:ll.       le  1  Kgs.  18:1. 


§  100.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  117 

d.  6  (obscured  from  a)  and  e,  the  usual  vowels,  appear  as  the  stem- 
vowels  of  the  Inf's.  absolute  (the  latter  (e)  in  Hiph.  and  Hoph.). 

e.  6  (obscured  from  a,  lengthened  from  a)  with  the  fem.  ending  n> 
appears  as  the  ending  of  all  Inf's.  construct. 

/.  e  (written  PT.—),  arising  from  the  contraction  of  ^_,  appears  in  all 
Imv's  (2  m.  sg.). 

2.  n7(l:26)/orVT!^  I^SM^^D /^^  V*?p»;  11|DM1:9) /or  Vljp;.;  VH 
(1:14) /or  V^H;   nn(l:22);   ^9  (1:22);*  Vl^jr?;!   \Vf)^^,}^  fVD^t;^ 

3.  a.  iTDiJ;^  n^np;8  n^^n;«  rrnny  (45:i9);  n^^t■^,vo 

T    -!■•       :•  T  J"   :  I'  T    J"    \  T  -!■•  •,  T    J"     :  T 

h.  Dn^\n)(3:5);  riW(3:14);  ^n^?)V  (3:17);  ^nOp  (4:1);  n^Sn;" 

•  J-  •       .  J..  . 
^-  rD7P  (41:36); j^pi:?^]-)!  (19:33);  rTr]?^j;n;i«  '^^^TJ^P'"'  '^^^55*'' 

4.  rTn^n  (i:2)  /or  rr-n^n  (=hayawath+a);  nnpry  (27:17);  nriKi 

T :  |T  T      -  T  T  It  ^  T  -:  It 

(38:14);  nmn^(9:14);  nn^OrT;^!  nn^5;*^2  ^^^^pj^-^  (24:46). 

2.  Before  vowel-additions,  the  radical  ♦  is  usually  rejected,  together 
with  its  preceding  vowel ;  it  is  retained,  however,  in  pausal  and  emphatic 
forms. 

3.  Before  consonant-additions,  the  radical  *>  unites  with  the  preceding 
stem-vowel,  always  a,  forming  the  diphthongal  ay,  which  appears  as 

a.  e  (♦ )  in  the  Perfects  of  the  passive  stems  (rarely  it  is  ^__); 

h.  i  (♦ ),  thinned  from  e,  generally  in  the  Perfects  of  active  stems, 

though  Pi'el  and  Hiph'il  stems  very  frequently  have  ^__; 

c.  e  (^ ),  contracted  from  ay,  in  Imperfects  and  Imperatives. 

4.  The  Perfect  3  sg.fem.  of  all  stems  has  the  old  feminine  ending  H— » 
to  which  n is  added. 

Note.— This  H—  naay  be  merely  euphonic  ;  or  it  may  be  the  usual 
feminine  ending,  added  after  the  analogy  of  other  verbs. 

fi.a.'^^^^forrijy.  11^24/ornii;;  n^n^Vor^nn/ornanrr'  ^:?iT 
for  gnn  for  ngnn;  '?j;n2^  for  Thyr\. 

iDeut.  33:37.       2lsa.41:5.       3l8a.33:7.     4lsa.21:13.      6  Ex.  15:5.       eDeut.8:13. 
7Ezek.  32:2.  8Deut.27:9.      ajsa.  14:10.     lo  Ex.  26:30.      u  Ex.  17:5.     i2Deut.4:19. 

13  Ex.  32:7.  14  Ex.  33:1.  is  Ezek.  31:15.  lePs.  32:5.  nDeut.  3:21.  is  Deut.  1:4^.. 
"Lev.  4:2.  202  Sam.  1:24.  21  Jer.  49:24.  22Hos.ll:6.  23  Ps.  119:18.  34Deut.  3:2JJ. 
25  Judg.  20:38.       26Deut.  9:14.       27  Ex.  8:1. 


118  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [I  101. 

^'  (1)  r)'^')}for  nii$^i;  5tf^'^i/or  ngtf^'v 

(2)  T\^'^_[^'.2l)forr^r}^'^\  ^5n(2T:38)/or  rrS^'l;  I1t?^'K1  (24:46). 

(3)  f3;i(2:22)/orn^5n;  n"lMl:22);  J^jl;^  y^j^^  f^  (33:19). 

(4)  f5OT /or  n;!$r)1 ;  f5J)1;6    i^nniOiG);  D>;jll  (43:34). 

(5)  ;;^n(4:4);  ^Hni  (4:1);  nm(4:5);  C^jnd:^);  tTJ^n  (22:12). 

(6)  ^Jin^  /or  n'^Jin;  NT*)  (12:7);  kiki.s 

T      •  V   T     •  TJ"-  T  ••  |T 

(7)  '?3p_(2:2)/orn^5p_nVp_(2:16);  f5p_;9  IV^V''  '^'^O'l  (9:21). 

(8)  pCf^n  (29:10)  /or  nptf^^;  T}^\  (9:27)  /or  HpO!;   JO^V^ /o^ 

5.  Apocopation  of  the  final  radical  and  its  preceding  vowel,  i.  e.,  jl 

and  n 1  takes  place  as  follows : — 

a.  Of  n in  the  Pi'el,  Hiph'il  and  Hithpa'el  Imperatives ;  in  Hiphll 

forms,  a  helping  —  or  -^  is  often  inserted,  according  to  §  37.  2.  c. 

6.  Of  n in  the  Imperfect  when  used  as  a  Jussive,  or  with  Waw 

Consecutive  {U  72.  2,  73.  3).    After  the  loss  of  the  ,1^, 

(1)  the  verbal  form  may  stand  without  change ;  or 

(2)  it  may  have  the  vowel  of  the  preformative  heightened ;  or 

(3)  it  may  receive  the  helping-vowel  ^r;  or 

(4)  it  may  receive  the  helping-vowel  ^  and  also  have  the  vowel 
of  the  preformative  heightened  ; 

(5)  in  guttural  forms  -=^  is  employed  as  the  helping-vowel ; 

(6)  in  the  Niph'al  there  is  no  further  change  ; 

(7)  in  the  Pi'el  and  Hithpa'el  there  is  also  the  necessary  rejection 
of  the  characteristic  Daghes-forte  ; 

(8)  in  the  Hiph'il  the  helping-vowel  —  is  frequently  employed,  in 
which  case  the  -^  of  the  preformative  is  heightened  under  the 
tone  to  ^  (^  36.  2). 

101a.    The  Most  Common  Lamedh  He  ['n"^)  Verbs. 

(1)  rrD  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Despise;   (2)  HDln  (Q.  Vi.)  Weep;   (3)  rr'?3(Q.  R.) 

T  T  T    T  T     T 

Fall  away,  decay;   (4)  ^^^  (Q.  Ni.)  Build;   (5)  TII^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pti.  Ho. 

T  T  T  T 

Hithp.)  Reveal;  (6)  Tir^l  (Q-  Ni.  Pi.  Hithp.)  Be  like;  (7)  H^f  (Q-  Pii.  Hi.) 

T       T  TT 

Commit  fornication;  (8)  HT  (Hi.  Hithp.)  Thanh;   (9)  H")^  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.) 

TT  TT 

1  Job  31: 27.      2  Num.  21:1.      3  Ex.  2:12.      4  Ruth  2: 3.      slKgs.  10:13.       eDeut.  2:1. 
7lsa.47:3.  « Ex.  6:3.  » Jon.  2:1.       ioDeut.3:18.  ujudg.  15:4. 


U  101,  102,]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  119 

Cast,  instruct;  (10)  H^D  (Q-  Pi.)  Quench;  (11)  ril'2  (Q.  H.  Pii.)  Complete; 
(12)  HDD  (Q.  NL  Pi.  Pii.  Hithp.)   Conceal;   (13)  m'?  (Q.  Nl  Hi.)  Jom; 

T    T  ^y  1 

(14)  n"J9  (Q.  Hi.)  Rebel;  (15)  HD^  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  >Sf^re«cA  owi;  (16)  n|)p  (Q. 
Ni.  Hi.)  ^nc^;  (17)  n"T£)  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  H5.)  Redeem;  (18)  n:£D  (Q.  Pi!  Hi. 
Ho.)  Turn  ahout;   (19)  Hl^  (Pi.  Pu.)  Command;   (20)  ^rf3^^  (Q.  Pi.  Pii.) 

TT  T    T 

Watch,  cover;  (21)  H^^j^  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.)  TTaiV;  (22)  H^p  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  G^e«,  o6- 
tain;   (23)  ntTp  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Hi.)  Be  sharp,  hard;   (24)  ni"!  (Q.  Pi.  Hi.) 

■■■    |t  XT 

5ai;e  dominion;  (25)  HD^'  (Q.  Ni.)  Capture;  (26)  nnt^'  (Q.  Hithp.)  i:)o 
obeisance;    (27)  nptT  (Pu.  Hi.)  i)nWc;   (28)  nnC'"  (Q.  Ni.)  i)nnAj;  (29) 

|t    T  T    T 

n^r)  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.)  Hang. 

T     T 

101b.    Verbs  Lamedh  He  i'n"^)  and,  at  the  same  Time, 
'D  OR  y  Guttural 

(1)  n!lK  (Q.)  (N"£3)  ^e  tmWiTi^;   (2)  rt^^  (Q.  Hi.)  /S'«;6ar;  (3)  mfl  (Q. 

T    T  T     T  T   T 

P6.  Hi.)  Meditate;  (4)  ^^*^  (Q.  Ni.)  ^e;   (5)  n^n  (Q.)  Make  a  noise;  (6) 

T  T  T     T 

nnn  (Q.  Pu.  P6.)  Cc»iceiW;  (7)  n^n  (Q.  Pi.  HD  Live;  (8)  H'?!!  (Q.  Ni. 

T  T  T  T  T    T 

Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Be  sick;   (9)  n^H  (Q-)  Encamp;  (10)  nOtl  (Q.) 

T    T  T     T 

Trust;  (11)  n^lH  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Be  angry;  (12)  ^m  (Q-  Ni.  Pii.  Hi.) 

T  T  T     T 

Wipe  off;  (13)  nbV  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  Go  up;  (14)  H^V  (Q.  Ni.  Pi. 
Hi.)  ^nsMjer;  (15)  H^V  (Q.  Ni.  Pi.  Pii.  Hi.  Hithp.)  Afflict;  (16)  Htrr  (Q- 
Ni.  Pi.  Pii.)  Do,  make;  (17)  HIS  (Q.  Hi.)  ^e  /rmV/wZ;   (18)  HSV  (Q-  H. 

XT  T    T 

Pii.)  Watch,  overlay;  (19)  Hip  (Q.  Ni.  Hi.)  Jfee^;   (20)  HJ^^  (Q.  Ni.  Pii. 

t)t  t     t 

Hi.  Ho.  Hithp.)  See;  (21)  HD^  (Q.  Pi.  Hi.)  Multiply;  (22)  n^;*!  (Q.  Pi. 
Hi.  Hithp.)  Feed;  (23)  HiDl  (Q-  Ni.  Hi.)  5e  feeble;  (24)  HV"!  (Q-  Ni.  Pi. 

XT  ■"■     T 

Hi.  Hithp.)  ^ep^easecZ. 

102.    Verbs  Doubly  Weak, 

In  the  following  list  there  are  given  synopses,  or  partial  synopses,  in 
various  stems,  of  those  verbs  whose  inflection  presents  special  difficulties: 
1.  rrDK  be  willing-q^\ :  nDN*  (DD^Dk^),  HDi^^  ODi^^),  HDN. 

T     T  T     T  V         '      -: 

2.  r\r\i<  come-QU:  nHK  ojjnN),  nn^;  (Kn^'  'j.W'  ''W' 

XT  T     T  -IT     T  V    V:]-.-  -<      T     ..|.  J«     ••!• 

viiN,  nt^iK.-Hiph.:  [nnii^  vnn  dmv.). 

IT    "  •  T     "  |T 


laO  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  102, 

3.  K'n  enter-qiX :  ^:^  (HN^,  '^^'2.  1N3,  DDK!!),  N'n^  NH,  t^D, 

T  T  -IT  •  -IT  -IT  V  T  T 

KU  ^^:3;  Hiph.:  j^^an,  NO^  N^rr,  Nnn,  N^nn,  nod-,  hopL: 

T  T  T 

4.  HNn  6e-Qai:  n\n,  Hsn*  (^n^  rr^^N),  rr^*^,  n^n  cvrr),  n'vrr, 

T  r  T  T  V  :  |-  •  :  v  :  iv  "  v:  r  t  v: 

r  '  T  :   I- 

5.  n^n  ZiW-Qai:  n^n,  rr^n^  (^n^),  rr^rr,  rt*n  cvn),  nvrr^;  Pi'ei: 

T  T  T  T  V  :  I'  •:•••.•:  r  r  :    |- 

n^n,  .T^^  iTD,  n'T^n,  n;;np;  Hiph.:  njiin,  n^rjp,  nvrjn. 

6.  ni*  ^/m?iA:-Hiph.:  nnm,  rrnv,  rnm,  nn'in,  nnto;  mthpa'ei: 

TT  T 

n^iiin,  ^7l1rl^  m^rin,  rr^:!!??' 

K^yi^  K^in,  Ki^in,  N^y'in,  N^yto;  Hoph.:  j^^^^rr,  n":^io. 
......  ^       ^ 

8.  ;rT  A.^ioi^-Qai:  ;r-|^  ^y,  ^%  j;ns  nj;*!,  ;r-T1^  }fyi\\  Mph.: 
m^'  I^IJN  l^in,  j;-!i:i;  mph.:  ;;nin,  j;ni'.  J^nin,  ;;nto; 
Hithpa'ei :  ;;^1n^  ;;ninn. 

9.  ir\'  le  afraid-Q^\:  ^<-|^  Nn^^   NHn   Nh*  (nNT);   Niph.:  K^V, 

••T  "T  .T   •  t:  :  T     :•  -t- 

T 

10.  n'll  cast,  instruct-Q^l:    n^T,    HJ^T,    rrn^    HT,    DIT,    il^.V ; 

Hiph.:  nnirr,  ^n1^  rrnirr,  nnin,  nniD. 

11.  hd:)  stretch-Qu ;  ^01  HD^  (D^,  DH),  ^01  DiDi  rrto3,  ntD^; 

T   T  T    T  V    •  •—  ••  ••     :  ;  V  T 

Hiph.:  n^n,  nt?i  (d^i),  rriDD  (on),  nten^  nw^ 

12.  HD^  .mi^6-Hiph.:  ^3^,  H^!  (^!5)'  ^30  (rjn),  n^D,  ni^n, 
njD;  Hoph.:  nsn,  n??,  rrsp. 

13.  Nb^^  ^i/*^  i^i>-Qai :  mi  m\  Nb^,  Nii:^!  riNtr  (also  nx?^ 

and  Nt:^^),  mi  t^)\^:i, 

U.rplwalk-(i^\:rp^,   rp,  n^^;    Hiph.:   rj^Virr    (rarely  :|♦^^'1), 

t]^'?v,  t]^'irr,  Tj^'pm,  r]^b')f2* 
'  15.  r)^n  tcaZ7.-Qai:  Tj^r?,  r|'?q!,  tj^n,  rji*?,*!,  rj^n,  rj^ph;  Mph.: 

16.  np'?<«A:e-Qai:  Hp^,  ^Tp^  hp,  rr'ip^  nrrp.,  rrp'?,  typi\ 
Niph.:  np^i  ^p^^  np'.'rT;  Hoph.:  npv 


2  103.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  121 

17.  ]r\;  give-q^i:  fni  jn^,  jn,  p^i  nn,  jrii  pn^;  Mph.:  jni 
fn|^  jnirr,  |nj;  Hoph.:  fn\ 

18.  rrb^j;ma/.e-Qai:  rrc^j;,  r\p:i;\  niri;,  ntr;r,  n'lt:'^;,  w^r, 
nb^;;;  Niph.:  nc'i^p.  (nn^jt^:),  ntr^n 

19.  rr?<n  5e6-Qai :  rr?<n,  rrj<7  {Nn::i,  Knni),  rrxn,  nj^n,  n'iNi, 
rrN^;  Niph.:  n^ni  nN'i\  nNnn,  m^inn,nNn>,  mph.:  nxna 

T     :  •  .•   Ti"  ••    T|"  T|"  V     :  •  T     :  v 

ni^y^  HKnn,  n'lKnn,  ni^nD ;  Hoph.:  rrNnn,  rrNip* 
ninp^'n,  niinp^n,  n^np^p. 

103.    Defective  and  Kindred  Verbs. 

1.  a.  t^)^  he  ashamed,  Hiph.  t^OH  5  but  also  t^'^'in  from  Jj/^n 

...  .  ..y. 

h.  ^to  &e  ^yoodf;  but  Impf.  ^D^^  and  Hiph.  ytD"^^  from  ^t^^ 

-  .  ...  _  ^ 

c.  ^jl*  &e  afraid;  but  Impf.  *llj|*  from  *niJ|, 

T  T 

d.  J^pJ  a«jaA;c,  used  only  in  Impf.;  the  Hiph.  Perf.  ppll  (from  pp) 
being  used  as  Perfect. 

c.  T^£3J  &reaA;  m  pieces,  Pi.  T^5-5 ;  but  Impf.  p5^  Imv.  pQ,  Niph. 
p£3l  Polel  l^)jr\^,  Hithp6.  |^Vi£)nr?,  Hiph.  p^n  come  from  pfi}. 
/.  rrnLT  dHnh,  in  Qal ;  but  Hiph.  m^T^  from  UpC^". 

T    T  |t    :       •  It  T 

2.  a.  tip*  ctdd,  used  in  Qal,  but  the  Inf.  const,  and  Impf.  (fl^Din  and 

rj^pV)  are  taken  from  the  mph'il. 
h.  tJ^JlJ  approach,  with  Qal  Impf.,  Imv.  and  Inf.  const,   (ty^^  tJ^jj, 
rW^\  but  Mph'al  Perf.  [m^). 

c.  rrn^  ?eac^,  with  Qal  Perf.  and  Imv.  (rm^),  but  Hiph.  Impf.  (rm-D*). 

d.  rin^  pour  out,  with  Qal  Impf.  ^ty>)  and  Niph.  Perf.  (r[nj). 

3.  DDH  and  DH*  ^^  warm;  DDtJ'  and  U0*'  ?«y  w^as^e;   DDH  and  D?),*! 

-T  -T  ~T  -T  T 

hum;    W'?  and  T^?)'?  moch;  "T\^  and  IIB  irea/c;  ^^(1  and  H^ll  ^'-^e; 
nnn  and  nnn  en^rrare;  3^1  and  T]T\  multiply;  \T\  and  H^n  sliout; 

))-T  )tt  -t  tt  Pt  tt 

JI^C^'  and  nJltJ^*  env  '^D^  and  ':)?lO  circumcise;  Tip^  and  T]1D  a«oin<; 
TO^  and  ni£)  ?>?ow;;  ':JD^  and  H'^^/^^e  aM;ai/;  tD  and  HD  despise; 

—  T  ~  ~T  TT  TT 

DD*1,  on  and  np*1  6e  silent;  Ipl,  r]^,  NO*!  and  HD*!  crwsA; 


122  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  104. 

nnV,  n^^*  and  ^)):  press;  ^m,  ^"iW  and  Til^  draw  off;  DDD,  DKQ 

-T-T  -T-T  TT  -T-T 

and  HDD  melt. 

T    T 

1.  In  some  cases,  stems  from  different  (though  kindred)  roots  are  used 
to  make  up  the  inflection  of  the  same  verb;  such  verbs  are  called  defective. 

2.  In  other  cases,  forms  from  different  stems  (of  the  same  root)  are  used 
to  make  up  the  inflection  of  the  same  verb. 

3.  In  many  cases,  two  or  more  roots  exist  which  have  two  radicals  in 
common,  and  also  the  same  general  signification.  These  are  called  Jcindred 
verbs.  This  fact  seems  to  point  back  to  a  time  when  verbs  were  bilit- 
eral,  the  third  radical  in  each  case  being  a  later  addition  to  modify  the 
fundamental  meaning  of  the  original  biliteral  root,  or  to  make  this  triliter- 
ality,  after  it  had  become  characteristic,  universal. 

104.    A  Comparative  I/iew  of  the  Strong  and  Weak  Verbs. 

I.  THE  QAL  perfect  AND  IMPERFECT. 


Perfect. 


Impf .  with  o.     Impf .  with  a.  Impf .  with  e. 


Strong 

'5  gut. 
'^  gut. 
'b  gut. 

\"^ 

V"V 


[qatal] 

-    T 

tODp,  Dp 

-     T 

-  T 

-  T 

^P  (a) 
^p(a) 


[yaqtiil] 

*7kp^3 


^^K'^pr 


[yaqtal] 

nop: 


£3p^. 

(6)^p^ 
N^p^ 


[yaqtil] 
('7DP^) 


n 


■j'P' 


1  Cf.  also  ^DP,  VdP  (§  64.2,3).    2  Or  S^Jf^;  also  Sdj;\       s  Only  in  verbs  |''3  and 
^J?  gut.    4  Jussive  and  with  Waw  Consec.  in  pause,    s  Also  bp^.V       ^  Only  in  m% 


2  104.]  BY 

2.    THE  PMEL  AND 


AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  128 

Pd'^L  PERFECTS  AND  IMPERFECTS. 


Fi'el  Perfect.        Pii'al  Perfect.  Pi'el  Impf.        Pii'al  Impf. 


[qattal] 

[qfittal] 

Strong 

"^Op,  "^Dp' 

'7^P 

'£)  gut. 

•^v?:? 

"7:?^ 

y  gut. 

■^'^p.  '^np 

•^Np,  "^np 

'*?  gut. 

nDp2 

n^p 

I'D 

''tsJ 

•^Dj 

W 

t3£Dp 

DDp 

a 

£3t?'1p3 

£3D'p 

u 

C3p£?p* 

rh 

■?£?' 

*?©? 

ry 

■^'p' 

li 

'7'?1p« 

'?'?1p 

(( 

'^P'?r 

K"'? 

NC?p 

Nc:p 

n-'7 

nap 

ntsp 

[y'qattal] 


b^'qiittal] 
^Kpl^ 

n^p* 
Dt?pi 


3.    THE  hYpH'IL  and  h6pH'AL  PERFECTS  AND  IMPERFECTS. 


Hiph'il  Perf . 

Hoph'al  Perf. 

Hiph'il  Impf. 

Hoph'al  Impf. 

[haqtal] 

[hiiqtal] 

[yaqtal] 

[yiiqtal] 

Strong 

^'Pprr 

"^^Dpn  ('n)ii 

"^'Pp! 

^pp: 

'£)  gut. 

"^'W.};}'^ 

^^i^ir ' 

^^^yn3 

'^p:^. 

'JTgut. 

"^'Npn 

^^?i?0 

'^'Np! 

^^^p: 

'^gut. 

n^Pp?7 

ntopn 

D'Cpp! 

npp: 

I'D 

*7^£?n 

^Drr 

*7'P! 

^cs; 

r:^ 

topn 

Dpin 

^p: 

Dpv 

V'D 

*?^toirr 

"^Din 

^^D1^ 

^IDV 

♦'& 

^*DM 

J^tptt 

vy 

':''prr 

"^pin 

*^K 

*7pV 

K"^ 

N^pprr 

^^PO 

N^pp! 

^?p: 

rr-^ 

™prr 

T  ):    T 

'"^^P- 

?^^p: 

1  Forms  with  a  under  the 
» Po'el,  *  Pilpel.  5  Rare,  e 
10  Also  Vp;.*n.     11  There  are ) 


second  radical  are  quite  frequent.  a 
Polel.  1  Also  SnpV  8  In  pause  ntJpr 
i  few  forms  '.ike  S^pH.    "  Also  ^p>;n. 


In  pause  nDP. 
9  Also  Snp] 
13  Also  '7'£3;ri- 


124  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  104. 

4.    THE  nYpH'AL  and  HVTHPA'EL  PERFECTS  AND  IMPERFECTS. 


Niph'al  Perf. 

Niph'al  Impf. 

Krthpa.  Perf. 

Hithpa.  Impf. 

[naqtal] 

[yiqqatal] 

[hithqattal] 

[yithqattal] 

Strong 

"^^pj 

^cop^i 

*:'t?pnn 

'^'tppn' 

'3  gut. 

'7^;^.^' 

^^:^.^ 

"^^yrin 

%:^.v^' 

-y  gut. 

•^JitpJ 

^^?i?^ 

"^'J^pnn' 

^^pH!' 

'■?  gut. 

nopj 

fi^i?! 

nDpnn 

n^pn' 

I'-fl 

■70^ 

.. .,- . 

^^'tDinn 

*:'i3i'i? 

yy 

£3PJ 

tap! 

DDpnrr 

totDpn* 

vy 

tocolpnrr 

t3L)ipn^ 

V'fl 

■^DIJI 

•^tav 

^tD^nrr 

"^^'jy. 

\y 

■^ipj 

■^ip? 

'^•'pipnn 

':''?ipn' 

TV 

'^'p'ppnn 

'^'p'ppr)* 

N"-? 

»<?i?^ 

}<t?p: 

N^piirr 

Ntppn^ 

n--'? 

ntDpj 

ntop' 

nDpnn 

nDpn^ 

T  1:  • 

V    1  T  • 

T  1      :     • 

.  )-   : 

5.    THE  VARIOUS  INFINITIVES  CONSTRUCT. 


Qal. 


Niph'al. 


Pi'el. 


Hiph'il. 


Hoph'al. 


[q'tiil]           [hiqqatSl] 

[qattal] 

[haqtSl] 

[haqtall 

Strong 

'itD\>^       "^Dpn 

■^Op 

'?'Pp''7 

■^^po 

'fi  gut. 

■^br.        "^Dj^p 

•^csr 

'7'pj^.r' 

'-^mA} 

-;;  gut. 

■^Np        '?Nprt 

■^Jip.  '7!»p  "^'Npn 

'7Nprr 

'*?  gut. 

niDp        napn 

rrop 

rrppn 

npprr 

r-s 

"'7bj,n'7D  '7t33rr 

Wj 

■^'tprr 

ry 

bp              C2p!l 

ODip 

Dprr 

T'S 

'7b',n'70  "^Dirr 

■?«)! 

'7'Din 

•jDin 

'"3 

•rb'         

■^'DM 

vy 

'TO         "^ipn 

'7'?1p 

■^'PC 

v';r 

^'P         — 

K"'? 

NDp        Ncppn 

Nt?p 

N'tpprt 

^^^PO 

n-'? 

niDp      nic3pn 

n'iDp 

niDpr? 

nioprr 

1  Barely  bttiT.     »Al8oS^;;i      «  Also  bnpnri.      ^AlsoSnpn^      6  Barely  ^^p. 


105.    The  Inflection  of  Nouns, 

1.  ^ti^  Saying,  from  ^OK ;  "1^1  Word,  from  ^^1 ;  HID  i>ea<A,  from 

•      J  T     T  VJT 

2.  pN-in^r7(l:24);  pi V'^D^D  (14:18) ;  rrynX(20:l);  n^b^  (13:14). 

3.  n^n  (1:24);   ^WT  d:!)*'    D^-D^?!  (1:22);    niK-nJlJ^  (1:14); 
Oy;:!^  (3:6). 

4.  Fp1-i?'p1  ^^•^^^'  '"^^l-^^^  (1-26);   D*^|)-*;!9  (1:2). 

5.  T-1T  (3:22);   f»];-D5U»^.  (3:5);   t:^"^N-r]^>K  (3:16). 

The  inflection  of  nouns  includes, 

1.  The  formation  of  the  noun-stems  from  the  root  (§§  106. — 118.),  or 
from  other  nouns  (§  119.) ; 

2.  The  formation  of  cases  (1 121.),— a  means  of  inflection  almost  lost  in 
Hebrew ; 

3.  The  addition  of  afiixes  for  gender  and  number  (§§  122,  125.) ; 

4.  The  changes  of  stem  and  termination  in  the  formation  of  the  con- 
struct state  [U  123,  125.); 

5.  The  addition  of  pronominal  suffixes  [U  124,  125.). 

706.    Nouns  with  One,  Originally  Short,  Formative  Vowel. 

1.  a.  [^Dp/orqatl];  1^^  Earth;  T))^,  Evening ;    p^e  Stone;  p^ 

Swarm, 
h.  frDD/orqitl];  ^^^5"er&;  "^t^OBooh;  'y;^mip;  p^^c^en. 
c.  [^[Dp  for  qut\]]  ^p^  Morning;   Til^fn  Darkness;  ^^^J  Saying. 

2.  a.  };^\  Seed;  nVJ).  Perpetuity;  H'ii}  Pat^;  "\V_^_  Youth;  TT^TS  Under, 
h.  f]K  (=  f]^N)  (cf.  ^5^?  =  ^£D^K)  ^ose;  \y  (=  p^^)  Goat. 

c.  DN  (=  POK)  Mother;  pH  (=  ppD)  /S^a^w^c;  D*  (=  DO!)  ^^ 


126  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  106. 

d.  niD  Death;   ^^f)  Midst;   QV  (=  DV)  Dmj ;   n*!J  House;  ^^^^ 

v-iT  |v-iT  :  :-  -J-  -J- 

Night;  r]1D  (=^1D)  End;  ^ICT"  (=*1")^)  ^^;  p"!  (=1^)  Judgment; 

3.  tr'3*7  Honexj;  DJ;?P  ^  ?^'^^?e;   ^"^"2  Stench;  ^K?  TTc^Z. 

4.  a.  nD'?D  ^ween;   11^;;^  JffaiWcTi;   rf^rT  i>^/e;   r7l':'t:»  i?es#. 

h.  nnnO  Covert;   HTOt^  Gladness;   H^l^K  ^«2/^«5';   nmD  <y?7i5. 

t:'  t:-  t:-  t:- 

c.  rb'^^  Food;  rrMn  wisdom;  rrpr?  (=  'npT)^!)  statute. 

T    :    T  T    :    T  It    •.  I  t)  :    •. 

1.  These  nouns,  called  Segholates,  had,  originally,  one  short  vowel  (a,  1 
or  ii),  which,  generally,  stood  with  the  first  radical.  A  helping-vowel  was 
then  inserted  under  the  second  radical  (?  37.  2),  and  the  formative  vowel, 
now  standing  in  an  open  tone-syllable,  was  heightened :  a  to  ^  ;  i  to  e ;  ii 
to  o. 

2.  When  the  root  contains  one  or  more  weak  radicals,  certain  changes 
occur  :— 

a.  In  '^  or  '^  guttural  stems,  a  is  the  helping-vowel,  instead  of  e ; 
and,  in  '^  guttural  a-class  stems,  the  original  formative  a  stands  un- 
heightened.i 

b.  In  V'y  stems,  ^  is  assimilated,  represented  in  the  following  con- 
sonant by  Daghes-forte,  and  then  rejected  from  this  consonant  whenever 
it  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 

c.  In  J7"i^  stems,  the  second  and  third  radicals  are  contracted  ;  but 
the  doubling  shows  itself  only  when  a  vowel-addition  is  made. 

d.  In  Vy  and  ^"^  stems,  1  and  ^  are  sometimes  preserved  in  the 
absolute  state ;  but,  in  many  nouns,  they  suffer  contraction  with  the 
preceding  vowel. 

e.  In  n'v  stems  occur  formations  ending  in  ^ ,  )  and  H—. 

3.  In  a  small  number  of  nouns,  the  formative  vowel  stands  under  the 
second  radical,  instead  of  under  the  first ;  in  these,  a  suffers  no  change ; 
but  i  and  ii,  under  the  tone,  become  e  and  o  ;  no  helping-vowel  is  needed. 

4.  Many  feminine  nouns  are  formed  from  Segholate  stems  ;  the  femin- 
ine ending  being  added  to  the  primary  form  ('^^p,  *?Pp>  'PPP^ '  ^^^  ^^ 
original  ii  is  generally  deflected  to  6. 


1  Cf .,  however,  cnS  bread,  D^]^  womb. 


I  107.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  *  127 

Note  1.— The  Qal  Infinitive  const,  ('^bp^  =  q'tiil  =  qutl)  is  really  a 
Segholate  ;  while  the  Inf.  const,  of  verbs  f'i]  and  V'£3  [pi^p  =  fl*?^),  as 
well  as  such  Infinitive  forms  as  tliC\''  and  TlVI^  are  Segholate  formations. 

Note  2. — Segholates,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from  the  root, 
express,  as  nearly  as  possible,  its  simple  idea,  either  abstractly,  or  as  it  is 
realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded  as  its  embodi- 
ment or  representative."^ 


107.    Nouns  with  Two,  Originally  Short,  Formative  Vowels. 

1.  a.  [*7DP  for  qat^l];    DTK  Man;    DSH  Wise;    ^T\  Word;    ^t^^ 

t|t  tt  tt  tt  tt 

Upright;  y^'2  Flesh;  ^J2^  Camel;  \T]   Com;    DDfl  Violence, 

TT  TT  ItT  tt 

DD  ^=  qliw^m)  Rising  ;  D*^  (=  r^wam)  High, 
h  T 

*-i-|ij^  (=  s^dh^y)  Field;  i^^^  Beautiful;  H^n  Pregnant;  y  {for 

V  T  V  T  V    t  t 

r^y)Hand;  Dl  {for  tlD^)  Blood. 

V  T  T  V     T 

h.  [bO\^  for  qatil];  Jpt  Old  man;  nDD  £^eavy ;  \m  Truly;  ^Q 
Shield;  ^py^Seel;  t]*];  Weary;  ^tl^^Fat;  "^Otl  deficient ;  nO 
(=  mawith)  Dead;  ^J  (=  gawir)  Stranger. 

c.  ['^bp /or  qatul] ;  ^^^  Round  ;  pb^  Beep  ;  ^p^  Spotted  ;  D^j^T 
Naked;  p^  (cf.  D^^Dp)  Small;  Ol^  Ped- 

d-  i^m  for  qital]  ;  DD'?  Heart;  ^^'jf  Rib;  '-\t2tl  Bitumen. 

2.  [n'?t3p];  n7^n)S  Righteousness ;  HDIi^  Ground;  ^^^^  Chariot; 

T    T  I :  Jt   T   :  T   T  -:  t  t  -: 

[ri7m]',  HDHla  CattU;  m^m];  n'tm  Possession. 

T    ••) :  T   "    :  T    •.  j:  t  •.      : 

A  second  class  includes  nouns  which  are  formed  by  the  employment  of 
two,  originally  short,  vowels,  a— a,  a— i,  a— ii,  i— a.  These  nouns  are,  for 
the  most  part,  adjectives  or  participles : — 

1 .  a.  Original  a— a,  in  strong  stems,  are  heightened  to  a— a ;  in  V'^ 
stems,  they  contract  and  give  a  ;3  in  H"^  stems,  the  second  a  is  height- 
ened, after  the  loss  of  "^  or  \  to  e  ;  in  a  few  cases  of  H '*?  stems,  the  final 
n__  has  been  lost. 

h.  Original  a— i,  in  strong  stems,  are  heightened  to  a— e ;  in  \y 
stems,  they  contract  and  give  e. 


1  Cf .  SdP,  the  form  before  suffixes.  »  Green's  Hebrew  Grammar,  p.  208. 

3  This  is  the  participial  form  of  1 ";;  verbs  in  Qal. 


128  .  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [2  108. 

c.  Original  a — ii  are  heightened  to  a— o  ;  the  latter  (o),  however,  goes 
back  to  u  before  additions  for  gender  and  number,  a  Daghes-forte  being 
inserted  in  the  final  consonant. 

d.  Original  i — a  are  heightened  to  e — a. 

2.  The  feminines  of  these  stems  are  made  bj''  the  addition  of  il__;  this 
addition  requiring  a  change  of  tone,  the  vowel  of  the  first  radical  is  vol- 
atilized (§  36.  3.  I). 

JOS.    Nouns  with  one  Short  and  one  Long  Formative  Vowel 

1.  a,  [^IDJ^  =  'l^\lfor  qatai]  ;   ^^1^  Great;  tlfSl^Holy;  nHD/ionor; 

tit^^  Peace;  ljy\^  Lord;  n'^rrCJ  Pure;  p'^nD  Sweet, 
h.  [^*pP  for  qatil] ;    *n»pK  Captive;  J^D^  Eight  hand;  J<*^J  Prince; 
tl'^t^t^  Anointed;  i^>^^  Prophet;  ynQ  Overseer;  yW  Little. 

-        •         T  •     T  )•      T  ^-    T 

c.  frltOp/o^qatul];  'yr\^  Cursed,  and  all  Qal  pass,  part's;    DIV^ 
Strong;  Dll)^  Cunning;  )l)y^Week;  ^^^  Grain;  ^)^t^ Bereaved. 

d.  ftj^p  or  ^top/or  qital] ;    "^rS^^riting;  yT^War;  ^'2^  Work; 
T\b^_  God;  tr'I^N  Man;  ^totl  Ass;  Vit)r\^  Dream;  "lj<*  River. 

e.  [^pp  for  qitil  or  qiitil] ;    ^7^5  Tin;  ^''0'?  Fool;  y^^^  Column; 
':>»P5  Idol;  nnn  Swine. 

/.  fr^tOp  for  qttiil  or  qiitiil]  ;  ^^^^  Limit;  t^H^  Dress;  ^')'0i  Benefit; 
\)\^  Strength;  yi^  Cheruh;  t^^y^  Property. 

2.  rr^injl  Great  (f.);    HNO^  Prophetess;  TT^T)'^  Cursed  (f.);    n^l^ 

T  :  T      •    :  T        -:  t  : 

FiV^m;  nnl:ill  G^iV6??e;  n'^^m  i^?t*«e;  n:^DJ<  ^ri/^A. 

T       -:  T     •    :  T         v: 

A  third  class  includes  nouns  which  are  formed  by  the  employment  of 
an  originally  short  vowel  in  the  penult,  and  an  originally  long  vowel  in 
the  ultima.  These  nouns  are,  for  the  most  part,  abstract  substantives, 
neuter  adjectives,  or  passive  participles : 

1.  a.  Original  a — a  become  a — 6,  the  first  vowel  being  heightened  to  a, 
the  second,  obscured  to  6  ;  this  formation  is  to  be  distinguished  from  that 
with  0,  described  in'?  107.  1.  c.    Here  belongs  the  Qal  Infinitive  absolute. 

h.  Original  a — i  become  a — i ;  here  belong  many  nouns  with  a  passive, 
and  a  few  with  an  active  signification. 

c.  Original  a — u  become  a — u;  here  belong  all  Qal  passive  parti- 
ciples. 


U  109,  110.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


129 


d.  Original  i— a  become  '—a  or  '—6,  the  first  vowel  being  volatilized, 
the  second  (a)  being  sometimes  retained,  but  more  frequently  obscured 
to  6. 

e.  Original  i— i  or  ii— i  become  '— i,  the  first  vowel  being  volatilized. 
/.  Original  i— u  or  ii— u  become '— u,  the  first  vowel  being  volatilized. 

2.  The  feminines  of  these  stems  are  generally  made  by  the  addition  of 
n_,  the  vowel  of  the  first  radical  becoming  S'wa. 

109.    Nouns  with  one  Long  and  one  Short  Formative  Vowel. 

1.  [*701p/<5r  qatal];  D'^'IJ^  Eternity;  "ly'lJ^  Treasury;  Or))n 'Signet ring; 
ntrT  (/^^  'osay)  Making;  Dt^til  [for  nCJ^On)  Creeping. 

2.  M)pforqm]l,  y)i^  Enemy;  '7:i)n  Pilot;  ^^3  Priest;  NV^  Going 
forth;  '^?y~\  Creeping;  Tl'^il  Walking,  etc. 

8.  \!7^)pfor  qutal];  ^J?lj;  Flute,  organ;  ^JJ^t^f  Fox. 

Remark.— [*:JiD^p /or  qital];  "lID^p  Smoke;  "^Ml^tff  Nile;  t^'IO^p  Nettle. 

A  fourth  class  includes  nouns  with  a  naturally  long  vowel  in  the  pen- 
ultima,  and  an  originally  short  vowel  in  the  ultima. 

1.  Original  a— a  become  6— a ;  here  belong,  besides  many  substantives, 

all  n"*?  Q^l  active  participles,  and  also  the  Qal  act.  part.  fern,  (in  H or 

D-r)  of  strong  forms.  The  vowels  do  not  change  before  a/-fixes  of  gender 
and  number. 

2.  Original  a — i  become  6 — e  ;  here  belong  a  few  substantives,  and  all 
strong  Q^l  participles ;  also  those  feminines  of  the  form  tiltDp* 

3.  Original  u — a  become  u— a. 

Remark. — There  are  a  few  nouns  with  an  originally  long  vowel  in 
both  penult  and  ultima ;  the  former,  however,  is  probably  long  in  com- 
pensation for  an  omitted  Daghes-forte  (?  30.  2.  c). 

110.    Nouns  with  the  Second  Radical  Reduplicated. 

1.  [*?t3D /or  qattal] ;   *:>^^<  Rart;   n^t^f  Sahhath;  ^20  Burden;  n^y, 

t|-  t-  t-  t  tt 

n^y  Dry  land;  HNDH  Sin;  ^'^^^t  Magnificence. 
Remark.— ^^jl  Thief;  H^O  Cook;  C^'-JH  Artificer;  {<jp  Jealous. 

T-  T      -  TT  T|- 

2.  frtDD  for  qittal] ;  ^DD  Talent;  rb')'^  Eolly;  PT^  Blindness. 

T  ]•  T     •  VJV  •  .-<< 


130  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  llO- 

3.  [^Dp/orqattil];  ^\^0  Shoot,  rod;  LT'lp  To  consecrate. 

4.  [^^p/o^qittil];  a^H Dumb;  yi;^;  Blind;  t:;'in  Deaf;  t:f^); Perverse; 
nP5  Clear-sighted;  }<p?  Throne;  '^gfl  -^«s«- 

5.  a.  ['?t3D  ~  qattal] ;  see  examples  under  1.  R.  above. 

b.  ['^CDD  =  qittal  /rom  qattal] ;    ^3J<  Husbandman;   1.  R.  above. 

c.  frltOp  =  qittol] ;  "^n^  Sero;  '^)^\f^  Drunkard;  ^)Q'^  Sparrow. 

6.  ['?^Dp];  nnK  ^^ea^;  pQK  Strong;  p'>'^'^  Righteous ;yOi^  Fettered. 

7.  C^IDp] ;  11DJ/  Pillar;  ^13^'  Childless;  p^H  Merciful. 

S.  ['^IDp] ;  11D*?  Learner;  T^lptJ^  Abomination;  D^DDJl  Consolation. 

A  fifth  class  includes  nouns  whose  second  radical  is  reduplicated.  This 
doubling  intensifies  the  root-idea,  giving  it  greater  force  or  greater  firm- 
ness : — 

1.  Formations  like  qattal  are  frequent,  but  with  no  special  signific- 
ance. 

Remark. — It  is  a  question  whether  nouns  of  this  form  indicative  of 
occupation  have  a  or  a  (see  5.  a  below);  the  corresponding  Arabic  have  a, 
yet  some  of  these  shorten  the  vowel  to  a  in  the  construct  state. 

2.  Formations  like  qittal  are  few;  the  feminines  are  generally  ab- 
stract nouns. 

3.  Formations  like  qattel  are  rare,  except  as  Pi'el  Infinitives  construct. 

4.  Formations  like  qittel  are,  mostly,  adjectives  designating  deform- 
ities and  faults,  physical  or  moral. 

5.  a.  Formations  like  qattal  are,  properly,  nouns  indicative  of  occu- 
pation ;  but  see  1.  R.  above. 

b.  The  form  qittal  is  the  same  as  qattal  with  the  penultimate  a 
attenuated  to  i. 

c.  The  form  qittol  is  the  same  as  qittal  with  a  obscured  to  6. 

6.  Formations  like  q  at  til  are  adjectives  expressing  a  personal  quality. 

7.  Formations  like  qa  ttul  are  descriptive  epithets  of  persona  or  things. 

8.  Formations  like  qittul  are,  for  the  most  part,  abstracts,  and  are 
often  used  in  the  plural. 


[?i  111,  112.  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  181 

77  7.    Nouns  with  the  Third  Radical  Reduplicated. 

1.  ];m  Tranquil;  f:;;^  Green;  HJN^  (=  n^?p_)  Comely;  "iyOl^  Faint; 
1)1^:^1^ Splendor;  ^^^^tlDarJc;  ^^r^^Pasture;  0''S)')^i<,^_ Adulteries. 

2.  ^ti7n$  Full  of  twists;  Tj^Dfirr  FuII  of  turns;  O'lt?!^  Reddish; 
irnn^'  Bladdsh;  f]1D$pK  Rabble;  ^D^Pi?^  Crooked. 

3.  ^t?W^^^^>  nnr^n  Frightful;  n^lD  (/orDDDD)  >^<«r;  iDlD  i?w6y; 
iplp  C^roM^/i;  n'7J'?J  >S'A:wZ?;  pi:3p3  i^ZasA;. 

A  sixth  class,  closely  related  to  the  fifth  class,  includes : — 

1.  Noun-formations  with  the  third  radical  reduplicated,  the  signification 
being,  in  general,  the  same  as  when  the  second  radical  is  doubled. 

2.  A  few  words  in  which  the  second  and  third  radicals  are  reduplicated, 
the  signification  being  that  of  intensity,  or  repetition;  in  the  case  of 
adjectives  of  color,  there  is  a  diminutive  force. 

3.  A  few  i^"^  and  \'^  stems,  in  which  the  contracted  biliteral  stem  is 
reduplicated. 

7 12.    Nouns  with  K  n  and  *  Prefixed. 

1.  yy^ij^  Finger;  tjll^lX  Fist;  |n^N  Lasting-,   npJ<  Violent. 

2.  D^tp^n  To  rise  early ;^^'^:}Tl  To  divide;  n^Nn  To  shine;  ti7^tl  De- 
liverance; tlQ^tl  having ;  ^tl^tl  Grant  of  rest;  Tll^tl  Aspect. 

r  r  —.  T  T  -:  t  t^  - 

3.  "iny^  Oil;  Dlp^^  Pouch;  DID*  Being;  ^H*  Adversary;  cf.  the  proper 

T    :  •  \     :-  I     :  t 

names  pTOS  Hn£3^ 

A  seventh  class  includes  nouns  formed  by  prefixing  }«},  H  or  ^— 

1.  A  few  nouns  are  formed  by  means  of  a  prosthetic  K ;  t^iis  X  is 
merely  euphonic  and  has  no  significance. 

2.  A  larger  number  are  formed  by  means  of  a  prefixed  H ;  here  may  be 
included  Hiph'il  Inf's  abs.,  and  Inf's  const.,  besides  many  verbal  nouns 
formed  after  the  analogy  of  the  Hlph'il. 

3.  Nouns  with  a  prefixed  ^  occur  rarely  as  appellatives  ;  but  frequently 
as  proper  names. 


132  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  113. 

775.    NOUNS  WITH  0  Prefixed. 

1.  ft'DpD  for  ^^LJfpp];    ^;)?^p   Food;    HD^OO  Kingdom;   n^^^^p 

Cover;  HK*!^  (=  ^N"nD)  Appearance. 

2.  ['^DpP  /or  '7Dpp] ;  ]'3Pf2  Dwelling-place;  n^JlO  i>eser?;  DfiC'D 
Judgment;  nJDH^O  War;  rU^Ot^D  Watch;  200  {='2'2Df2)  Circle; 
il^\PO  {=''il?t?)Properti/. 

3.  fy\;^]^Dfor  '^pipDi;  pgn?  'S'^^^^/  rrn55  ^^2/;  t>)J2  FUsh-hook; 

il'^rnf^  Plough;  n|);iD  /SmiV^^;  pp  (=  p^j^)  ASAieZ^;  tTpto  (= 
4.  ^\$'pr?for  ^tpjpp] ;  (igrp  -AZtor;  ^DD  (=  DSpD)  i>^^'an. 

6.  [VlDpD,Vlt0pO/(>r'7^p5];  nlDf75  ^«^^^/  mp'?0^oo<7/;  D'lpp 
Place;  *Tl,tDtP  Song;  7ltJ^pp  Stumhling-hloch. 

7.  L'^^ppD,  '^^Ppp];  y*l3P  -DimcZm^;  n^ppp  i?ainiw  D^pO  (= 
Dipp)  Establishing. 

An  eightli  class  includes  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  ^,  the  same  ele- 
ment which  is  used  in  the  formation  of  participles.  So  far  as  concerns 
the  vowels  employed  the  following  combinations  may  be  noted  : — 

1.  a — a,  the  latter  of  which  is  heightened  from  a.    Feminines  in  H 

T 

and  H—  occur.  In  T"£3  stems,  ^  is  assimilated ;  in  V'f)  stems,  aw  be- 
comes 6 ;  in  )}")}  stems,  the  usual  contraction  takes  place,  and  the  vowel 
of  the  preformative  is  heightened ;  in  '^"^  forms,  the  second  a  is  height- 
ened to  e. 

2.  \ — a,  the  former  of  which  is  attenuated,  the  latter  heightened  from 
an  original  a ;  the  usual  vowel-changes  take  place  in  weak  stems. 

3.  a— e,  the  latter  of  which  is  heightened  from  i ;  the  usual  vowel- 
changes  take  place  in  weak  stems. 

4.  1 — e,  the  i  of  which  is  the  attenuation  of  a  (cf.  3.). 

5.  a— o,  the  o  of  which  is  heightened  from  an  original  ii. 

6.  a— 6,  i — 6,  of  which  6  is  obscured  from  a,  while  i  is  attenuated  from  S. 


2§  114,  115.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  133 

7.  a — i,  1 — i,  used  only  in  the  formation  of  Hiph'il  participles  (m.);  the 
latter  (i — i)  being  used  in  V^  verbs. 

8.  a — u,  not  used  to  any  great  extent. 

114.    The  Signification  of  Nouns  with  d  Prefixed. 

1-  n^H^O  ^^stroyer;  *7*5tj^5  ^  didactic  poem  (=  instructor);  l^nj^p 
He  who  inspires  terror;  ^Qf2  What  falls  off,  chaff;  i^0!^t2  Covering. 

2.  b^^p  Food;  h)p7t2  Booty;  ]m  Gift;  n^fD  jPsalm;  ^^)^f2  That 
which  is  small;  'ptl^t^  That  which  is  remote. 

3.  n'^Dk^O  Knife;  HnfiO  Key;  M^  Shield;  10bf2  Goad. 

V  jv  -:  |-  _    ..    .    _  I  ••  T  ••    :    - 

4.  fD^*D  Dwelling-place;  ^SHD  Desert;  tl^\f2  Altar;  DIpD  Place. 

5-  n£3JlD  Smiting;  miD  Sickness;  ^t^*^0  Straightness;  riDll^D  War. 

T  ••  -  V    :  ~  T      ••  T   T    :    ■ 

The  letter  Q  is  from  ^^   [who)  or  HD   [what),  and  is  used  in  the 
formation  of  nouns, 

1.  To  denote  the  subject  of  an  action ;  cf.  its  use  denoting  agency  in 
Pi'el,  Hiph'il  and  Hithpa  el  Participles. 

2.  To  denote  the  ohject  of  an  action,  or  the  subject  of  a  quality ;  cf.  its 
use  in  Pii'al  and  Hoph'al  Participles. 

3.  The  instrument  by  which  an  action  is  performed. 

4.  The  p?ace  (or  time)  in  which  an  action  is  performed. 

5.  The  action  or  quality  which  is  contained  in  the  root. 

115.    Nouns  Formed  by  Prefixing  n. 

1.  frL)pr)/or*:JDpn];    DDnni?);   a^in  Tenant;  r\ri^^f\  Reproof : 
\iyT\  South;  nniri  Thanhs;  TTi^TS  L(^^' 

2.  ['^Dpn  for  ^tOpn];  ^^1T\  Elm;  rT\^^T\  Glory;  mpn  Hope. 

t|:-  "J:*  t:*  tt:-  t|. 

3.  ['?;?pjl /or  ^tppri] ;   l^'^t^T)  Checkered  cloth;   'H^'TSt^  Deep  sleep ; 
rhr\r\  Praise;  il^DH  Prayer. 

T    •     :  T    •     : 

4.  [':'^ppri] ;   ydlT\  DisdpU;   TinDn  C?oa^;  n*^5t^  completeness. 

5.  ['^IDpni;    ^1"ipn  Bitterness;    UT\)T)   Consolation;    pDJI   ^^^cr- 


Remark.— nD*1*in  i>eep  s?eep;  nj^^lT^I  Deliverance;  TTS^^TS  Glory, 


184  ELE^IENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  116,  117. 

A  ninth  class  of  nouns  includes  those  with  the  prefix  jl.  This  prefix 
is  the  same  as  that  used  in  the  Impf.  3  fem.  It  is  used  in  a  neuter  sense, 
and  is  employed  in  the  formation  of  abstract  nouns,  though  rarely  of  con- 
crete nouns.  The  cases  cited  above  exhibit  the  various  forms  assumed  by 
nouns  of  this  class,  as  well  as  the  vowel-changes  which  take  place  in  for- 
mations from  weak  stems. 

Remark. — Nouns  with  fl  prefixed  have  also,  in  the  majority  of 
instances,  the  feminine  ending  H • 

T 

116.    Nouns  Formed  by  means  of  Affixes. 

1.  a.  *7Dn3  Garden;  ^Vy^Iron;  ^^^5^  Cup  of  a  flower;  ^VTST)  Ankle. 
&•  D  v'D  Ladder;  D /IN  Porch;  DtO'in  Sacred  scribe;  D^15  Ransmn. 

2.  a.  \T\Vi^  Last;  \'WiO  First;  [VDN  Poor;  p^^  Most  Ugh. 

h.  I^^n  Gain;  ffl'p^"  Table;  |^np  Offering;  J'^5^t  Destruction. 

c-  \T\nS^  Interpretation;  p^tf^J  Success;  'tT)')^  Blindness;  pIlDD 

Confidence;  VVO\  Memorial;  JID^i^  Pain;   f'lj^jj  Majesty;   |ton 

Noise. 
d.  J'n:)D,  "n;iP  Megiddo;  rib^C^',  LXX.  XoTuofc^v,  Solomon. 

A  tenth  class  of  nouns  includes  those  with  affixes,  *7,  0  and  ^ : 

1.  Nouns  formed  by  the  addition  of  ^  and  Q  are  few,  and  have  no 
special  significance. 

2.  Nouns  formed  by  the  addition  of  ^  are  numerous,  including 

a.  Adjectives  formed  either  from  a  noun-stem  (cf .  I  119.  3),  or  from 
a  root. 

b.  Abstract  substantives  ending  in  an.  . 

c.  Abstract  substantives  ending  in  on,  obscured  from  an. 

d.  Proper  names,  in  which  the  ^  is  often  lost. 


7  77.    Nouns  Having  Four  or  Five  Radicals. 


1.  ^"^pjl?  Scorpion;  "llBfJ)   Treasurer;   t^'Oy^  Sickle;  ^O^H  Frost; 
t^"^O^rr  Flint;   \^^^   Concubine;   th^Q^  Bat. 

2.  \t2r\^  Purple;   ^jt!?};^  A  kind  of  cloth;   pritJ^HN  Mule. 

1.  Nouns  with  four  radicals  are  comparatively  few;   they  have  no 
special  classification  or  signification. 


U  118,  119.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


135 


2.  Nouns  with  five  or  more  radicals  are  still  fewer,  and,  for  the  most 
part,  of  foreign  origin. 

775.  Compound  Nouns. 

1.  nip*7V(?)  Shadow  of  death;   nf2'\i^f2  Anything ;  ^^_^^  Worthless^ 
ness. 

2.  plV"^5'7D  ^ing  of  righteousness;  ^^^f^t^^_  God  hears. 

1.  Compound  words,  as  common  nouns,  are  few  and  doubtful. 

2.  Compound  words,  as  proper  names,  are  very  numerous. 

77P.    Nouns  Formed  from  Other  Nouns. 

1.  n;;tr  Porter  (cf.  I^t^  Gate);   Qi^  Vine-dresser  (cf.  0*13  Vineyard). 
2-  ]li^O  ^^^^^  ^f  ^^^  fountain  (cf.  1^'>]^Fountain)\  rit?T\'D  Place  of  feet 

(cf.^;in  i^ooO. 

3.  fnnj^  Last  (cf.  nrrK  After)-,  fnjj;  Blindness  (cf.  nij;  Blind). 
jnn'?  Coiled,  serpent  (cf.  nn*?  Frea^A) ;   \T\pr\)  Brazen  (cf.  n^H^ 
^ron^e);    pL^>K  4pP?e  o/  ^/te  ei/e  (cf.  tT^NJ)  J   fniL!^!  ^n>A^  (from 

T 

4.  a.  '^>'7tr  Third  (cf.  CT"'?^');  ^t?^"C^'  /S'/x^A  (cf.  t^tff). 

^.  ^5kV'lD  Moahite;  ^0")^  Aramaean;  ^jj^"}^  Gershonite. 
^^13V  Northerner',  *13^  Foreigner;  ^HB  Villager. 

:  •  :   T  •   T  : 

5.  n^lt^N*!  Beginning;  JIIO'PQ  Kingdom;  rS^^Ch^  Widowhood. 

Nouns  formed  from  other  nouns,  and  not  directly  from  the  root,  are 
termed  denominatives.    The  most  common  formations  are : — 

1.  Nouns  with  the  form  of  the  Qal  active  Participle,  indicating  agency. 

2.  Nouns  with  the  prefix  0»  indicating  the  place  where  a  thing  is  found. 

3.  Adjectives  and  nouns  formed  by  the  affix  h  or  ? (seldom  p). 

4.  Adjectives  formed  by  the  affix  *>_;  these  are, 
a.  Ordinals  formed  from  cardinals  ; 

h.  Gentilics  and  patronymics  ;  and  a  few  others. 

'  5.  Nouns  formed  by  the  affixes  ri*—  and  r\%  designating  abstract  ideas. 


186  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§§  120,  121, 

120,    The  Formation  of  Noun -Stems. 

From  ?^  105. — 119.  it  has  been  seen  that  noun-stems  are  formed, 

1.  Directly  from  the  root: — 

a.  By  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root ;  as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  one,  originally  short,  vowel  [I  106.); 

(2)  nouns  with  two  (originally)  short  vowels  [I  107.); 

(3)  nouns  with  one  (originally)  short  and  one  long  vowel  (?  108.) 

(4)  nouns  with  one  long  and  one  (originally)  short  vowel  [I  109) 
h.  By  a  reduplication  of  one  or  more  of  the  consonants  of  the  root 

as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  the  second  radical  doubled  [I  110.); 

(2)  nouns  with  the  third,  or  the  second  and  third,  or  with  the 
contracted  stem,  doubled  (§  111.); 

c.  By  prefixing  vowels  and  consonants  to  the  root ;  as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  }<,  pf  ov  ">  prefixed  (§  112.); 

(2)  nouns  with  0  prefixed  [U  113,  114.); 

(3)  nouns  with  H  prefixed  [l  115.); 

d.  By  affixing  vowels  and  consonants  to  the  root;  as  in  the  case  of 

(1)  nouns  with  '?>  D  or  j  affixed,  with  a  vowel  (§  116.); 

(2)  nouns  with  four  or  five  radicals  (§  117.); 

(3)  nouns  compounded  of  two  distinct  words  {1 118.). 

2.  From  other  nouns  (and  called  denominatives),  by  the  various  means 
indicated  above  (§  119.). 

Remark. — It  is  important  to  keep  in  mind  two  things  : — (1)  that  the 
original  stem-form  of  nouns  ended  in  a,  the  stem-form  and  the  accusative- 
form  (?  121.  3)  being  identical  (cf.  the  verb-stem  and  the  Perfect-stem, 
which  also  are  alike);  (2)  that  in  Hebrew  a  short  vowel,  when  final,  was 
always  lost ;  and  consequently  the  noun-stem  appears  in  its  full  form  only 
when  this  stem-ending  is  protected  by  suffixes  (cf.  I  127.  below). 

121.    The  Formation  of  Cases. 

1.  a.  p5<-in^rr(i:24);  i^T?  1^5;!  i£DV  1^?;'  D'P  I^^lf5»' 

h.  Cf.mp  in  'im^n'O  (4:18);   ?|0t^'  in  '^KlOt?^";^   ^^9  in  "^^^ 
(32:32). 
2.  a.  Vh'b  ^n:j:i:i  (31:39);  linK  ^Ji  (49:11);  DBtTD  ^IK^D*^ 

&.  p-l^^-^3'?D  (14:18);  '^NnDJI ;«  '^N^Jin-J  ^N^j£)  (32:31);  n'^O^HK.^ 

iNum.  24:3, 15.       2  Num.  23:18.  sPs.  1U:8.  <1  Sam.  1:20.  6lsa.l:2L 

6  Dan.  8 :16.  1  Num.  34 :  23.  8  1  Sam.  21 : 2. 


[2  121.  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  137 

c.  V55<(2:24);  iTj^nX  (4:9);   pJ^B  (4:11);   'Ts'TiV}  ♦n^!!  (3:11);    ^^QS 

(=f9). 

d.  inrp'?  (1:12);  r]jiiy;;  (3:16);  IJip'pV?  (1:26);  ?lin*)D-|5  (1:26). 
3.  a.  \^m{l^-14.);  rrDM13:14);  D^  nvnj^  (20:1);  H'prlJ^r?  (18:6). 

h.  ^Tdl[v.lr)for^r^'yd7\  ntr'^K(3:6)/orn-^>K;  r-'^p.^ 

c.  iTj'pp  (3:10);  ^^T}^  (3:14);   :r|i^nr  (3:15);    D5V?^?  (3-5);   ^bl^^I^j? 
<^.  D-pV;*    D-^n  (29:15);  O'lt^'pC^'  (31:2)  /or  silsam.  [(3:17). 

There  were  originally  in  Hebrew,  as  in  Assyrian  and  Arabic,  three  cases. 
Only  relics  of  these  remain  in  Hebrew : — 

1.  The  nominative  was  formed  by  the  addition  of  u  (from  wa)  to  the 
stem ;  but  this  has  been  entirely  lost,  except 

a.  In  a  few  archaic  construct  forms,  in  which  it  appears  as  6  (per- 
haps a  contraction  of  the  stem-ending  a  and  the  case-sign  u)\ 

b.  In  the  first  part  of  a  few  proper  names  ;  as  in  the  examples  cited 
above,  ^HD  =  man  of;  ^f2t?^  =  name  of;  )^Q  =  face  of 

2.  The  genitive  was  formed  by  the  addition  of  i  (from  ya)j  which  took 
the  place  of  the  stem-ending  (a).    It  is  seen 

a.  In  the  archaic  ending  i  of  the  construct  state,  which  is  quite  fre^ 
quent  in  poetry. 

6.  In  the  i  which  occurs  in  a  few  proper  names. 

c.  In  the  i  which  appears  in  the  nouns  ^J<,  flK  ^^^  ilB  ^^  ^^^ 
construct  state  and  before  suffixes ;  likewise  in  the  i  with  which  certain 
particles  close. 

'  d.  In  the  e  (heightened  from  i)  which  stands  before  the  suffixes  Hj 
^^  and  sometimes  ^H* 

3.  The  accusative  had  the  ending  a  and  was  the  same  as  the  noun-stem, 
just  as  the  Qal  Perf .  3  m.  sg.  (§  58.  N.  5)  was  the  same  as  the  verb-stem- 
This,  likewise,  has  almost  disappeared,  but  is  seen 

a.  In  the  so-called  He  directive  (H )i  which 

T 

(1)  is  used  to  denote  direction  or  motion;  but 

(2)  is  often  used  in  a  weaker  sense  to  designate  the  place  where; 
and 

(3)  in  many  cases  seems  to  have  entirely  lost  its  original  force. 
h.  In  the  a  which  stands  before  the  suffixes  )n  OH—  =  o),  H  (H-v 

=  rT— ),  D  and  J. 


iDeut.l:36.       2judg.5:14.       3Kuthl:9.       4  Ex.  13:21. 


138  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  122. 

c.  In  the  ~  (volatilized  from  a)  which  stands  before  the  suffixes  ^TT, 
D5  ^^^  ?5'  which,  under  the  tone,  is  restored  to  a,  and  heightened  to  6 

(?  38. 1.  n";'). 

d.  In  the  syllables  am  and  6m  (the  latter  by  the  obscuring  of  a), 
which  are  found  in  certain  adverbs. 

Note  1.  — It  will,  therefore,  be  seen  that  the  vowel  which  stands 
between  the  noun  and  its  suffix  is  not  a  connecting-vowel,  but  the  case- 
ending. 

Note  2. — A  clear  idea  of  the  Semitic  case-endings  may  be  gained 
from  the  declension  of  an  Assyrian  and  an  Arabic  noun  : 

Assyrian.  Arabic, 

tribute.  country.  the  booh.  a  book. 

Nom.  madattu  matu  al-kitabu  kitabun 

Gen.  madatti  mati  al-kitabi  kitabin 

Ace.  madatta  mata  al-kitaba  kitaban 


122,    Affixes  for  Gender  and  Number. 

1.  niJ^(l:3);  n"lt3(l:4);  DV  (1:5);  ^1:55(1:5);  I?pn(l:6). 

2.  a.  in^rr  (1:24);  'n^^J^j  (31:39);  ^nn^K  (4:23);  "in^^'N  (2:24);  IDH^D 

(4:5). 

r\'r\  {r^'r])  (i:25);  r\n  (rr:ii)  (i:26);  nDtr'ji  [nmi)  (2:7). 

T-  -:  TT  -:•  tt: 

b.  iTtr"N1  (1:1);  niD*;!  (1:26);  n^tTTq  (1:2);  TS^d^  (1:21). 

n:Df)nnD  (3:24);  n^t!^D0(i:i6);  rrh  (4:2);  nr*^(2:9);nrrp 

(4:11). 

c.  r^^y{v.^)\  nDrr:n(i:24);  rr^n(i:24);  raiK(2:5);  rrtr>e(3:4). 

TT-  T":  T-  TT-:  T- 

H.  nm  (1:14);    nn^P  (1:14);    riiJirj    (3:7);     nn^li^p  (2:4). 

4.  a.  n'rt>^^  (1:1);  D^QM1:22);  D^D^  (1:14);  Dnj;)^  (1:14);  D^^^"(l:14). 
h.  >;!5  (1:2);    ^J[;-i|  (3:5);    ^tr*4  (4:23);    ^^l^  (6:4);    ^W)^  (6:4). 

5.  D^^tr,    '^^ence  ^^t^  (1:16);    0^.3^1^  (3:6),  6w«  m^  (3:7). 

The  Hebrew  has  two  genders, — masculine  and  feminine ;  and  three 
numbers, — singular,  dual  and  plural. 

1.  The  masculine  singular  has  no  particular  indication,  the  case-ending, 
as  well  as  the  final  stem-vowel,  having  been  lost,  except  in  a  few  instances 
(U21.  1-3). 


§  122.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  139 

2.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  n> — with  the  stem-ending,  Jl—', 
with  a  helping-vowel  (2  37.  2.  6),  Jl-—,  or  H— •  This  feminine  sign  has  a 
three-fold  treatment : — 

a.  It  is  retained,  in  accordance  with  its  original  use,  whenever  the 
noun  of  which  it  is  a  part  is  in  close  connection  with  what  follows ;  as 
when  it  (the  feminine-sign,  H)  stands 

(1)  before  a  case-ending  Cj,  ^ ,  H ,  1 121.  1. — 3) ; 

T 

(2)  before  a  pronominal  suffix  (?  124.) ; 

(3)  at  the  end  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  state  (?  123.  4). 

h.  It  is,  in  accordance  with  a  later  usage,  attached  to  the  stem  (by 
means  of  a  formative-vowel,  or  a  helping-vowel,  viz.,  — ,  or  with  a  guttural, 
-=-),  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  many  nouns,  participles  and  infin- 
itives. 

c.  It  is  changed  to  ,1 ,  by  apocopation  of  ri  and  heightening  of  the 

T 

Btem-ending  a  to  a.     This  form  is  the  more  usual  indication  of  the  femin- 
ine gender. 

5ote. — The  original  sign  of  the  feminine  was  ta,  which,  with  the 
stem-ending,  made  ata ;  but  the  final  short  vowel,  as  always  in  Hebrew, 
was  lost  (§  36.  8.  N.) ;  there  remained,  therefore,  at  —  jl—. 

3.  The  feminine  plural  is  indicated  by  the  ending  Hi  (oth  for  ath), 
which  is  unchangeable. 

Note.— This  6th  (=ath),  which  includes  the  stem-ending  a,  is  perhaps 
a  repetition  of  ta  the  feminine  singular  ending :  a-tata  =  a-(t)a-ta  =  ata 
=  at  =  ath  =  6th. 

4.  The  masculine  plural  is  indicated  by  the  endings, 
a.  D^_  (im)  in  the  Absolute  state  (?  123.  1). 

6.  ^_  (e)  in  the  Construct  state  [I  123.  2). 

jfote.— Many  masculine  nouns  have  plurals  in  6th,  and  many  feminine 
nouns  have  plurals  in  im. 

5.  The  dual,  used  chiefly  of  objects  which  go  in  pairs,  is  indicated  by 
the  endings, 

a.  D^_  ^yim)  in  the  Absolute  state. 

•  j- 
h.  ♦ (e)  in  the  Construct  state. 

Note  l.-In  the  inflection  of  nouns  in  Hebrew,  it  will  be  seen  that 

use  was  originally  made  of  certain  affixes :  (1)  t  (orig.  ta\  for  the  feminine; 

(2)  u  (orig.  wa)M  the  nominative;  (3)  i  (orig.  ya\  for  the  genitive ;  (4)  o, 

for  the  accusative.    There  was  also  a  fifth  affix,  viz.,  m  (orig.  ma\  which 

was  equivalent  to  an  indefinite  article.    This  m  has  almost  disappeared ; 

it  is  found,  however,  (1)  in  a  few  old  accusatives  [1 121.  3.  d);  (2)  in  the 


140  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  123. 

absolute  form  of  the  plural-ending,  im  ;  (3)  in  the  absolute  form  of  the 
dual-ending,  ayim.    (See  Note  2,  below.) 

Note  2. — Just  as  (1)  u  (the  plural  sign  of  verbs),  which  is  for  an  ear- 
lier un  (p  (?  63.  6)  =  D?)),  is  the  nominative-ending  u  reduplicated,  with 
the  addition  of  the  indefinite  m  (see  above,  N.  1);  so  (2)  im  (plur.  ending 
of  nouns)  is  the  genitive-ending  i  reduplicated,  with  the  addition  of  the 

same  m.    On  the  other  hand  (3)  e  (* )  the  ending  of  the  construct  plural 

and  dual  is  for  a-y,  i.  e.,  the  stem-ending  a,  with  the  geftitive-ending  i  or 
?/,  the  indefinite  m  having  never  been  employed  in  the  construct  state, 

which  is  made  definite  by  what  follows ;  while  (4)  ayim  (Q^ ),  the  dual- 

•  j- 

ending,  consists  of  the  stem-ending  a,  the  genitive-affix  i  or  y,  and  the  in- 
definite affix  m,  with  a  helping-vowel. 

Note  3, — The  following  analyses  of  forms  will  explain  more  clearly 
the  foregoing  remarks  : — 

Form  in  use.        Intermediate  steps.  Original  form. 

1.  Nom.  sg.  D?)D  =  susu  =  §us(a)u  =  susa-wa 

2.  Gen.  sg.  DID  =  ?usi  =  sus(a)i  =  §usa-ya 

3.  Ace.  sg.  (def.)     MD^D  =  susa  =  susa 

T       -I  *         *  *         * 

4.  Ace.  sg.  (indef.)     DID  =  susam  =  isu§a-m  =  susa-ma 

5.  Fem.  sg.  (1)        JlDID  =  susat(h)  =  susa-ta 

6.  Fem.  sg.  (2)        MDID  =  susa  =  susat  =  susa-ta 

7.  Fem.  pi.  D1D1D  =  susat(h)  =  susa(t)a-t  =  susa-ta-ta 

8.  Masc.pl. (indef. )D^p1D  =  susi-i-m  =  sus(a)-i-i-ma  =  susa-ya-ya-ma 

9.  Dual  D^pID  =  susa-y(i)m  =  susa-y-y-m    =  susa-ya-ya-ma 

10.  Masc.  pi.  and        «)i^«,^         a  u  a  a 

Dual  const.  5^^  ""  ^^^^'^  =  susa-y-y  =  susa-ya-ya. 

Note  4. — D^Q  [waters]  and  D^DtJ^  [heavens)  do  not  have  the  usual 

•-I-  -J-     T 

plural  in  im,  but  take  as  their  plural-ending,  what  was  once  a  plural- 
ending,  but  is  now  used  as  the  (Zwa?-ending:  e.  g.,  D^^^*  =  sam(ay)-a-y-m. 

128.    The  Absolute  and  Construct  States. 

1.  D^i'7?^(l:l);  DW'n(i:i);  pKn(i:i);  niKrr(i:3);  y_^pn(i:6). 

2.  D'lnn  *;!$  (1:2)  /aces-o/ abyss;   D^rt'???  mi  (1:2)  (the)  spirit-of  God; 
D^Dti^n  J^^1*^5  (l-l^)  in-[the)-expanse-ofthe  heavens. 

Of  two  nouns  closely  related,  the  second,  in  Latin  or  Greek,  is  in  the 
genitive.    The  same  relation  is  indicated  in  Hebrew  by  pronouncing  the 


5  123.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  141 

second  noun  in  close  connection  with  the  first.  The  effort  thus  to  unite 
the  two  words  in  pronunciation  results  invariably  in  a  shortening  of  the 
first  word,  because  the  tone  hastens  on  to  the  second. 

1.  A  noun  which  is  not  thus  dependent  upon  a  following  substantive 
or  pronoun  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state. 

2.  A  noun  which  is  thus  dependent  on  a  following  substantive  or  pro- 
noun is  said  to  be  in  the  construct  state. 

Note. — It  is  the  first  of  two  nouns,  therefore,  and  not  the  second, 
which  suffers  change. 

3.  nj;n  (4:2),  cf.  ni^n ;  mpp  (i:io),  c/.  njjpp ;  rr'pi?  (3:7),  c/.  n^j;; 

^n  (42:15),  c/.^n;N^lic/.}<^5.2 

4.  n^n  (1:25)  instead  of  n^fl ;  VsT]  (1:26)  instead  of  n^l. 

5.  ^;!9  (1:2),  cf  D^;|) ;  ''ty,  (3:17),  cf  D^D^ ;  ^D^  (4:11),  cf  DW ;  ''IP 
(1:16),  cf  D^J)_tf^';  O^jr  (3:7),  cf  Dy,^)?. 

E.  Ahs.,n^  (1:11),  const,  HB  (1:29);  ahs.,  J^DV,^  const,  NDlf;*  aZ**-, 
J^7  (32:12),  co7is<.,N7.  (22:12);  afts.,  r]'7D  (14:17),  cons^.,  tj'^Q  (14:1); 
abs.,  n5D,^  con5«-,  ")5D  (5:1);  abs.,^)}^  (37:2),  cons^.,  IJ/^^ 

So  far  as  concerns  endings  or  a#xcs,  the  Construct  state  differs  from 
the  Absolute  in  the  following  particulars  :— 

3.  Final  n_  (i.  e.,  ^  heightened  from  an  original  a,  after  the  apocopa- 
tion  of  a  final  radical  ^)  gives  place  to  H^  (i-  e.,  e  =  ay,  the  original  a 
and  the  final  radical  ^  having  united). 

Note.— Compare  with  this  the- fact  that  in  H"^  verbs,  the  Imperfect 
ends  in  ,*!_  (e),  but  the  Imperative  in  H—  (e)  (§  100.  1./). 

4.  The  original  form  of  the  feminine  affix  Jl^,  preserved  by  its  close 
connection  with  what  follows,  appears  instead  of  the  later  n_. 

5.  The  definite  affix  ^  (=  ay)  appears  instead  of  the  ordinary  plural 
and  dual  endings  D^—  and  D^— • 

Note.-The  feminine  plural  affix  6th  is  the  same  in  Absolute  and 

Construct. 

Remark.— Final  vowels,  other  than  those  just  mentioned,  as  well  as 
final  a  when  followed  by  J^,  and  Segholates  (strong  and  guttural)  do  not 
suffer  change  in  the  Construct  state. 


iJosh.l5:8.    !»Num.21:20.     3Num.l;3.     .Deut.l:19.     52Kg8.5:5.     elSam.2:ia. 


142 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[§  124. 


Note. — The  Construct  form  may  best  be  explained  by  understanding 
that  it  is  really  an  unaccented  word,  the  tone  having  passed  on  to  the 
next  word.  Every  such  noun,  it  is  true,  has  an  accent,  unless  it  is  joined 
to  the  following  word  by  Maqqeph  (§  17o  2);  but  this  accent  is  usually  a 
Conjunctive  (§  23.  2.  h),  and  serves  only  to  bind  the  words  more  closely 
together.  Two  words  standing  in  the  Construct  relation  may  be  said  to 
have  but  one  principal  tone,  which  must  rest  upon  the  second  part  of  the 
combination. 


124. 

The  Pronominal  Suffixes. 

[See  Paradigms  H. 

and  N.] 

TABULAR  VIEW. 

Masc.  sg-. 

Masc.  plur. 

Fem.  sg. 

Fem.  plur. 

Absolute 

DID 

D'pID 

nD*iD 

T 

niDiD 

Construct 

DID 

♦DID 

npiD 

niDiD 

Sing.  1  c. 

^pID 

'DID 

^npicp 

^niDip 

2  m. 

^p^9 

?1'P1D 

^npiD 

^l^niDiip 

2f. 

T]p1D 

^'PID 

^^?^9 

^^niDiip 

3  m. 

1D1D 

VDID 

T 

inpiD 

vniDiip 

3f. 

nDID 

T 

rr^DiD 

T      JV 

nnmo 

iTniDip 

Plur.  1  c. 

^^D^D 

J" 

^^DID 
J" 

^npiD 

'i^'niDip 

2  m. 

D5P19 

D5'P19 

D5ippiD 

D5'niDiD 

2f. 

PP^9 

P'pip 

15^9^9 

f5'rii9*iD 

3  m. 

DD1D 

T 

D17PI9 

Dnpicp 

D.TnipiD 

3f. 

fD^D 

irr'P'ii? 

\m 

frj^nipiD 

1.  a.  iJl^Q^  (1:11)  for  '^'H'ydl'.    Il^  (3:22)  for  ^^Tl^    Ui<l^  (4:4). 

•    :  JT     •    :  T  -ITT 

r^y*d7[l•^^)forr^'y>d7\  ntr>K  (3:6) /or  n-tr>N;  nnn3:i5). 

T        •      :  T      JT      •      :  T  •  T       JT  •  T      :' 

D-yp;i  D-riN;2  U'Tr\\^  D'^V;*  f-'p'lp;^  p^^.^ 

V^^  (3:10);    ?|^h^  (3:14);    ^)p^_  (3:15);    Ot!^^,   (3:5). 
h.  in-n^  (23:9);    T|-;3hn  (3:16);    r]-tr>N  (3:16);   ^irp^V  (1=26). 

V5K  (2:24);    ^Tj^IlN  (4:9);    VHS^  (4:8);    n^D  (4:11). 
1  Num.  14:1.      aDeut.4:38.      8lKg8.2:4.      4Jer.l5:9.      6  Ruth  1:9.      e  Ex.  35:28. 


§  124.]  BY  AK  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  143 

2.  nnpK  hut  W^N*  (4:23);  nnSIl  &««  ^nn;prr  (4:23);  '\r\\>'Wr\  (4:7). 

The  relation  existing  between  a  noun  and  its  pronominal  suffix  is  really 
the  construct  relation.  Hence  the  form  of  the  noun  before  suffixes  is,  in 
general,  the  form  of  the  construct.  In  this  section  only  the  endings  of 
the  noun,  as  affected  by  the  suffix,  are  treated. 

1.  Masculine  nouns  in  the  singular  take, 

a.  The  original  stem-ending  a  [I  121.  3.  a), 

(1)  in  the  form  of  a,  before  ^H,  H,  D  and  T,  the  suffixes  of  the  3d 
person ; 

(2)  in  the  form  of  —,  before  ^,  Q^j  ??• 

h.  The  original  genitive-ending  i,  which  displaces  the  stem-ending  a, 

(1)  in  the  form  of  e  before  IH  (in  H"^  stems  and  a  few  poetical 
forms),  %  1^ ; 

(2)  in  the  form  of  i  before  all  suffixes  in  the  words  "2^  father ^ 
fy^  brother,  HQ  mouth. 

Remark  1.— Certain  contractions  take  plac3,  viz.,  IH to  \  ?!_  to 

JT  T    JT 

n_(a). 

Remark  2.— The  —  before  Tl,  DD?  P  ^^  restored  to  a  and  heightened 
to  ^  in  pause  (?  38.  1.  N.). 

2.  Feminine  nouns  in  the  singular  preserve  before  suffixes  the  earlier 
form  of  the  feminine  affix,  which,  with  the  preceding  stem-vowel,  is  H— ; 
but  the  -^  standing  in  an  open  syllable  is  heightened. 

Note.— The  feminine  affix  is  followed  by  the  same  case-  and  stem- 
endings  as  those  which  occur  with  masculine  nouns  (see  above,  1.  a,  b), 

3.  a.  ^DVI^  (2:23);    0*1*1;^    "^'7^^'^^   ^y.?''   ^'P^?'* 

h.  DH^^tr'  (2:25);   ayyy.  (3:5);    ]r)t?fl'  (4:4);   Oiiyt^Y  (I'^D- 
c.  r|^^n  (3:14);    :r]^|)J?  (3:19);    ?]0|)  (4:6);    H'^Q,^ 
d.VQi^  (2:7);  V^n-l;^  r:Q  (4:5);   vm« 

T-  tt:  tt  tt. 

4.  Vni^'?V(2:21);  Vnh^(6:9);  ^'im;^  ?)^»n'im;^«  ^ri"1J5(31:26); 

irn'i:5  (34:9);  T^^ni?;^^  !r|»ni3  d^-i^). 

Remark.-Dn■1a^fl2a^Q^»;^>^;3J<;l3  cf.  also  Ontotf^*  (25:16);  DJim^* 

Dnnn  (17:7). 


il8a.58:2.                   3jer.2:83,                   «1  Sam.  25:35.  *'^®'"         \a,» 

6  With  -  written  defectively,  instead  of  ^^.                « 1  Sam.  1 :18.  '  Deut.  10 :iy. 

8Deut.32:ll.              » Ex.  7:3.              ioP8.74:9.              nEzek.  16:20.  iaEx.4:6. 
i3lChron.  4:38.              hPs.  74:4. 


144  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBKEW  [§  125. 

3.  The  masculine  plural  has  before  all  suffixes  the  ending  ay^  which,  in 
the  construct,  appears  under  the  form  of  e  [I  30.  4).  But  certain  modifi- 
cations in  the  form  of  this  ending  take  place,  due  to  the  character  of  the 
following  consonants : — 

a.  The  original  form  ay  (♦__)  appears  unchanged 

(1)  in  the  1  c.  sg.  *__,  the  *>  of  the  suffix  having  been  absorbed  by 
the  final  ^  of  the  ending. 

(2)  in  the  2  f .  sg.  T]*-_,  T]  being  joined  by  the  helping-vowel  ^-. 

h.  The  original  form  ay  (♦ )  is  contracted  to  e  (^ )  before  all  plural 

suffixes. 

c.  The  original  form  ay  (* )  is  contracted  to  ^ (c)  before  ^  and  H 

(2  30.5.6). 

d.  The  original  form  ay  (* )  loses  ^  and  heightens  a  to  a  before  (^IH 

changed  according  to  §  44.  4.  c.  to)  *),  the  ^  being  generally  retained  ortho- 
graphically. 

4.  The  feminine  plural  with  suffixes  has  (1)  ill,  the  usual  affix  of  the 
fem.  plur.,  (2)  the  masculine  plural  ending  ♦__,  which  is  modified  in  the 
manner  just  described  (see  above,  3.  a—d)]  and  then  (3)  the  same  suffixes 
which  were  used  with  the  masc.  plur. 

Bemark. — Yery  frequently  the  suffix  is  attached  directly  to  HI ;  tbis 
is  done  probably  in  order  to  obtain  a  shorter  form. 

Note. — This  strange  anomaly,  viz.,  the  occurrence  of  a  double  plural 
gign  may  be  explained  by  supposing  that  the  real  origin  and  character  of 
the  ending  ^ was  lost  sight  of  by  those  who  spoke  the  language. 


125.    Stem-Changes  in  the  Inflection  of  Nouns. 

1.  D^tr"!  lut  nD'7tr;2  -)1ND^  hut  rhm,^  nny  but  nttn^;^  *?'nii« 

•  •   T  T  ••    :  T  :  T  ••  T   :  t 

hut  n^i-iji;7  ^^r)8  lut  o'^^y,^  b'M^^  hut  D^^nji.^^ 

T         :  It  T  "J-  T  :  T  •  : 

jinF  hut  ?rj:m;i2  n^^^^  hut  n^?;^*  i^'^'^  hut  nnD?^.^« 
^yfj  hut  n^i',^^  fpp  hut  v^p?;2o  nvn^'  hut  nn.vn»22 

2.  nn^^  hut  nD'ii^s  jpp  hut  ^^pi,^^  nvn'^  hut  ninvn.^^ 
nn^i7  i,ut  DnnD^;26  ip\^^  hut  nynph^^  m^  hut  in^'^^f*^^ 

T    T  J-.*      ••  :      •  l|"T  jv   "f:   •  T  •  I  J. 


1  Gen.  15:16.  aDeut.  25:15.  3  Gen.  1:16.  <Deut.  28:28.  6  l  Chron.  28:9. 
6  Gen.  1:16.  i  Gen.  15:1^.  e  Gen.  1:31.  9  Ex.  25:20.  lo  Gen.  1:16.  n  Lev.  11:43. 
wGen.  3:14.  "Gen.  3:31.  w  Gen.  2:33.  is  Num.  18:31.  le  Jon.  1:3.  n  Gen.  18:14. 
18  Gen.  24:33.  i9  Gen.  19;4.  aolsa.  24:23.  2ilKgrs.7:8.  22  Josh.  21:12.  23  Gen.  24:30. 
»4Gen.50:7.       25  2Kg8.21:5.       26  Gen.  24:52.       i7Deut.29:9.       28Nah.S:8. 


^  125.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  ]45 

3.  n^T  hut^T]f  ]\)f  hut  p;*  ::ni'hut  :irTN« 
il^'py  but  ;;p*);8   y^hut  t;io  oyi  ?,^^  Q'rj.12 

aD'?!^  hut  0335*7;'*  ^^^''  ^^i  031^3-'^ 

B.  1.  0333^^*  =  I'bha-bh'khem;  ^yV^  =  di-bh're. 
B.  2.  ^y^Y^  and  ?j"1^3,i9  &w^  0333*?'*  and  D3"|^3.i« 
B.  3.  nDn3  (12:2)  from  rj^^;  (1)  nDn3,20   (2)  ri'l3n3  (49:25),  (3) 
n3n3  (28:4), 

R.  4.  jnb  2i5w^  D*:d'^;22  j^^^'q23  5j,;  ^kV^;^  D5^'25  hut  D^pOti^> 

The  noun-stem,  if  it  contains  changeable  vowels  [I  7.  4),  is  subject  to 
change, 

(1)  when  terminations  of  gender  and  number  are  added  ; 

(2)  when  the  noun  stands  in  the  construct  relation  with  a  following 
word; 

(3)  when  pronominal  suffixes  are  added. 

The  changes  which  take  place  are  due  to  the  shifting  of  the  tone : — 

1.  Before  affixes  for  gender  and  number  {absolute),  viz.,  n_,  Jlli  D^ > 

D^_,  and  before  the  light  (§  51. 1.  5)  suffixes,  the  tone  is  shifted  one  place; 
in  which  case, 

a.  A  penultimate  tone-Zo7i<7  a  or  e^^  becomes  tone-sAor^,  i.  e.,  S'wa ; 

b.  An  ultimate  UiUQ-long  a  or  e  is  retained,  since  it  stands  now  directly 
before  the  tone. 

2.  Before  affixes  for  gender  and  number  in  the  construct,  viz.,  ^_,  ill 
(also  the  sing.  fem.  H— );  and  before  the  grave  suffixes  when  attached  to 
plural  nouns,  the  tone  is  shifted  two  places;  in  which  case, 

a.  A  penultimate  tone-long  (originally  short)  vowel  is  shortened,  viz., 
e  to  1,  and  a  to  a,  but  a  is  often  attenuated  to  i ; 

b.  An  ultimate  tone-long  (originally  short)  vowel  becomes  tone-short, 
i.  e.,  S'wa. 

3.  In  the  case  of  the  construct  singular,  and  before  the  grave  suffixes 
(D3'  13^  when  attached  to  singular  nouns,  the  tone  is  shifted  one  place; 
in  which  case, 

a.  A  penultimate  tone-long  (originally  short)  a  or  e  becomes  tone- 
short,  i.  e.,  S'wa,  (see  above,  1.  a); 

1  Gen.  18:4.  2  Gen.  20:18.  s  Gen.  19:4.  4  Gen.  24:2.  6Gen.2:ll.  6Gen.2:12. 
1  Gen.  1:6.  s  Gen.  1:20.  9  Gen.  38:28.  lo  Gen.  41:35.  n  Gen.  37:22.  12  Gen.  9:6. 
13  Deut.  28:28.  h  Deut.  10:16.  is  Gen.  2:21.  16  Gen.  17:13.  "Gen.  24:30.  is  Gen.  20:6. 
19  Gen.  40:19.  20  ps.  21:7.  21  Gen.  14:18.  22  Gen.  47:22.  23  Ps.  119:162.  24  Gen.  4:14. 
«5  Gen.  18:25.  26  Deut.  16:18.  i^  The  vowel  o,  except  in  u-class  Segholates,  is  gen- 
erally unchangeable. 


146  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [§  125. 

h.  An  ultimate  tone-long  (originally  short)  a  or  e  is  shortened  to  S. 

Remark  1. — The  S'wa  preceding  the  grave  suffixes  when  attached  to  a 

singular  noun,  and  the  S'wa  preceding  the  const,  plur.  affix  ^ is  always 

a  half -vowel,  and  the  syllable  preceding  it  is  a  half-open  syllable  (§  26. 4). 

Remark  2. — While  the  long  vowel  (a)  is  retained  before  the  !ri_,  it 
is  shortened  before  Q^ • 

Remark  3. — The  principles  here  given  apply  also  to  the  formation 
and  inflection  of  feminine  nouns. 

Remark  4. — Qal  Active  participles  and  nouns  of  like  formation 
(?  109.  2),  in  whose  inflection  an  ultimate  e  becomes  S'wa  before  all 
affixes  (except  ^,  Q^,  1^),  furnish  an  important  exception  to  the  prin- 
ciple stated  in  1.  b  above).  The  difference  in  treatment  is  due  to  the  fact 
that  the  participial  forms  have  an  unchangeable  vowel  in  the  penult. 

4.  a.  Tj'pp  (14:17)  ahs.;  Tj^Q  (14:1)  const;  ^$0^  ahs.;  1^0  (5:1);  ^};y 
h.  ^3^0;3  nnn3:15);  ID*?!;  (1:27);  I^D*?!^  (1:26);  H^D.* 

•    :    -  ^T    :-  :    -  -J"   :    -  '  :    * 

e.  D^D'^D  (14:9);  n'D'?D;^  On'?''  (33:1);  Dnp:^.^ 

•    T    :  T    :  •  T  :  -Jt   : 

d.  n*:)'7D;^  ^^^^;;  (2:23);  n'7^  (30:26);  nn-f^;^  n^tj^'ip.^ 

T    jv  T    :  -    T*^:  -t:  }  jv  t:  }  jv    t|t 

e.  g'prj  (17:16);  Dpn-T;!;^^  MS^IP'"'  ^^'^P''' 
/.  D^^npi3  hut  D*^")p;i*   D*^nD;i5  DnnV  (43:16). 

•J-  t)  :  -J-  :  |-  'J-  :    T  •  j-  t:  pr 

5.  a.  r]W^  rjin  (1:2),  nOm  (41:48);  nn^^  n)D  (25:11),  ♦nIO  (27:2), 

vnto;i8  n^:n  (i7:i2),  n^:n  (i2:i5),  ^n^^  (i5:2),  )n^2  a^-.m. 

T  -J- 

h.  T)  (24:25),    nT)  (6:5),    D^51  (21:34);    D5<  (3:20),    IDN  (2:24), 

DnbN;^^  pn  (47:22),  Djprr  (47:22),  D^pfi.^o  nprT.^i 

6.  nnlr  (2:5)  6w«  rntr  (14:7),  n)l\^.^^  n\^-p  mB  {not  in  use),  D*^£) 

VT  ••  :  :  ••  :  v  t  •  t 

(32:31),  ^^Q  (6:13),  hut  O5  (1:2),  DiT;)?)  (9:23). 

4.  Segholate-stems  (?  106.)  deserve  particular  attention  : — 

a.  The  form  assumed  in  the  absolute,  viz.,  ^^p  from  ^tOp,  7pp 

from  ^tDi),  ^tOp  Aom  *7pp,  remains  unchanged  in  the  construct  of 

words  with  strong  consonants  or  gutturals. 

h.  In  the  singular  before  all  suffixes  the  noun  takes  the  primary 

form  (§  106.  1). 


i2Kg8.  5:5.  2  1  Sam.  2:13.  sgSam.  19:44.  4  Ex.  32:33.  s  Cant.  6:8.  ePs.  73:14. 
ilsa.  7:16.  sDeut.  12:17.  sDeut.  12:26.  loDeut.  12:6.  n  Lev.  22:15.  12  Ezek.  20:40. 
IS  Dan.  8:6.  nHab.  3:4.  15  Deut.  33:11.  lejud.  16:29.  n  Josh.  2:13.  i8l8a.63:9. 
i9Jer.l6:3.       20  Deut  4:5.       21  Bx.  13:10.       22  Neh.  12:29.       23  Ruth  1:3. 


i  125.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  147 

c.  Before  the  plural  affixes  (absolute)  a  pretonic  a  is  inserted,  and 
the  primary  vowel  becomes  §'wa. 

d.  In  the  plural  before  light  suffixes  the  pretonic  a  is  retained. 

e.  In  the  plural  const,  and  before  grave  suffixes  the  a  becomes  S'wa, 
and  the  primary  vowel  is  restored, 

/.  In  the  dual  the  form  is  generally  that  which  is  found  in  the  plural 
(see  c),  sometimes  that  used  in  the  sing,  before  suffixes  (see  h). 

5.  a.  'Aym  Waw  (V'J^)  Segholate-stems  of  the  a-class  have  a  (height- 
ened from  a)  in  the  abs.  sing.,  but  everywhere  else  this  a  unites  with  the 
following  1  and  gives  6 ;  in  like  manner  the  a  of  ^"^  Segholates  unites 
with  the  following  ♦  and  gives  e  outside  of  the  abs.  sing. 

b.  'Ayin  Doubled  iy^)  Segholate-stems,  before  affixes  of  gender 
and  number,  and  before  suffixes,  receive  Daghes-forte  in  the  contracted 
radical,  and  a  preceding  tone-long  vowel  is  shortened  (§  36.  6). 

6.  Lamedh  He  (H'''^)  stems  ending  in  H lose  this  before  affixes  and 

suffixes  beginning  with  a  vowel ;  the  tone-long  a  of  the  first  radical, 

a.  Is  retained  when  it  would  be  pretonic,  but 

b.  Is  changed  to  §'wa  in  the  construct  (sing,  or  plur.),  and  when  it 
would  be  ante-pretonic.^ 

126.    Classification  of  Noun-Stems, 

1.  pK,  n9p,  npb,  niy,  D^t,  n)j2,  n|),  )Tir\* 

2.  "IT],  d-jV'  ^^^^  P'  "^5?'  ^?V  n^b^,  Dhj;. 

3.  D'^ijr,  yM  nVV:  -nW'  0"?^^'  ^?*f  0'  ^1?^-- 

4.  ^n^^  TDK,  Nqi  ^)^i<.  niJ^D,  D^pD. 

5.  nni  ntorj.  ^'1:3^,  i^m  did,  ^w,  jn,  ay 

For  purposes  of  inflection,  nouns  may  conveniently  be  divided  into  five 
classes : — 

1.  The  Jirst  class  includes  the  so-called  Segholates,  nouns  which  origin- 
ally had  one  formative  vowel  (?  106.);  stems,  however,  in  which  this 
vowel,  by  contraction  with  a  consonant,  has  become  unchangeable  in  the 
absolute  sg.  will  be  referred  to  the  fifth  class. 

2.  The  second  class  includes  nouns  which  have  two  changeable  vowelsj 
here  belong  stems  which  had  originally  the  vowels  a— a,  a— i,  i— a,  a— ii, 

etc.,  (§  107.). 

3.  The  third  class  includes  nouns  which  have  an  unchangeable  vowel, 
whether  by  nature  or  position,  in  the  penult,  and  a  changeable  vowel  in 
the  ultima. 


cf.  T  (=  nil),  n:  but  n\ 


148 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[§  127. 


4.  The  fourth  class  includes  nouns  which  have  a  changeable  vowel  in 
the  penult,  and  an  unchangeable  vowel  in  the  ultima. 

5.  The  fifth  class  may,  for  convenience,  include  all  nouns  of  whatever 
origin  the  vowel,  or  vowels,  of  which  are  unchangeable. 

121.    Nouns  of  the  First  Class. 
i.  strong  and  guttural  stems.-tabular  view. 


Sg.  abs. 

malk 
(/finer) 

siphr 
(book) 

qiidhs            naV           ni^h           pii'l 
(holiness)      (a  youth)     (perpetuity)        (work) 

^1j?     ^:?}     nv;.     "yy.'^ 

const. 

^^ 

-)£)D 

^'ip     ^r;_     nv;.     ':'r_? 

1.  suf. 
gr,  suf. 

'?'?? 

D??'?^ 

n9p 

'^'"!|7      ni?p_      'HV^      ^'PJL?^ 
Dpf'-|p  Dpnj;p_  Dpqv4  Dp'?:^^ 

PI.  abs. 

n':h'o 

•  T    : 

D^tf^'np    Dn;j;i    d^to^    D^'?;;p 

const. 

't?^ 

n5P 

'^^Sp    nii    ^DV^    ''Pi^B 

1.  suf. 
gr.  suf. 

Du.  abs. 
const. 

g'^D     npp     ^^"-ip^     nj;^     >m:i     ''byQ 
Dpo*??  D3n9p  D?T-|p  D5ni,5  o:)VP  D?*'?^^ 

(feet)       itwo-fold8)           (loins)        (sandals)                            (noon) 

O'^r]    d59p    Dynp   d^>^_^             ann^ 

REMARKS. 
[For  general  remarks  concerning  the  inflection  of  Segholates  see  §  125. 4.  a—/.] 

1.  While  the  ~r  under  ^  in  Dpp^D  is  a  syllable-divider ;  that  under  ^ 
in  Dp^p'??  is  a  half-vowel. 

2.  instead  of  the  original  pure  vowel  —,  there  appears  everywhere  in 
w-class  stems  the  deflected  vowel  —  (o),  the  latter  always  representing 
the  former  in  closed,  as  distinguished  from  sharpened,  syllables  (§  29. 5.  a), 

3.  Instead  of  simple  S*wa  as  a  volatilization  of  the  original  ii  in  the  pi. 
abs.  and  the  pi.  with  light  suffixes,  a  compound  S'wa  (tt)  is  generally 
found. 

4.  In  the  guttural  stems,  —  and  it  before  —  become  ~  and  —  (o) 

(§  37.  3). 

NOTES.i 

1.  In  reference  to  the  a-class  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  In  pause  the  a  generally  becomes  a  (^t),^  though  sometimes  e 

remains  (D"!p);^ 

1  Under  "Notes"  there  are  given  the  more  important  variations  from  the  para- 
digm-forms.      2  Gen.  1:39.       a  Gen.  2:8. 


M27.] 


BY  AN"  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


149 


h.  In  such  forms  as  i<g?>l  (1:11),  iT^Q  (16:12),  the  J^  is  to  be  treated 
as  a  full  consonant. 

c.  In  many  forms,  the  original  a,  before  suffixes  and  before  the  dual 
ending,  is  attenuated  to  i  i^tiy).^ 

d.  In  a  few  ot-class  stems,  especially  '^  guttural,  before  suffixes,  g  (— ) 
stands  under  the  first  radical  instead  of  the  primary  a  (11^^).2 

e.  In  a  few  plurals,  like  D^J/D^?  U*)f_^T).  pre  tonic  —  does  not  appear. 
/.  There  are  a  few  forms,  especially  '^  guttural,  which  make  a  con- 
struct like  ^\Q'p  instead  of  ^^^H  (cf.  ^^^p.^ 

2.  In  reference  to  i-class  stems  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  In  a  few  cases,  --  (e)  stands  under  the  first  radical  instead  of  the 
original  --  (n?J^,4  ^^^y^). 

3.  In  reference  to  w-class  stems  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  The  heightened  o  is  sometimes  retained  before  suffixes  (I^J^ri)-^ 
h.  The  writing  —  (6)  is  sometimes  found  as  a  substitute  for  -^  (") 

(D^tr'-Tp).^ 

t)|t 

4.  Segholates  with  the  vowel  under  the  second  radical, 

a.  In  some  cases  have  the  usual  inflection  [T\y2\(/ f^om  ^5^)'^^^* 
with  vocal  S'wa. 

h.  In  others  treat  this  vowel  as  unchangeable  (^Jfl^P-^ 
c.  In  still  others  preserve  it  by  an  artificial  doubling  of  the  final  con- 
sonant before  affixes  (D^DJ^O)-^^ 

2.    VX  *'X  rr"*?  AND  )f'y  stems-tabular  VIEW. 


Sg.  abs. 

mawt 
(death) 

DID 

V-IT 

z^yt 

(olive) 

^7- 

pary 
(fruU) 

yamm 

(sea) 

T 

'imm 
(mother) 

m 

hiiqq 
(statute) 

const. 

niD 

m 

n$ 

T               ~ 

ni< 

"PO 

1.  suf. 

^niD 

'n'r 

\n5 

'^! 

'm 

♦pn 

gr.  suf. 

D5rii9 

o^n]i 

C3?n5 

^59! 

D59i< 

^m 

PI.  abs. 

D^niD 

o'm 

(gazelles) 

0'f?l 

niDN 

D^prr 

const. 

»niD 

'r\'i 

'5! 

niDK 

♦prr 

1.  suf. 

^niD 

^01. 

'^! 

^niDX 

^prr 

gr.suf.D5^n1p 

oym 

oyD[  1 

D^'ni^^^ 

D5^pCr 

Du.  abs. 
const. 

(eyes)           (cheeks)        (hands)             (teeth) 

Dy_^j;     D^;.!!*?    D!55        O'0 

^rj^       '^.^n'?     ^95        ^W' 

7  2  Gen.  2:20.      3  Num.  11:7.      4  Ex.  18:4.      5 1  Kgs.  12:28.     6 

8  Gen.  19 :33.       »  Zeph.  3 :3.       lo  Ps.  109 :8. 

• 

1  Ex.  23:18, 
T  Ex.  30:36. 

Isa.  53:14. 

160  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [|  127. 

REMARKS. 

[For  general  remarks  see  §  125.  5.  a,  b,  and  6.  a,  b.] 

1.  yy  and  ^"^  Segholates  generally  contract  {a-j-w  =  6,  a-{-y  =  e)  in 
the  sg.  const.,  and  to  the  contracted  form  all  affixes  and  suffixes  are 
attached. 

2.  In  HBj  tlie  "T  is  a  volatilization  of  the  original  -=-,  while  i  =  ly,  the 
third  radical  with  a  helping- vowel ;  the  i  of  ^  in  ^^IB  is  an  attenuation  of 
the  original  -^,  while  the  -^  of  DD^^S  ^^  ^  deflection  of  this  i. 

3.  In  J7"i^  stems,  the  original  vowel,  a,  i,  u,  is  heightened  in  the  abs. 
sg.;  but  before  affixes  the  second  radical  is  doubled  and  the  original 
vowel  restored,  though  6  is  rarely  found  for  ii. 

NOTES. 

1.  In  reference  to  V^^  and  ^"^  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  Uncontracted  forms  sometimes  occur  in  the  plural  { 0^*7^11),^  and 
before  suffixes  and  He  directive  (Hn^^).^ 

T  :  J- 

h.  The  contraction  has  already  taken  place  in  the  abs.  sg.  in  some 
stems ;  a-class  (Dl*^  =  yawm,  p^fT^  =  hayq),  i-class  {V^^  =  diyn,  *1^^^ 
=  siyr),  «-class  (|1^^^  =  riiwh).  For  convenience,  these  are  included 
under  the  fifth  class. 

c.  Stems  i^'y,  (e.g.,  ^^f^y  =  ti^'Kn,  fKV9= J{<^)  are  a-class  Segho- 
lates,  the  a,  heightened  to  a,  becoming  6 ;  these  also  will  be  included  in 
the  fifth  class. 

2.  In  reference  to  H"*?  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  Forms  like  HD  become,  in  pause,  ^13'^^  *^®  ^  being  a  heightening 
of  the  original  a. 

h.  Inflected  forms  like  n^C^V^  n'l'?^",^^  D^1^^,i3  ^'i^i^,^^  D^J^^DV^^ 
for  U^^y^,  occur ;  cf.  also  forms  like  nDB?^^  )ilD  i^^  these  are  some  of 
the  seemingly  irregular  forms  assumed  by  H  '7  stems. 

3.  In  reference  to  y^  stems,  it  may  be  noted  that, 

a.  While  ^H^^  stands  even  in  abs.,  D^^^  stands  even  in  const. 

T 

b.  Forms  like  ^fj  (=  ^^fl)  have  const,  like  *ll.^^ 

c.  ~=-  is  often  attenuated  to  -^  (TlilB^^-^^^n^^^* 

d.  Many  uncontracted  forms  are  in  use. 

e.  p;;  forms  like  t|J<  (=  'anp)  are  inflected  like  ^y  forms  (VSN).^^ 

HKgs.  15:20.          a  Ex.  28:26.           s  Gen.  1:5.          *lKgs.  22:35.  sDeut.  17:8. 

ejudg.  5:12.        7  Gen.  1:2.        «  Gen.  3:15.        9  Gen.  4:2.        loEccl.  2:5.  nPs.  30:7. 

12  Jer.  22:21.          is  Num.  11:31.          ujudg.  14:5.          is  1  Chron.  12:8.  leEzr.  10:1. 

"Gen.l:2.       i8jer.50:6.       i9Gen.l4:3.       2oGen.43:15.       2iRuth2:14.  22Gen.2:7. 


2  128.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  151 

128.    Nouns  of  the  Second  Class. 
tabular  view. 


da-bhar  ha-kham  za-qm  ha-§tr  sa-dhay       'a-miiq 

(word)  (wise)  (old)  (couH)  {field)            (deep) 

sg.abs.         ^yi  DDfi  p  nvrr  nn^      pbii 

const.        ^3^  D3rr  ]p\  "i^O  ^IP      p^^, 

Lsuf.      nyi  ^D^n  ^^pr  n):n  n'\^ 

•  T     :  •    T     :  ■}•:  . ..    _.  .  ^ 

gr.suf.  05^5'!  D5p5r|  D^^pf  D^nvo  D3"!i? 

PI.  abs.         DHD*!  D^PDH  D^;)p?  DnVH  [DH^^   D^pPI^ 

const.      n.5^  ^D?rr  »jpr  nvn  np 

-T     :  -  T   -:  -(••:  -  ••    -:  -t 

(wings)  (loins)  (thighs) 


const.  ^£3^3 


REMARKS. 
[For  general  remarks  on  stem-changes,  see  §  125. 1—3.1 

1.  This  class  includes  all  nouns  with  two,  orig.  short,  vowels  (?  107.). 

2.  While  the  original  penultimate  a,  in  const,  pi.  and  before  grave  suf- 
fixes, is  generally  attenuated  to  i,  it  is  retained  under  gutturals. 

3.  In  qa-til  forms,  there  appears  in  the  const,  sg.,  a  instead  of  i,  because 
the  latter  cannot  stand  in  a  closed  accented  syllable  ;  in  the  sg.  with  grave 
suffixes,  this  i  is  deflected  to  e. 

4  The  n_  and  H—  in  the  abs.  and  const,  of  t^"^  stems  is  for  ay 
(?  123.  3) ;  this  original  ay  disappears  entirely  before  affixes  of  gender 
and  number,  and  before  suffixes  {§  125.  6). 

5.  Many  words  artificially  double  the  last  consonant  before  all  affixes ; 
the  preceding  vowel  is  then  necessarily  sharpened.  Here  may  be  included, 
a.  Adjectives  in  o  (§  107.  c),  '^jlj;,  ipl  Oli},  etc. 
6.  Nouns  in  a  [i  107.  a),  ^0},  the  adjective  form  fJOp,  etc. 

NOTES. 

1.  The  ii_  of  J<"*7  stems  may  not  be  shortened  even  in  the  construct. 

2.  \y  stems  (qa-wal,  qa-wil)  lose. the  weak  "),  and  contract  the  vow- 
els to  a  and  e ;  they  may  then  be  referred  to  the  fifth  class. 


152 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


U  129. 


3.  In  general,  ^"^  forms  are  regular ;  but  some  contracted  forms  are 
found,  e.  g.,  ^^^  '^p,^  in  which  the  short  vowel  is  retained  on  account  of 
the  implied  Daghes  in  the  second  radical;  in  inflection  these  may  be 
classed  with  ^'y  Segholates  (g  127.  2.  R.  3). 

4.  Some  words  of  this  class  assume  in  the  construct  state  a  Segholate 
form,  e.  g.,  flilD^  from  firi3,  T]*)*^  from  t|*l* ;  some  of  these  words  have 
also  the  regular  form  in  the  const.,  e.  g.,  IDD,  both  "1^3^  and  "1^3.^ 

•  T  -   :  v-iv 

5.  In  some  verbal  adjectives  the  e,  heightened  from  i,  is  retained  even 
in  the  construct  state,  e.  g.,  VS^HJ  lip^,^  f^^ 

6.  This  class  includes  a  number  of  monosyllabic  nouns,  of  which  the 
third  radical,  with  the  preceding  vowel,  has  been  lost.  These  are  mostly 
n""?  nouns,  e.  g.,  T,  D^,  n,  1^,  f  !?• 


129.    Nouns  of  the  Third  Class. 
tabular  view. 


'6-lam 
(eternity) 

mis-pat 
(judgment) 

•6-yibh 
(enemy) 

'il-lim 
(blind) 

ho-zay 
(prophet) 

'6-phan 

(wheel) 

Sg.  abs. 

D'?ir 

tO£DSr"0 

3'.N 

D'PN 

nm 

m 

const. 

ch'i}; 

D3t?^P 

yM 

nrn 

151^^ 

1.  suf. 

'»VW 

^DBtrb 

'y.if 

nh 

^351N 

gr.  suf. 

D?p'7i;f 

D5t?5t?^P 

D5?'J;{ 

D?trT 

PI.  abs. 

D'p'^IJf 

D^DBtr'D 

D*?'N 

D^D^K 

oin 

D^^OIN 

const. 

'o'?iif 

^DSS^^'P 

♦3♦^< 

in 

1.  suf. 

'0'?1Jf 

'tDQl^/O 

^yif 

in 

gr.  suf. 

D5'o'7i;f 

D5^D?srp 

oyyi^ 

oyfri 

Du.  abs. 
const. 

(tongs) 

(balances) 

REMARKS. 
[For  general  remarks  see  §  125. 1—3.] 

1.  This  class  includes  nouns  with  an  unchangeable  vowel  in  the  penult ; 
this  may  be  a  naturally  long  vowel,  or  a  short  vowel  in  a  closed  syllable. 

2.  The  following  formations  are  included :  '?tOlp,  ^Dlp,  ^^)p,  (^  1<>9. 
1—3);  ^Dp,  bW,  bW,  ^W  (^  11^'  1—4);  many  nouns  with  the  third, 
or  the  second  and  third  radicals  reduplicated  (§  111.) ;  some  nouns  with 
^{,  n  and  ^  prefixed  (§112.) ;  '^LlpP,  '^Dpp,  "^DpD,  ^t?pp,  '^bpD  (? 

I  Ruth  3:10.       2  Am,  2:15.       s  Num.  34:11.      4  Gen.  24:9.       s  Ex.  4:10.       6lsa.l:4, 
IPs.  35:27.       8  Ps.  35:26.       9  Dan.  12:2. 


«  130.] 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


153 


113.  1-4);  "^^pn,  '^Opn,  ^Dj^n  (§  115. 1-3);  many  nouns  formed  by 
affixes  (^  116.  1,  2);  some  nouns  with  four  radicals  {§  117.). 

3.  An  ultimate  a  is  shortened  to  a  in  the  sg.  const.,  and  in  the  sg. 
before  grave  suffixes ;  it  is  volatilized  in  the  pi.  const.,  and  in  the  pi. 
before  grave  suffixes. 

4.  An  ultimate  e  is  shortened  to  i,  sometimes  to  e,  in  the  sg.  before  ^, 
Dp,  p  ;  he/ore  all  other  suffixes  and  before  affixes  it  is  volatilized  (§  125. 
3.  R.  4). 

5.  The  Qal  act.  participle  of  verbs  H"^  has  the  same  ending  (H^),  that 
was  seen  in  certain  nouns  of  the  second  class,  like  r?"lC^  (2  1281  K  3) ; 
but  its  first  vowel  is  unchangeable. 

6.  Many  nouns  of  this  class  treat  the  ultimate  changeable  vowel  in  the 
manner  described  in  §  128.  R.  5,  i.  e.,  artificially  double  the  following 
consonant,  and  sharpen  the  vowel : 

«•  f|)lN  (§  109.  1);  ]\^W  (§  116.  2.  b)-  2}\yf2  {§  113.  2);  and 
others. 

b.  f^J^n,  \^t^p  (§  111.  1) ;  D'lDIJSt  (§  111.  2) ;  and  others. 

c.  ^n^,  ^pn5  (^  116.  1.  a) ;  '?/^j  (§  111.  1) ;  and  others. 

d.  T)p^.  Dbin,  D*inp  (§  117.  1);  and  others. 

130.    Nouns  of  the  Fourth  and  Fifth  Classes. 
tabular  view. 


ga-dhol      pa-qidh 
(great)         (overseer) 

Sg.  abs.           ^11^        ypQ 

'a-niy 
(poor) 

sus 
(Jiorse) 

DID 

tal-midh 
(disciple) 

ki-thabh 
(writing) 

3ri3 

const.      ^n^       ypQ 

'?^. 

DID 

n^p^n 

2n3 

1.  suf.             np5 

^pID 

n'P'?^ 

♦3ri3 

gr.  suf.                Dpl^p? 

D5P1D  DpTp'pr) 

D5?'?? 

PI.  abs.       D^^pllil    O'ypQ 

0'':^. 

D^PID 

on^D'pn 

Dqn? 

const,    ^^n^     n'pQ 

\'^I? 

'DID 

n^D"?]! 

on3 

1.  suf.              nps 

^DID 

n^'DbD 

'3)13 

gr.  suf.         nyypp  oy^.}.}^. 

DD^pip  Dpn^p'pri  D5*3Ji? 

REMARKS  ON  NOUNS  OF  THE  FOURTH  CLASS. 

[For  general  remarks,  see  §  125. 1.  a,  2,  a,  3.  a.] 
1.  The  fourth  class  includes  nouns  which  have  a  changeable  vowel  in 
the  penult  and  an  unchangeable  vowel  in  the  ultima.    Here  belong  many 
adjectives  like  ^'im  and  ^^l^p  (?  108.  1.  a-b) ;  passive  participles  like 


154 


ELE3IENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[g  131. 


7ltOp  (?  108.  1.  c) ;  formations  in  wbicb  a  -^,  originally  in  a  closed  sylla- 
ble, has  become  ~  in  an  open  syllable ;  and  a  few  nouns  ending  in  on  with 
a  pre  tonic  t  (116,  2.  c). 

2.  In  a  few  tl"^  stems  with  the  form  ^^^l^T)  (?  108. 1.  h)  the  radical  \ 
when  final,  in  the  absence  of  an  affix,  is  absorbed  in  the  formative  vowel 
i;  but  when  affixes  of  any  kind  are  attached,  it  appears  in  the  form  of 
Daghes-forte  ;  D^'^^i^  =  '"ni-yim,  (not  '*niy-yim). 

REMARKS  ON  NOUNS  OF  THE  FIFTH  CLASS. 

1.  This  class  includes  those  nouns  which  do  not  suffer  change  of  any 
kind  in  inflection. 

2.  Here  belong  nouns  of  the  first  class,  like  D^Di  T*!?  *11C^,  which 
were  Segholates,  the  unchangeable  vowel  arising  from  contraction  ;  parti- 
ciples of  the  second  class,  like  Dp  (qam  =  qa-wam),  and  jlD  (nieth  = 
ma-with),  in  which  *)  having  been  dropped,  the  vowels  have  been  contract- 
ed; formations  like  ^Dp,  ^iDp,  *?^Pp,  ^)lDp  (§  108.  1.  d-f)  which 
have  an  unchangeable  vowel,  with  a  S'wa  volatilized  from  an  original  i  or 
u;  formations  like  '?lDpD,  '^^DpO,  ^*\Wf2  (§  113.  6—8);  formations 
like  ^''tDpr),  '?^£Opil  (I  115.  4,  5) ;  some  formations  with  the  affix  on  (§ 
116.  2);  and  a  few  denominatives  (^  119.). 


757.    Feminine  Nouns. 
i.  feminines  of  the  first  class. 


TABULAR  VIEW. 

Sg.  abs. 

mal-kath 

(queen) 

hir-path 
(rtproach) 

rT£)nn 

hiir-bath 
(ruin) 

T      :  T 

hiiq-qath 

(Statute) 

npr? 

g^bhart 
(mistress) 

const. 

rst?'^ 

nsirr 

n^'irr 

npn 

nnnji 

I.  8Uf. 

'r\±>D 

^nsnrr 

'^3-in 

^npri 

^?15;i 

gr.  suf. 

o:in^^t2 

D5n5in 

ODnain 

D?nprr 

05^13-? 

PI.  abs. 

no'^D 

ni£3nn 

nmn 

^''PC^ 

[nnnji] 

const. 
Du.  abs. 

n):i'7t? 

(embroidery) 

nmn 

:  T 

nipfi 

(cymbals) 

REMARKS. 

[For  general  remarks  on  inflection  of  feminine  nouns,  see  §§  123.  4;  124.  2;  126. 1,  2.] 

1.  The  feminine  ending  is  added  to  the  ground  form,  e  and  o  appearing 
in  i-class  and  «6-class  stems  in  closed  syllables ;  the  older  form  jl-—  ap- 
pears in  the  const,  and  before  suffixes. 


131.] 


BY  AN  DTDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


155 


2.  The  pretonic  a  is  found  in  the  feminine  declension  as  well  as  in  the 
masculine. 

3.  Examples  of  weak  feminine  Segholates  are  (1)  tl"^}^^,  (2)  H^IHtO 

(3)  n*?w  (4)  nn%  (5)  n;%  (6)  nsiD.  (7)  n^y^^,  (8hnn  o)  n^p, 

(10)  rtt2h  (11)  rijpn,  of  which  those  numbered  3-6,  8-11  suffer  no  change 
of  stem,  following  the  inflection  of  tlpO  given  above. 

4.  Just  as  "^p^  is  derived  from  TJ^O,  so  fl'lD^  is  derived  from  ^5j| 
by  the  addition  of  H,  the  insertion  of  e  and  the  heightening  of  a  to  e. 
Before  suffixes  the  original  ^  is  attenuated  to  i. 


2.    FEMININES  OF  THE  SECOND  CLASS. 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


9a-dha-qath 

zS-'a-qath 

eS-nath 

'a-ta-rath 

g'zi-lath 

(rightouaness) 

(en/) 

Wear) 

(crovm) 

(violence) 

Sg.  abs. 

ni?iv 

'•Ipi^ 

T  T 

'^m 

const. 

npnv 

npi?. 

n:^*" 

mt?j;?, 

n'py 

1.  suf. 

'npiv 

'npH 

^njc^' 

^J:^f2y  (8i8(er-in-Iaw) 

■    :    '  : 

gr.  suf. 

D?ripiv 

D5iipi^r 

D?i?i^' 

PI.  abs. 

nipnv 

n'l^^' 

ninDj; 

const. 

nipiv 

(Mp8) 

ni^Dj; 

Da.  abs. 

D»n|)b^ 

const. 

'hh^ 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  same  stem-changes  take  place  before  the  ending  J7 as  before 

T 

the  plural  endings  (§  126.  1). 

2.  In  the  const,  sg.  and  pi.,  as  well  as  before  suffixes,  the  original  a  of 
the  first  syl.,  while  retained  with  gutturals,  is  generally  attenuated  to  i. 

3.  The  S'wa  before  the  endings  H—  (const,  sg.)  and  Jll  (const,  pi.)  is  a 
half-vowel,  being  in  each  case  a  volatilization  of  a. 

4.  Before  the  fem.  ending  the  final  ^_.  of  H"*?  forms  is  lost;  in  this 
case  the  a  of  the  first  syl.  is  heightened  or  volatilized  according  to  the 
position  of  the  accent. 

5.  Several  nouns  with  the  form  H'^COp  in  the  abs.  have  fl'^Dp  in  the 

T  T  f:  ,  •.  JV|: 

const.;  these,  as  well  as  those  which  have  the  form  DyDp  in  the  abs.,  at- 
tenuate the  original  a  to  I  before  suffixes. 

6.  Nouns  of  the  form  H^DD  frequently  retain  the  —  in  the  construct. 

T    ••  ); 


156 


ele:ments  of  Hebrew 


[§  132. 


NOTES, 

1.  Forms  like  qa-til  become  qa-tal  when  the  fern,  ending  H  is  added. 

2.  V  V  forms  like  H^JI,  HDf,  nHD,  in  which  the  stem-vowel  is  the 

^  TT  TT  T      •• 

result  of  contraction,  retain  it  in  the  const. 

3.    FEMININES  OF  THE  THIRD  AND  FOURTH  CLASSES. 
TABULAR  VIEW. 


Sg.  abs. 
const. 
1.  suf. 


yo-naqt 


giil-gult 


qo-ti-lath  g'dho-lath   t'hil-lath  m'nu-hath 
{killing  f.)     {great  t.)  {praise)  {rent) 


•    T    :     Jl 


PL  abs. 
const. 


n"?!!^    n'vnr\  noi^p 

nji}     rivnr;\  nm:? 

a:?rpnr) 

ni'?tpip  niVn^    ni'^nn  nini:ip 


REMARKS. 

1.  Feminines  in  Jl of  the  third  class  arise  in  the  same  manner  as 

those  described  in  ?  131.  1.  R.  4,  the  ground-form  generally  having  a  in 
the  ultima,  though  sometimes  u. 

2.  As  before,  the  original  a  (or  o  deflected  from  ii)  appears  before  suf- 
fixes. 

3.  The  feminine  participle  most  frequently  assumes  the  form  ri/tOpi 
though  n'^Db  is  common  ;  the  form  jl^'?^  (Gen.  16:11)  is  of  special  in- 

T    :  1 1  ■       *  ~  U' 

terest,  giving,  as  it  does,  the  ground-form  of  ill?^- 

4.  Feminines  of  the  fourth  class  present  no  points  of  difl&culty. 


752.    Irregular  Nouns. 

1.  ^^  (for  n5N)  Father;    const.  ^5^ ;   with  suff.,  ^5JjJ  {my  father), 
q^D?^,  ^TD5<  or  VDK,  nOiNt,  D:)^DN*'(U21.  2.  c)-  plur',  h)2i<  ;  const., 

I     J       T  -IT  •      T  T     -I-      T  •.••-:  T 

iilDN-  "The  feminine  ending  points  undoubtedly  to  an  original  abstract, 
indicating  dignity." 

2.  HK  (for  rini<)  Brother;  const.,  ^HN  ;  with  suff.,  ^HN  [rny  brother), 

T  V     T  •     -:  •     T 

^^HKj  DD^nK;  plur.,D^nN  with  artificial  (implied)  doubling  of  (1  (cf. 
2  128.  R.  4);  const.,  ^HK  ;  wi'th  suff.,  ^PTK,  ^^HK,  D^*^^?,  etc.  On  VHK 
(for  VrrK)  see  ?  31.  2.  c' 

3.  nhX  (for  inN,  with  D.  f.  implied,  §  31.  2.  c)   One;  const.,  inN 

TV  T     - 

(used  also  before  JO);  fem.,  nilN  (=ninN),  in  pause,  MUN;  plur., 

I   •  -   -  VJV  -  At  v 

D^IHK  Some,  the  same. 


2  132.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  157 

4.  ilinK  ('ahawath  ='ahath  ='a-h6th,  the  6  by  obscuration  of  a)  Sister; 

const,  ninN ;  with  suf.,  ^niriK ;  piur.  with  suf .,  vn'^nt^ ;  also  ^n'lnK, 
DD^TifiN  from  nnx.  '  ^  "         ~    "' 

:■      ••       I    -:  T    T 

5.  tr^K  (for  tr'^K  attenuated  from  If^^i^)  Man;  plur.,  D^C^'^{<  (three 
time«  D^^'^N);  const.,  ^tT'^K- 

6.  nDJ<   Maid-servant;  with  sufF.,  !r]nDJ«5;   plur.,  niHDN;   const., 

7.  n^>?  (for  t^^i^,  fern,  of  tr■J^t)  Woman;  const.,  Jlt^'N  =  'i§t ; 
with  sJff.,  ♦nt^lt/^inSr'N ;  plur.,  frtr^,  from  D^tr^J<;  const.,  ^C^'jJ; 
with  suff.,  V^'i  DH^ti^'i. 

T   T  V     ••     : 

8.  n^5  House;  const.,  n^5 '  plur.,  D^p3(batim),  the  Daghes  being  used 
to  distinguish  this  from  D^H!!!  part,  of  jll^;  const.,  ^Jl^;  with  suf., 

9.  f5  (for  \y^  =  ^J15  from  H^^  'build)  Son;  const.,  -f^,  "jg,  ^^5 
(Gen.  49:11),  S^  (Num.23:18);  with  suff.,  ^JS,  ^^^;  plur.,  DO!:;  const., 

^;!g ;  with  suff.,  b?,  ^rja  Drr^;)?. 

10.  ng  (for  n^3,  fem.  of  J5)  Daughter;  with  suf.,  ^n3  (=  *n^3  = 

^n^3);  plur.,  n\n  (cf.  d^^::j  «o«s);  const.,  nto 

•    :  -  T  •  T 

11.  on  Father-in-law;  with  suf.,  Tl^DIl;   niDIl  Mother-in-law;  cf. 

12.  DV  if  or  pV^  Day;  plur.,  D^PM=DW);  const.,  ^Q^  and  r\)f2]\ 
dual,DW 

13.  ^^75  (from  n^D  contain)  Vessel;  plur.,  D^'?? ;  const.,  ^^75;  with 

suff.,  ^'pi  D.7'75. 

14.  D^D  (piur.)  Fa^cr  (U22.  5.  N.4);  const.,  ^0,  ^5*0;  with  suff., 

15.  n^j;  c7iVy;  piu.,  an^  iM  Dn%  or  from  nj;);  const.,  n;;. 

16.  tlQ  (perhaps  from  an  original  *£))  Mouth;  const.,  ^5  (cf.  ^5^^,  ^HJ^, 

2 121. 2.  c);  with  suf.,  ^5,  :r|^|),  1,T|)  or  V$,  i^iD,  D3*£) ;  plu.,  0*5,' nV£)'- 

17.  CTN"!  {for  tr'N*)  =  tJ^N*))  ^e«^;  plu.,  D^tf^'N"!  (/o^  D^^^'NI);  const., 

^tr^n ;  with  suf.,  i^tr'Ni.'  ' 

••  T  J-  T  . 

18.  O^Dt^  (plu.)  Heaven  (2  122.  5.  N.  4) ;  const.,  ^f2t{^. 


158 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


[I  133. 


755.    Numerals. 

GENERAL  VIEW. 


With  the  Masculine. 

With  the  Feminine. 

Absolute.              Construct. 

Ahsolute. 

Construct. 

I 

^^^            inj? 

nm 

r\m 

g 

D'i?^'          '^}2f 

^\^^ 

'W 

s 

n^SV         rit^*S?^* 

\iht^ 

t^'ip 

4 

nji;:?^^        r\v.i'y^ 

VTk 

y^1^^ 

5 

ntf^'pr?         W9^, 

t^-prr 

tr'pn 

6 

nt^t(/          r\i;t2f 

W 

tr'tr* 

7 

n^'?t^         n^'i^f 

V^^ 

rss?* 

8 

T        :                                     ~        : 

n:bp^' 

9 

nj;2rn         nrtr"n 

vpr) 

m'T) 

10 

With  the  Masc. 

With  the  Fern. 

^m 

m^v^'w^i 

^1     nb^;;  ^^^• 

nnt?^j^  D^iit?^* 

m^j^  >n?^' 

i5   n^jL?  rr^'?^" 

nntf^jr'tj^Stf^' 

100 

n^JP  /em.;  cons^.,  flf^P  ; 

4,000 

D^£3^N^  ni^jiK 

pl,  niND 

il3^*1,  but  in  later  books, 

soo 

D^n^D  -^i^a?  (/or  D^nNp) 

10,000- 

Nl3n,  1:31;p^^^m^,niN3•^ 

soo 

niNp  t^*'?^?' 

(contracted  Jll31) 

JtOO 

niNo  i^anx 

20,000 

D^nb"!  (^«.)  also  rr\T)  w 

IfiOO 

C]'2^',plural,n'0'7l< 

30,000 

nii<:i"!  t:^':'^?'' 

2pOO 

D^5'7N  (^w«?) 

JtO,000 

niK^i  VT^^ 

spoo 

D^5'?^!?  ntj;''?^?^' 

60,000 

iy\^T\'m 

REMARKS. 

1.  The  numeral  "IHK  one  is  an  adjective,  standing  after  and  agreeing 
with  its  noun. 

2.  The  numeral  D^-3uJ^  (fem.  D^nti^,  pronounced  sta-yim)  is  a  noun,  used 
either  in  the  appositional  or  construct  relation  with  the  word  which  it 
enumerates,  and  agreeing  with  it. 


2  133.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  159 

3.  The  numerals  from  three  to  ten  are  abstract  feminine  substantives, 
used  in  appositional  construction  with  the  noun  which  they  enumerate. 
The  feminine  form  was  the  original  one,  and  is  used  with  masculine 
nouns  ;  the  masculine  is  a  shorter  form  used  with  feminines. 

4.  The  numerals  from  eleven  to  nineteen  are  formed  by  uniting  *)tj^ V 
ten  (or  the  feminine  form  TTipy)  with  the  units  ;  here  it  may  be  noted  I 

a.  In  eleven,  ^\1!^  and  ti^'i^  have  a  form  like  that  of  the  construct. 
h.  *'r0^_y  in  the  second  form  of  eleven,  is  to  be  connected  with  an 
Assyrian  word  istin  (=  one). 

c.  In  twelve,  U*l\(f  is  a  contraction  of  DO^,  and  ''^p  a  shortened 
form  of  D*J!^\  tlie  contraction  and  shortening  being  due  to  the  close  con- 
nection of  the  words  ;  these  forms  cannot  be  called  constructs. 

d.  The  feminines  from  thirteen  upward  have  a  shortened,  but  not  a 
real  construct,  form. 

5.  The  numerals  thirty  to  ninety  are  formed  by  adding  the  masc.  plur. 
ending  Q^ to  the  units,  but  twenty  (DHtj^J^)  is  the  plural  of  ten  (*)t5^J^). 

6.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  ^  ;  in  the  earlier  books 
preceding  the  tens,  in  later  books  following  them. 

7.  The  units  take  the  noun  in  the  plural ;  the  tens,  when  before  it,  take 
the  noun  in  the  singular,  when  after  it,  in  the  plural. 

8.  The  numerals  eleven  to  nineteen  take  the  noun  in  the  plural,  except 
in  the  case  of  a  few  very  common  nouns  like  day,  man,  etc. 

9.  The  ordinal  first  is  pt^l}^  (from  t^'it),  head). 

10.  The  ordinals  from  two  to  ten  are  formed  from  the  corresponding 
cardinals  by  means  of  the  termination  ^__,  another  ♦_  being  inserted 
between  the  second  and  third  consonants. 

11.  Above  ten,  cardinals  are  used  for  ordinals. 

12.  The  feminines  of  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts. 


XIII.    Separate  Particles. 

754.    Adverbs. 

1.  a.  ^5^  Where?;    ^  There;    K^  Not;    D^*  There. 

h.  nr  Sere;    H^n  Either;    ^^t^  Thrice;    )jyLf  Seven  times, 
c.  IKD  y^ry;    pH  Abroad;    Ij'?  Alone;    H^D^   TFi^Am. 
^.  rr3in  Much;    aLD^'l  TTe??;     DD^^H  ^a^??//    "T^^  Speedily, 
e.  \m  Firmly;    DlCO    Well;    n^itT'^'l  Formerly;    nlJ^'?!?^    l^^^n- 

/  ;rnp  (=  i;n^-nD)  why?;  riiv;o'7'0  (=  n'^i^p  with  p  and  ^) 

2.  a.  jn  JJere  is;    ^^^H,     ^Tj^n,     l^pll,      Dp^n,      D|n,  etc. 

h.  \^\  There  is;    iTjt^^      1^ti^^      DDti^^ 

c.  J^J<  There  is  not;    ^^l^JSt,      :r]rp,      ^^/K,      D?^^^,  etc. 

d  n^K  Where  is?;    HD^,      t*'Nt,      D\Nt. 

6. 11);  >s'<i7z  ts;  ^|ni;r,  rp))^,  ^Jinl;;  mni;;,  ijiniy,  Dilj^. 

1.  Adverbs,  and  words  used  adverbially,  may  be  briefly  classified  as 
follows : 

a.  Those  which  may  be  called  primitive,  being  originally  related  to 
pronominal  roots. 

b.  Pronouns  and  numerals  used  in  an  adverbial  sense. 

c.  Nouns,  either  alone  or  with  a  preposition. 

d.  Infinitives  absolute,  especially  of  Hiph'il  and  Pfel  stems. 
c.  Adjectives  of  all  formations,  especially  in  the  feminine. 

/.  Words  formed  by  the  composition  of  two  or  more  distinct  words. 

2.  Certain  adverbial  particles,  involving  a  verbal  idea  and  often  supply- 
ing the  place  of  the  copula,  take  suffixes.  The  suffixes  attached  are,  in 
most  cases,  the  verbal  suffixes.  The  so-called  Nun  Demonstrative  (§  74:. 
2.  c.  (3)  and  N.  1)  is  of  frequent  occurrence. 


§  135,  136.]  BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD.  161 

135.    Prepositions. 

1.  'nrrj<  After;  J»5  Between;  ^^f'^  About;  ^n^^jt  Beddes;  fi;^  On  account 
of;  b^O  Over  against;  ^IJ  Before;  ^j;  During,  until;  ^^^  Upon;  Qj; 
With;  T\nT\  Under,  in  place  of. 

2.  ilfinp  ^rom  under;  fp*7  ^Smce;  pg-'^N  T'i??  Je^wjeew;  ^^l^^p  J5e/ore; 
'5*7  According  to;  ]yj2^  On  account  of;  **?55  Without;  1)^2  During; 
^"15  According  to  measure  of 

3.  a.  "^n^  After,  more  often  nflN  ;  with  suff.,  npTK,  inHN^,  etc. 

6.  -^{^  Unto,  poet.,  ^';?{Sj ;  with  suff.,  ^'p.Nt,  ^^^'N,  M Vk! 'p^'?^?,  etc. 
c.  p3  Between;  with  sg.  suff.,  ^^^g,  !r|^^^,  Ij^g,  (Q'ri  V^^S);  with  plur. 

suff.,  m%  D?^^^;?,  also  irnirp}!  onir^. 

c7.  ^*5p  ^mwn^^/with  suff.,:r|0^5p,  V^^pp,  also  with  fern.  Vri^^^p, 

^•jn^p,  Di7n'75p,  etc.  ■^-    •    ^    =  .     ^   '  • 

e.  Ij;  ^/i^o,  poet.,  n^^;  with  suff.,  HJ/,  ^HJJ,  V"Ti^. 

/.  ^j;  6^po7i,  poet.,  ^3j;;with  suff.,  ^^ii,  ^^^'ii,  v^Tii^n^yy^.  on^^i^, 
g.  r\m  Under;  with  suff.,  ^nrffi,  vnrrn,  DiTnnri,  onnn ;  cf. 

also  the  form  with  Nun  Demonstrative  njirinr)- 

1.  Prepositions  were  originally,  in  most  cases,  nouns  ;  they  were  gen- 
erally constructs,  governing  the  following  noun  as  if  it  were  a  genitive. 

Note. — Many  words   in   common  use   as  prepositions   still   retain 
their  original  force  as  substantives. 

2.  Prepositional  phrases,  composed  of  two  prepositions  or  of  a  preposi- 
tion and  a  noun,  or  of  a  preposition  and  an  adverb,  occur  frequently. 

3.  Many  prepositions,  especially  those  denoting  space  and  time,  are  in 
reality  plural  nouns  ;  some  of  them,  when  standing  alone,  have  the  form 
of  the  plural  construct,  ending  in  ^__ ;  before  pronominal  suffixes,  most 
of  them  assume  this  form. 

Note. — For  the  inseparable  prepositions,  see  §?  47.  1 — 5;  51.  3 — 5. 

136.    Conjunctions. 

1.  1  And;  IK  (from  TX)J^  Desire)  Or;  f]K  Also;     DK   When,  if,  or. 

2.  '3  That,  because,  for,  when;    1t/lfi^^  Because,  etc. 

3.  '75^  That  not;  1Q  That  not,  lest;  D")tP5  Before  that. 

Because,  since;  ^^i^  II^^*?  -^^  order  that;  ^tJ^XD  According  as 


162  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW  [?  137. 

Conjunctions  may  be  classified  as  to  their  origin  as  follows  : — 

1.  Certain  words  used  only  as  conjunctions,  the  origin  of  which  is,  in 
most  cases,  doubtful. 

2.  Certain  words  which  were  originally  pronouns. 

3.  Certain  words  which  were  originally  substantives,  or  composed  of  a 
substantive  and  a  preposition. 

4.  Prepositions  which,  by  the  addition  of  the  conjunction  "ItJ^N  or  ^^, 
become  themselves  a  part  of  a  compound  conjunction. 

Note  1. — In  general  it  may  be  said  that  any  preposition  may  be  fol- 
lowed by  ^tJ^^j^  or  ^5,  and  be  used  as  a  conjunction. 

Note  2.— In  many  cases  tlie  1ti^{<  or  ^5  is  omitted,  and  the  preposi- 
tion standing  alone  used  as  a  conjunction. 

757.    Interjections. 

1.  T\m,  mAh!    mn  Hot  aha!    on  Hush!    ^ij^Alas! 

2.  m.  »lrr   Woe!     jn,    njrr  Behold!     n^n  Lo!     nan   Come  on! 
na'p    Come  on!     il^^^tl  Far  he  it!     ^5  /  beseech!     J<J  Now! 

Interjections  may  be  divided  into  two  classes  : — 

1.  Those  which  were  originally  interjections,  "natural  sounds  called 
forth  by  some  impression  or  sensation." 

2.  Those  which  were  originally  substantives  or  verbal  forms,  and  which 
have  become  interjections  by  usage. 


PARADIGMS 


164 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  A.         The  Personal 


Nominative  of  the  Pronoun  or 
Separate  Pronoun. 


Grenitive  of  the  Pronoun,  or  Suffix  oj 
the  Noun-  (possessive  Pron.) 


Sing.  1.  com.  ^D^K,  in  pause 
PJX;  0?i,  in  pause 


pause  rrru<   }.  tj^^^. 


a 


/.  T\^  (^nK)^ 


wi.Nin^. 


/  N^nsA€. 


With  Nouns 
Singular. 


♦ my  (prop.  Gen. 

mei). 


Plur,  1.  com.  !)^|7^JS|  (l^rO), 


2. 


m.ur\^ 


ye. 


3. 


/  jmn^mr 


'^^  Darren) 


!r[,  ^_,  in     1 
pause  !n_  i    % 


in,i;  in  _,  1(11) 

J" 
Ai's  ((?/ws  and  suus). 

T  T  T  Jr: 


1^;'t^__(1J_)ot.r. 


With  Nouns 
Plur.  and  Dual. 


my. 


%. 


D5;  DD_ 


n  n  w 


your 


their. 


V_,U,A^. 


tV her, 

T      JV 


^^^ ot*r. 


|3V 


yowr. 


.   •         )■  their. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

Pronoun  and  Pronominal  Suffixes. 


165 


Accusative  of  the  Pronoun,  or  Suffix  of  the  Verb 


By  itself. 

With  Nun  demonstrative. 

•J;  V  '^-™'- 

V4r 

^;  ?|_,  in  p.  ?]_.•]_  • 

■  thee. 

• 

n=V=V^^^      J 

not  found. 

iai;  in_(ri).i;  irr_Am. 

irr^_,  ^ii-.  (1^) 

T                  T           T    -r.- 

•^5:^ 

1^;  1^_;  1J— i*«. 


JT  J" 


DD;  D?- 
13=  Pt- 


yoifc 


(DW.D;  D_,D--;  D-^-D^_<A«™- 


W_ 


These  forms 
do  not 
occur. 


166 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBRETV 


Paradigm  B, 


The 


QSl 

ffithpS'el. 

HSph'^l. 

Tjy_i.<*l 

Middle  0.      Middle  E. 

Hipn  11. 

&0. 

^tppnn 
n^tDphn 
ri^prin 
ri'^^p/irr 
♦fi'p^pnrT 

Dri'?c5pm 
fri'^Dpnrj 
u^Dpnn 

':jppn 
rbbph 
r\%ph 

t,:j-|:    t 

n'^opn 

'ri7}$pb 

t>\:^pri 

nr^bhph 

\r6bph 

'\:i%ph 

:  J-|:    T 

nVtoprr 
n'pDpn 
n'^Bpn 
'r)%pn 
"h^hpii 
urbhph 
\r\%pri 

&c. 

■'ep' 
^^pfl 

♦■^Dpfl 
I'jDp' 

i'7Dpn 
nj'?6pri 

illiii 

♦':'C3pn 

l'7C3p' 

rrj'popH 
lYDpri 

b'^p'* 
b't:^pr\ 
b'iciprs 
'b'^pn 

^b'bp' 

^P^prs 

ii'hprs 

^pppb 

^^Vpj 

♦■jDp 
i^op 

^^eprirr 
♦"pippnrT 

wanting 

&hpn 

■^'IDp 
•^Dp)'7bp 

(^bpri»n) 
%pnn 

*?Dprr 

''^l? 

%pr}r2 

1 

'^'PpP 

rr^tppiii^ 

nV^pk" 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVK  METHOD. 


167 


Strong  Verb. 


Piiu 

PI'el. 

Mph'^l. 

Qal. 

^t?p 

r\b\^p 

T\%p 

"^rs^p 
on^bp 

n7op 
n'^Dp 

T  ,:  J-|- 
n^^p 

'rj'^top 

^^sp 

Dn^cop 

]r\bi:ip 

t%p 

b\5p) 
n^Dp: 

rh^p) 
'nb^p:^ 

"^bhp^ 

Dn^top^ 

\T\b^p^ 

^P^p) 

m 

Dri'^Dp 
jn'i'Kip 

/S^^.  3  m.  ^ 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

PI.  3  c. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

/SS'.  3m.  " 

3/ 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 

PZ.  3  m. 

.     3/. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic. 

Sg.  2  m.  " 

2/. 
PZ.  2  m. 

2/.    . 

1 

*?t?p^ 

*:^Dpn 
^Dpn 
''b^prs 
bhp^ 

"f^^p". 
r^p^pt) 

\%pT) 

n±>i:ipr\ 
bi^p^ 

b^p'. 

'^'^pri 

':'£?p.n 

'b\::ipt-\ 

%pk 

i^t?p| 

Ji^'^'^pri 

^'i'Spn 

b^p' 
b6pr) 
bii^pT\ 
^bwr^ 

i7\9p' 
n^b^dfn 

■^bp' 
■^bpn 
■^bpn 

'"^Dpfl 

%p« 
I'^Pp' 

nJ^bph 
I'^Dpn 

nj^pri 

1 

wanting 

bw 

'"l^p 
^bi^p 

'^Pprr 
t>6pr\ 

t:  j-|t  • 

bbp 

t>iip 
ni%p 

• 

1 

M 

(b^p)b'op 

('7bpj)'?b'5n 

Vitsp 

■7b|7 

ahs.  }  0 
const.  )  >5 

"T^PO 

b^pt^ 

"^m 

■riop 

«c«.  )^ 
pass.  )  PM 

"5"??^ 

Jussive  )  «j 

168 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  G.       Strong  Verb 


3  pi.  f . 

3  pi.  m. 

2  pi.  1. 

2  pi.  m. 

1  pi.  o. 

t7W 

D3'ri'?Dp 

17W 

D^t?p 

tp-FPp] 

D^VpP 

JT      ): 

Dl'7tpp' 

Di'?c?jpri 

i-i.'^pp^ 
i^^i'^tpp^ 

D"?^P 

^Wr 

r?£?i? 

o^^Pp 

DD'7£?p ) 

^^pp 

r?£?p 

D^tpp 

P'?^P 

Dp^^p 

^^^^p 

i^'tjipn 

DV'tDpn 

f5'?'^i?'"' 

D^'p'ppn 

ij^'p^tpprr 

BY  AK  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


169 


WITH  Suffixes. 


3  8g.  f . 

3  sg.  m. 

2  sg.  f . 

2  sg.  m. 

1  sg.  c. 

n^Dp 
nn^top 

T  J-  T  1 : 

nn'^top 

n^n^Dp 

O'ri^Dp 

ni^tDp 

mn^ipp 

ni'^^top 

T    J   :    -)  : 

inn^^p ) 
^n>Dp^ 

in^CDp  ^ 

im'^top 
^ii^i'ppp 

n"?^P 

^l^^P 
n^^'?^P 

^^n'^Dp^ 
^-^^^^pi 

^A'5*?t5p 
'^^^?P 

Qal 

3/ 
2  m. 

2/ 

1  c. 
PZ.3   c. 

2  m. 
1   c. 

^^^R 

i^Pp 

^^^i? 

^■?9.p 

^-J^-^p 

/S^r.  3  m.  1  <j: 

mV^pn 

r     J     :  ):     • 

in)!£?p.* 
^-i)t?p' 

'•?'?.^p! 
'^^"^Pp! 

Sg.  3  m. 

Withmn 
Epenihet. 

PL  3  m. 

2  /J 

i 

^rr)!t?p 

^ft^p 

A^^.  2  m.  j- 1 

^"FSPR 

l^t?p 

n^t^p 

^>^p) 

Construct  r% 

nb^p 

i^t?p 

T^'^P 

T??P 

o^pp 

R'el }  ^ 
Sg.Sm.)Si 

nVpprr 

I'^^ppn 

T?'t?p''7 

^V'^Pp'"^ 

'^I'j'Ppn 

Hiphll  1  ^• 
aS'^.  3  m.  f  g 

170 


-    ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  D.    Verb  Pe  ('£3)  Guttural 


H5ph'al. 


T    :   ^T  |T 
T    :  j-^t:  |t 

'    :  J-  ^t:  It 


mph'ii. 


Mph'Sl. 


Dp'p^J^n  DJi^Dj^n  Dii^Dj^^i. 


''^V^J^n 


t:^-<:   It 


^^'ptpi^n 


wanting 


b^Vn 


--¥:ji 


Qal. 


T    :  "^JT 
T  :    J-^T 


''7Pj[;n 


"^'^iin 


'^'W.p. 


T:.->Tr 


^^>Djr 


'^jpi^n 


r  :    j-'V  I" 


^bi 


n'^t^yn 


Sg.  3  m. 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/ 


PL  3  c. 
2  m. 
2/. 
Ic. 

Sg.Sm. 

3/ 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 
PZ.  3  m. 

3/ 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic.    J 

/S'fl'.  2  m. 

2/. 
P/.  2  m. 

2/. 

const. 


pass. 


Jussive  )  *a 


BY  AX  nSTDTJCTIVE  METHOD. 


171 


Paradigm  E.    Verb 

"i^KW  (y)  GUTTURAL 

• 

Hithpa'el. 

Pii'al. 

Pi'el. 

NYph'Sl. 

Qsi. 

T  :  -i-)t    :     • 

n'p^^pOD 

'^"p^^pnn 

Dn^j^pnn 

tt>^p 
'^%p 

^^i?p 

bap 

ri^Np 

n^?<pJ 

<?^1<PJ 
^■pNpJ 

'fl^JfpJ 
l^ffpJ 

Dri'^Npj 
j^'pNpj 
iJ>??pJ 

^>?<P 
fl'^Np 

*^'?5P 

ori^Np 
pi'?Np 

%p 

Sg.  3  m.  ' 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

P/.  3  c. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic.   . 

^<7.3m. 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/. 
Ic, 

PI.  3  m. 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

^S'^r.  2  m.  " 

2/. 
P?.  2  m. 

2/. 

' 

*V^?p.r^ri 

*?NpnK 

n:^i<pnn 

n^^Npnn 
''^Npn: 

"^^pt^ 

"l^pD 
'>^P^ 

^t^^P^ 

"^Npn 

'?Np^? 

J?<P: 

™>«p^ 

^«P' 
■^xpri 

'^'Xpil 

nj'pNpri 

■^Np! 

■^i^pn 

■^J^pi!) 

'^>?pri 

■^Np^ 

I'^Np'. 

nj^Npn 

i^Npn 

'"'j'PNpfl 

""^NpJ 

• 

T  :  j-)t   :    • 

wanting 

™'??*p 

^Npn 
'^?<pn 

™>!<P 

1 

■ 

■^iNpj 

ViKp 
^Np 

''^?p™ 

•?{<pp 

''^p? 

■^^P^ 

•jwp 

act.  ).g 

in'7Np» 

With     )  «g^ 
Suffixes  \A 

172 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  F.    Verb  Lamedh  C^)  Guttural 


Ilithpa'el. 

Hiph'il. 

Pfel. 

Nlfph'^l. 

Qal. 

ntspnn 

n^t?prT 

npp 

npp^ 

npp 

Sg.  3  m.  " 

'nnwTsn 

nn^opn 

nnpp 

nntpp^ 

nnpp. 

3/. 

nnDpnn 

rinppn 
Tsrygpr\ 

rin^Dp 

nriDp^ 

n™p 
r\r\^p 

2  m. 
2/ 

, 

^nf7Dpr^n 

int?piin 

crinDpiin 

'^:^mpr\r^ 

?in^Dpn 

onn^pn 

fnrrDpn 

i:inDpn 

^npp 

innpp 
^^t7?p 

^nnop; 
^nppj 

Dnn^P^ 

innpp^ 
^iifit^p-? 

^nnDp 

^nP|?. 

Dnnpp 

innpp 

:i:nop 

Ic. 
PI  3  c. 

2  m. 
2/. 
Ic.   . 

Sg.  3  m.  " 

1 

mpn^ 

n^pp! 

npp^ 

npp.* 

npp' 

nopnn 

n^ppn 

nppn 

nppn 

nppn 

3/ 

nopnn 

n^copn 

nppn 

nppn 

npj^n 

2  m. 

^nqpnn 

'n^^pri 

^nppn 

'nppn 

'ntppn 

2/ 

^^pty^ 

n^pp^ 

nppN 

nppK 

nppiNt 

Ic. 

1 

^HDpn^ 

m'^p\ 

Jinpp^ 

^nt?p; 

^npp* 

i'?.  3  m. 

mntDpnn 

mntDpn 

T  :  -1- 1 :    - 

njntspn 

n^fi^pn 

T    :    -i-|  :    • 

3/. 

^ntopnn 

^n^^pn 

^nppn 

mppn 

inppn 

2  m. 

n^HDpnn 

r^yn^pn 

n^n^pn 

n^nopn 

n^nt?pn 

2/ 

HDpil^ 

D'tpp^ 

npp^ 

npp;! 

npp^ 

ic.    ] 

HDpnn 

nppn 

npp 

nppn 

npp 

^gr.  2  m.  " 

,• 

^nt?pnn 

*n*^pn 

*npp 

^npjpn 

'npp 

2/ 

^ 

intppnn 

'in^oj:):! 

^npp 

intopn 

^npp 

PZ.  2  m. 

n^nppiin 

n^ntDpn 

^;n?p 

n:in£Dpn 

T   :   j-|t   • 

^m\^. 

2/. 

H4 

ntDpnn 

nppn 
rr^ppn 

npp 
npp 

nbp;i 
nppn 

nitop 
nbp 

mpr^ri 

n^Pp? 

nppp 

nopj 

npp 
mop 

pass.  )& 

f^?5p: 

Jussive  )^ 

^nip,7 

If.  swjf. 

SS^ 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


179 


Paradigm  G. 

Verb  Pe  Nun 

(1"^). 

HSph'al. 

Hiph'ii. 

mph%\. 

Qal. 

bm 

^^torr 

bm 

b^^ 

/Sgr.  3  m. 

n^DH 

nb'^iDn 

nbm 

etc. 

3/ 

tp^n 

Db^n 

Dbm 

2  m. 

r)bw 

nbon 

n'^DJ 

2/. 

*f 

'Dbw 

"^Db^n 

mb^i 

Ic. 

rl 

•    :  J-    • 

•    :  J-  • 

regula] 

a> 

t>\Dn 

i7'^n 

t>m 

PI  3  c. 

PU 

onb^ii 

Dn^DH 

nr\bm 

2  m. 

]r}bw 

\r)bw 

]P^bm 

2/ 

)p^n 

^pm 

Ic.   J 
/STflT.  3m.  1 

b^' 

'^^tD^ 

btDii' 

"PCS' 

^P! 

bt$ri 

b^^D 

^D:in 

"^on 

^ton 

3/. 

bm 

b'^r\ 

'^tojin 

■^bn 

':JDn 

2  m. 

'b\$r\ 

♦b^on 

'Vp^n 

♦■^on 

^^t?n 

2/. 

^Dftt 

b'^H 

btD^i< 

■7bN 

^D^^ 

Ic. 

t>Q' 

t>'^' 

^^P|* 

1'7D» 

I'jp^ 

PZ.  3  m. 

np^r^ 

nj'^ton 

n:i^D:in 

npgn    rtibm 

3/ 

a 

)bw 

i':'tDn 

'^^p^n 

I'pcsn 

i^pn 

2  m. 

ruhtDry 

n:b^D 

n:i^tD:in 

rtJ'r'bn     nj'7on 

2/ 

bm.. 

b'm. 

••    T  • 

"^bJ 

':'P^ 

Ic.    J 

/S^gr.  2  m.  ' 

bm 

btDin 

bibj 

b^ 

£ 

^^^tDH 

'>P|?i7 

'■^PJ 

t^p 

2/.' 

1 

wanting 

t>'^n 

i'7£?|n 

I'^pj 

I'i'p 

FZ.  2  m. 

1 

npon 

npmn 

nj'^bj 

T  :   J   : 

T  :  J- 

2/. 

bw 

b:::in 

bbhrt 

Vio: 

ViDJ 



b'm 

••    T     • 

^b^ 

n^D 

b^'t^D 

^tpi 

btDf? 

b^y 

^1D^ 

bD' 

Jussive  (^ 

r^'im 

Cohort. 

ia 

174 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Paradigm  H.    Verb 


Hithp6'el. 

Po'al. 

P6'el. 

H5ph'al. 

DD'ipinri 
HDpipnn 

pipb'ipnn 
^npo'ippn 
^Dp'ipnn 
Dp^DDipnn 
inpD'ipr^rr 
iJipmpnn 

nDp'ip 
npo'ip 
ntppip 
^nppip 

Dnpp'ijp 

IPPP'ip 
i^PD'ip 

tOP'lp 

nDtpip 
ripD'ip 
ppp'ip 
^npD'ip 

^Dp'lp 

Dnpp'ip 

l^tpDlp 

n'ltDpirr 
^niDpi.7 

DJii'itopin 
|ntepi7 
i^top7 

DD'ipil^ 

tocp'ipnn 
Dtpipnn 
^tptp'ipr^n 
DD■'lpn^< 
itopipn* 

mcppipnn 
'iDD'ipnn 

n^tptoipnn 

Dplp* 
Dp'ipll 
DD'Ipri 
^Pplpri 

t^p■1p^f 

^iDP'lp'^ 

n;pt?'ipin 

itDp'ipri 

n;pt?'ipn 

t3p'ip: 

top'ipn 

DP'Ipn 

^ppipn 
topp^? 

^iDtpip* 

n^pDlpii 

'^Dp'IpJl 

n^pD'ipii 
'  top'ip^ 

(Dpp  DpV 

Dp^in 
Dpin 
^pp^n 

Dpl^ 
IDpj^ 

n:;t?pi;;) 

'^Dp.in 

nrDpiip 

totp'ipnn 
^LDtD'ipnn 
lop'ipnn 

wanting 

Dp'lp 

^ptpip 

ItDtp'lp 

n^pD'ip 

wanting 

DtD'ipr^rr 

Dp'lp 

•    tDp'lp 
Dp'lp 

Dpirr 

DDipnp 

^\:^yp^ 

Dpipp 

CDpIO 

'mv\ 

BY  AK  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

'h)'N  Doubled  [)}"]}). 


175 


mph'ii. 

Nlph'al. 

Qal. 

^p'r^ 

£3p^ 

top 

>^^.  3  m.  1 

riiDpn 

T      J  1  •  -: 

^■i?p^ 

3/ 
2  m. 

niDpn 

nropj 

n'iDp 

2/ 

^ 

'0"i^pn 

'illDpJ 

'^V\^. 

Ic. 

^ic^i^n 

IDpJ 

)-|-T 

^^p. 

PL  3  c. 

£ 

Dn'iDpn 

Dntep; 

Dn'iDp 

2  m. 

iJiioprr 

liiv^p^ 

fniDp 
i^'iDp 

2/ 
Ic. 

Sg.^m.  ' 
3/ 

(top!.)  tDp^ 
topri 

Dp: 
Dpn 

Dpt       Dp;: 
Dpn       Dpn 

^PO 

Dpn 

\:^pr\       ^pT\ 

2  m. 

^ppo 

^t3pn 

*ppn      ♦Dpn 

2/ 

n^^Dpn 

t^p^^ 
itsp:^ 

Dp^        ^p^ 

iDp!       iDp; 

n^ppn  n^Dpn 

Ic. 

P7.   3  771. 

3/ 

lopri 

^Dpn 

^Dpn      iDpn 

2  m. 

n^Dpn 

n^^Dpn 

n^Dpn  nrDpn 

T    :  |j   •               T   J.- 1".     : 

2/ 

m 

Dp; 

top;        top^ 

Ic. 

1 

' 

Dpn 

Dpn 

^p 

^£y.  2  m. 

<a 

iDiirr 

^pp 

^Dj^ 

2/. 
i'Z.  2  m. 

! 

1 

T   J.)-   -: 

n^^Dpr? 

^m. 

2/. 

Dipn 
Dpn 

DP 

t3p9 

topp 

^?.l 

DIDp 

OP^I. 

^p:i 

TV.  Vow*.   )«g. 

'J^.p! 

'^^p: 

Tf.  SM#.    ^ 

1^ 

176  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  J.  Verb  Pe  'Aleph  (N"iD).        Verb  Pe  Yodh  (^"fi).    Para- 


Mph'^l. 

QSl. 

mphlKprop.  V'fi; 

Qal  (prop.  ^"^) 

Same  as  the  verb 
Pe  Guttural. 

Same  as  the  verb 
Pe  G-uttural. 

b^' 

"    T 

etc. 

^n^D^n 

regular 

1^^D^n 

ur\b\yn 

6c?N*)  ^D^c♦ 

^^D»» 

b^'' 

btsm 

':'^t3^n 

b^'>n 

bmr\ 

b'^'Ts 

b^'n 

'b^^T) 

'>b'^\::iyT\ 

'"i^'t;) 

ht^ 

'^^D^K 

•^CD^N 

I'r'pN; 

t)^^t3^» 

^b\?'y^ 

r{±>mn 

n:i*:>D^n 

r^^^^'T) 

^bmr\ 

^b'^^'TS 

t^^'T) 

Hj'JtDj^n 

r^p^'t^ 

rr^'jD^n 

b\:^ii^ 

b'^m 

'^'^'^ 

bm 

*?DM 

b^' 

'bm 

♦^♦D^'^ 

♦^to» 

t>^i< 

^'5^t3^n 

Jl^tO^ 

T  :   J   -: 

'"^^^p'r? 

rr;i^D^ 

'r'toK 

':'DM 

^    bto* 

"^m 

'^'P'rr 

^b^ 

T 

'^♦tp^o 

T 

V  J  — 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

DiGM  I.    Verb  Pi  Waw  (V'5). 


177 


H5ph'ai. 

mph'ii 

Ntph'^1. 

QSl 

Dn'ppin 

:  -I- 

ri'ppm 
p'ppin 

:  J- 

'^P'l: 

n'pp'i^ 

Tpm 

^^p'l:) 
Dn'ppu 

etc. 
regular 

Sg,  3  m. 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic. 
PL  3  c. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic. 

ASf(7.  3  m.  ' 

3/ 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 
PZ.  3  m. 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 

Sg.  2  m. 

2/ 
PZ.  2  m. 

2/. 

btQV 

bt5)r\ 
bQ)D 
'b^^r} 
biDM^ 
^b^v 

\biD)r\ 

npg)D 

'  bm 

b'^tr 
"^'p'ln 
^^p'ln 
'b'pyr\ 
^♦p■1^^ 
^b'W 

^b'm 

b^l 

etc. 
regular 

':'P''        bt3\ 
b^^r\      bm 
b\9V      bm 
'btD'p      'b^ti 
^p^K      bm 
^b^^'l       i7^l 

np^'rs    npm 
'^"jp'ii      i^pp 

np^'n    npm 
^bm     ^bm 

1. 

.   wanting 

bt^r^ 
r^ptv\ 

':'P'!n 

T  :    J-T  • 

btQ\        btD 

)biD^^        ^bi^ 
npp]      npp. 

1 

1 
J 

b)^l       b)tDi 
bb]       nbp 

C071S«.    )5 

*7D10 

"^^pto 

■^DIJ 

bd' 

V   J- 

'^^:i 

178 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  K.    Verbs  'Ay/n  Waw  (\y) 


P61S1. 

Polel. 

HSph'Sl. 

mph'ii. 

etc. 

"7'?-ip 

Dn'?'?ip 
u>>ip 

■^pirr 

n^pLT 

n'?pirt 

;i'?pin 

♦ri'^pirr 

i^piri 

Dp'?p1»7 

Ii?>PV 
ij':'pin 

Vpn 

O^^'P'^ 
rDb'pn 

^ni^^pn 

^^^P.n 

ir)'i'''pn 
)it>'pn 

bb)pr^ 

etc. 

■^Vipri 

"^-^ipri 
'^^"ipn 

nj'?Vipn 
i^^-ip;i 

nj'^Vipn 
'■■^Vipj 

"^pin 
'7pin 

'^'piN 
i-^pi; 

nj'?p  in 
'■.Vfpi;^ 

nj-pi^in 
■^pw 

Vpn 

™"?pn 
nj'^pn 

'^"PJ 

wanting 

nj'pVip 

wanting 

"^PC 
'Vpn 

I'^'^pn 

'?'?ip 

""PO 

"^^ipp 

'^'?'T? 

•^pio 

Vpo 

• 

•^pn 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 

AND  'AYIN   YODH  (»"J;). 


179 


Niph'al. 

Qai  Cp. 

Qai  (v;;). 

b'yp; 

ni^ip^ 
ri)b)p'^ 
'ri)b^p^ 
^^•ip; 
oni'^'ip^ 
I^^'^^p^ 

etc. 

^^P        ^^P  • 
n'?p.      '"'^p. 
i?>P.     0>p- 

ri)p     fi'pp 

i^'p.    I'^ii 

on'pp    on"?!? 

rf?>P    rrf^p 

/S^flr.  3  m. 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 
PZ.  3  c. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic.   . 

^^.  3m. 

3/ 

2  m. 

2/. 

Ic. 
PZ.  3  m. 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic. 

Sg,  2  m.  ' 
2/. 

PI  2  m. 
2/ 

1 

b')p' 
b')pr) 
^ipn 
'>'^pri 
*:'"ipj< 
iVip^ 

n^^'ipn 
^b^pr^ 

npypn 
^'b)p: 

•^'pri 

I'rp' 
™"?'p.^' 

nr'^'pn 

■^'PJ 

^ip: 

■pipn 
■Tipri 
'^ipri 
•pipK 
i-pip: 

nr'7'ipn 
I'^ipri 

nj''7ipri 
'  ^^ipj 

i 

1 

b)pn 

^b-^n 

^b^pn 

np)pn 

J'P 

^jp 

'^P 
i-^ip 

^J^p 

i 

b')pri 
b)pn 

Vp 

•7ip 

const  )  ►S 

b')p: 

Vp^lp 

^1p 

"11 

■^P^i 

'?pn'''p:?- 

Jussive    )  ^ 

W.)cons.  )S 

i 

180 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Paradigm  L    Verb 


Hithpa'el. 

Hoph'al. 

Hiph'ii. 

Pii'al. 

nopr^n 
nn^pr^n 

r\''^p^*l 

)Dpnn 

Dn^Dprin 

fn'^pnn 

ircDpnr? 

nnppn 

T    J-):     T 

n'^pn 

)tDph 

)y^pn 

J    ):  T 

nnppn 

(n',-^)rr^P'^ 
(nv)n'bprT 

^^pn 
(Dn'-JorytDpn 

(fr)V)lO'^p^^ 
^^'tppn 

HDp 

nntop 

r\'hp 
iDp 

jn^Dp 
^:^Dp 

nt;?pr\\ 
n^pon 
n^piin 

^Dprin 
nDpi75< 

^Dpn! 

nmpr)n 

^opnn 

nrDpriri 

n^pn^ 

ntDpn 

'^PO 
niDpN 

lop: 

T    J.  |:    T 

nt?p! 

•^5?pf^ 

nppn 

*Ppfi 
nt?pi< 

1t3p! 

n;^Dpn 
'iDpn 

n^^cppn 
nt?p^ 

n^p: 
ntDpri 
ntppn 
'^pr\ 
^^p^f 
^Dp^ 
n^^tDpn 
'^Dpn 

nc?p^ 

n^pi^n 

^topm 

iDpiin 

nrDpnn 

wanting 

HDpn 
'Pprr 

iDpn 

T    -I.):    - 

wanting 

n'lopr^n 

ntopn 
nitDpn 

niDpn 

ntop 

n^pr\f2 

^^p? 

'"^^p^ 

^W^ 

t^pO' 

top! 
^^5?P^ 

BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


181 


Lamedh  He  [Ti"^). 


prei. 

Nlph'al. 

QSl. 

ntop 

rrntop 

<n^Dp)n\L?p 

^n^e>p 
4p 

DH^ep 

iri^pp 

nriDpj 
ri't?pJ 

D^'tDpJ 

JO'tppJ 
iJ'EJpJ 

n't3p 

n^Pp 
^n^pp 
^top 
Dn^pp 
jn'Pp 
^^^Pp 

Sg,  3  m. 

3/. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic. 
PZ.  3  c. 

2  m. 

2/ 

Ic.   . 

^Sf^r.  3m.  ^ 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/. 
Ic. 

PZ.  3  m. 
3/. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

Sg.  2  m.  ' 
2/ 

PI  2  m. 
2/ 

1 

nt?p.: 
n:?pp 
nt?pn 

'c?pr» 

n^^opn 
^Dpri 

rryopii 
'n^p^ 

HDpn 

riDpri 

♦ppn 

IDp' 

iDpn 
no'tDpn 

\-;ppj 

npp*. 
nppn 
nppn 

'Ppri 
nppx 

n^^Ppn 
^topn 

n:i^Dpn 
npp^ 

B 

ntDp 

'Pp 
?it3p 

nopn 
't?pn 
i£3prt 

npp 
'Pp 

IDp 

nripp 

1 
1 

(npp)nbp 
n'ltDp 

nbpj 
ntopn 

rrbp 
n'ltop 

a5.  U 
const.  5  iS 

nppp 

nppj 

npp 

pass.  )  P^ 

top^ 

^«?p: 

op^ 

^p: 

Jussive  )^ 

182  ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 

Paradigm  M.    Verb  Lamedh  'Aleph  {'^"^l 


mthpa'el. 

Hiph'ii. 

Pfel. 

Niph'^1. 

Qal. 

N??pm 
HN^pr^n 
mDpnn 
nNtDpiin 
^mtspnn 

^N^pr^n 

Dr)N??pon 
filNcsiprin 
^jj^^pinn 

N^ppn 
nj^^LDpn 

mppn 
^nNOpn 

^N'tppn 
DriNppn 
finNppn 

^i^KDpn 

nxpp 

n^pp 

^Npp 
DriNpp 

iri^^i^p 

^l^?pp^ 

'nJ^^p^ 
iKpp^ 

oriNPp^ 
ir)^£?p^ 
'i^i^op;) 

NDp 

T    :    ||T 

T           -ITJX 

riNipp 

•         -.t)t 

Dmtop 

jt|t 

Sg.  3  »>i.  " 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

PL  3  c. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

Sg.  3  m.  ' 
3/. 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

PI.  3  m. 
3/ 
2  m. 
2/ 
Ic. 

/S^.  2  m.  " 

2/ 
PZ.  2  m. 

2/    . 

1 
1 

KDpW 

NtDpnn 

♦Kcppiin 

i<tS)pi??? 

^xtppri! 

n^Kgprin 

'^Ntppnn 

n:x5?piin 

\  NepO^ 

N^tpp! 
J<'t?pn 
K^ppn 
^N^^pn 

?l^$»Dp♦ 

i^'^ipn 

m^Dpn 

N*pp4 

Npp^ 
J^ppn 
NPp;i 
'Nppr^ 

i<pp^? 
^Kpp^ 

mNDpr;! 

'ixppii 

n^i^etDpn 

^^pprl 
Nppri 
^i<ppn 

m^^Dpn 

NDpri 

NDpn 
^Ntppn 

Wtpp'^ 

njNDpn 

iNppn 

n:KL)pn 

1 

NPpnrr 

^Ncppinn 

iNcjpinn 

rrJNDpr^n 

Ncopn 

\Nj»t?pn 

iK^Dpn 

n^NDpn 

IKPP 
n^,8<?.p 

Nppn 
'i<t?pn 

NDp 

'NPp 
^KlDp 

KDpnn 

N??pn 
K^topn 

Nbp 
NPp 

Nppn 

Ntop 
NDp 

const.   )  >S 

^^5?pOP 

N^ppD 

J^Ppp 

^m 

Npp 

oc^  )^ 
pass.  \  PU 

^^?!?Pp; 

•j-  t):  • 

Jussive  )  ^ 
TT.  s»7#.  i  I 

INDEX  OF  SUBJECTS. 

[The  references  are  to  sections,  unless  otherwise  indicated.] 


ft,  before  suffixes 74. 1.  c.  N.  1. 

a-class  vowels 7. 1.  a.  2. 

a-class  vowels,  what  they  include 33. 

a,  in  'S  gutturals 82. 1.  a,  b. 

a,  in  ';?  gutturals 80.  2.  a,  b. 

a,  naturally  long,  where  found 30. 1. 

&—&,  nouns  with 107. 

& — a,  nouns  with 108. 1.  a. 

a— a,  nouns  with 109. 1, 

ft— a,  nouns  with 113. 1. 

ft  changed  to  e  in  nouns 106. 

a— e,  nouns  with. 113.  3. 

a— I,  nouns  with 107. 

a— i,  nouns  with 108. 1.  b. 

a— I,  nouns  with 109.2. 

a— i,  nouns  with 113.  7. 

a— 0,  nouns  with 113.  5. 

a — 6,  nouns  with 113.  6. 

a— <1,  nouns  with 107. 

a—il,  nouns  with 108.  l.c;  113.8. 

a  of  Qai,  before  suffixes 74. 2.  b.  (2). 

a,  original  stem- form  in 120.  2.  B. 

ft,  pure  short,  where  found 29. 1. 

a,  restored  and  heightened  in  Qftl  74.1.b.(2). 

a,  tone-long  in  Qitl,  volatilized 74.1.b.(l). 

ft,  tone-long,  where  found 31. 1. 

Absol  ute  and  construct  states 123. 

Absolute  Dual 122.  5.  a. 

Absolute  Infinitive 70.1. 

Absolute  masc.  plur 122.  4.  a. 

Abstract  fern,  subst..  Numerals 133.  3. 

Abstract  ideas  expressed 119.  5. 

Abstract  nouns 108. ;  110. 2,  8. 

Abstract  nouns,  formation  of 115. 

Accent  aflfect'g  vowel  in  f .  nouns  131 .2.B.4. 

Accent  defined 20.  4.  N.  2. 

Accent  in  inflected  words 20.  4.  N.  1. 

Accent  in  verbs  with  suffixes.. 74. 1.  c.  (3). 

Accents 20.-26. 

Accents,  relative  power  of 24.  2.  N.  2. 

Accents,  table  of 22. 

Accusative  end'gof  verb,  forms  74.2.C.N.1. 
Accusative- form  and  stem-form..  120. 2.  R. 

Accusative,  formation  of 121.  3. 

Accusative  of  Pronoun,  table  of... p.  165. 

Active  Intensive,  pointing  of 59. 1. 

Active  Participle,  Qftl 71. 1.  a. 


Active  Verbs 58.2.  N.2. 

Addition  to  stem  for  tense,  person,  &c.  57.2. 

Adjectives  as  Adverbs 134. 1.  e. 

Adjectives,  formation  of 107. 

Adjectives  in  J 116.2. 

Adjectives  in  6 128.  5.  a. 

Adjectives,  neuter 108. 

Adverbs 134. 

Adverbs  and  suffixes 134.  2. 

Affix,  feminine 124.2.  N. 

Affix^_ 119.4. 

Affix  |i  or  |_  (seldom  p) 119.  3. 

Affixes  for  gender  and  number 122. 

Affixes  of  cases,  origin  of. . .  122. 6.  N.  1, 2, 3. 

Affixes  of  nouns 105. 3. 

Afformatives  and  Preformatives  68.5.N.2. 

Agency  expressed 119.1. 

Alphabet 1. 

Analysis  of  noun-forms 122.  5.  N.  3. 

Anomalous  form  of  |"£3  verb 90.3.  N. 

Appelatives 112. 3. 

Apocopation  in  T\"h  verbs 100.  5. 

Apocopation  off!  in  fem.  nouns. .132. 2.  c. 

Arabic  Personal  Pronouns 50. 3.  N.  2. 

Aramaic  form  in  ^'y  verbs — 86.  2.  R.  1. 
Aramaic  Personal  Pronouns  . .  .50.  3.  N.  2. 

Aramaicized  forms  iVy) 94.  2.  R.  5. 

Archaic  construct  forms 121. 1.  a. 

Article  and  Prepositions 45.  4.  R.  3. 

Article  before  gutturals 45.  2,  3. 

Article,  The 45. 

Article  with  Dagh5§ 45. 1. 

Artificial  doubling  in  II.  cl.  nouns  128.  R.  5. 

Aspirate  and  Dagh6§-forte 14.  2. 

Aspirates 12. 

Assimilation 39. 

Assimilation,  how  indicated 39.  3.  N. 

Assimilation  of  D  and  1 39.  2. 

Assimilation  of  J  in  j";;  Seghol'8..106.2.b. 

Assimilation  of  h  and  ■• 39.3. 

Assimilation  of  3  in  j  "3  verbs 84. 2. 

Assimilation  of  J,  exceptions  to. .  .39. 3.  R. 

Assimilation  of  Waw,  verbs  V'£) 90. 4. 

Assimilation  of  weak  J 39.1. 

Assyrian  and  Arabic  declension  121.3.N.2. 


184 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Assyrian  Personal  Pronoun. . .  .50. 3.  N.  2. 

Attenuated  Vowel-sounds 7. 3.  c. 

'Athnah, 22.1,2. 

'Athnah  and  SlUuq 24.2. 

'Athnah  and  Sllluq,  consecution  of .  .25. 1. 

Attenuation,  when  it  occurs 36.  4. 

<AyIn  doubled  Segholate  stems. . . .125.5.b. 

<  Ay  In  doubled  verbs T7.2.b ;  86. 

«Ayin  doubled  verb,  Paradigm  of  ..p.  175. 

<  Ay  In  doubled  verbs,  list  of 87. 

aylm,  dual-ending 122. 5.  N.  2. 

<Ayln  guttural  verb.  Paradigm  of .  .p.  171. 

<  Ay  In  guttural  verbs 77.1.b ;  80. 

«AyIn  guttural  verbs,  list  of 81. 

<AyIn  Waw  or  Yodh 77.  3.  d. 

'Ayin  Waw  Segholate  stems 125.  5.  a. 

«AyIn  Waw  verb.  Paradigm  of p.  178. 

«Ay In  Waw  verbs 94. 

'Ayin  waw  verbs,  list  of 95. 

<AyIn  Yodh  verb,  Paradigm  of p.  179. 

<AyIn  Yodh  verbs 96. 

<AyIn  Yodh  verbs,  list  of 97. 

Biliteral  roots 103.3. 

Breathings 2. 1. 

Cardinals 133.  R.  10, 11. 

Cases,  formation  of 121. 

Cases  of  nouns 105.  2. 

Cases,  originally  three 121. 

Causative  idea  and  PI«61 59. 2.  a. 

Causative  passive  stem 60. 3. 

Causative  verb-stems 60. 

Causative  verb-stem,  pointing  of 60. 1. 

q&T^ 8. 

Changeable  vowel-sounds 7. 4.  a. 

Change  in  noun-inflection 125.  2. 

Characteristic  long  vowel 30. 

Closed  and  sharpened  syllables.127. 1.  R.2. 

Closed  syllables 26.  2. 

Closed  syllable,  accented 20.  2. 

Closed  syllable,  quantity  of 28.2. 

Cohortative  ending,  Imv.  ?"i3  90. 2. b.  R.2. 

Cohort  ative  Imperative 72.  3. 

Cohortative  Imperfect 72. 1. 

Command,  how  expressed 72.  2.  b. 

Commutation  of  1  into  ^ 44.1. 

Commutation  of  letters 41. 3. 

Compensation 30. 

Compensative  Dagh6S-forte 15. 1. 

Compound  S^wS 9. 2. 

Compound  S^wfi,  forms  of 32.  3. 

Compound  S^wa  and  gutturals 42.  3. 

Compound  S^wa  and  guttural  verbs  78.  3. 
Compound  S^wa  and  '"7  gutturals.. .  .82.  2. 

Compound  S^wE  in  ';;  gutturals 80.  3. 

Conjunctions 136. 

Conjunction  with  verb . .  73. 1,  2,  3. 

Connecting  vowel  of  Imperative.. 74.  3.  b. 
Connecting  vowel  of  Imperfect  74. 2.  e.  (2). 
Conn,  vowel,  falsely  so-called . .  121. 3.  N.  1. 

Consecution  of  accents 24. 

Consecution  of  accents,  table  of 26. 

Consecutive,  waw 73. 


Consonant  additions  in  inflection  of 

n  "  ^  verbs 100. 3. 

1 '  y  verbs 94. 4. 

p'y  verbs 86. 4. 

Consonants  liable  to  rejection 40. 

Consonantal  character  of  K  lost 88. 1. 

Consonantal  force  of  1  or  ^  retained. 44.  5. 

Construct,  archaic 121. 1.  a. 

Construct,  dual 122.  5.  b. 

Construct  form  explained 123. 5.  R.  N. 

Construct  Inflnitive 70.  2. 

Construct  masculine  plural 122.  4.  b. 

Construct  sing.,  stem-changes  of. .  .125.  3. 

Construct  state 123. 

Construct  state  of  nouns 105. 4. 

Constructs  and  Prepositions 135. 1. 

Contracted  vowel-sou  nds 7. 3.  e. 

Contracted  weak  verbs 77. 3. 

Contraction 36.  7. 

Contraction  in  );'y  verbs 86. 1. 

Contraction  in  Segholates 127. 2.  R.  1. 

Contraction  of  1  or"* 44.3. 

Contraction  producing  long  vowel 30. 

Contractions  of  nouns  w.  suff.  .124.1.  R.l. 

Contractions  with  sufiixes 74. 1.  c.  N.2. 

Conversive,  Waw,  the  name.. 73.  footn.  1. 

Counts  (accents) 22.1.cl.4;  83.3. 

Daghes-forte 13. 

Daghes-f orte,  characteristic 15.  2. 

Daghes-forte,  conjunctive 15.  3. 

Daghes-forte,  emphatic 15.  5. 

Daghes-forte,  firmative 15. 6. 

Daghes-forte,  separative 15. 4. 

Daghes-forte  after  HD 54.  2.  N.  1. 

Daghes-forte  and  1 42. 2.  N.  1. 

Daghes  of  Waw  consecutive..  .73.  2.  a.  (1). 

Daghes-forte  as  a  Daghes-lene. .  13.  2.  N.  1. 

Daghes-forte  firmative  in  H^K 52. 1.  d. 

Daghes-forte  implied  14. 3.  N.  1 ;  42. 1.  b.,  N. 

Daghes-forte  in  IV.  cl.  nouns 130.  R.  2. 

Daghes-forte  in  Pe  gutturals 78. 1. 

Daghes-forte  inserted  in  )^'y  verbs.  .86.  3. 

Daghes-forte,  kinds  of 15. 

Daghes  of  the  article  omitted. .  .45.  4.  R.  1. 

Daghes-forte  retained  in  );'y  verbs.. 86. 4. 

Daghes-lene 12. 1. 

Daghes-lene  after  disj.  accents 12. 3. 

Daghes-lene  after  a  silent  S'^wa 12.  2. 

Darga 22.  2.  22. 

Declension  of  nouns 126-132. 

Defective  and  kindred  verbs 103. 

Def.  written,tone-long  vowels... 31. 4. N.l. 

Defectively  written,  vowels 6. 4.  N.  2. 

Definite  affix  % 123.5. 

Deflected  vo<vel-sounds 7.  3.  b. 

Deflection,  occurrence  of 36.  5. 

Deflection  of  preformative  vowel  78.  2.  b. 

Deformities,  nouns  expressing 110.  4. 

Demonstrative  pronoun 52. 

Denominatives 59. 2.  b. ;  119. 

Dentals  or  sibilants 4. 1. 

Dependence  of  noun  on  noun. . .  .123. 1, 2. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


185 


Desire,  how  expressed 73, 1.  b. 

Determination,  how  expressed 72. 1.  b. 

Diminutive  idea  expressed HI.  2. 

Direction  expressed 121.  3.  a.  (1). 

Disjunctive  accent  and  aspirates  . .  .12.  3. 

Disjunctive  accents 22. 1;  23.  2.  a. 

Double  consonants  (j;"J?) 86. 

Double  plural 124. 4.  N. 

Doubling-  and  restoration  I        lo-r  «>  »  q 
in  _p»";r  stems  ^  ....i^i.  a.  n.a. 

Doubling-  in  verb-stem 57. 1.  b. 

Doubling  of  final  consonant  in  III. 

cl.  nouns 129.  R.  6. 

Doubling-  of  guttural  refused 78. 1. 

Doubly  weak  verbs,  synopses  of 102, 

Doubtful  vowels 7.  2.  N. 

Dropping  of  «  (K"^) 98.  3.  R,  2, 

Dual  number 122. 5. 

Dukes 22. 1.  cl.  3;  23,  3. 

e,  a  so-called  connecting  vowel.74.2.c.(2). 

6,  deflected,  distinguished  from  6.31. 2.  N. 

6  from  a,  a  long  vowel 29.4.  N.l, 

efrom  anu-sound 29.4.N.2. 

§,  naturally  long,  where  found 30.  4. 

6  of  Prel  bef  ore.suffixes 74. 2.  b.  3. 

6,  short,  where  found 29.4. 

§,  tone-long,  where  found 31.  2. 

e,  transliterated  italicized  e 30.  5. 

6,  written  n^  (H"^) 100. 1.  f . 

Elision  of  J< 43. 1.  R.  2. 

Elision  of  1  and  "• 44.  2. 

Emperors  (accents) 22. 1.  cl.  1;  23.  3. 

Emphatic  forms  w.  suffixes 74,  2.  c.  (3). 

Endings  char,  of  abs.  and  const.  123, 3, 4, 5. 

Endings  of  nouns  with  suffixes 124. 

Epenthetic  Nfin 74,2,c.N.l. 

Epithets  expressed 110.  7. 

Etymology 45-137. 

Euphonic  change  of  6  to  u 94.4.  a.  R. 

Euphonic  n_  (H""?) 100.4.  N. 

Euphony  of  consonants 39-44. 

Euphony  of  vowels 29-38 

Exhortation,  how  expressed 72. 1 .  b. 

Feminine  ending,  )  199  «>  «  v>  o 

modifications  of  f Lc:.  ^.  a,  D,  c. 

Feminine  in  verb 63.  2. 

Feminine  noun,  inflection  of.  125,  3.  R.  3. 

Feminine  nouns 131. 

Feminine  nouns  and  suffixes 124.2. 

Feminine  nouns,  declension  of 131. 

Feminine  nouns,  IV.  class 131,3, 

Feminine  nouns  from  Segh.  stems.  .106.  4, 

Feminine  nouns  in  n_ 108.  2;  115.  R. 

Feminine  nouns.  III.  class 131,  3. 

Feminine  plural 122.  3. 

Feminine  plural  affix 123.  5.  N. 

Feminine  plural  and  suffixes 124.  4. 

Feminine,  singular  sign 122.  2. 

Feminines  in  n^ 131.  3.  R.  I. 

Feminines  with  two  short  vowels..  107.  2. 

Final  J<  and  H  not  consonants... 42.2.  N, 2, 

Final  K  (verbs  K"S) 98,1. 


Final  short  vowel  lost 120. 2.  R. 

Final  vowelless  consonant 14. 1. 

Fifth  class  nouns 126. 5;  130. 

First  class  feminine  nouns 131. 1, 

First  class  nouns 126.1. 

Foreign  words,  how  formed 117. 2. 

Formation  of  cases 121. 

Formation  of  noun-stems,  table  of...  .120. 

Formative  vowel  in  Segholates 106. 3. 

Forms  of  letters 3. 

Fourth  class  nouns 126.4;  130. 

Fractional  parts,  how  expressed  133.  R.  12. 

Fragments  in  Qil  perfect 63, 1. 

Full  vowel  to  follow  doubling 13. 1. 

Full  writing  in  later  O.T.  books,  6.  4,  N.  4. 

Fully  written  vowels 6. 4.  N.  2. 

Function  of  consonants 4,  3, 

Future  idea  and  Waw 73. 1.  b. 

Gender  105.3. 

Gender,  affixes  for 122. 

Gender  in  verb 63, 2. 

Gender  of  verb 57,  3.  N.  2, 

General  view  of  verb-stems 62. 

Genitive  case,  formation  of 121,  2, 

Genitive  of  pronoun,  table  of p.  164. 

Gentilics.: 119,  4,  b. 

G^rasaylm 22.1.14. 

Geres 22.1,13. 

G6r6s  with  other  accents 25.  2,  3. 

Grave  suffixes 51. 1.  b. 

Grave  suffixes  and  II,  cl.  nouns.. .128.  R,  2. 

Grave  suffixes  and  tone 125,  2. 

Grave  terminations  and  changes — 63.  4. 
Guttural  and  following  vowel..  80,  3.  N,  2. 
Guttural  not  doubled  in  y  gutt. ...  80. 1. 

Guttural  noun-stems 127. 1. 

Guttural  vowels  and  ';?  gutt.  verbs.  .80. 2 

Guttural  vowels  and  verbs 78,  2. 

Guttural  weak  verbs 77, 1. 

Gutturals 4, 1 ;  7. 1.  a. 

Gutturals  and  Compound  §^wa 42,  3. 

Gutturals  and  Dagh6s-forte 14,  3. 

Gutturals  and  '*?  guttural  verbs 82. 1. 

Gutturals  and  S«was 32,  3,  N.  2. 

Gutturals,  influence  of,  on  vowels.., 42.  2. 

G  utturals,  peculiarities  of 42. 

Gutturals  refuse  to  be  doubled 42, 1. 

Gutturals,  verbs  containing  two  ...  .83.  b. 
Half-open  syl.  and  new  vowel. .  .37. 1.  N, 2. 
Half-open  syl.  andS''waorDaghes.26.4.N. 
Half-open  syl.  bef,  Daghes  impl.  14, 1,  N.  3. 

Half-open  syl,  in  '3  gut,  verbs 78,  3.  d. 

Half-open  syl.,  quantity  of 28,  4. 

Half-open  syllables. , 26.  4. 

Half- vowel 9-  !• 

Half -vowel  before  H  changed  )        33  1  N. 

to  6  in  pause  I 

Half- vowel  restored  in  pause 38. 1. 

Half -vowel  synonymous  w.  S^wa  32.3,N.l. 

Half-vowels 7.3.  c;27. 1. 

Hateph-Pathah 8. 

Hateph-Qam6g 8. 


186 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Hateph-S%h61 8. 

H6*  directive 121.3.  a. 

H6  interrogative ^6. 

H6  interrog.  and  half -open  syl.. .  .46. 3.  N. 
H6  interrogative,  how  written  .  .46. 1,  3,  3. 

Heightened  vowel-sounds 7.  3.  d. 

Heightening,  definition  of.  .36.  2.  footn.  1. 

Heightening  in  ;? " j;  verbs 86.  2. 

Heighten'g  in  Pti'ai  of  ';?  gutt..80. 1.  N.  1. 
Heigh ten'g  of  penult,  vowel  in  Qai .  .68. 1. 
Heightening  of  vowels 31. 

in  X"S  verbs 98.  3. 

in  n"S  verbs 100. 1.  a,  b,  c. 

in  ';?  guttural  verbs. . .  .80. 1.  a.  N.  2,  3. 

Heightening,  occurrence  of 36.  2. 

Heightening  of  preform,  vowel 94.  2. 

Helping-vowel 74. 1.  c.  (3). 

Helping- vowel  with  f  em.  ending.  .122. 2.  b. 

Helping-vowel  in  'h  gutturals 82. 1.  d. 

Helping- vowel  in  Segholates 106. 

Hrph'ii; 60.1.2. 

HIph'il  and  H5ph'ai 104.3. 

HIph'il,  characteristics  of 75.  R.  6. 

Hlph'il  with  suffixes 74. 1.  b.  R.  2. 

Hlph'll  form  with  Waw  cons 73.  3.  R. 

HJph'll  forms,  }}'y  verbs 82.  2.  R.  3. 

Hlph'll  Imperative  and  sufif..74.  3.  b.  R.  2. 

Hlph'il  of  verbs  Pe  Yodh 92.  2. 

Hir6q 8. 

HIthpa'el,  characteristics  of 75.  R.  5. 

HIthpa'el,  strong  and  weak  comp...l04.4. 

HIthpa'el  with  suffixes 74. 1.  b.  R.  2. 

HIthpaipm  stem 86.  5.  c ;  94.  5.  c. 

Hlthpo'el  stem  in  ;?";;  verbs 86.  5.  b. 

HIthp61elstemin  V';;  verbs 94.5.  b. 

Hol6m 8. 

H6ph'ai 60.3.4. 

H6ph'ai,  characteristics  of 75.  R.  7. 

Hfiph'ai,  strong  and  weak  comp 104.  3. 

1  in  'Ayin  Yodh  verbs 96. 1. 

1,  from  e,  in  active  perfects 30.  4.  N. 

i,  naturally  long,  where  found 30.2. 

1  of  HIph'il  before  suffixes 74.  2.  b.  (3). 

I,  pure  short,  where  found 29.  2. 

I— e,  nouns  with 106. 

I— a,  nouns  with 107. 

I— a,  nouns  with 108. 1.  a. 

I— a,  nouns  with 113.2. 

I— e,  nouns  with 113.4. 

I— 1,  nouns  with 108. 1.  e. 

I— li,  nouns  with 108.1.  f. 

I-class  tone-long  vowel 31. 

I-class  vowels 7. 1.  b,  2. 

I-class  vowels,  what  is  included  in 34. 

Imperative,  aflormatives  of 69.  2.  N.  1. 

Imv.  and  Impf.,  stem-vowel  of  .67. 3.  N.2. 

Imperative,  cohortati ve 72. 3. 

Imperative,  how  used 57.  3.  N.  3. 

Imperative  with  suffixes 74.  3.  b. 

Imperatives  of  V '3  verbs 90.2.  b.  N. 

Imperatives,  inflection  of 69.  2. 

Imperatives,  view  of.  69. 


Imperfect,  accent  of 21.3. 

Imperfect,  affixes  of 66. 1.  b. 

Imperfect  (active),  analysis  of 66. 

Imperfect  and  Perfect  with  Waw..73. 1.  b. 

Imperfect,  cohortative  and  jussive 72. 

Imperfect,  with  the  form  ^pp 67. 3. 

Imperfect,  HIph'il 68.  5. 

Imperfect,  Hithpa'el 68. 3. 

Imperfect,  H6ph'ai 68. 4. 

Imperfect,  NIph'ai 68. 1. 

Imperfect  of  PI "^  verbs 100. 5.  b. 

Imperfect  of  Middle  A  verbs 67. 1. 

Impf.  of  Middle  E  and  Middle  O  verbs. 67.2. 

Imperfect,  original  stem  of 66.  2. 

Imperfect,  Pe  ' A16ph  verbs 88. 1,  2. 

Imperfect,  PI'el 68.  2. 

Imperfect,  Pa<ai 68.  4. 

Imperfect  Qai  (active),  prefixes  of  .66. 1.  a. 
Imperfect  Qai,  weak  and  {  ,fv,  , 

strong  verbs  compared  J ^^'^'  ^' 

Imperfect,  Stative,  view  of 67. 

Imperfect,  vowel- additions  to 66. 3. 

Imperfect  with  suffixes 74.  2. 

Imperfect  with  Waw,  form  of 73.  3. 

Implication,  Daghes-f.  omitted  by  .14.3.N.1. 
Implied  doubling  in  y  gutt 80. 1.  b. 

Indefinite  article,  equivalent  I     1.70  r  xr  i 
of  in  noun  inflection         ^  ..i^^o.ss.i. 

Indefinite  pronoun 54. 2.  N.  5. 

Indefinite  absolute 108. 1.  a. 

Infinitive  absolute  as  adverb 134. 1.  d. 

Inf.  abs.  PI'el,  wanting  |  en  o  xr  1 

in  ';♦  guttural  verbs     f eu.  d.  JN  .  1. 

Infinitive  absolute,  vowel  of 70. 1.  R.  3. 

Infinitive  construct  pht2 90.  2.  b.  R.  1. 

Infinitive  construct  PI'61 110.  3. 

Inf.  const.  Qai,  a  Segholate  . .  .106.  4.  N.  1. 

Infinitive  with  suffixes 74.  3, 

Infinitives,  changeableness  I        r>n  o  -kt  ^ 
of  vowels  of  |-....i0.2.N.l. 

Inf.  const.,  comparison  of 104.  5. 

Infinitives,  view  of 70. 

Inflection 57. 

Inflection,  difference  between  I  qc  o  vr  1 
verbal  and  nominal  ^00.  a.  is.  1. 

Inflection  of  nouns 105. 

initial  J,  not  lost 84.1.  R. 

Initial  S'^wa 10. 1. 

Inseparable  particles 45-49. 

Inseparable  prepositions 47. 

Inserted  comp'd  S''wa  for  euphony .42.3.b. 

Insertion  of  euphonic  vowel 27. 3. 

Insertion  of  helping  vowel  (n"'?).100.  5.  a. 

Instrument,  expression  of 114.  3. 

Intensified  root-idea  (nouns) 109. 

Intensity  expressed  by  Prel 59. 2.  a. 

Intensity,  how  expressed  in  nouns.. 111.  2. 

Intensive  reflexive  stem 59. 5. 

Intensive  verb  stems 59. 

Interjections 137. 

Interpunction  and  accent 23.  2. 

Interrogative  pronoun  j  r.  „ 

riD.howpointed      f °*"^ 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


187 


Interrogative  particle 46. 

Interrogative  pronoun 54. 

Irregular  nouns 132. 

Jussive  of  the  HIph'il 68.  5.  b.  (1). 

Jussive  of  n"^  verbs 100.  5.  b. 

Jussive  Imperfect 72.  3. 

Jussive  of  }'y  verbs 94,  2.  R.  4. 

X-sound  for  t-sound 51. 1.  a. 

Kaph  with  the  §«wa 11.  2.  a. 

K''thibh 19.1,2,3,4. 

Kindred  verbs 103.  3. 

Kings  (accents) 22.  l.cl.  2;  23.  3. 

Labials 4.1;  7. 1.  c. 

Lam6dh 'Aieph verb, Paradigm  of. ..p.  182. 

LamCdh 'A16ph  verbs 98. 

LamMh 'Aifph  verbs,  list  of 99. 

Lam&dh  gutt.  verb.  Paradigm  of . .  p.  172. 

Lam6dh  guttural  verbs > 82. 

Lam6dh  guttural  verbs,  list  of 83. 

Lam6dh  He,  and  '2  or  '_J,»  gutt.,  list  of  .lOl.b. 

Lam6dh  He  stems  and  changes 125.  6. 

LamMh  He  verb.  Paradigm  of p.  181. 

Lam6dh  He  verbs 100. 

Lam6dh  He  verbs,  list  of 101.  a. 

Lam^dh  Waw  and  Yodh,  see  Lamfedh  He. 
Late  Hebrew  and  full  writing.  .31.  4.  N.  1. 

L«^gharmeh 22.1.15. 

L^gharmeh  and  other  accents  — 25. 5.  N. 
Lengthening  in  compen- 1  86  5  b 

sation  ;;";^  verbs         f 

Lengthening,  occurrence  of 36.  7 

Letters,  classification  of 4. 

Letters,  extended 8. 1. 

Letters,  forms  of , 3. 

Letters,  how  written 1.1- 

Letters,  the 1-4. 

Letters  to  be  distinguished 3.  3. 

Letters  with  two  forms 3.  2. 

Light  suffixes 51. 1.  b. 

Linguals 4. 1. 

Logical  pauses  and  accent 24. 2.  N.2. 

Long  and  short  vowel  (nouns) 109. 

Long  vowel  before  Maqqeph 17.  2. 

Long  vowel-sounds 7.  3.  d ;  7.  3.  e. 

Long  vowels 7.  2.  b. 

Long  vowels,  naturally 30. 

Long  vowels,  nouns  with 109. 3.  R. 

Loss  of  n ^■^^ 

Loss  of  J  in  |"3  verbs 84.1. 

Loss  of  vowel  takes  place 36.  8. 

M.  indefinite 122. 6.  N.  2. 

Mahpakh 22.2.24. 

Mapplq 18. 

Mapplq  in  H  in  verbs  '1  gutt. .  .82. 2.  N.  8. 

Mftqqgph 1^- 

Maqqeph  and  np 54.2.N.3. 

Marginal  (Q^rl)  readings 19. 1, 2, 3, 4. 

Masculine  nouns  and  suffixes 124. 1. 

Masculine  plural 122.4. 

Masculine  plural  and  suffixes 124. 3. 

Masculine  singular 122. 1. 

Massorltes  and  the  text 1».  1, 2. 


M^'ayyqa 22.  2.  27  footn. 

Medial  X  (verbs  J<"S) 98.2. 

Medial  consonants  omitting  D.-f 14.  2. 

Medial  first  radical  and  pointing.  .78.  3.  b. 

Medial  S«wa 10.  2,  3.  R. 

Medial  Waw  in  V'3  verbs 90.3. 

Medium  consonants 4. 2. 

M6rka 22.2.19. 

M6rkak«phuia 22.2.20. 

M6rka  with  Sniuq 24.7. 

M6th6gh....*. 18. 

M6th6gh  before  compound  S^wa 18.  3. 

M6th6gh  before  Maqqeph 18.  4. 

M6th&gh  before  tone .  ^ 18. 1. 

M6th6gh  before  vocal  S^wapretonic.l8. 2. 

M6th6gh  in  r]l7)  and  H'n 18. 5. 

M^th&gh  with  unaccented  — 18.  6. 

Middle  A  verbs 68.2.  N.2. 

Middle  E  V';;  verbs 94.  2.  R.  1. 

Middle  E  verbs 58.  2.  N.  2. 

Middle  E  verbs  and  suffixes.  .74. 1.  b.  R.  1. 

Middle  E  verbs,  list  of 64. 2.  footn.  4. 

Middle  O  verbs 58.  2.  N.  2. 

Middle  O  verbs,  list  of 64.  3.  footn.  5. 

Middle  O  V;;  verbs 94.2.R.2. 

Mll'el 20.1. 

Mllra^ 20.1. 

Modal  idea  Intensified  by  K: 72.  3.  R. 

Monosyllabic  nouns,  second  cl..  .128.  N.  6. 

Moods  in  Hebrew  verb 57.  3.  N.  1. 

Munah 22.  2.  21;  25.  5.  N.6. 

Munah  for  M^thfgh 18.N.L 

Munah  with 'Athnah 24.8. 

Munah  with  S^gholta 24.  9. 

Musical  notes  expressed  by  accent. 23. 1.  a. 

Names  of  vowels 8. 

Naturally  long  distinguished  (.  30  7  N  1 
from  tone-long  vowels      ) 

Naturally  long  vowel-sounds 7.  3.  e. 

Naturally  long  vowels 30. 

Nat.  long  vowels  unchangeable. 30. 7.  N.2. 

Nature  of  vowel-sounds 7.  3. 

New  vowels 37. 

NIph'ai 6L1,2. 

NIph'ai,  characteristics  of 75.  R.  2. 

NIph'ai  forms  ;,'";;  verbs 86. 2.  R.  2. 

NIph'ai  Infinitive  absolute 70. 1.  R.  1. 

NIph'ai  Inf.  abs.,  '*?  guttural.. .  .82.2.  N.  1. 

NIph'ai  Participle 71. 2. 

NIph'ai,  strong  and  weak  compared.  104.4. 

NIthpa'el 76,footn.3. 

Nominal  inflection,  exceptions.. 36. 3.  N. 3. 

Nominal  suffix  with  Inf 74. 3.  a.  R.  2. 

Nominative  case 131. 1- 

Nominative  of  pronoun,  table  of . .  .p.  164. 

Nouns  105-133 

Nouns,  as  adverbs 134. 1.  c. 

Nouns,  Lclass,  tabular  view 127. 

Nouns,  Inflection  of 10f>- 

Noun-stem,  formation  of,  table 120, 

Noun-stems 105- 1- 

Noun-stems  classified 128. 


188 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Noun- suffixes,  table  of p.  164. 

Nouns  and  aflftxes 116. 

Nouns,  changes  In  inflection 125. 

Nouns,  compound 118. 

Nouns  from  other  nouns 119. 

Nouns,  irregular 132. 

Nouns  of  four  or  five  radicals 117. 

Nouns,  plural,  as  prepositions 135.  3. 

Nouns,  II  class,  declension  of 128. 

Nouns  with  D  prefixed 113-114. 

Nouns  with  one  formative  vowel 106. 

Nouns  with  prefix  r\ 115. 

Nouns  with  two  vowels  (short) 107. 

Number,  aflSxesfor 122. 

Numerals 133. 

Numerals  as  adverbs 134. 1,  b. 

Nun  demonstrative  and  adverbs 134. 2. 

Nun  demonstrative  and  *  -i«k 

verb  suffixes,  table  of   j v- xw. 

Nun  epenthetic  or  demonst 74. 2,  c.  N.  1. 

6,  long,  from  au  or  aw,  where  found. 30. 7. 
6,  long  by  obscuration,  where  found.  30. 6. 

6  of  Qai,  before  suffixes 74. 2.  b.  (1). 

6,  short,  sound,  where  found 29.  5. 

6,  unchangeable  in  y  gutturals.,  .80. 3.  c. 

Object  of  an  action  expressed 114. 2. 

Obscuration  of  vowels  (n"S)  •  •  -100. 1.  d,  e. 

Occupation,  nouns  expressing 110.5.  a. 

Older  endings  restored  in  verb 74. 1.  a. 

Omission  of  Daghes-f orte 14. 

Open  syllable,  accented 20.  2. 

Open  syllable,  quantity  of 28. 1. 

Open  syllables 26. 1. 

Ordinals 133.  R.  9,10, 11, 12. 

Ordinals,  how  found 119.  4.  a. 

Organic  formation 4. 1. 

Organic  formation  of  vowel-sounds.. 7. 1. 

Origin  of  vowel-sounds 7.  3. 

Original  vowels  in  stems, )   <.„  r>„„,„»i  „ 
general  view  of  \  ■^^'  Remarks. 

Orthography 1-44. 

OtiantX 43.1.  R.I. 

Palatal  for  lingual  sound 51. 1.  a. 

Palatals 4.1;71.b. 

Paradigm  verb 58.  2.  N.  4. 

Paradigm  word  SjTS 77.3.  N.  1. 

Paradigms  of  verbs pp.  164-182. 

Participle,  feminine 139.  3.  R.  3. 

Participle,  Qai  act.  n"S 129.  R,  5. 

Part.,  Qai  act.  V';;,  ^Dp 94.1.N. 

Participle,  Qai  active^  fem 109. 1. 

Participle,  Qai  act.,  inflection  of  .125.3.R.4. 

Participles  and  suffixes 74. 3.  b.  N. 

Participles,  formation  of 107. 

Participles,  passive 108. 

Participles,  view  of 71. 

Particles,  inseparable 45-49. 

Particles,  vowels  of,  changed 32.  2.  R. 

Passive  force  of  HIthpa'el 59. 6.  b. 

Passive  Intensive,  pointing  of 59. 3. 

Passive  of  Qai 59.  4. 

Paasive  participle,  QfiJ 71. 1.  c! 


Passive  participles  declined 130.  R.  1. 

Passive  stem,  usual 61. 

Past  idea  and  verb  with  Waw 73. 1.  a. 

pasta 22.1.8. 

pasta  and  Qadhma  distinguished. . .  .23. 7. 

Pa?uq 24.1. 

pathah 8. 

Pathah  as  a  helping- vowel 82. 1.  d. 

Pathah-f  urtive 27. 1. 

Pathah-furtive  in  'S  gutturals  .  .  .82. 1.  c. 
Pathaii-f  urtive  w.  postpos.  accent. .  .23.6. 

Patronymics 119.  4.  b. 

Pausal  forms,  ^"j?  uncontracted.86.2.R.4. 

Pausal  forms  with  suffixes 74.2.  c,  (3). 

Pause 38. 

Pause  and  accent 21. 2. 

Pause  affecting  Pathah-f urtive. 82.  l.c.(3). 
Pause,  perfect  in,  with'w.  cons. 73. 3.  b.  N. 

Pazer 22.1.16. 

Pazer  and  other  accents 25.  5.  6. 

Pe  '  A16ph  verb.  Paradigm  of p.  176. 

Pe  'Al^ph  verbs 77.3.  a;  88. 

P6  '  A16ph  verbs,  list  of 89. 

P6  guttural  verb.  Paradigm  of p.  170. 

PS  guttural  verbs 77. 1.  a;  78. 

P6  guttural  verbs,  list  of 79. 

P6  Nun  verb,  Paradigm  of p.  173. 

Pe  Nun  verbs 77.  2.  a;  84. 

Pe  Nun  verbs,  list  of 85. 

P6  Waw  verb,  Paradigm  of p.  177. 

Pe  Waw  verbs 77.  3.  b;  90. 

Pe  Waw  verbs,  list  of 91. 

Pe  Yodh  verb.  Paradigm  of p.  176. 

P6  Yodh  verbs 77.  3.  c;  92. 

Pe  YjSdh  verbs,  list  of 93. 

Peculiarities,  many,  in  one  8tem.77.3.N.2. 

Peculiarities  of  gutturals 42. 

Penultimate  vowel  of  Qai 58. 1. 

Perfect,  accent  of 21.  4. 

Perf.  and  Impf.  stems  compared. 67.3.N.1. 

Perfect  and  Impf.  with  Waw 73. 1. 

Perfect,  form  of,  with  Waw 73.  3.  b. 

Perfect,  HIph'll 65.  3.  c. 

Perfect,  Hlthpa^ei 65.  2.  b. 

Perfect,  Hdph'ai 65. 1.  c. 

Perfect,  Niph'ai 65,  and  1.  a. 

Perfect,  Prel 65.3.  a. 

Perfect,  Pti'ai 65. 1.  b. 

Perfect,  Qai,  analyzed 63. 

Perfect,  Qai,  strong  and  )  ,„.  , 

weak  verbs  compared    f ^"**  ^* 

Perfect  (stative),  view  of 64. 

Perfect  with  suffixes 74. 1. 

Personal  pronoun 60. 

Personal  quality  expressed 110. 6. 

Personal  pronoun  table  of p.  16'. 

Phrases,  prepositional la^.g. 

PI'el  and  Pti'ai  Perf.  and  Impf. )      ,«.  „ 

strong  and  weak  compared      J  '  •  •^"**  **• 

PI'el,  characteristics  of 75.  R.  3. 

Pl'el,  derivation  of  word 59.  2.  N. 

Pl'el,  how  used 59.2. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


189 


PI*61  infinitive  absolute 70. 1.  R.  2, 

Prei  infinitive  in  'h  gutturals. .  .82.2.N.2. 
Pl'el  infinitive  with  sulfixes. .  .74. 3.  a.  R.  1. 

Pr'61  with  suffixes 74. 1.  b.  R.  2. 

Pllpel  stem 86.  5.  c;  94.  5.  c. 

Place,  how  expressed 119. 2. 

Place  of  an  action,  how  expressed..  114. 4. 

Place  of  the  accent 20. 

Po'ftl  stem  in;;";;  verbs 86. 5.  b. 

Po'ei  stem  in  p";»  verbs 86. 5.  b. 

Poetic  accents,  diff.  from  prose  .25. 6.  N.  1. 

Poetic  construct  form 121.  2.  a. 

P6iai  stem 94.5.  b. 

P6161  stem 94.  5.  b. 

POlpai  stem 94.  5.  c. 

Postpositive  accents 23.  5,  6. 

Prefix  D 113. 

Prefix  D  of  participles 71. 3. 

Prefix  n 115. 

Prefixes  X,  H  and  '  with  nouns 112. 

Prefixes  in  verb-stems 57. 1.  c. 

Preform,  vowel  in  T"£)  verbs 84.2.N.1. 

Preformative  vowel  0";;) 94.  2. 

Preformatives  and  aflformatives.68.5.  N.2. 

Preformatives  of  all  I  <»o  c  at  i 

stems,  tableof       f bb.  5.  N.  1. 

Prepositional  Phrases 135.  2. 

Prepositions 135. 

Prepositions  and  article 45.  4.  R.  3. 

Prepositions  and  Inf 's  const 70. 2.  N.  2. 

Prepositions  and  vowel  change8.47. 5.  N.  1. 

Prepositions  as  conjunct's 136. 4,  N.  2. 

Prepositions,  how  written. . .47. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. 

Prepositions,  inseparable 47. 

Prepositions  prefixed 47. 

Prepositions  still  subst.  in  force. 135.1.  N. 

Prepositive  accents 23.  4. 

Primary  section,  accents  of 24.  4. 

Primitive  adverbs 134. 1.  a. 

Prohibition,  how  expressed 72.  2.  b. 

Pronominal  fragments  in  Qftl 63. 1. 

Pronominal  suffix  and  changes 57.  3. 

Pronominal  suffix  and  verb 74. 

Pronominal  suffixes 51;  124. 

Pronominal  suffixes  and  I  «^r  g  tj  r; 

connecting  vowel        ) ».  in  .  o. 

Pronominal  suffixes  and  nouns 105.  5. 

Pronominal  suffixes,  table  of p.  164. 

Pronoun  and  verb 51. 

Pronoun,  demonstrative 52. 

Pronoun,  indefinite 54.  2.  N.  5. 

Pronoun,  interrogative 54. 

Pronoun,  relative 53. 

Pronouns 50-54. 

Pronouns  as  adverbs 134. 1.  b. 

Pronouns  as  conjunctions 136.2. 

Pronunciation  of  aspirates 12. 1.  N. 

Pronunciation  of  letters 2. 

Pronunciation  of  vowels 5. 

Proper  names,  compound 118.  2. 

Proper  names  in  J 116.2.  d. 

Prosthetics 112.1. 


PG'ai,  characteristics  of 75.  R.  4. 

Pa'ai,  derivation  of  word 59.  4.  N. 

Pti'ai,  how  used 59.4. 

Pti'ai,  strong  and  weak  vbs.  comp'd.  104.2. 

PGlpai  stem 86. 5.  c. 

Pure  vowel  bef.  doubled  letter.  .13.2.  N.3. 

Pure  vowels 7.  3.  a. 

Qadhma 22.  2;  23. 

Qadhma  and  other  accents 25. 4. 

Qai  perfect,  view  of 63. 

Qai  perfect  (stative),  view  of 64. 

Qai,  simple  verb-stem 58;  75.  R.  1. 

Qarafic 8. 

Qam^Q  and  Qam65-Hatuph 5.  5.  N.  4. 

Qame^-Hatuph '. 8. 

Qarne  Phara 22. 1. 17. 

Qarne  Phara  and  other  accents 25.  6. 

Qa-tri  forms,  second  class    128.  R.  3. 

Qattal  forms 110. 1. 

Qattel  forms 110.3. 

Qattil,  forms 110.  6. 

Qattul  forms 110.7. 

Q^rl 19.2,3,4. 

Qlbbilg 8. 

Qrttal  forms 110.2. 

Qlttal  forms 110.5.  b. 

Qrttel  forms 110.  4. 

Qlttol  forms 110.  5.  c. 

Qlttul  forms 110.8. 

Quadriliteral  nouns 117. 

Quality  of  root  expressed 114.  5. 

Quantity  of  vowel  in  syllables 28. 

Quantity  of  vowels 7.3. 

Quiescent  weak  verbs 77. 3. 

Quiescingof  S 43.1. 

Quiescing  of  medial  X  (S"S) 98. 3. 

Quinqueliteral  nouns 117. 

Radical  consonants 4.3. 

Radicals 55.1. 

Relation  of  words  shown  by  accent. 23.1.C. 

Rank  of  accents 23. 3. 

Raph6 16. 

R^bhl(a)' 22. 1. 7 ;  24.  5.  b. 

Reciprocal  force  of  HIthpa'el 59.  6.  b. 

Reciprocal  force  of  Nlph'ai 61.  2.  a. 

Reduplication  of  |p 48. 2.  N. 

Reduplication  of  jD  before  suffixes. 51. 5. 

Reduplication  of  second  radical 110. 

Reduplication  of  third  radical 111. 

Reflexive  force  of  NIph'ai 61. 2.  a. 

Reflexive,  intensive,  stem 59.5. 

Rejection  of  a  consonant 40. 

Rejection  of  1  in  V'Q  verbs 90.  2.  a. 

Rejection  of  1  in  V';;  verbs 94. 1.  c. 

Rejection  of  Yodh  (n"S) 100.1. 

Relative  pronoun 53. 

Repetition  expressed  by  PI' 61 59.  2.  a. 

Repetition  expressed  (nouns) 111.  2. 

Retrocession  of  accent,  why . . . .  73.  3.  N.  2. 
Retrocession  of  accent  w.  Wftw.  .73.3.  a.(3) 

Root  form  of  verbs  V';; 94.  2.  N. 

Root,  how  pronounced 56. 2, 


190 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Root  not  a  word 55.3.  N.l. 

Roots  of  1"^  or  ""'^  vbs., pronounced. 55. 3. 

Roots  of  strong  verb 55. 

Roots,  various  for  one  verb 103. 1. 

gaiseieth 23.1.4. 

Second  class  feminine  nouns 131.  3. 

Second  class  nouns 126.  2. 

Second  class  nouns,  declension  of 128. 

S«gh61 8. 

Segholate  form  of  second  class.  .128.  N.  4. 

Segholate  Inf.  construct 84. 1.  a. 

Segh.  Inf.  const,  in  Pe  Waw  vbs..90.3.a.(3). 

Segholate  stems  and  changes 125.  4. 

Segholates.  accent  of 20.  4. 

Segholates,  construct  state  of. .  .123.  5.  R. 

Segholates  of  V.  class 130.  R.  2 

Segholates  defined 106. 

Segholates.  changes  m 106.  2. 

Segholates  of  1.  class 126. 1. 

Segholates,!";?,'";;,  n"S  i  ion-  „ 

and  ;•";?  stems  f ^'^'  ^' 

Segholates,  weak  feminine 131.  R.  3. 

Segholates,  what  they  express  .106.4.N.2. 

S'^gholta 22. 1.3;  24.  3. 

Semitic  and  Hebrew  final  vowels  .36. 8.  N. 

Semitic  case-endings 121. 3.  N.  2. 

Separate  Particles 134-137. 

Separating  vowel  in  \"^  verbs. .  94.4.  a,  b. 

Separating  vowel  In  ;;";;  verbs 86.  4. 

Separative  Daghes-f orte 15.  4. 

Servants  (accents) 23.  2.  cl.  5. 

Servile  consonants 4,3. 

S^wa,  compound,  three  forms  of.  . .  .32. 3. 

§*was  forming  a  new  vowel 37. 1,  3, 3. 

§^wa  preceding  suflBxes  i  loc  •>  td  i 

and  affixes  f Li5.d.  K.I. 

§^wa,  simple 8. 

§^wa,  simple  and  compound 9. 

§^wa  synon.  w.  half- vowel,  etc.  .33.3.  N.l. 

§^wa,  vocal,  under  initial  consonant. 27. 2. 

§^wa,  compound  and  simple  I    70  o  ^  *» 

standing  together  j- . .  io.  d.  a,  e. 

Sharpened  syllables 36. 

Sharpened  syllable,  quantity  of 28. 3. 

Sharpening,  occurrence  of. 36. 6. 

Shifting  of  the  tone 21. 

Short  vowels 7. 2.  a. 

Short  vowel  becoming  long 31. 

Short  vowel  heightened  in  pause. . .  .38.  2. 
Short  vowel  prec.  doubled  letter.  13.2.  N.3. 
Shortened  forms  of  numerals  .133.  R.  4.  d. 

Shortened  form  of  verb 72. 2.  a. 

Shortening,  when  it  takes  place 36. 1. 

Sibilants  or  dentals 4. 1. 

Sign  of  definite  object  and  suflBx ....  61.  3. 
Signification  of  nouns  )  ,, - 

with  D  prefixed       f  ^^*' 

Silent «  (verbs  K"S) 98,3.B.l. 

Silent  §«wa 11.3.R.N.2. 

Sniuq 23. 1.1;  34. 1,3,  3,  4. 

Sniuq  and  M^thSgh  distinguished. 34.1.  N. 
Sniuq  distinguished  from  M6th6gh.  .23. 7. 
Simple  S«wa 8:9.1. 


Simple  §^wa  for  tone-short  vowel  ...  32.3. 

Simple  verb-stem 75.  R.  1. 

SophPasuq 24.1. 

Space,  prepositions  of 136.  3. 

Special  forms  of  Impf.  and  Imv 72. 

Stative  Participle,  Qdl 71. 1.  b. 

Stative,  Pert.  Qai,  inflection  of  ..64. 1.2.3. 

Stative,  Qai  imperfect 67. 

Stative,  Qai  perfect,  view  of 64. 

Stative  verbs 58.  2.  N.  2,  3. 

Stative  verbs  ;;";; 86. 1.  N. 

Statives  and  infinitive  construct.  .70. 2.  K. 

Stems,  characteristics  of 75.  R. 

Stem  of  imperatives 69.1. 

Stems  of  verb,  changes  of 74. 

Stems,  verbal,  characteristics  of 63. 

Stem  of  verb,  formation  of 67.  1. 

Stem-changes  in  noun-inflection 126. 

Stem-changes  of  perfect  74. 1.  b. 

Stem- vowel  va.-^"-^  verbs 86.  1. 

Stem-vowel  in  K"i)  verbs 88.  2. 

Stems  of  verb  classified,  view  of  .62.  Notes. 

Strength  of  consonants 4.  2. 

Strong  and  gut.  forms  com  pared.  42.3.R.1. 

Strong  and  weak  verbs  compared 104. 

Strong  consonants 4.  3. 

Strong  noun-stems 127. 1. 

Strong  verb  defined 66.  1. 

Strong  verb,  general  table  ot 75. 

Strong  verb,  Paradigm  of p.l67. 

Strong  verb,  the 65-76. 

Strong  verbs,  list  of  most  common. ...  76. 

Subject  of  an  action  expressed 114. 1. 

Substantives  as  conjunctions 136. 3. 

Substantives  as  interjections 137. 3, 

Suffix  and  Imperfect 74. 3.  c. 

Suffix  directly  attached 124.  4.  R. 

Suffix,  how  attached  to  verb 74. 1.  c. 

Suffixes  and  adverbs 134.  3. 

Suffixes  and  infinitive  constrct .  70. 3.  N.3. 

Suffixes  and  perfect 74. 1. 

Suffixes  and  str'g  v'b.  Paradigm  of  .p.l69. 

Suffixes  and  verb. 74. 

Suffixes,  pronominal 61;  124. 

Suffixes,  pronominal,  and  nouns  . .  .105. 5. 

Suffixes,  table  of p.  164. 

Suffixes  with  imperfect 74.  2. 

§ur6q 8. 

Syllabication 27. 

Syllable-divider 11. 

Syllable-divider  under  guttural  33.3.  N.2. 

Syllables 26-28. 

Syllables  begin  with  consonants 27. 2. 

Syllables,  closed   26.3. 

Syllables,  ending 27. 3. 

Syllables,  half -open 26.  4. 

Syllables,  open ; . .26. 1. 

Syllables,  quantity  of 28. 

Syllables,  sharpened 26. 3. 

Synagogue,  canti nation  I  00  1   „ 

andaccentin  f ^.  i- a. 

Ta,  original  sign  of  feminine. . .  .122. 2.  N. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


191 


Tables  of  vowel-changes 36  b 

T^bhir 22.'l.'li; 

T^ll^a  Gh^dhoia 22.1.18. 

Tqisa  Gh^dhola  and  other  aceent8.25. 4, 5. 

T^lisa  Q''tanna 22.2.25. 

T^liga  Q*'tanna  and  other  accents  .  .25.4,5. 

Tense  and  noun  relation 133.  R.  7. 

Tenses  in  Hebrew  verb 57.3.  N.l. 

Termination  nj  in  imperfect (56.  4. 

Termination  of  verb,  changes  of 74. 

Terminations,  vowel,  and  changes  ..63.  3. 

Third  class  nouns 126. 3. 

Third  class  nouns,  declension 129. 

Third  syl.  bef.  tone  with  M^thfigh..  .18. 1. 
Time  of  an  action,  how  expressed...  114. 4. 

Time,  prepositions  of 135. 3. 

Tlph'Sl 76.footn.4. 

Tiphha 22. 1. 10;  24.  6. 

Tone  and  vowel  changes  j;";?  vbs. ,  86.4.R.1. 

Tone,  definition  of 20.  4.  N.  2. 

Tone-long,  distinguished  from  j  on  v  xr  1 

naturally  long  vowels  |^rfU.7.JN.l. 

Tone-long  -,  where  found 31. 3. 

Tone-long  -,  where  found 31. 4. 

Tone-long  vowel  from  rej.  D.-f..31. 4.  N. 2. 

Tone-long  vowel-sounds 7. 3.  d ;  31. 

Tone,  in  construct  relation...  123.  5.  R.  N. 

Tone  restored  in  pause 38. 4. 

Tone  shifted  from  ultima 21. 1. 

Tone  shifted  in  noun-inflection.  125. 1, 2, 3. 

Tone  shifted  in  pause 21.  2;  38.  3. 

Tone-short  vowel  in  the  I  ,.,  , 

antepretone  syllable     f **•  ^• 

Tone-short  vowel  in  pretone  syl 32. 2. 

Tone-short  vowel-sounds 7.  3.  f . 

Tone-short  vowel  synon.w.S^wa. 32.3.  N.l, 

Tone  short  vowels 32. 

Tone-syllable  and  accent 23. 1.  b. 

Tone  unchanged  in  perf.w.  Waw.73.3.b.N. 
Transposed  rad.  in  Vy  verbs... 94.1. a. (2). 

Transposition  of  letters 41.  2. 

Transposition  of  n  in  HIthpa'el . .  .59. 5.  b. 

Triliterals  and  biliterals 55.  3.  N.  2. 

Two  gutturals,  verbs  containing. ... 83.  b. 

u— a,  in  nouns 109.3. 

U,  an  old  nominative  ending 121. 1. 

U-class  vowels 7. 1.  c,  2. 

U-class  has  one  tone-long  vowel 31. 

U-class  vowels,  what  they  Include 35. 

u,  naturally  long,  where  found 30. 3. 

ft,  plural  sign  of  verbs  for  un. . .  .122.5.N.2. 

tl,  pure  short,  where  found 29. 3. 

ft  to  6  nouns 106. 

Ultimate  vowel  of  Qai 58. 2. 

un,  plural  of  verbs 122. 5.  N.  2. 

Unchangeable  vowel  in  I  80  1  N  3 

y  guttural  verbs        » 

Unchangeable  vowel-sounds 7. 4.  b. 

Unchangeable  vowels 30.  7.  N.  2. 

Uncontracted  forms  in  );'y  v'bs.86,2.R.4. 

Uninflected  words  and  accent 20. 3. 

Union  of  suffix  with  imperfect. . .  .74. 2.  c. 
Union  of  suffix  with  perfect 74. 1.  c. 


Uniting  of  1  and  ti  In  verbs  1";;. . . .94. 1.  a. 
Uniting  of  ^  with  I  in  P6  Yodh  verbs. 92.  L 

Uniting  of!  and  ii,  verbs  V'D 90.  3.  c. 

Uniting  of  1  with  a,  V'£)  verbs 90.  3.  b. 

Uses  of  the  accents 23. 1. 

Value  of  vowel-sounds 7,  4. 

Variations  in  declens'n  of  fem's.l31.N.l,2.' 
Variations  in  V'V,'"'V,i       ,„_  „  „  , 
n"Sandr':irst;ms^r--^^-2-Note8. 

Variations  in  noun  inflec- }       s~  „  ^ 
tion  (first  class)  j- ...  127.  Notes. 

Variations  in  nouns  of  J         ,^  xr^*..„ 
second  class  j- ....  128.  Notes. 

Verbs,  classes  of 56. 

Verb  and  suffixes,  Paradigm  of....  p.  169. 

Verb,  Paradigm  of  strong p.  167. 

Verbal  suffixes,  table  of p.  165. 

Verb,  weak 77-104. 

Verb  with  suffixes 74. 

Verbal  adjectives  in  second  class.  128.N.5. 

Verbal  form  with  Waw  consecutive.73.3- 

Verbal  forms  as  interjections 137.  2. 

Verbal  inflections,  exceptions  in.36.3.N.2. 

Verbal  suffix  ""J 51. 1.  c. 

Verbs,  classes  of 56. 

Verbs,  Paradigms  of pp.  164-182. 

Verbs  '£)  guttural 78. 

Verbs  '£)  guttural,  list  of 79. 

Verb-stem,  formation  of 57. 1. 

Verb-stem,  simple 58. 

Verb-stems  classified,  view  of  ..62.  Notes. 

Verb-stems,  general  view  of 62. 

Vocal  ^^w§L 11.2.  R.N.L 

Vocal  S^wa  before  aspirates 12. 2. 

Vocal  S'^wa  pretonic,  M^thSgh  with..  18. 2. 

Vocalization  of  1  to  ^ 44.  4. 

Volatilization 32;  36.  3. 

Volatilization  in  VJ?  verbs 94.  4.  b.  R. 

Volatilization  of  ult.  6,  III.  class.  129.  R.  4. 

Volatilized  vowel-sounds 7.  3.  f. 

Vowel-additions  and  T}"h  verbs  ....100.  2, 

Vowel  and  S^wastand'g  together. 42.3.R.4. 

Vowel-changes,  tables  of 36.  b. 

Vowel-letters 6;6.  4.  N.L 

Vowel-signs  !k 

Vowel-signs,  introduction  of.. 6.  footn.  L 

Vowel-sounds,  classification  of 7. 

Vowel-terminations  in  1";;  verbs. . .  94. 8. 

Vowel-terminations  in  j;"j/»  verbs. .  .86. 3. 

Vowel- terminations  of  Imperfect . .  .66. 3. 

Vowels 5-11.. 

Vowels,  changes  of 86. 

Vowels,  euphony  of — 29-38. 

Vowels  in  HIph'll  of  V';?  vbs. .  .94.4.  b.  R.2. 

Vowels  in  verbs,  variations  of 56. 

Vowels,  names  of 8. 

Vowels,  naturally  long 80. 

Vowels,  pronunciation  of 5. 

Vowels  of  Qai 58.1,2. 

Vowels,  tone-long 8L 

waw  conjunctive,  how  written. 49. 1,2^4. 

waw  consecutive 49. 4.  N.  2. 

waw  consecutive  and  HIph'il.  .68. 6.  b.  (!>. 


192 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


Waw  consecutive  and  tone 31.  3,  4. 

Waw  consecutive  with  T]"h  verbs.  100. 5.  b. 

Waw  cons,  with  Vy  verbs 94.  2.  R.  4. 

Waw  cons,  with  Perf .  and  Impf 73. 

Waw  con versive,  the  name  ...  73.  f ootn.  1. 

waw  with  Impf.  strengthened 73. 2.  a. 

waw  with  ^n; 49.  4.  N.  1. 

waw  in  n"S,  V'j;  and "";;  verbs. 73.3.  N.  1. 

Waw  with  perfect,  form  of 73. 2.  b. 

Weak  consonants 4.  2. 

Weak,  doubly,  verbs 102. 

Weak  feminine  segholates 181.  R.  3. 

Weak  letters  without  |  hot? 

syllable  divider      \ n.^.n. 

Weak  radicals  in  nouns 106. 2. 

Weak  verb  defined 56.  2. 


Weak  verb,  the 77-104. 

Weakness  of  1  and  ^ 44. 

Weakness  of  K  and  T 43. 

Wish,  how  expressed 72.  2.  b. 

Words  accented  on  ultima 20.  footn. 

Words,  how  written 3. 1. 

Words  receiving-  in  inflection  no  I     „r>  „ 
endings  accented  on  ultima       f  '      "   ' 

Y6rah  b6n  yomo 22.  2.  26. 

Y^rSh  b6n  y6m6  and  other  accents.  .25.6. 

Y^thibh 22.  1.9. 

Y^thlbh  and  Mahpikh  distinguished  .23. 7. 

ZaqephgadhOl 22.  1.6;  24. 5. a. 

Zaqgph  qatOn 22.  1.5;  24.  4. 

Zarqa 22. 1. 12;  24.  6. 


INDEX  OF  HEBREW  WORDS. 


K  and  H,  weakness  of 48. 

K,  final,  not  vowel-letter 6. 1.  N.  2. 

K  in  KK^^t  a  full  consonant ....  127.  N.  1.  b. 

K  in  'j;' gutturals 80.1. 

Kin  verbs  K""? 68.1,2,3. 

K  loses  consonantal  character 88. 1. 

K,  nouns  with,  prefixed 112. 1. 

K_of  K"'?  stems 128.  N.  1. 

tc'otiant 43. 1.  R.  1. 

K,  peculiarities  of 42. 

N,  prefix 68. 1.  a. 

K  pref ormative  in  NTph 68. 1.  b.(3). 

K  prosthetic 41. 1.  a. 

K  quiescent 48. 1.  R.  2. 

K  rejected 40. 

N,  vowel-letter 6.1. 

6{_,  where  found 30. 1. 

K  with  Mapplq 16.1.  N. 

3K 131.2.  o;  124.1.  b.  (2);  132.1. 

1?« 89.1. 

p^N 89.2;101.b.l;102. 1. 

^^Vi 79.1. 

'j'lN  and  prepositions 47, 5.  R 1 

|a^« 129.' 

"^^K 95.1. 

T1K 121.2.  c;124. 1.  b.  (2);132.  2. 

■^HK 133. 3;  133.  R.  1. 

^<ri« 132.4. 

JHK _  RQ  Q 


nnx 

*K,  where? 

a:k 

BTK 

hDH 


.133.  R.  4.  a. 
..54.2.N.4. 

129. 

132.5. 


nS«. 


D'TlSx  and  prepositions . . 
D^K.? 


....47.5.  R.I. 
139. 


DK  decUned 127.2. 

rV2Vi 133.6. 

ym 79.3. 

•IDX 89.5. 

^jmK 50. 1,3, 3.  h. 

'1^..'. 50.1,3.  d. 

OJN 50.1. 

D^B^'JX.  pl.  of  K^'K 133.5. 


.101b.  2. 


^D« 79.3. 

•^DN 79.4. 

npN 89.6. 

^■IK 83b.  1. 

^•^K 83b.  3. 

•iS^ 87.16. 

HK^k 133.7. 

m\k 79.5. 

"ypvi 53.1. 

"^PH  and  comp.  conjunctionsl36.4,  N.  1,2. 
nibX,  T  of 29. 4.  c.  N.  3. 


i^N. 


.50, 1,  3.  c. 


r\Vi,  exception 14. 1.  (1). 

jSx  and  pron.  suffix 51.3. 

nt<  with  object  of  verb 74. 

nnK 50.1,2,3,  b. 

nr J5,  view  of 103, 2. 

OnX 50. 1.3.  f. 

UP\^,  e  of 29.  4.  c.  N.  3. 

|J3i<.  njHK 50.1.3.g. 

3,  inseparable  preposition 47. 

3,  preposition  with  article 45. 4.  R.  3. 

3,  preposition  with  pron.  suffix 51. 3. 

3,  two  sounds 12. 1. 

nJ3 76.1. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


193 


Sna 


.76.2. 
.81.4. 


Nl3 95. 2;  102.3. 

na 95.  3;  103.  3. 

Kh'a 95.  4;  103.  1.  a. 

r\J^ 101.  a.  1;  103.3. 


ina 81.8. 

nba 83.2. 

pa.l 97.1. 

r\^a 132.8. 

nSa ioia.2. 

nSi lOla.3;  103.3. 

SSi 87.1. 

jrSi 83.11. 

ji.1 132.9. 

nJ3 101a.  4. 

nfja,  plural  of  r\3 132.10. 

'. 81.19. 

62.N.1;  83.12. 

76.3. 

99.1. 


K^a. 

nia. 

Se^a. 


.  83.  3. 
.81.  23. 
.76.4. 


ria 132.10. 

J,  two  sounds 12. 1. 

81.1. 


naj 83.1. 

nSaj 131.1. 

Sfu^ 130. 

hli. 76.5. 

nVia 131.3. 

P«..: 96.5. 

hu 76.6. 

nSij 181.2. 

Vi.\ 97.2. 

rh'hi 131.3. 

7]li..\ 62.N.l;101.a.5. 

SSi 87.2. 

SW 76.7. 

ajV. 76.8. 

Iff-^i , 81.24. 

1,  assimilated 39.2. 

%  two  sounds 12. 1. 


Sa^. 


.76. 


fen. 


.  76. 10 
...128. 
.103.  3. 
103.3. 
.95.6. 


.95.7. 
.97.4. 


lO^ 103.3. 

na^ 103.3. 

"^"j 103.3. 


Dp"^ 87.  3;  103. 3. 

K'"?'! 76.11. 

n_,  accusative  ending 29. 1.  a. 

n_  and  n_,  r\"h  nouns 128.  R.  4. 

n_,  apocopation  of 100,  5. 

•n,  article,  forms  of 45. 

n  asa  consonant 161. 

n  assimilated  backwards 74.1.  N.  2. 

n_,  cohortative  imperative. . .  .69. 2.  b.N.2. 

r1,  contraction  of  ahu 30.  7.  d. 

n  elided  in  NIph 68. 1.  a.  (2). 

n_,  feminine  ending 107. 2 ;  108. 2. 

nl  for  V 100.  l.f. 

n  for  \  n"S  verbs 100.1. 

n,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

n_fromn_ 74. 1.  N.2. 

nl,  H6  directive 121.3.  a. 

n_.  Imperative  1"3  verbs 90.2.R.2. 

nlinHrph'll 65.2.c.(l). 

n  in ';r  gutturals 80.1. 

n_  in  personal  pronoun 50. 3.  N.  1. 

r\l  in  Qai  perfect 63.  3. 

nl  in  verbs  H"'? 100.4,  N. 

n,  initial  in  imperative 69. 1.  c. 

n  interrogative 46. 

ri-,  loss  of,  and  verbal  form 100. 5.  b. 

n_,  naturally  long  g 30. 4. 

n.  nouns  with,  prefixed 112.  2. 

n_  of  cohortative  imperative 72. 3. 

n_  of  construct  state 123. 3. 

V 

n_  of  imperfect  cohortative 72. 1.  a. 

n  or  n  prefixed 60. 

n,  peculiarities  of 42. 

n  prosthetic 41.  l.b. 

n  rejected 40. 

n_  usual  sign  of  feminine 122. 2.  c. 

nL,  verbs  n"^  with  Waw  cons.73.3.a.N.l. 

n/verbswith 82.2.  N.  3. 

n,  vowel-letter 6. 1;  6.  4. 

n,  weakness  of 43. 

njn 101b.  3. 

^n,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

Wn 50.1. 

K^n,  demonstrative 52.  2. 

D^n 103.3. 

j^-n 50. 1,  3.  a. 

K'H,  demonstrative 52.2. 

n^n 101b.  4. 

n;n  and  M6th6gh 18.5. 

n;n  and  vowel 78.  2.  R.  2, 3.  N. 

Tr"h  and  vowels 42.3.  b.  (1) 

n^n,  view  of   101b.  4. 

Sn,  original  article 45. 

mbn 52.3. 

^iSnand^jV 90.2.R.  3. 

!jSn,viewof 102.15. 

SSn 87.17. 


194 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


□n,  demonstrative 52.  2. 

on,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

Dn.HDn 50.1. 

HDn..'.' 101b.  5. 

DDH 103.3. 

rn  demonstrative 52.  3. 

[n,  mn 50.1,3.  e. 

jn.  Imperfect  NIph'ai 68. 1.  a.  (2). 

!|Sn 79.6. 

Vppn 74.3.b.  R.2. 

'?'ppn,  how  formed 60.1. 

Sppn,  how  formed 60.3. 

Sbpn,  NIph.  Inf.  abs 70. 1.  R.  1. 

in... 127. N.  3.  a. 

:"in 83.  b.  3. 

nSh 101b.  6. 

Oin 83b.  4. 

rin  characteristic 75.  R.  6. 

SDpnn,  how  formed 59.5. 

1,  affix 66.  l.b. 

1  and  commutation 41. 3.  b. 

1  and\  weakness  of 44. 

1,  commutation  of 44.1. 

1,  conjunction 49 

1  consecutive 73. 

),  consonantal  force  of,  retained. ...  44.  5. 

),  contraction  of 44.3. 

1,  elision  of 44. 2. 

^,  exception  in  syllabication 27.  2. 

1trom^n_ 74.1.N.2. 

^fromnj. 74.2.  a. 

UnHIph'il 65.2.c.(l). 

1  in  1";?  verbs 94. 1. 

UnQaiPerf • 63.3. 

^,  naturally  long,  where  found 30.  3. 

1  of  verbs  r'£). 90.1,2,3. 

},  prefix  and  S^wa 32.  3.  d. 

1  rejected 40. 

1,  separating  vowel,  Vy 94.4. 

S,  separating  vowel,  verbs  J^"^ 86.  4. 

•\  strengthened  from  1 73. 2. 

1,  vocalization  of ! 44. 4. 

1,  vowel-letter 6. 2. 

},  vowel  termination 66.3. 

)  weak  in  V';?  nouns 128.  N.  1. 

)  with  Daghe§-forte 13.2. 

1  with;n; 49. 4.  n.i. 

1  with  Mapplq 16. 1.  N. 

Vp'^ 94.2.R.4. 

p 66.3. 

p  or  p  affixed  to  Denominatives. .  ..119. 3. 

n^  affix 119.5. 

n"  feminine  plural 122. 3;  125. 4. 

nXT. 62.1. 

^^l" 83.4. 

^I  •••  52.1. 

njf.  vowel  of 31.2.b.(5). 

3«--.. 95.8. 


nn 95.a 

nn  declined 127.2. 

"lir 76.12. 

npj 76.13. 

mf Ida.  7. 

npi'T 131.2. 

IpJ.r. 76. 14;  128. 

;;1T 83b.  14. 

p-TT 81.25. 

n  in  ';;  gutturals 80.1. 

n,  peculiarities  of 42. 

99.2. 


79.  7. 


nr\ 87,18. 

Vjn 79.9. 

hlh 79.10. 

hm 95.10. 

nm 129. 

prn 79.11. 

NOn 99.3. 

n;n ioib.7;  103.3. 

n;n  and  M6th6gh 18.5. 

n;n  and  vowel 78. 2.  R.  2,  3.  N. 

njn.viewof 102.5. 

n;n,  vowels  of 42.3.  b.(l). 

^^n. 103.3. 

S'n 


nSn 

h% 

p'^n 
Spn 
njn. 
non 


97.4. 

79.12. 

, 128. 

62.N.  l;101b.  8. 

begin 87.20. 

pierce 87. 19. 

79.13. 

79.14. 

79.15. 

132.11. 

79.16. 

103.3. 

101b.  9. 

87.21. 

101b.  10. 

79.17. 

79.18. 


128. 

pn'declined 127.2. 

npn 103.3. 

npn 131.1. 

ppn 103.3. 

Ipn 79.19. 

3nn 83b.  5. 

Tin 83b.  6. 

rnh loib.ii. 

D"in 83b.  7. 

fyin .83b.  a 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


195 


nsin 131.1. 

B^nn'...; 83b.  9. 

Wyn 83b.  10. 

!jiji'n 79.21. 

3K^n 79.20. 

onn 79.22. 

nnn 87.22. 

13 ,  at  end  of  word 37.  2.  N. 

13  in  HIthp.  and  commutation 41.  3.  a. 

'^r\a si.  6. 

2{a. 95.11;103.1.b. 

7}hg 90.2.  R.I. 

nSp 90.2.  R.I. 

hSp,  Inf.  constr.,  verbs  V'£). .  .90.  2.  a.  (3). 

KDD 99.4. 

]66 76.15. 

«]nb 81.26. 

'_  accented  in  HIph 68. 5.  b.  (2). 

"•_,  affix 66. 1.  b ;  119.  4. 

"•  and  commutation 41.  3.  b. 

^  and  1,  weakness  of 44. 

^  assimilated 39.  3, 

v.  construct  dual  and  plural 123. 6. 

■•_,  ending  before  suffixes 124.  3. 

V»  explanation  of 122.  N.  2. 

%,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

^_,  masc.  plural  construct  ending. .  122.  4. 

"•_,  naturally  long  e 30. 5. 

%,  naturally  long,  where  found 30. 3. 

"_,  naturally  long,  where  found 30.  4. 

'<_,  nominal  suffix 74.  3.  a.  R.  2. 

\  nouns  with,  prefixed 112.3. 

V  of  n""?  nouns  lost 131.2.R.4. 

•I  of  verbs  ^"3 92.1,2. 

\  prefix 66. 1.  a. 

\  radical  in  n""?  stems  (nouns) 130. 2. 

"•rejected 40. 

V»  separating  vowel,  Vy 94.  4,  b. 

V,  separating  vowel,  verbs  )^'y 86.  4. 

^i,,  termination  in  numerals — 133.  R.  10. 

\  third  radical,  n"S  100. 1,  2, 3. 

^_,  vowel- termination 66.  3. 

"•withMapplq 16. 1.  N. 

U?T 91.1. 

yy. 91.2. 

ir 103.  I.e. 

riT 91.3;101a.8. 

HT,  view  of 102.6. 

J»T 62.  N.l;91.  4. 

J?T,  viewof 103.8. 

3n; 91.6. 

nin"  and  'pVi,  writing  of 47.  6.  R.  2. 

^n-andl..'..^ 49.  4.N.I. 

Vjfrom^nv 74.1.N.2. 

SdV .'. 90.  3.  N. 

Dl'-' 132.12. 


np.^l' 131.3. 

■jri; 91.6. 

vn; 91.7. 

on; 103.3. 

:ip:-. 93.1. 

Sb; 90.2.R.1. 

rhh] 90.2.  R.i. 

T}y 91.8. 

hy. 91.9. 

nV 62.N.1;  91.10. 

^Sf 91.11. 

l|S;and1jSn 90.2.R.3. 

p_^,  view  of 102.14. 

Sf; 93.2. 

n\. 127.  N.  3.  a. 

D^  declined 127. 2. 

0%,  explanation  of 122.  N.  2. 

DV,  masc.  plural  abs.  ending 122.  4. 

D'_,  dual  ending  explained 122.  N.  2. 

D'p;,  plural  of  Dl" 132. 12. 

jp\'. 93.3. 

|V 66.3. 

pi; 93.4. 

no; 91.12. 

t]pv... 91. 13;  103.  2.  a. 

no; 91.14. 

njr 91.15. 

Sbi;  and  Sb;rv 78.2.  R.I. 

«];r??. .'.! 91.16. 

yj^ 91.17. 

ny 91.18. 

Kr 91. 19;  99.  5. 

Kr,  view  of 103  7. 

J^Y 91.20. 

jry; 91.21. 

pr 91.22. 

^r 91.  23;  103.  c. 

nvj 91.24. 

hb] 94.2.R.4. 

yp"^ 91. 25;  93. 5;  103.  l.d. 

np; 91.26. 

^p\ 91.27. 

i^y. 91.  28;  99.  6. 

«5%viewof 102.9. 

it' 91.29. 

HT 91. 30;  101a.  9. 

nv,  view  of 103.10. 

^y 91.31. 

3e/J 91.33. 

DK^' 103.3. 

j2/\ 91.33. 

p^'' 91.34. 

"^^^ 93.6. 

nv,  affix 119.6. 

jjn; 84.2.  B.2. 


196 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


ir^l - 91-35. 

n,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

2,  inseparable  preposition .47. 

i),  preposition  with  article 45.  4.  R.  3. 

?],  suffix  and  verb  form 74. 1,  2,  3. 

3,  two  sounds 12. 1. 

n,  vowel  before,  in  pause 38. 1.  N. 

>T  vowel  before,  with  nouns 32.  2.  d. 

?],  vowel  changes  before 74. 1.  b.  R.  2. 

2  ^Ith  pronominal  suffix 51.  4. 

122 76.16. 

x{22 101a.  10. 

033 76.17. 

^^2 9512. 

]}2 95.13. 

nn3 81.9. 

*3  and  comp'd  conjunctions..l36.4,N.l,2. 
Vih2 99.7. 

nSi loia.ii. 

••Vs". 132.13. 

dS3 76.18. 

oS.'eof 29.  4.  C.N.  2. 

DD,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

DD,  suffix  and  verb-form 74. 1,  2,  3. 

D J,  vowel  before,  with  nouns 32.  2.  d. 

DD,  vowel-changes  before 74. 1.  b.  R.  2. 

p,  suffix  and  verb  form 74. 1,  2,  3. 

}j}2 83.13. 

r\D2 101a.  12. 

Oio 81.20. 

D\33  declined 127.2. 

"133 76.19. 

/Vd 83.14. 

iy]2 81.27. 

h\^2 76.20. 

3ni 76.21. 

2r\2 130. 

S  affixed,  nouns  with 116.1. 

1  assimilated 39. 3. 

7,  inseparable  preposition 47. 

7,  preposition  with  article 45.  4.  R.  3. 

7,  preposition  with  pron.  suffix 51.  3. 

S  rejected 40. 

K"S 77.3. 

^"h  verb 98. 

K"S  verbs,  list  of 99. 

T\"b  77.3. 

n"7  and  '3  or  y  gut.  verbs,  list  of . .101b. 

n"S  stem  changes  (nouns) 1^5.  6. 

T\"l  stems  (nouns) 127,  N.  2. 

n"7  verbs  and  jussive 72.  2.  a. 

H"'?  verbs,  list  of 101a. 

V'S  or  ""S,  called  n"S  verbs 100. 

'7  guttural 77,1. 

'1  guttural  verb 82. 


'S  guttural  verbs,  list  of 83. 

I^dS ...70.23. 

niS 101a.  13. 

v^'S 95. 14;  103.  3. 

D"n^  declined 127.2. 

DhS.' 81.10. 

rS.'. 97.5. 

npS 76.23. 

npS 76.24. 

V^S 103.3. 

n  P  S,  "7,  how  treated 84.  2.  R.  2. 

npS,viewof 103.16. 

Dps 76.25. 

Q  affixed,  nouns  with 116.1. 

D,  part,  prefix 71.  3. 

D,  prefixed,  meaning  of 114. 

D,  prefixed,  nouns  with 113. 

D  prefixed  to  denominatives 119. 2. 

|KD 81.2. 

DND 103.3. 

Il6 87.4. 

DD  and  nouns 114. 

nn.what? 54.2. 

np,  vowel  of 31.2.b.(5). 

nnD 81.6. 

;^d' 95.15. 

D^D 95.16. 

h)D 95. 17;  103.  3. 

^^D 95.18. 

n^D 95.19. 

nip  declined 127.2. 

rivp 54.2.  N.  3. 

nnp ioib.i2. 

"D  and  nouns 114. 

■•p.who? 54.1. 

D";D 122.  N.  4;  133. 14. 

^^"•6 97.6. 

12D 76.26. 

kSd 99.8. 

dSd 76.27. 

!|Sp 76.28. 

■J|Sd  declined 127.1. 

n^Sp 131.1. 

^3pp 51.5. 

m,  how  written 48. 

ID  with  pronominal  suffix 51. 5. 

nnop 131.3. 

yh..'. 83.15. 

nob 103.3. 

ODD 103.3. 

NYD 99.9. 

n^D 101a.  14. 

r\¥D 83.5. 

1\^D 76.29. 

liffD 76.30. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


197 


t33iyp 129. 

|_',  affix 119.3. 

J  affixed,  nouns  with 116.  2. 

J,  assimilated 39. 1. 

J,  assimilated  in  NIph 68.1.  a.  (2). 

J,  assimilation  of 84.  2. 

J,  characteristic 75.  R.  2. 

J^,  demonstrative  syllable 31, 2.  a. 

J,  loss  of,  !"£)  verbs 84.1. 

2  not  assimilated 39.  3.  R. 

J  of  ending  an  or  en 74.  2.  c.  (3). 

J ,  prefix 66. 1.  a. 

J  rejected 40. 

J  represented  by  Dagheg 78. 1. 

|,  termination 66.  4. 

J  unassimilated 84.  2.  R.  1. 

J  unassimilated  in  y  gutturals. 84. 2.  R.l. 

K3 72.3.  R. 

f)W 85.1. 

|*J<i 85.2. 

K3J 99.11. 

IDDJ 85.3. 

hi}} 85.4. 

Sij 103.3. 

njj 85.5. 

}:}} 85.6. 

^V} 85.7. 

U}} 85.  8;  103.  2.  b. 

mi 87.5. 

n-lJ 85.0. 

nni 85.10. 

nj,' affix 66.1.b. 

n  J  becoming } 74. 2.  a. 

ni_,  ending,  explained 74.  2.  N.  2, 

jrij 85.11. 

^H-,  ending,  explained 74. 2.  N.  2. 

^ J,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

no 95.20. 

DO 95-21. 

y^} S5.22. 

rj^j 95.23. 

nm 103.  2.  c. 

hnl : 85.12. 

on; 5o.i,3.h. 

no: loia.  15. 

HD J,  view  of 102. 11. 

;?Di 85.13. 

B^bj 85.14. 

^J,  fragment  of  pronoun 51. 1. 

''},  suffix  and  pure  short  & 29. 1.  d. 

^J,  verbal  suffix 74.  3.  R.2. 

HDJ,  viewof 102.12. 

l5i 85.15. 

SdJ 103.3. 

tjOi 85. 16;  103.  3. 


;^P3 85.17. 

*1j;p  declined 127.1. 

nil": 103.3. 

^2} 85.18. 

X^} 103.  l.e, 

^ii 85.19. 

n?f3 85.20. 

n^J^^^^^^d 127.1. 

h^} 85.21. 

■^VJ 85.22. 

3pJ 85.23. 

nCODJ 82.2.N.1. 

Sop  J ,  how  formed 61. 1. 

hap},  NIph.  Inf.  abs 70. 1.  R.  1. 

Dpi. 85.  S4. 

i<\y} 99.  la 

K'^j'.viewof 102.13. 

}\^} 88.25. 

D'VJ' Pl^^^  o*  nK?R 132.7. 

I^m. '..." 85.28. 

hb] 103.  a 

pm 85.27. 

W. 103.2.  d. 

|ni 85.28. 

trii,  Impf.  and  Imv.,  vowels  of  .31.3.  a.  (2). 

rni.  Imperfect  of 67.3. 

W},  peculiarities  of 84. 3.  R.  3. 

r rii,  view  of 102. 17. 

vKj 85.29. 

pnj 85.30. 

nn J,  exception 14.1.(1}. 

i3D 87.6. 

nJD 76.31. 

^^6 95.24. 

ViO 103.3. 

0^0 1^.5.N.3;124;13a 

n^D 95.25. 

IIDD 87.7. 

nSo 83.6. 

pb' 76.32. 

nab 76.33. 

;^£)Q 101a.  16. 

-laD.. 76.34. 

^3p  declined 127.1. 

nnS 76.35. 

^  in  y  gutturals 80. 1. 

y,  peculiarities  of 42. 

n,  pronunciation  of 1-2. 

K";;  stems 127.  N.  I.e. 

';;  guttural 77. 1. 

'y  guttural  and  r\"h  verbs,  list  of. .  .101b. 

y  guttural  verb 80. 

y  guttural  verbs,  list  of 81. 

V'j;  and  ^'y  Segh.,  pecur3...127.R.l.N.l. 
yy  and  ^'y  stems  declined 137. 2. 


198 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


vyoT^'y '^'^' 

yy  Segholate  stem  changes 125. 6. 

V'j;  verb 9*' 

yy  verbs  and  Jussive 73.  2.  a. 

"'y  Segholates  and  pure  short  a. .  29. 1.  d. 

'"j;  verb 9^- 

^"J?  verbs,  list  of 97. 

yy '3"3'.2. 

yy  Segholate  stem  changes 125.  5.  b. 

yy  stems  declined 127.  2. 

yy  stems,  peculiarities  of.  .127. R. 3,  N.  3. 

j;";;verb 86. 

y  y  verbs,  list  of 87. 

-13;? 79.23. 

->5;f 79.24. 

'}}y. 95.26. 

d'?1> 129. 

n(j; 95.27. 

n^j; 95.28. 

2lp TO.  25. 

Vt^ 79.26. 

TT^bj;^ 131.2. 

D:r;;"declined 127.2. 

Tj;." 133.15. 

nSj? 101b.  13. 

IDJJ 79.27. 

pb;? 128. 

mjl-... lOlb.14,15. 

•]]?.' 130. 

n^}r 79.28. 

3njf 83b.  11. 

Onjr,  plural  of  "l^,!;. 133.15. 

'^'^y. ..83b.  13. 

HK^i? 101b.  16. 

ni2^;?,  view  of 103. 18. 

■^^jf. 133.  R.  4. 

Onfcjr 133.  R.  5. 

p2^^..' 79.29. 

Wi 133.  R.  4.  b. 

Q,  two  sounds 13. 1. 

«"3 77.3. 

t«"3verb 88. 

N"3  verbs,  list  of 89. 

'3  guttural 77.1. 

'3  gut.  and  n"S  verbs,  list  of 103b. 

'3  guttural  verb 78. 

'3  guttural  verbs,  list  of 79. 

Y'Q 77.3. 

V'3  verb 90. 

V'3  verbs,  list  of 91. 

^'3 77.3. 

^'3  verb 93. 

^"3  verbs,  list  of 93. 

|"3 77.3. 

|"3  verb 84. 


|"3  verbs,  list  of 85. 

;?J3 83.  16. 

nnS lOla.17. 

ns' 121.3.c;124.1.b.3;132. 16. 

n^3 103.3. 

y^3 95.29. 

•^H2 103.3. 

in3 81.11. 

kSs 99.12. 

dSd Te.se. 

SSS 87.8. 

^JdSx'jSs 54.2.N.5. 

|5,  vowel  of 29. 4.  C.N. 3. 

njS 101a.  18. 

hj;h 59.3.N.;77.3.N.1;81.31 

S;?3  declined 127.1. 

IPD 62.N.1;76.37. 

Tp3 130. 

l')B. 81.38. 

n*J3 101b.l7. 

nnS 83.7. 

ns'na 127.R.l,N.2.a. 

ns  declined 127.2. 

p3 81.39. 

*T13 87.  9;  103.  3. 

iyVs 81.30. 

mh 76.38. 

};ph 83.17. 

pnV^ 76.39. 

npny 131.2. 

nfi.'- lOla.  19. 

D^i 95.30. 

n^y 95.  31;  103.  3. 

KDV 99.13. 

p;;^ 81.23. 

hsi 101a.20;101b.  18. 

|3V. 76.40. 

PjV^ 81.31. 

nny 87. 10;  103. 3. 

p  at  end  of  word 37. 2.  N. 

nnp 76.41. 

nip 87.11. 

Dip 76.42. 

2^ip 76.43. 

lyi  p  declined 127. 1. 

hriD 81.7. 

r\^p\ ioia.2i. 

Vtih 71.1.  a. 

nSiiip 131.3. 

h^p... 94.2.  N. 

Dip 95.32. 

Slt3p 71.1.0. 

Stop'. 58.  2.  N.4. 

Sl3p 71.1.b. 

'7^p,  how  formed 59.1. 


BY  AN  INDUCTIVE  METHOD. 


199 


Scip,  how  formed 59.  3. 

*7Dp,  Imperfect  stem 67.2.  R. 

7Dp,  original  verb-stem 59. 

Sb p,  Qai  act.  part 71. 1.  a. 

Sop,  Qai  act.  part.,  V';; 94. 1.  N. 

Sop,  Qill  Inf.  constr 106.4.N.1. 

S  pi  light 58.2.N.1. 

SSp 87.12. 

Wp 99.14. 

njp 101a.  22. 

ip 76.44. 


n. 


Knp 99.15,16. 

3'?p 81.32. 

r\'^b 101b.  19. 

;rnp 83.18. 

rW^h 101a.  23. 

IK^P 76.45. 

n,  how  classified 4.  2.  N. 

■^  in  '};  gutturals 80.  1. 

1,  peculiarities  of 42. 

•^  treated  as  guttural 4. 1. 

n«1 101b.  20;  103. 19. 

IPkS 132.17. 

p'K^K-l 133.  R.  9. 

3^1.. 87. 23;  103.  3. 

nil^ 101b.2-:103.  3. 

pS 76.46. 

U^. 76.47. 

SYt 76.48. 

nil 101a.  24 

on. 95.33. 

pM 95.34. 

y}'^ 95.35. 

^n*^ 81.12. 

Dni 81.13. 

yn") 81.14. 

pm 81.15. 

y\. 97.7. 

33"^ 76.49. 

nn 103.3. 

nV. 87. 13;  103.  3. 

r\J^^ 101b.  22. 

J,»;r-J 87.24. 

K^J^"^ 83b.  13. 

KSV- ^•^'''• 

nsS 101b.  23. 

nirn ioib.24. 


^ 


83.19. 

83.20. 

128. 

81.16. 

97.8. 


D'fc? 97.9. 

V;''\ff 97.10. 


.76.50 
76. 51.' 
.99. 18. 


^12^ 81.33. 

•12;  or**^ 53.2. 

SW 81.3. 

r^np ioia.26. 

y2p 83.21. 

"<3a^ 76.52. 

n2U 76.53. 

nU^ 103.3. 

T}}^ 103.3. 


.87. 14. 


T\np 101a.  26;  102.20. 

tanc^ 81.17. 

nnb 81.18. 

«]D1^ 76.54. 

yp. 97.11. 

n'U 97.12. 


SdK^ 76.55. 

DD^ ..76.56. 

n'W 103.3. 

hSe^ 83.9. 

76.57. 


VP- 


ihb 103.3. 

IDK^ 76.58. 

rVp]^ 83.10. 

D'dW 122.  N.  4;  132. 18. 

DD^ 87.15. 

DDE^  103.3. 

p:py 83.22. 

nnC^ 76.59. 

7}]^ 131.2. 

D'j?i^ 133.  R.2. 

y'^y 133.  R.4.  c. 

U'ly  declined 127.2. 

h'£^ 76.60. 

npK^ lOla.27. 

l3pK? 76.61. 

pn^ 81.34. 

r\m 101a.28;103. 1.  f. 

r\l  and  suffixes 74. 1.  c.(3). 

n,  assimilated 39. 2;  59.  5.  b. 

Pi  changed  to  D 59. 5.  b. 

n_,  feminine  affix 124.  2. 

n_,  feminine  construct  state 123.  4. 

nl,  f  eminines  in 113. 1 ;  131. 3.  R.  1. 

n  in  HIthpa'el  and  commutation. .  41.3.  a. 

r\^  in  verbs  n""? 100- *• 

Pi,  Inf.  const,  fem.  end'g,  vbs.V'3.90.2.a.(3). 
r\_,  older  construct  feminine.  .131. 1.  R.  1. 

ri,"  prefix 66.1.  a. 

r\  prefixed,  nouns  with 115. 

n_  or  n_,  Qai  act.  part.  fem.  in 109.  L 


200 


ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW 


rL_,  restored 74. 1.  a.  (1). 

ri,  sigrn  of  feminine  singular 123.  2. 

r\,  transposed 41.  2;  59. 5.  b. 

n,  two  sounds 12. 1. 

T}hr]r\ 131.3. 

^ri^from^nn_ 74.  i.  n.  2. 

^r\  restored ..." 74. 1.  a.  (3). 

■•ri  restored 74.  l.a.(2). 


nSn  lOla.29. 

TpSjn 130. 

DjH  and  jfl  in  Qai  Perfect 63. 4. 

D/=),  6  of . .' 29.  4.  c.  N.  2. 

jW 84.3.  R.3. 

iJ^Sn 78.62. 

3^p.^ 83.23. 

nj? 84.2.R.a 


AN  INTRODUCTORY 

New  Testahemt  Greek  Method, 

TOGETHER  WITH 

A  Manual,  containing  Text  and  Vocabulary  of 
Gospel  of  John  and  Lists  of  JVords, 

AND 

Tbe  Elements  of  New  Testament  Greek  Grammar. 

BY 
WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  Ph.D., 

Professor  in  Vale  University, 

AND 

REVERE  F.  WEIDNER,  D.D., 

Professor  in  A  ugustana  Theological  Seminary,  Rock  Island,  III. 


OctaTO,  price,      -      -     $2.50  net. 

j{.%  Correspondence  concerning  terms  for  introduction  and  examination 
copies  is  solicited  from  instructors  desiring  a  Text-book  in  New  Testa- 
ment Greek. 

CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  Publishers, 
743-745  Broadway,  New  York. 


MANY  who  have  not  studied  Classical  Greek  desire  to 
know  New  Testament  Greek.  For  these  as  well  as 
for  those  who,  having  studied  Classical  Greek,  desire  to 
review  more  particularly  the  principles  of  New  Testament 
Greek,  this  book  is  intended.  By  its  use  the  student,  while 
acquiring  and  mastering  the  principles  of  the  Greek 
Language  by  a  rapid  and  natural  method,  will  be  pursuing 
a  complete  and  thorough  study  of  New  Testament  litera- 
ture ;  and  thus  not  only  to  clergymen  of  all  denominations 
—  to  whom  it  will  serve  as  an  important  basis  for  their 
work  —  but  to  Bible  students  generally  the  book  will  be 
found  invaluable. 

For  several  years  the  inductive  method  of  teaching 
languages,  as  exemplified  in  Professor  Harper's  Text-Books, 
has  been  employed  by  many  of  the  leading  Professors  of 
Hebrew  in  this  country.  A  book  to  embody  the  application 
of  the  method  in  New  Testament  Greek  has  long  been 
called  for,  and  it  is  believed  that  the  present  volume  will 
meet  the  demand. 


AN    ASSYRIAN    MANUAL 

FOB  THE  USE  OF 

beginners  in  the  Study  of  the  Assyrian  Language. 
By    D.    G.    LYON,    Ph.D., 

Professor  in  Harvard  University. 


OctaTO.    Clotli.    Pp.  X1*V,  138,    Price,  $4.oo. 

This  work  is  designed  not  only  as  a  text- book  for  those  who  are 
teaching  the  rudiments  of  Assyrian,  but  also,  and  in  particular,  for  the 
use  of  those  who  have  no  teacher  and  yet  wish  to  make  the  acquaintance 
of  this  important  Semitic  language.  Its  essential  feature  is  the  large 
collection  of  transliterated  inscriptions  given  in  English  letters,  which 
are  the  basis  for  the  glossary,  commentary  and  grammar.  Every  prin- 
ciple in  the  outline  of  grammar  is  illustrated  by  reference  to  these  inscrip- 
tions. By  this  method  of  beginning  the  study  with  transliterations,  the 
acquisition  of  the  language  is  very  greatly  simplified.  In  its  large  collec- 
tion of  syllabic  signs,  ideograms,  and  inscriptions  in  the  cuneiform,  the 
book  contains  at  the  same  time  a  full  apparatus  for  learning  to  read  A  s- 
syrian  in  the  original  character.  The  student  who  has  mastered  the 
contents  of  this  volume  will  be  prepared  to  do  independent  work  in 
Assyrian. 


The  following  testimony,  from  well-known  Assyriologists,  Is  worthy 
of  notice : 

"  I  like  it  very  much  indeed.  It  will  wonderfully  smooth  the  way  of  teacher 
and  scholar  in  acquiring  the  Assyrian  language.  I  used  advanced  sheets  of  the 
Manual  with  the  Assyrian  class  in  the  Philadelphia  Summer  School,  and  have 
never  seen  such  a  rapid  advance  made  toward  the  acquisition  of  any  language 
as  was  made  by  that  class."— Prof.  John  P.  Peters,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, Philadelphia,  Pa. 

"The  book  is  one which  all  who  are  trying  to  teach  or  study  Assyrian 

in  America,  and  England,  too,  I  doubt  not,  will  be  deeply  grateful  for.  Indeed, 
I  do  not  see  why  a  Grerman  edition  might  not  be  in  demand." — Prof.  Francis 
Brown,  Union  Theological  Seminary,  New  York. 

"A  book  of  the  kind  was  greatly  needed,  and  the  want  is  one  reason  for  the 
backward  state  of  Assyriology  among  the  younger  generation  of  Englishmen. 
*  *  Your  selections  seem  to  me  to  be  excellent.  *  *  Your  g^lossary  wiU  be 
very  agreeable  to  the  student"— Prof.  A  H.  Sayce,  Queen's  College,  Oxford. 


AN    ARAMAIC    METHOD. 

By  CHARLES  RUFUS  BROWN, 
Associate  Prof,  of  Hebrew  in  Newton  Theological  Institution. 


PART  /.     TEXT.  NOTES  ANTD  yOCA'BULARY, 

A  Text-book  for  the  study  of  the  Aramaic,  by  a  method  at  once 
comparative  and  inductive.  Commended  by  eminent  scholars  and 
teachers.  Contents  :  I— Genesis  1-10,  The  Hebrew  Text  and  Targum 
of  Onkelos  on  parallel  pages.  II — Note  of  References  to  tha  Biblical 
Aramaic.  Ill — Targum  Pseudo-Jonathan,  Genesis,  ch.  8.  IV — 
Targum  of  Jonathan  Ben  Uzziel,  Joshua,  ch.  20,  Isaiah  ch.  6. 
V — Targum  on  the  Psalms,  Psalm  xxiv.,  Psalm  cl.  VI — Targum  on 
the  Megilloth,  Ruth,  ch.   2.  VII—Notes  on  the  Text:   Onkelos, 

Genesis  1-10.  Biblical  Aramaic.     Other  Targums.    VIII — Vocabulary. 

ismo.    Clotli.    Pp.  132.    Price,  $1.75,  net. 


PART  IL   GRAMMAR. 

The  second  part  of  this  veork  includes  brief  statements  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  Aramaic  Orthography,  Etymology  and  Syntax.  The  method 
pursued  is  comparative  and  inductive.  As  in  Part  I,  a  knowledge  of 
Hebrew  is  presupposed,  and  the  agreements  or  disagreements  of  Ara- 
maic therewith  are  carefully  noted.  Instead  of  bringing  the  principles 
for  all  the  dialects  under  one  head,  the  grammar  of  Onkelos  is  carefully 
distinguished  from  that  of  the  Biblical  Aramaic,  and,  to  some  extent, 
from  that  of  the  more  corrupt  Targums,  and  all  dialectical  Yariations 
from  Onkelos  are  printed  in  special  type.  For  the  convenience  of 
those  using  Harper's  Elements  of  Hebrew,  the  arrangement  has  been 
adapted,  as  far  as  possible,  from  that  work. 

T2ino.    Clotli.    Pp.  96.    Price,  $1.00,  net. 


"  The  result  of  my  examination  is  altogether  favorable.  We  shall  use  it  In 
our  Seminary." — Prof.  Willis  J.  Bkecher,  D.D.,  Auburn  Theological  Seminary. 

"It  is  well  adapted  to  the  purpose  which  the  author  had  in  view." — ^Prof. 
Henry  P.  Smith,  D.  D.,  Lane  Theological  Seminary,  Cincinnati 

•'  I  have  decided  to  use  it  in  my  classes."— Prof.  Basil  Manly,  D.  D.,  So, 
Bapt.  Theological  Seminary,  Louisville. 

"  A  real  end  valuable  contribution  to  the  study  of  the  so-called  Chaldee." 
—Prof  S.  BuRNHAM,  D.  D.,  in  *•  jHeftraica." 

"The  'Method'  is  a  manual  of  exceptional  merit,  and  richly  deserves  recog- 
nition and  success.  It  is  just  the  kind  of  a  book  we  need  for  our  Seminaries, 
our  Summer  Schools  and  for  private  study."— Prof.  Geo.  H.  Schoddk.  Ph.D., 
in  "ffeftraico." 

"Excellently  adapted  for  purposes  of  instruction.  A  text-book  of  thia 
character  is  very  usefuL"— r7i«  Independent,  New  York. 


HEBREW  AND  SEMETIC  TEXT-BOOKS. 

ELEMENTS  OF  HEBREW.     By  WILLIAM    R.   HARPER, 
Ph.D.    Twelfth  edition.    Revised  and  Indexed.   8vo,  $2.00  net. 

An  Elementary  Grammar  of  the  Hebrew  Language,  by  an  Inductive  Method. 
Comprising  systematic  statements  of  ihe  principles  of  Hebrew  Orthography  and  Ety- 
mology, according  to  the  latest  and  most  scientific  authorities,  deduced  from  examples 
quoted  'in  the  work  ;  with  a  practically  exhaustive  discussion  and  classification  of  the 
Hebrew  Vowel-sounds. 

INTRODUCTORY    HEBREW    METHOD    AND    MANUAL. 

By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER,  Ph.D.    Seventh  edition.    i2mo, 

$2.00  net. 

A  Text-Book  for  Beginners  in  Hebrew,  by  an  Inductive  Method.  Containing  the 
Text  of  Genesis  I.-VIIl ;  with  notes,  referring  to  the  author's  "  Elements  of  Hebrew," 
Exercises  for  Translation,  Grammar  Lessons  covering  the  Principles  of  Orthography 
and  Etymology,  and  Lists  of  the  most  frequently  occurring  Hebrew  words. 

ELEMENTS    OF    HEBREW    SYNTAX.      By    WILLIAM 
R.  HARPER,  Ph.D.    8vo,  $2.00  net. 

A  presentation  of  the  principles  of  Hebrew  Syntax,  by  an  inductive  method. 

The  method  of  presentation  includes  (i)  a  citation  and  translation  of  examples 
teaching  a  given  pnnciple;  (2)  a  statement  of  the  principle ;  (3)  the  addition  of  details 
and  exceptions  in  smaller  type ;  (4)  a  list  of  references  (in  the  order  of  the  Hebrew  Bible) 
for  further  study. 

HEBREW  VOCABULARIES.     By  WILLIAM  R.  HARPER, 
Ph.D.   i2mo,  $1.00  net. 

AN  ARAMAIC  METHOD.    By  CHARLES  RUFUS  BROWN. 

PART  I.     Text,  Notes  and  Vocabulary.     i2mo,  $1.75  net. 

PART  II.     Grammar.     i2mo,  $1.00  net. 

Including  brief  statements  of  the  principles  of  Aramaic  Orthography,  Etymology 
and  Syntax.  The  method  pursued  is  comparative  and  inductive,  tor  the  convenience 
of  those  using  Harper's  Elements  of  Hebrew,  the  arrangement  has  been  adopted  as  far 
as  possible  from  that  work. 

AN  ASSYRIAN  MANUAL.    By  DAVID  G.  LYON,  Ph.D.   8vo, 

$4.00  net. 

The  Manual  contains  a  list  of  syllabic  signs  in  most  common  use,  a  selection  of  some 
of  the  most  important  historical  texts  transliterated  in  English  letters,  some  pages  at 
Cuneiform  Texts,  Paradigms,  Comments,  and  Glossary. 

AN  ARABIC  MANUAL.     By  JOHN  G.  LANSING,  D.D.    8vo, 
$2.00  net. 

Containing  the  Letters ;  Vowels ;  Signs  •  Accent ;  Pause ;  Syllables ;  The  Articles 
Pronouns  ;  different  classes  of  Prepositions,  Conjunctions,  and  Adverbs,  with  a  table  of 
the  most  common  of  these ;  Numerals ;  the  Verb,  with  its  Measures,  Permutations,  As. 
similations,  Forms,  Voices,  States,  Moods,  Persons,  etc.,  Triliteral  and  QuadriliteraL 
m/^'J^tt^"'^  Weak,  Inflections  by  Persons,  Voices  and  Moods,  Derived  Forms,  The 
Weak  Verbs  and  Other  Verbs,  with  explanations,  and  paradigms ;  The  Noun,  Kind*, 
Uenvation,  Classification,  Verbal  Adjectives,  Cases,  Declensions,  etc.,  with  example! 
under  all  sections.  *^ 


FROM   THE  PRESS. 

"*  ♦  A  peculiar  merit  of  the  'Elements'  is  that,  although  elementary, 
the  book  is  not  superficial  but  philosophical." — Ihe  CongregationcUist,  Boston. 

"  The  whole  grammar  aims  to  lead  the  student  not  only  into  a  practical 
knowledge  of  the  language,  but  also  into  a  rational  explanation  of  its  phe- 
nomena."— New  York  Independent. 

"  *  *  Remarkably  full  and  precise,  and  appears  well  designed  to  train  the 
learner  in  a  sound  philological  method,  and  to  lead  him  on  gradually  until  he 
acquires  a  firm  grasp  of  the  principles  of  the  language."— Prof.  S.  R.  Driver, 
in  Contemporary  Review. 

"*  *  So  logically  and  self-consistently  arranged  that  the  student  who 
goes  faithfully  through  the  lessons  will,  by  a  very  natural  process,  come  into 
possession  of  all  the  fundamental  facts  and  principles  of  the  Hebrew  language. 
We  are  of  opinion  that  for  the  beginner  in  the  study  of  Hebrew  no  better  text- 
books can  be  had." — Northwestern  Christian  Advocate. 

«« *  *  In  this  way  the  labor  of  acquiring  the  language  becomes  compara- 
tively light  and  is  always  pleasant.  *  *  Any  one  of  moderate  capacity  can 
acquire  from  Dr.  Harper's  books  a  good  working  knowledge  of  Hebrew  with- 
out a  teacher.  *  *  The  arrangement  throughout  is  clear,  and  the  statement 
of  principles  concise  and  accurate.  *  *  Will  contribute  much  to  the  advance- 
ment of  Hebrew  learning." — Reformed  Quarterly  Review. 

"  The  plan  of  the  book  (  *  Method ' )  is  admirable.  In  arrangement  it  is  nat- 
ural, simple  and  scientific.  It  comes  nearer  to  being  a  satisfactory  text-book 
for  teaching  Hebrew  to  beginners  than  probably  any  other  that  has  ever  been 
published.  *  *  Every  teacher  must  welcome  this  book  ( •  Elements ' )  as  the 
best  published  aid  to  his  teaching.  There  is  certainly  no  other  grammar  of 
Hebrew  so  well  adapted  to  the  work  of  the  class  room  as  is  this." — Prof.  Bernard 
C.  Taylor,  in  Baptist  Quarterly  Review. 

"  *  *  The  '  Method '  puts  the  learner  at  once  face  to  face  with  the  language 
In  concrete  and  connected  form,  and  teaches  him  to  derive  its  facts  and  princi- 

Eles  from  actual  observation.  *  *  The  'Notes,'  'Observations,'  'Grammar- 
essons,'  etc.,  are  distributed  with  great  judgment  and  clear  understanding, 
bom  of  experience,  of  what  students  need.  *  *  His  plea  for  historical  explan- 
ations of  linguistic  facts,  as  not  only  not  foreign  to  an  elementary  treatment, 
but  essential  to  its  intelligent  pursuit,  is  thoroughly  sound,  and  the  conven- 
ience, as  well  as  accuracy  of  this  course  is  amply  illustrated  in  the  'Elements.'" 
— Prof.  Francis  Brown,  in  Presbyterian  Review. 

"  *  *  Two  works  which  seem  destined  to  supersede  all  the  other  introduc- 
tory manuals  now  in  use  in  our  theological  seminaries.  *  *  A  rigidly  scientific 
and.  consecutive  presentation  of  the  elements  of  Hebrew  grammar.  *  *  A 
unique  contrivance  of  lessons,  exercises,  vocabularies  and  explanations,  de- 
signed to  introduce  the  learner  to  the  grammar  and  to  the  Bible.  *  ♦  The 
combination  of  an  unprecedented  amount  of  help  to  the  beginner  with  the 
scientific  rigor  of  a  Bickell.  Everything  is  made  as  lucid  as  skillful  explana- 
tion can  make  it,  but  nothing  is  passed  over  superficially.  *  Works  which  show 
upon  every  page  the  evidence  of  conscientious  use  of  the  latest  authorities  upon 
the  Hebrew  language,  directed  by  a  natural  genius  for  teaching."— J?i6Ko(Aeca 
Sacra, 


AN  ARABIC  MANUAL. 

By   J.    G.    LANSING,   D.D., 

Professor  of  Old  Testament  Languages  in  Theological  Seminary  of  Reformed 
(Dutch)  Church,  Kew  Brunswick,  N.  J. 

This  is  an  Elementary  Arabic  Grammar,  the  need  of  which  was  made  evi- 
dent by  actual  work  in  the  class  room.  Various  reasons,  which  will  be  apparent, 
made  the  larger  and  more  exhaustive  grammars  of  Wright  and  Palmer  imprac- 
ticable for  such  class  room  work,  while  they  continue  still  to  be  the  authorities. 
On  the  other  hand,  other  elementary  grammars  were  found  impracticable  on 
account  of  their  many  deficiencies,  the  instructor  being  under  the  necessity  of 
constantly  supplying  that  which  belongs  essentially  to  the  very  rudiments  of  the 
language.  To  supply  many  of  these  deficiencies  has  been  one  of  the  chief  designs 
of  the  author. 

It  has  been  also  a  chief  object  with  him  to  secure  not  only  a  more  thorough 
Elementary  Arabic  Grammar,  but  one  more  clear,  logical  and  systematic  in  its 
treatment.  The  Arabic  language  is  unique  as  to  the  logical  character  of  its 
structure;  and  should  be  studied  logically.  The  three  short  vowels,  constitut- 
ing as  they  do  the  first  and  most  important  key  to  the  language,  receive  especial 
treatment  both  in  a  separate  preface  and  in  connection  with  the  various  parts  of 
speech.  Orderly  arrangement  and  conciseness  of  statement  have  been  sought 
throughout ;  while  ample  examples  follow  each  section,  illustrating  the  rules 
contained  therein. 

While  the  Manual  is  an  elementary  treatise,  it  is  intended  to  be  more  com- 
plete in  every  part  than  other  elementary  grammars  heretofore  published,  and 
to  meet  as  far  as  possible  the  demands  that  have  called  it  forth.     While  essential 

{)oints  are  noted,  the  more  special  treatment  of  Arabic  Syntax  proper  has  been 
eft  for  a  future  work. 

Fall  Paradigms  follow  in  regular  order.  The  ChrestomatJiy  following  the 
Paradigms  is  composed  of  three  parts  ;  the  first  contains  selections  of  Arabic 
text  from  Genesis  and  the  Koran ;  the  second  contams  specimen  translations, 
transliterations  and  analyses  of  portions  of  the  selected  text ;  the  third  contains 
a  vocabulary  of  all  the  words  to  be  found  in  the  texts  selected,  besides  a  few 
other  words. 

8yo.    Clotli.    Pp.  200.    Price,  ^2.00,  net. 

*'  It  is  a  noteworthy  fact  that  Dr.  Lansing's  Manual  is  tbe  first  Arabic  grammar 
printed  in  America.  It  is  an  Important  fact  that  it  is  a  book  which  bids  fair  to  be  of 
invaluable  service  to  teachers  and  students,  and  particularly  in  view  of  the  grow- 
ing interest  In  the  study  of  comparative  Sheraitlo  philology.  The  book  is  of  a 
strictly  elementary  character,  specially  adapted  lor  beginners."— TTie  Churchman^ 
New  York, 

"  Prof.  Lansing  has  the  important  qualification  for  his  work  as  a  grammarian 
of  this  fascinating  language.  It  has  been  a  labor  of  love.  *  *  Besides  this  be  has 
a  thorough  prdutical  knowledge  of  the  language.  He  was  born  in  Damascus,  and 
lived  many  years  in  Cairo,  BO  that  equally  with  Engtisli,  Arabic  is  his  vernacular. 
Indeed,  I  well  remember  him  as  a  boy  speaking  Arabic  rather  more  fluently  than 
English.  But  he  is  now  an  accomplished  writer  of  English,  and  this  gives  his 
Manual  an  advantage  in  clearness  and  conciseness  over  any  work  that  I  havo  seen 
translated  or  adapted  from  French  or  German.  *  *  The  type  used  is  exceedingly 
cl«»ar  and  less  trying  to  tiie  eves  tlan  most  others."— Rev.  D.  Strang,  (for  many 
years  a  missionary  in  Egypt,)  In  Vniied  Pret^hyterian. 

"  We  cordially  welcome  Dr.  Lansing's  book.  Heretofore  English  speaking  stu- 
dents have  shrunk  from  entering  upon  tiie  study  of  the  Arabic  language,  becaupo 
there  were  no  grammars  suitable  for  beginners.  Some  have  been  too  extensive, 
others  too  meagre.  Dr.  Lansing  has  succeeded  In  observing  the  happy  mean.  *  * 
Speaking  modern  Arabic  as  fluently  a.'?  English,  he  Is  an  earnest  student,  and  an 
enthusiastic  teacher  of  the  language,  which  Arabia's  admiring  sons  call  the  Ian- 
ffiiage  of  the  angeU.  From  such  an  author  we  might  justly  expect  an  excellent  man- 
ual; nor  are  we  disappointed.  The  definitions  are  concise,  yet  clear,  and  illus- 
trated by  examples.  *  *  The  typosrraphical  work  is  admirably  done  and  reflects 
great  credit  on  the  publishers."— iJ^/ormcd  Quarterly  Review,  Philadelphia. 


CHARLES  SCRIBNER'S  SONS,  PUBLISHERS, 
74J  &■  ^45  'Broadway,  New  York. 


STAMPED^Sj^I^Sr  DATE 

--Set^/^^^  OF  26  CENTS 

AUG 


~~~M^~^ei~~~!^j 


^'>^^-2o„.5,as(,,e9. 


9S6529 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


